AXIAL-FLOW® 7230

AXIAL-FLOW® 8230
AXIAL-FLOW® 9230
Tier 4a
Combine
PIN YDG222001 and above

OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Part number 47529561

1st edition English
August 2013
 Contents

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
Note to the owner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Intended use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Engine tampering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Electro-Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Machine orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Product overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

2 SAFETY INFORMATION
Safety alert symbol and signal word definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety signs or informational decals - Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
General safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Maintenance Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Transport on public roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Fire prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Battery safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Instructional seat safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Operator presence system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Power Take Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Reverse Alarm and Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Personal protective equipment (PPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Do Not Operate hang tag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Hazardous chemicals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Electrical storm safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Utility safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Mounting and dismounting precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Operating the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Connecting a header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Hydraulic system safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Working at heights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Ecology and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Proposition 65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Lift cylinder lockout – Lift cylinder lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Safety signs – Right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Safety signs – Left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Safety signs – Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Safety signs – Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Safety signs – Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
 Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56

3 CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS
ACCESS TO OPERATOR'S PLATFORM
Access to operator's platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Cab layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Emergency exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

OPERATOR'S SEAT
Operator seat – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Seat belt – Operator’s seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

INSTRUCTOR'S SEAT
Instructional seat – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Seat belt – Instructional seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

FORWARD CONTROLS
Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Foot controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS

Start console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Multi-Function Handle (MFH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Shift button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Unload tube. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Pivoting unloading spout – if equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Quick stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Feedrate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
AFS Accuguide™. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Automatic Header Height Control (AHHC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Header controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Reel position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Grain tank unloading drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Right-hand console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Drive engagement switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Reel drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Threshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Gear selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Residue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Ground drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Power/Economy – if equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Header controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
AFS Pro 700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Armrest - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
 REARWARD CONTROLS
Rear window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Cab features – Storage and fuse access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49

OVERHEAD CONTROLS
Overhead controls – Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Overhead controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Sun screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning (HVAC) controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Interior lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Communication equipment – Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Printer – Accessory mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66

LIGHTING
Lighting and mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67

FRAME
Engine platform access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Side shields - Open/Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
Service platforms and shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79
Rotor module – Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81
Grain tank – Covers/extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82
Grain tank - Access/Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85
Jack – Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87

4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
COMMISSIONING THE UNIT
Before driving the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Transmission unlock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

STARTING THE UNIT

Daily start up procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Starting the engine – Cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Engine idle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

STOPPING THE UNIT

Stopping the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

MOVING THE UNIT

Moving the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Road travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Track conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Parking brake - Manual release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Transmission - Manual shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
5 TRANSPORT OPERATIONS
PREPARING FOR ROAD TRANSPORT
Transporting on a trailer - Tie downs for shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Attaching a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

RECOVERY TRANSPORT
Towing the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

6 WORKING OPERATIONS
WORKING
Introduction to harvesting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Performance indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Initial crop settings - AFX Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Initial crop settings – Small tube rotor 40E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Initial crop settings – Small tube rotor 36E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Kill-Stall diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Crop setup values – Crop condition adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

MONITOR OPERATION
AFS PRO 700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Home screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Toolbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Combine info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Run screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Screen layout setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Automatic Crop Settings (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64
Cleanout control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
Data management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
Camera - Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73

CALIBRATIONS
Calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74
Header calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77
Tire Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78
Multi-Function Handle (MFH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80
Concave opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81
Upper Sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82
Lower Sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83
Self-leveling Shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84
Multi-Function Handle (MFH) – Neutral switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85
CVT Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86
Feeder engagement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-87
 Residue distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-88
Unload spout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89
Folding unload tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-90
Windrow door – Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91
Counter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-92
Chopper speed shift – Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93
Distance calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95
Calibration error list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96

HEADER HEIGHT CONTROL

Header height control overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99
Header height control – Manual mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100
Header height control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-102
Header height control – Return To Cut (RTC) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104
Header height control – Auto Header Height Control (AHHC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106
Header height control – Pressure float mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-109
Lateral tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-110

HEADER CONNECTION
Connecting a header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111
Header Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-113
Row Header Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-113
Platform Header Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116

FEEDING
Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-120
Rock trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-122
Feeder cradle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-124
Feeder drum – Adjust lower stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126
Feeder chain – Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-127
Feeder chain – Link removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-128
Reel speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129
Feeder reverse system - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-131
Feedrate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-132

THRESHING
Rotor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-136
Rotor cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-142
Module – Position overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-145
Rotor cage – Position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146
Threshing and separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-149
Suggested start up configurations for major crops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
Rotor overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-153
Rotor De-slug. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154

CLEANING
Cleaning – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-155
Sieves - Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-158
Sieves – Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-161
 Cleaning fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-165

GRAIN HANDLING
Returns system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-166
Grain storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-169
Clean grain elevator drive – Change speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-175
Unloading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-176
Folding unload tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-179

RESIDUE HANDLING
Residue handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-182
Discharge deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-183
Straw chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-184
Straw chopper – Standard chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-185
Knife replacement – Standard cut counter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-186
Straw chopper – Magnacut chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-188
Knife replacement – Magnacut counter knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-189
Knife replacement – Chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-192
Shear bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-194
In cab residue mode control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-195
Windrow door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-199
Chaff pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-200
Horizontal Disc Spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-201
Vertical impeller spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-203
Vertical spreader – Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-203
Center divider – Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-207
Center divider – Impeller clearance adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-208
Windrow chute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-210
Residue handling – Vertical impeller spreader configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-211
Residue handling – Horizontal disc spreader configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-212
Straw chopper – Service step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-213

7 MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Torque specifications for hydraulic fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Standard torque data for O-ring Face Seal (ORFS) fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Torque specifications for hardware - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly 7-6
Chain wear tables - roller chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Service screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Biodiesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

MAINTENANCE CHART
Lubrication schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
 Engine oil – Recommended operating temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

GREASE DECAL REFERENCE

Grease fittings and intervals – Right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Grease fittings and intervals – Left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27

EVERY 10 HOURS OF OPERATION OR DAILY

Rotary air screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Power Take Off (PTO) gearbox oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Hydraulic oil tank – Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Rock trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Chain maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Deaeration tank coolant level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39

EVERY 50 HOURS
Tire pressure – Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Drain water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Cab fresh air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Cab recirculated air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Feeder drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Chain tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46

EVERY 100 HOURS

Rotor gearbox oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51

EVERY 200 HOURS

Rubber track - Alignment – Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52

EVERY 300 HOURS

Bubble up gear box – Oil level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Brake fluid – Fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Transmission oil level – Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Final drive oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
Lower unloading gearbox – Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
Feeder conveyor gearbox – Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Header gearbox – Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60

EVERY 600 HOURS

Transmission – Change oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
Final drive oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
Lower unloading gearbox – Change oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Feeder conveyor gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Header gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Unloading elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
 Tailings gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Bubble up gear box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
Rotor gearbox oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Self-levelling cleaning shoe pivot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Power take off (PTO) – Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Engine oil and filter – FPT Cursor 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Engine oil and filter – FPT Cursor 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Fuel prefilter/water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
Additional fuel prefilter with water separator – If equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Engine mounted fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
Engine crankcase breather filter – Cursor 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
Engine crankcase breather filter – Cursor 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® in-line filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® in-line filter – Tank vent filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89

EVERY 1200 HOURS

Engine coolant replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Hydraulic oil reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92

EVERY 1500 HOURS

Track rollers and idler wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94

EVERY 3600 HOURS OR EVERY 2 YEARS

DEF/AdBlue® supply module filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95

AS REQUIRED MAINTENANCE
Machine cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
Machine cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100
Air cleaner - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-106
Rubber track - Alignment – Adjustment procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107
Rotary Air Screen (RAS) – Externally aspirated inlet screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-108
Windshield washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109
Fuel system bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110
Roof lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-113
Clean fresh air intake screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-117

STORAGE
Post-season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-118
Preseason service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-119

8 TROUBLESHOOTING
ALARM(S)
Display alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
 SYMPTOM(S)
Fuse and relay box - General specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

9 SPECIFICATIONS
Biodiesel fuel - Biodiesel fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Drive tire – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Dual drive wheel - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Single drive wheel - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Temporary transport - Single wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Steering axle – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Powered rear axle – Hose routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Spindle height position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Tread width - Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Rear axle – Oscillation stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Tire combinations and tread positions – AF7230/8230/9230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31

Approved tires and tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37

Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
6 mph harvest speed – Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
10 mph harvest speed – Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45
Rear ballast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Track system – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
Track system – Wheel torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Tracks – General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59
Machine overall dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60
Machine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65
10 ACCESSORIES
Optional equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

11 FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

Delivery report - Owner Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Delivery report - Dealer Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
Service record – 1st 50 Hour, Customer Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Service record – 1st 50 Hour, Dealer Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION###_1_###
Note to the owner
This manual contains information concerning the adjustment and maintenance of your new equipment. You have
purchased a dependable machine, but only by proper care and operation can you expect to receive the performance
and long service built into this equipment. Please have all operators read this manual carefully and keep it available
for ready reference.

Your CASE IH dealer will instruct you in the general operation of your new equipment. (Refer to the 'Delivery Report' at
the back of this manual.) Your dealer's staff of factory-trained service technicians will be glad to answer any questions
that may arise regarding the operation of your machine.
CASE IH Max Service is also available. Call 1-877-4CASEIH (1-877-422-7344) or email maxservice.na@cnh.com.

Your CASE IH dealer carries a complete line of genuine CASE IH service parts. These parts are manufactured and
carefully inspected to ensure high quality and accurate fitting of any necessary replacement parts. Be prepared to
give your dealer the model and product identification number of your new equipment when ordering parts. Locate
these numbers now and record them below. Refer to the 'General Information' section of this manual for the location
of the model and product identification numbers of your machine.

PLEASE RECORD THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION

Model

Product Identification Number (PIN)

Date Purchased

Header Width (As Applicable)

Engine Model (As Applicable)

Engine PIN (As Applicable)

This is the safety alert symbol. It is used with and without signal words to alert you to potential
personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible
death or injury.

WARNING
Illustrations in this manual may show protective shielding open or removed to better illustrate a par-
ticular feature or adjustment.
Replace all shields before operating the machine.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0012A

Improvements
CNH America LLC is continually striving to improve its products. We reserve the right to make improvements or
changes when it becomes practical and possible to do so, without incurring any obligation to make changes or addi-
tions to the equipment sold previously.

1-1
 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Intended use
The CASE IH combine harvesters are designed as self-propelled units and powered by an on-board diesel engine.
The machines are intended to be used for agricultural purposes on cultivated land to harvest cereal crops, small seed
crops, maize, soybeans, etc., by cutting or picking up from a swath, threshing and separating the grain from the straw,
and temporarily storing it until it is unloaded into vehicles for transport.

The harvesting speed and performance may depend on a number of limitative parameters, such as weather and
terrain conditions, crop variety, and maturity. Though the machine is designed to perform in most crops and con-
ditions, there may be a number of combinations of the above parameters, for which there is severe degradation of
performance of the machine or systems thereof. If you notice degradation of performance, contact your CASE IH
dealer for assistance. They may have useful information for improvements, or a kit may be available to enhance the
performance.

Prohibited usage
No parts or attachments should be fitted to this machine, which have not been released by CASE IH. They might
affect machine operation, safety of the user or other people, stability, or wear characteristics of the machine.
NOTICE: DO NOT use this machine for any purpose or in any manner other than as described in the manual, decals,
or other product safety information provided with the machine. These materials define the machine's intended use.

Do not use your machine for another purpose than intended by the manufacturer (a list of combinable crops can be
found further on in this manual) and within its limits.

Limits of the machine:

• Up/down/side slope.
• Maximum throughput: variable, depending on crop, variety, maturity, humidity, engine power and power transmis-
sion.
• Crop flow characteristics: variable, depending on crop, variety, maturity, humidity.
• Maximum harvesting speed: variable, depending on crop, variety, maturity, humidity, grain losses, engine power
and power transmission.
• Mobility: variable, soil condition.

Do not use the machine for pulling anything but the header trailer. Though engine and transmission are strong and
robust, the frame is not designed for pulling heavy loads.

1-2
 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Engine tampering
ATTENTION: The fuel system and engine on your machine are designed and built to government emissions stan-
dards. Tampering by dealers, customers, operators and users is strictly prohibited by law. Failure to comply could
result in government fines, rework charges, invalid warranty, legal action and possible confiscation of the machine
until rework to original condition is completed. Engine service and/or repairs must be done by a certified technician
only!

Electro-Magnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Interference may arise as a result of add‐on equipment that may not necessarily meet the required standards. As
such interference can result in serious malfunction of the unit and/or create unsafe situations, you must observe
the following:
• The maximum power of emission equipment (radio, telephones, etc.) must not exceed the limits imposed by the
national authorities of the country where you use the machine
• The electro‐magnetic field generated by the add‐on system should not exceed 24  V/m at any time and at any lo-
cation in the proximity of electronic components
• The add‐on equipment must not interfere with the functioning of the on board electronics

Failure to comply with these rules will render the CASE IH warranty null and void.

1-3
 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Product identification
The Product Identification Number (PIN) of the combine and the engine can be found at the following locations:

Base Unit
The combine PIN plate (1) is located below the right side
operator’s platform, it can be viewed by looking over the
right front tire or track.

NHIL12AF00514AA 1

84129927 2

Engine
On a plate on the valve cover.

93094738 3

1-4
 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

It is also on a plate on the left hand side or exhaust side

of the engine.

86063483 4

1-5
 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Machine orientation
To determine "left-hand" (LH) and "right-hand" (RH) stand at the rear of the machine and face the normal direction of
travel.
NOTE: The arrow indicates the normal direction of travel.

NHIL12AF02754AA 1 NHIL12AF02758AA 2
Left-hand side Right-hand side

NHPH12AF03454AA 3 NHPH12AF03455AA 4
Front Rear

1-6
 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Product

overview
What is Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)?
Your CASE IH machine is equipped with additional components to comply with national and local exhaust emissions
requirements. The main components of the SCR system include the SCR catalyst, the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/
AdBlue® injection unit, the DEF/AdBlue® tank, and the DEF/AdBlue® dosing control unit.

How does Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) work?

During combustion, harmful Nitrogen Oxide (NOx ) molecules are formed in the exhaust. By injecting a DEF/AdBlue®
solution into the exhaust prior to a catalyst, the NOx can be converted to harmless elemental Nitrogen and water. This
happens when the NOx molecules react inside the catalyst with the heat generated by the engine and the ammonia
in the DEF/AdBlue® solution.
NOTICE: Prolonged idling of the machine with no load for more than 6 h will cause damage to the SCR catalyst.

During cold engine operation at low engine coolant and ambient air temperatures, water vapor will be visible from the
exhaust. This water vapor will resemble steam or light white smoke, and will dissipate as the engine and machine
components warm. This water vapor is considered normal.
NOTE: After engine shutdown, the SCR system will perform a purge cycle, which permits the supply module to con-
tinue to run for up to 70 seconds. This is considered normal and requires no action from the operator.

What is Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®?

DEF/AdBlue® is a clear, colorless, non-toxic, aqueous urea solution ( 32.5  %) with a slight ammonia odor. It is used
to chemically reduce NOx emissions from heavy-duty diesel-powered vehicles. DEF/AdBlue® is neither explosive nor
harmful to the environment. DEF/AdBlue® is classified under the minimum-risk category of transportable fluids.
International standard ISO 22241-1 defines DEF/Ad-
Blue® quality. The American Petroleum Institute
(API®) has a voluntary certification program for DEF/Ad-
Blue®. To ensure that DEF/AdBlue® satisfies the
requirements of ISO 22241, look for the API® DEF Cer-
tification Mark™ whenever you purchase DEF/AdBlue®.
API Diesel Exhaust Fluid Certification Mark is a regis-
tered trademark of API in the United States and or other
countries.

Finding Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®

Your CASE IH dealer is fully equipped to accommodate all your DEF/AdBlue® needs.

Case IH Max Service: 1-877-422-7344

MaxService.na@cnh.com

Storage, handling, and transport

NOTICE: Storage temperatures above 30 °C (86 °F) greatly reduce the shelf life of DEF/AdBlue®.

DEF/AdBlue® has a typical shelf life of 6-12 months. Refer to the SHELF LIFE table below. In order for DEF/AdBlue®
to remain in a useable condition, storage requirements must be met.
• Store between -11  °C (12  °F) and 30  °C (86  °F).
• Use only an approved DEF/AdBlue® container. Contact your dealer to obtain proper storage container(s).
• Keep container tightly closed.
• Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.
• Keep away from heat and direct sunlight.

1-7
 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Thawing
• Your CASE IH machine is equipped with an internal tank heater to thaw frozen DEF/AdBlue®. Your machine will
still function until the DEF/AdBlue® begins to flow. The SCR system will then function normally.
NOTE: You may notice a slight reduction in engine torque in high demand situations until the DEF/AdBlue® is fully
thawed.
• Do not heat DEF/AdBlue® for long periods of time at temperatures above 30  °C (86  °F). This causes the solution
to decompose, which very slowly decreases the expected shelf life.
NOTICE: Do not use an anti-gelling or freeze point improver in your DEF/AdBlue®. The 32.5 % solution is specifically
designed to provide the optimum NOx reduction properties. Any further blending or adjusting of the DEF/AdBlue®
mixture will lessen its ability to perform correctly and may cause damage to the SCR components.

Handling and supply of additives, if any.

• Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is not required under normal conditions. If splashing is likely, wear eye pro-
tection. For prolonged or repeated contact, impervious gloves are recommended. Follow the precautions listed in
the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter when handling any service fluid.
• No additives are required.
NOTICE: Contaminated DEF/AdBlue® can affect the performance of your machine. Follow all instructions in this
manual when handling DEF/AdBlue®.

Shelf life
Constant ambient storage temperature Minimum shelf life
Less than or equal to 10  °C (50  °F) 36 months
Less than or equal to 25  °C (77  °F) ¹ 18 months
Less than or equal to 30  °C (86  °F) 12 months
Less than or equal to 35  °C (95  °F) 6 months
Greater than 35  °C (95  °F) -²
¹ To prevent decomposition of DEF/AdBlue®, prolonged transportation or storage above 25  °C (77  °F) should
be avoided.
² Significant loss of shelf life: check every batch before use. See your CASE IH dealer for more information
on testing.

NOTE: The main factors taken into account to define the shelf life in the table above are the ambient storage tempera-
ture and the initial alkalinity of DEF/AdBlue®. The difference in evaporation between vented and non-vented storage
containers is an additional factor.
NOTE: The information in this table is for reference only and has been provided by the International Organization for
Standardization, Document number ISO 22241-3 Diesel engines - NOx reduction agent AUS 32 - Part 3: Handling,
transportation and storage.
NOTE: DEF/AdBlue® that remains in the tank of the machine after the season does not require any special precau-
tions unless storage exceeds the shelf life table above.

Disposal
• Dispose of DEF/AdBlue® and any filter accumulations in accordance with all applicable Federal, State, and local
laws governing waste disposal.

US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and California Emissions Control Warranty

Statement
CASE IH warrants to the ultimate purchaser and each subsequent purchaser that the engine is designed, built
and equipped so as to conform with US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations applicable at the
time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in workmanship or material which would cause it not to meet
these regulations for a period of:
• 2 years or 1,500 hours of operation, whichever occurs first, for engines less than 19  kW (25  Hp)
• 5 years or 3,000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first, for engines greater than or equal to 19  kW (25  Hp)
NOTE: This warranty applies to all units operated in the United States or Canada.

1-8
 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Coverage
The model year, class of diesel engine, and emission application determination for your engine are identified on the
Emission Control Information Label. This label is affixed to one of the following areas of the engine: the top of en-
gine's rocker arm cover, the right-hand side of the oil pan, and the right-hand side of the engine front gear cover.
The warranty period begins on the date the new equipment is sold to the first retail purchaser. The presence of the
emission control label is the indication that the engine conforms to the applicable standards. Any emission control
system parts which are proven defective during normal use will be repaired or replaced during the warranty period.

The engine owner has responsibility to perform all the required maintenance listed in the Owner's Manual. CASE IH
will not deny an emission warranty claim solely because no record of maintenance exists; however, a claim may be
denied if failure to perform maintenance resulted in the failure of a warranted part.

It is recommended that replacement parts used for maintenance or repairs be CASE IH Service Parts to maintain the
quality originally designed into your emission certified engine. The use of non- CASE IH parts does not invalidate the
warranty on other components unless the use of such parts causes damage to warranted parts.

The manufacturer is liable for damages to other engine components caused by the failure of any warranted emission
control system part. CASE IH is not responsible for failures resulting from improper repair or the use of parts that are
not genuine CASE IH or CASE IH approved parts.

Component coverage
New engines certified for sale and registered will have the following items covered by the emission warranty, depend-
ing on the emission level of the engine, if the items were first installed on the new engine as original equipment:

Fuel injection system Exhaust after treatment Devices (if applicable)

• Fuel injection pump • Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
• Fuel injectors • Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
• Fuel injection lines • Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)

Air induction system • Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and dispensing sys-
tems
• Intake manifold
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Systems (EGR)
• Turbocharger system (includes exhaust manifold)
• Charge air cooler • EGR valve assembly
• EGR cooler
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) system (if
applicable) Cold Start Enrichment Systems
• PCV valve Electronic Control Units, Sensors, Solenoids, and Wiring
• Oil fill cap harnesses used in above systems

Emissions warranty does not cover

• Repairs arising from storage deterioration, failure to maintain the equipment, negligence, alteration, improper use
of the equipment, collision or other accident, vandalism, or other casualty, or operation beyond rated capacity or
specification.
• Repairs arising from abuse or neglect, including but not limited to: operation without adequate coolant or lubricants,
adjustments to the fuel system outside equipment specifications, over-speeding, improper storage, starting, warm-
up, or shutdown practices, incorrect fuel or contaminated fuel, oil or other fluids.
• Normal maintenance services, such as engine tune-ups, engine fuel system cleaning, checks, adjustments, shim-
ming, etc.
• Items replaced due to customer demand.
• Labor charges performed by anyone except a dealer authorized by contract to repair the equipment, unless they
qualify under special provisions (i.e. outside labor).
• Any and all travel costs for items such as towing, service calls, or transporting a unit to and from the place where
the warranty service is performed.

1-9
 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

• Normal maintenance costs, including but not limited to: lubricants, coolants, fluids, fuel, filters, and associated labor.
Lubricants, filters, and coolants may qualify for warranty reimbursement if they require replacement as a DIRECT
RESULT of a defect in material or workmanship.
• Claims involving the inspection or reconditioning of units after storage or prior use.
• Repairs arising from service performed by agents not approved by CASE IH.
• Repairs arising from any unauthorized modification to the product or the use of non- CASE IH parts, implements
or attachments.
• Removal, replacement, or installation of non- CASE IH optional equipment, attachments or components.
• Premiums charged for overtime labor costs or out of shop expenses.
• Economic loss including lost profits, crop loss, equipment rental, or other expense.
• Unauthorized modification or updating machines without a warrantable failure.
• Any and all costs of dealer shop supplies incurred with repairs, including but not limited to: solvents, cleaners,
anti-seize lubricants, loctite, sealant, adhesive, oil-dry, shop towels, etc.
• Failure of the machine, its implements or attachments caused by improper field application or loading.
• Any and all costs for coolant, fuel, or lube (oil) analysis including supplies and lab recommendations.
• Cost associated with cleaning of machine in preparation for servicing.

1-10
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION###_2_###
Safety alert symbol and signal word definition

Personal safety

This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all
safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death or injury.

Throughout this manual you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION followed by special in-
structions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and those working with you.

Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

Machine safety
NOTICE: Notice indicates a situation that, if not avoided, could result in machine or property damage.

Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine or
property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.

Information
NOTE: Note indicates additional information that clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual.

Throughout this manual you will find the word Note followed by additional information about a step, procedure, or
other information in the manual. The word Note is not intended to address personal safety or property damage.

2-1
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety signs or informational decals - Safety signs

ISO two panel pictorial symbol safety signs are defined
as follows:
• The first panel (1) indicates the nature of the hazard.
• The second panel (2) indicates the appropriate avoid-
ance of the hazard.
• Background color is YELLOW. Prohibition symbols
such as STOP, if used, are RED.

84011345 1

2-2
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules
General recommendations
Most farm machinery accidents can be avoided by the 5. The machine has only one operator station and this
observance of a few simple safety precautions. is the cab of your machine, which is a one man op-
erated machine. Never permit anyone other than the
WARNING operator to ride on the machine, never permit anyone
to ride on or in an attachment. Do not allow riders on
Misuse hazard!
the machine; do not allow people standing on the lad-
Multiple sensors on your machine control
der and the platform next to the cab when harvesting.
safety functions. For example, a sensor in
Your view to the left will be obstructed and a rider risks
the operator's seat automatically disengages
to fall from the machine during unforeseen or abrupt
the drive to the attachment when the operator
movements of the machine. There is no need for other
leaves the seat. To ensure a safe operating
people on or around the machine during normal oper-
mode, DO NOT disconnect or bypass these
ation.
sensors. Repair all inoperable sensors.
Failure to comply could result in death or se- 6. The instructional seat is installed in order to allow a
rious injury. trainer or a trainee to be seated in a safe way while
W0014A
teaching a new Operator. It can be used also by
1. Read this manual thoroughly before starting off, oper- dealer personnel when monitoring the function of the
ating, servicing, refuelling, storing or carrying out any machine during harvest. In all other circumstances,
other operation on the machine. A few minutes read- you shall not allow occupants on the seat, nor during
ing will save you time and hassle later. Lack of knowl- transfer between the fields, nor during operation in
edge can lead to accidents. the field. You will be hindered and the view to the left
for unloading will be seriously obstructed.
2. Your machine was designed with safety very much in
mind. However, there is no real substitute for caution 7. When the instructional seat is occupied, the following
and attention in preventing accidents. Once an acci- precautions must be followed:
dent has happened it is too late to think about what
• The machine should be driven only at slow speeds
you should have done! and over level ground.
3. The machine must be operated only by responsible
• Avoid driving on highways or public roads.
persons who have been adequately trained and au-
thorized to use the machine. All persons who will • Avoid quick starts or stops.
be operating this machine shall possess a valid local • Avoid sharp turns.
vehicle operating permit and/or other applicable local
age work permits. • Always wear correctly adjusted seat belts.
4. The machine may only be used by a skilled operator • Keep doors closed at all times.
familiar with all the controls and harvesting techniques 8. No-one should be standing on the ladders or plat-
on cultivated land with slopes up to maximum 26  % ( forms when the machine is moving.
15  °) uphill and downhill.
9. Before starting the machine, always make sure that
Raised equipment, full tanks and other loads will there are no persons, pets or obstacles nearby. Warn
change the center of gravity of the machine. The bystanders by sounding the horn several times.
machine can tip or roll over when near ditches and 10. Take the necessary precautions (e.g. assistance)
embankments or uneven surfaces. to always be aware of the possible presence of by-
The table lists the "MAXIMUM %" sideways driving that standers and pets, certainly when manoeuvring in
is permitted [provided good even ground and sufficient confined areas, such as the farm yard and sheds.
tire adherence conditions exist]. Be conscious about the fact that the audible revers-
ing alarm may not be sufficient. Children may not
Traction tire Overall width Side slope know the meaning of such an alarm or people may
710/70R42 3.5  m 35  % ( 19  °) not react fast enough to go to a safe area.
800/70R32 3.7  m 35  % ( 19  °)
11. Keep bystanders and pets away from the machine
800/75R32 3.7  m 35  % ( 19  °)
during harvest. Ask bystanders to leave the field.
900/60R32 3.8  m 40  % ( 22  °) There is the risk for bystanders to be overrun by the
900/60R38 3.9  m 40  % ( 22  °) machine or to be caught by the intake and feeding
900/65R32 4.0  m 40  % ( 22  °) components.
1050/50R32 4.2  m 40  % ( 22  °) 12. Keep children away from and off the machine at all
Tracks 24  in 3.5  m 35  % ( 19  °) times.
Tracks 30  in 3.8  m 40  % ( 22  °)

2-3
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION
13. A person or pet within the operating area of a ma-
chine can be struck or crushed by the machine or its
equipment. DO NOT allow anyone to enter the work
area.
14. CAUTION
Tip-over hazard!
To maintain safe stability and track-
ing characteristics during braking,
refer to SPECIFICATIONS - Counter-
weights before installing counterbal-
ances (rear-mounted counterweights).
Always make sure the quantity of counter-
balances corresponds to the attachment
installed on the machine.
Failure to comply could result in minor or
moderate injury.
C0005A
When installing any attachment other than those of-
fered by CASE IH, ensure that traffic regulations (e.g.
no obstruction of the headlights and signal plates)
and the stability of the machine (counterweights) are
still met. In case of doubt, contact your CASE IH
dealer.
15. Read all the safety decals adhered to the machine
and follow the instructions. Replace any damaged
or missing decals immediately and place orders for
these with your local CASE IH dealer. Keep the
safety decals free from dirt or grime.
16. Always keep a first aid kit at hand.
17. Never alter the position of or remove the fire extin-
guisher. Ensure to replace it by a similar type of fire
extinguisher or have it checked or refilled after every
usage and/or date of expiry.
General safety rules
General safety rules
Use caution when operating the machine on slopes.
Raised equipment, full tanks and other loads will change
the center of gravity of the machine. The machine can
tip or roll over when near ditches and embankments or
uneven surfaces.
Never permit anyone to ride in the machine that is not
seated in the instructional seat with the seat belt fastened.
Never permit anyone to ride on any of the machine access
platforms or ladders while the machine is in motion.
Never operate the machine under the influence of alcohol,
drugs, or while otherwise impaired.
Pay attention to overhead power lines and hanging obsta-
cles. High voltage lines may require significant clearance
for safety.
2-4
18. Always face the machine and use the steps and grab
handles provided when getting on or off the machine,
maintaining a three-point contact.
Do not use controls or accessories as hand holds.
19. Dirty or slippery steps, ladders and platforms can
cause falls. Make sure these surfaces remain clean
and clear of debris.
20. Do not jump off the machine unless explicitly told to
do so.
21. Never step on the cab roof.
22. DO NOT use the machine or attachment as a lift,
ladder or platform for working at heights.
23. Never step on places on the machine which are not
foreseen with anti-slip strips.
24. Never enter the grain tank while the machine engine
is running. Remain outside the grain tank in a stable
position and use a wooden clearing club if the grain
tank unloading auger becomes clogged. Take utmost
care not to be pulled into the grain tank in case un-
plugging is required.
25. Before working on the machine, disengage all drives,
stop the engine and remove the ignition key. Wait for
the rotating parts to run down. Never work around
the machine with loose clothing, jewelry, watches,
long hair and other loose or hanging items that might
catch in any of the parts.
26. Keep hands away from moving parts of the machine.
27. Do not alter the relief valve setting of the hydraulic
systems (i.e. hydrostatic steering, hydraulic lift, re-
mote control valves, etc.).
28. Never operate the machine under the influence of
alcohol, drugs or while otherwise impaired.
Hydraulic oil or diesel fuel leaking under pressure can
penetrate the skin, causing serious injury or infection.
• DO NOT use your hand to check for leaks. Use a piece
of cardboard or paper.
• Stop engine, remove key and relieve the pressure be-
fore connecting or disconnecting fluid lines.
• Make sure all components are in good condition and
tighten all connections before starting the engine or
pressurizing the system.
• If hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel penetrates the skin, seek
medical attention immediately.
• Continuous long term contact with hydraulic fluid may
cause skin cancer. Avoid long term contact and wash
the skin promptly with soap and water.
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION
Keep clear of moving parts. Loose clothing, jewelry,
watches, long hair, and other loose or hanging items can
become entangled in moving parts.
Wear protective equipment when appropriate.
DO NOT attempt to remove material from any part of the
machine while it is being operated or components are in
motion.
Make sure all guards and shields are in good condition
and properly installed before operating the machine.
Never operate the machine with shields removed. Al-
ways close access doors or panels before operating the
machine.
Dirty or slippery steps, ladders, walkways, and platforms
can cause falls. Make sure these surfaces remain clean
and clear of debris.
A person or pet within the operating area of a machine can
be struck or crushed by the machine or its equipment. DO
NOT allow anyone to enter the work area.
2-5
Raised equipment and/or loads can fall unexpectedly and
crush persons underneath. Never allow anyone to enter
the area underneath raised equipment during operation.
Never operate engine in enclosed spaces as harmful ex-
haust gases may build up.
Before starting the machine, be sure that all controls are
in neutral or park lock position.
Start the engine only from the operator’s seat. If the
safety start switch is bypassed, the engine can start with
the transmission in gear. Do not connect or short across
terminals on the starter solenoid. Attach jumper cables
as described in the manual. Starting in gear may cause
death or serious injury.
Always keep windows, mirrors, all lighting, and Slow Mov-
ing Vehicle (SMV) emblem clean to provide the best pos-
sible visibility while operating the machine.
Operate controls only when seated in the operator’s seat,
except for those controls expressly intended for use from
other locations.
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Before leaving the machine:
1. Park machine on a firm level surface.
2. Put all controls in neutral or park lock position.
3. Engage park brake, use wheel chocks if required.
4. Lower all hydraulic equipment – Implements, header,
etc.
5. Turn off engine and remove key.
When, due to exceptional circumstances, you would
1. Bring the engine to low idle speed.
2. Disengage all drive systems.
3. WARNING
Some components may continue to run
down after disengaging drive systems.
Make sure all drive systems are fully disen-
gaged.
Failure to comply could result in death or
serious injury.
W0113A

decide to keep the engine running after leaving the

operator’s station, then the following precautions must Shift the transmission into neutral.
be followed: 4. Apply the parking brake.

Maintenance Safety
WARNING
Risk of harm during maintenance of the machine!
Before you start servicing the machine, attach a DO NOT OPERATE warning tag to the machine in a
visible area.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1242A

Maintenance safety

1. Follow the maintenance schedule with regard to the 6. Always use suitable jack stands when carrying out
machine servicing intervals. maintenance on the traction or the steering axle.
A. Remember that the machine requires minor atten- Only jack up or lift the machine at the points indicated
tion from time to time. in this manual.

B. Also remember that the time taken on mainte- 7. Keep the machine, particularly the brakes and steer-
nance will greatly extend the life of the machine. ing, maintained in a reliable and satisfactory condi-
tion to ensure your safety and compliance with legal
C. Take the necessary precautions not to spill any oil, requirements.
fuel, grease or coolant. Regularly check the efficiency of the brakes and re-
2. Service the machine on a firm level surface. place the brake pads before they are totally worn out.
3. DO NOT attempt to remove material from any part of 8. Stop the engine, remove the key and switch off the
the machine, clean, lubricate or carry out any adjust- battery switch before disconnecting or connecting
ments on the machine while it is in motion or while the electrical connections.
engine is running. 9. Any leakage of hydraulic oil or fuel under pressure
4. Keep hands, feet and/or garments away from mov- may cause severe harm, so always use a shield, gog-
ing parts. Check that all rotating parts are correctly gles and gloves when tracing oil or fuel leaks
guarded. DO NOT use your hand to check for leaks. Use a
piece of cardboard or paper.
5. Never work under the attachment without first ensur-
ing that the straw elevator hydraulic cylinder safety
latch is engaged or that it is securely supported.
A. Raised equipment and/or loads can fall unexpect-
edly and crush persons underneath.
B. Never allow anyone to enter the area underneath
raised equipment during operation.
C. Unsupported hydraulic cylinders can lose pres-
sure and drop the equipment causing a crushing
hazard.
D. Do not leave equipment in a raised position while
parked or during service, unless securely sup-
ported. ZICON10DIA001 1

2-6
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION
10. Never construct flexible hose assemblies from hoses
which have been previously used as part of a hose
assembly.
11. Never weld to the piping.
12. When flexible hoses or pipings are damaged, replace
them immediately.
13. Always replace worn or frayed belts before they fail.
14. Disconnect the alternator wires and the battery ca-
bles before carrying out any electrical welding on the
machine. In addition, attach the earth cable of the
electric welder as close as possible to the area to be
welded.
15. Remove all tools from the machine after carrying out
any lubrication, maintenance or repair work.
• Keep area used for servicing the machine clean
and dry.
• Clean up spilled fluids.
• Also, make sure that all components have been
securely tightened and all guards properly fitted.
Wheels and tires
Wheels and tires
• Make sure tires are correctly inflated. Do not exceed
recommended load or pressure. Follow the proper tire
inflation chart listed in this manual.
• Wheels and tires are very heavy. Handle with care
and ensure, when stored, that they cannot topple over.
Handling without the correct equipment may cause in-
jury or death.
• Never work on the tires unless you have the special
tools and the necessary experience. Incorrect fitting
could be a serious safety hazard. If in doubt, call in
qualified personnel.
• The life and performance of the tires depend largely
upon maintaining the correct pressure. Keep the tires
inflated to the correct pressures.
Transport on public roads
Driving on public roads and general transportation safety
Comply with local laws and regulations.
Use appropriate lighting to meet local regulations.
Make sure Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) emblem, if re-
quired, is visible.
Make sure brake pedal latch is engaged. Brake pedals
must be locked together for road travel.
Use safety chains for trailed equipment when provided
with machine or equipment.
2-7
• Replace or repair damaged guards immediately.
• Never operate the machine with shields removed.
16. Jack-up or lift the machine only at the jack or lift points
indicated in this manual.
17. The air conditioning system contains gases that are
harmful to the environment when released into the
atmosphere. Service, repair or recharging must be
performed only by a trained service technician.
18. Adhere to all recommendations that are mentioned
in this manual such as service intervals, torques, lu-
bricants, etc.
19. Replace damaged or worn tubes, hoses, electrical
wiring, etc.
20. Engine, transmission, exhaust components and hy-
draulic lines may become hot during operation. Take
care when servicing such components. Allow sur-
faces to cool before handling or disconnecting hot
components. Wear protective equipment when ap-
propriate.
• Hot tires can explode. Explosions can be caused by
heat generated from welding, heating the rim or from
external fire.
• Never weld on a wheel. Welding can cause stresses
that will cause a rim to crack or break unexpectedly.
Tires can separate explosively during welding.
• Always have a qualified tire mechanic service tires and
rims. If a tire has lost all pressure take the tire and rim to
a tire shop or a CASE IH dealer for service. Explosive
separation of the tire can cause serious injury.
• Replace damaged tires and rims.
Lift implements and attachments high enough above
ground to prevent accidental contact with road.
When transporting equipment or machine on a transport
trailer, make sure it is properly secured. Be sure the
SMV on the equipment or machine is covered while being
transported on a trailer.
Be aware of overhead structures or power lines and make
sure the machine and/or attachments can pass safely un-
der.
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Travel speed should be such that complete control and Pull over to allow faster traffic to pass.
machine stability is maintained at all times.
Follow correct towing procedure for equipment with or
Slow down and signal before turning. without brakes.

2-8
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION
Fire prevention
Fire and explosion prevention
Fuel or oil leaked or spills on hot surfaces or electrical
components can cause a fire.
Crop materials, trash, debris, bird nests, or flammable
material can ignite on hot surfaces.
Always have a fire extinguisher on or near the machine.
Make sure the fire extinguisher(s) is maintained and ser-
viced according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
At least once each day and at the end of the day remove
all trash and debris from the machine especially around
hot components such as engine, transmission, exhaust,
battery, etc. More frequent cleaning of your machine may
be necessary depending on the operating environment
and conditions.
At least once each day, remove debris accumulation
around moving components such as bearings, pulleys,
2-9
belts, gears, cleaning fan, etc. More frequent cleaning
of your machine may be necessary depending on the
operating environment and conditions.
Inspect the electrical system for loose connections or
frayed insulation. Repair or replace loose or damaged
parts.
Do not store oily rags or other flammable material on the
machine.
Do not weld or flame cut any items that contain flammable
material. Clean items thoroughly with nonflammable sol-
vents before welding or flame-cutting.
Do not expose the machine to flames, burning brush, or
explosives.
Promptly investigate any unusual smells or odors that
may occur during operation of the machine.
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Fire extinguisher
DANGER
Fire hazard!
Always have a fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Keep the fire extinguisher in good condition
through routine maintenance and service according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0006A

Fire extinguisher
The combine can be equipped with two fire extinguishers.
One is located on the engine platform (1).

NHIL13AF01478AA 1

The other is on the side of the cab access ladder (1).

Check the extinguisher pressure at least once a year be-

fore the start of the season.

NHIL12AF03011AA 2

To check if the extinguisher is still under pressure, proceed as follows:

1. Unscrew the pressure gauge from the valve. To use the extinguisher proceed as follows:
2. The needle will go from the green area to '0' in the red 1. Remove the safety pin.
area. 2. Aim nozzle at base of fire.
3. Screw the pressure gauge on to the valve. The needle 3. Press on the handle.
will go from '0' in the red field to the green field.
4. If the needle remains in the '0' of the red field, the The extinguisher can be used on:
extinguisher has a leakage. The extinguisher has to • 'A' class fires = dry fires
be repaired by a recognized extinguisher dealer.
• 'B' class fires = liquid fires
NOTE: Once the extinguisher is discharged, no matter for
how long, it must be recharged. • 'C' class fires = gas fires

After use of the extinguisher on a fire,

The decal on the fire extinguisher is explained below:
• The extinguisher can be used and has been tested at
temperatures of -20  °C (-68  °F) and 60  °C (140  °F).
• The type of the extinguisher 'PKD 6', this means: Dry
chemical powder and the capacity is 6  kg (13.22  lb).
• the pressure gauge needle will go to zero pressure.
• Do not try to repair or refill the extinguisher yourself.
• Bring the used or leaking extinguisher to a recog-
nized extinguisher dealer.

2-10
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

• Do not use the extinguisher on objects under electrical

tension of more than 1000 Volt and at less than 1  m
(3.28  ft) distance.

Fire Sources

• The possibility of accidental fires is ever present
during harvest. The three ingredients needed for a
fire; combustible materials, oxygen, and an ignition
source. These are always present during the harvest-
ing process.
• By nature, mature crops are dry and dirty, and are
sources of considerable debris that can accumulate on
harvesting equipment.
• Your best defense against potential fires on your ma-
chine is to know how to minimize the potential through
proper adjustment, operation, maintenance and clean-
ing of the machine. This section will provide information
on operating practices to minimize the potential to start
a fire.

What to do in the event of a fire.

Above all else, do not panic. Alert monitoring, along with
good management practices, will prevent most fires. If a
fire should occur take the following steps.
1. Stop the machine in a safe location, turn off the engine
and remove the key.
2. Use a fire extinguisher to put the fire out.
3. Immediately stand by with fire extinguishers while
completely inspecting the chassis and header to
determine and correct the source of the fire.
4. Completely inspect the machine to make sure there
are no remaining smoldering debris or trash anywhere
on the machine.

2-11
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Battery safety
WARNING
Explosive gas!
Batteries emit explosive hydrogen gas and other fumes while charging. Ventilate the charging area.
Keep the battery away from sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources. Never charge a frozen
battery.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0005A

WARNING
Hazardous chemicals!
Battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid. Contact with skin and eyes could result in severe irritation
and burns. Always wear splash-proof goggles and protective clothing (gloves and aprons). Wash
hands after handling.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0006A

General battery safety

Failure to comply to the following messages could result • Antidote: INTERNAL - Drink large quantities of water
in death or serious injury. or milk. DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek medical
attention immediately.
• Always wear eye protection when working with batter-
ies. • Antidote: EYES - Flush with water for 15 minutes and
seek medical attention immediately.
• Ventilate when charging or using in an enclosed area.
• BATTERIES PRODUCE EXPLOSIVE GASES. Keep
• When using auxiliary batteries or connecting jumper ca-
sparks, flame, cigars and cigarettes away. Ventilate
bles to start the engine, use the procedure shown in the
when charging or using in enclosed area.
operator’s manual. Do not short across terminals.
• When working around storage batteries, remember that
• Follow manufacturer’s instructions when storing and
all of the exposed metal parts are “live”. Never lay
handling batteries.
a metal object across the terminals because a spark,
• Keep out of reach of children and other unauthorized short circuit, explosion or personal injury may result.
persons.
• Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
• DO NOT make sparks or use an open flame near the tain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after han-
battery. dling.
• When disconnecting battery terminals, remove the
Negative (-) cable first; then remove the Positive (+).
When connecting cables, connect the Positive (+) first,
then connect the Negative (-).
• Disconnect the battery (both terminals) before welding
on any part of the machine. Failure to do so may cause
damage to sensitive electrical components.
• BATTERY ACID CAUSES SEVERE BURNS. Batter-
ies contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes
or clothing. Always wear eye protection when working
near batteries. Wash hands after handling. KEEP OUT
OF REACH OF CHILDREN.
• Antidote: EXTERNAL - flush with water. ZICON10DIA003 1

Instructional seat safety

Instructional seat safety

Passengers are not permitted to ride on the machine. The instructional seat is to be used only when training a
new operator or when a service technician is diagnosing
a problem.

2-12
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

When required for the purposes of training or diagnostics, • Avoid driving on highways or public roads.
only one person may accompany the operator and that
• Avoid quick starts or stops.
person must be seated in the instructional seat.
• Avoid sharp turns.
When the instructional seat is occupied, the following
• Always wear correctly adjusted seat belts.
precautions must be followed:
• Keep door closed at all times.
• Machine should be driven only at slow speeds and over
level ground.

Operator presence system

Operator presence system

The operator presence system should never be disconnected, bypassed, or otherwise

made inoperable.
Your machine is equipped with an operator presence system to prevent the use of some functions when the operator
is not in the operator’s seat. Some of those functions are:
• Ground drive
• The parking brake will be applied when ground speed is zero
• AFS Accuguide™ system
• Unloading
• Feeder

If the system is inoperable, the system must be repaired.

Power Take Off (PTO)

Power Take-Off (PTO)

PTO-driven machinery can cause death or serious injury. When doing stationary PTO work, keep clear of all moving
Before working on or near the PTO shaft or servicing or parts and make sure appropriate guards are in place.
clearing the driven machine, put the feeder drive switch
in the off position, stop the engine, and remove the key.

Whenever a PTO is in operation, a guard must be in place

to prevent death or injury to the operator or bystanders.

Warning lights
Reflectors and warning lights

Flashing amber warning lights must be used when oper-

ating on public roads.

Seat belt precautions

Seat belts

2-13
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

WARNING • Keep seat belts clean and dry.

Avoid injury! • Clean belts only with soap solution and warm water.
Before starting the engine, securely fasten the • Do not use bleach or dye on the belts because this can
seat belt. The seat belt can help ensure your make the belts weak.
safety if it is properly used and maintained.
Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack 1. Seat belts are part of your protective system and
in the belt system. Never wear the belt if it must be worn at all times. The operator must be held
is twisted or pinched between the seat struc- to the seat inside the frame in order for the protective
tures. system to work.
Failure to comply could result in death or se-
rious injury. 2. Keep the seat belts in good condition.
W0142A
3. Keep sharp edges and items that can cause damage
Seat belts must be worn at all times. away from the belts.
4. Periodically check the belts, buckles, retractors, teth-
Seat belt inspection and maintenance: ers, slack take-up system and mounting bolts for
• Keep seat belts in good condition. damage.
• Keep sharp edges and items than can cause damage 5. Replace all parts that have damage or wear.
away from the belts. 6. Replace belts that have cuts that can make the belt
• Periodically check belts, buckles, retractors, tethers, weak.
slack take-up system, and mounting bolts for damage 7. Check that bolts are tight on the seat bracket or
and wear. mounting.
• Replace all parts that have damage or wear. 8. Keep seat belts clean and dry.
• Replace belts that have cuts that can make the belt 9. Clean belts only with soap solution and warm water.
weak.
10. Do not use bleach or dye on the belts, because this
• Check that bolts are tight on the seat bracket or mount- can make the belts weak.
ing.
• If belt is attached to seat, make sure seat or seat brack-
ets are mounted securely.

Air conditioning
Air-conditioning system

The air-conditioning system is under high pressure. Do Service, repair, or recharging must be performed only by
not disconnect any lines. The release of high pressure a trained service technician.
can cause serious injury.

The air-conditioning system contains gases that are

harmful to the environment when released into the atmos-
phere. Do not attempt to service or repair the system.

Reverse Alarm and Light

Reverse alarm

2-14
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

When driving the combine in reverse, an audible alarm

will automatically sound to warn bystanders.

NHIL13AF01477AA 1

Personal protective equipment (PPE)

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as hard

hat, eye protection, heavy gloves, hearing protection, pro-
tective clothing, etc.

Do Not Operate hang tag

WARNING
Risk of harm during maintenance of the machine!
Before you start servicing the machine, attach a DO NOT OPERATE warning tag to the machine in a
visible area.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1242A

Attach a DO NOT OPERATE (TAG) to the machine in an area that is clearly visible whenever the machine is not
operating properly and/or requires service.
Complete the tag information for the "REASON" the tag is attached by describing the malfunction or service required.
Validate the reason for attaching the tag by signing your name in the designated area on the tag.
The tag should only be removed by the person who signed and attached the tag, after validating the repairs or services
have been completed.

Hazardous chemicals
Hazardous chemicals
If you are exposed to or come in contact with hazardous
chemicals you can be seriously injured. The fluids, lu-
bricants, paints, adhesives, coolant, etc. required for the
function of your machine can be hazardous. They may
be attractive and harmful to domestic animals as well as
humans.
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) provide information
about the chemical substances within a product, safe
handling and storage procedures, first aid measures and
procedures to be taken in the event of a spill or accidental
release. MSDS are available from your dealer.
Before you service your machine check the MSDS for
each lubricant, fluid, etc. used in this machine. This in-
formation indicates the associated risks and will help you
service the machine safely. Follow the information in the
MSDS, on manufacturer containers, as well as the infor-
mation in this manual when servicing the machine.
Dispose of all fluids, filters, and containers in an environ-
mentally safe manner according to local laws and regula-
tions. Check with local environmental and recycling cen-
ters or your dealer for correct disposal information.
Store fluids and filters in accordance with local laws and
regulations. Use only appropriate containers for the stor-
age of chemicals or petrochemical substances.
Keep out of reach or children or other unauthorized per-
sons.

2-15
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Additional precautions are required for applied chemi-

cals. Obtain complete information from the manufacturer
or distributor of the chemicals before using them.

Electrical storm safety

Electrical storm safety

Do not operate machine during an electrical storm.
If you are on the ground during an electrical storm, stay
away from machinery and equipment. Seek shelter in a
permanent, protected structure.
If an electrical storm should strike during operation, re-
main in the cab. Do not leave the cab or operator’s plat-
form. Do not make contact with the ground or objects
outside the machine.

Utility safety
Utility safety

Make sure the machine has sufficient clearance to pass
in all directions. Pay special attention to overhead power
lines and hanging obstacles. High voltage lines may re-
quire significant clearance for safety. Contact local au-
thorities or utilities to obtain safe clearance distances from
high voltage power lines.
Retract raised or extended components, if necessary.
Remove or lower radio antennas or other accessories.
Should a contact between the machine and an electric
power source occur, the following precautions must be
taken:
• Stop the machine movement immediately.
• Apply the park brake, stop the engine, and remove the
key.
• Check if you can safely leave the cab or your actual po-
sition without contact with electrical wires. If not, stay
in your position and call for help. If you can leave your
position without touching lines, jump clear of the ma-
chine to make sure you do not make contact with the
ground and the machine at the same time.
• Do not permit anyone to touch the machine until power
has been shut off to the power lines.

Mounting and dismounting precautions

Mounting and dismounting

Mount and dismount the machine only at designated lo- Maintain a three-point contact with steps, ladders, and
cations that have hand-holds, steps, or ladders. hand-holds.

Do not jump off the machine. Never mount or dismount from a moving machine.

Make sure steps, ladders, and platforms remain clean Do not use the steering wheel or other controls or acces-
and clear of debris and foreign substances. Injury may sories as hand-holds when entering or exiting the cab or
result from slippery surfaces. operator’s platform.

Face the machine when mounting and dismounting.

Operating the machine

Mounting and dismounting

1. Before operating the machine ensure that all safety
guards are properly fitted and secured.
2. When operating the machine, always remain seated
in the operator's seat. Operate controls only when
seated in the operator’s seat, except for those controls
expressly intended for use from other locations.
3. For safety's sake never leave the operator's platform
without first disengaging the machine drive mecha-
nism, lowering the header, stopping the engine and
removing the ignition key.
4. Never climb on or off the machine when it is in motion
as there is a risk of being run over.

2-16
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION
5. Use extreme caution when operating close to the edge
of a ditch, a canal or a steep bank.
6. Never attempt to carry out any adjustments on the
machine while it is in motion or while the engine is
running.
7. Danger of death by electrocution!
Pay special attention to the overhead power lines.
Make sure the machine has sufficient clearance to
pass in all directions (also with raised or opened ma-
chine components). Also think of the radio aerial(s)
or any other accessory or parts which may have been
added afterwards.
High voltage lines may require significant clearance for
safety. Contact local authorities or utilities to obtain
safe clearance distances from high voltage power lines.
Should a contact between the machine and an electric
power line occur, then the following precautions must
be taken: Stop the machine movement immediately,
stop the engine and apply the parking brake.
Check if you can safely leave the cab or your actual po-
sition without direct contact with electric wires. If not,
stay in your position and call for help. If you can leave
your position without touching the lines, jump off the last
step or support position to ensure that there is NO con-
tact between any part of your body, the machine and
the ground at the same time. Never touch the machine
afterwards until power to the lines has been shut off.
2-17
When people approach the machine, warn them not to
touch the machine but to ask the electric power supply
company to shut off the power to the lines.
8. Never apply the differential lock when turning. When
engaged, the differential lock will prevent the ma-
chine from turning.
9. Ensure the engine is shut off and wait until the ma-
chine has completely stopped before opening any of
the guards.
THERE ARE ROTATING PARTS UNDER THE
GUARDS WHICH MAY CONTINUE ROTATING
AFTER THE MACHINE HAS BEEN STOPPED.
Look and listen for evidence of rotating parts before
opening any of the guards.
10. Do not operate machine during a thunderstorm.
If you are on the ground during a thunderstorm, stay
away from machinery and equipment. Seek shelter
in a permanent, protected structure.
If a lightning from a thunderstorm should strike during
operation, remain in the cab. Do not leave the cab or
operator’s platform. Do not make contact with the
ground or objects outside the machine.
11. Dust can cause ''farmer's lung'' disease. It may also
contain harmful spraying residues. Keep the cab
door and window closed during operation. Wear a
dust mask when cleaning the air filters or accumu-
lated dust in the machine.
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION
12. Avoid changing direction abruptly, especially when
reversing, to avoid dangerous pitching of the ma-
chine. Lower the attachment if the machine tends
to lift at the rear.
13. Always operate the machine at a safe speed in ac-
cordance with the ground conditions.
On uneven ground, proceed with the utmost caution
to ensure proper stability.
14. When operating on gradients, never drive too fast,
especially when turning.
Connecting a header
Connecting a header
1. When coupling an attachment to the base unit, never
allow anyone to stand between the machine and the
attachment.
2. Make sure that no one is standing in front of the ma-
chine when detaching an attachment.
3. Before operating the attachment, make sure that there
is no one on or near the machine.
Prior to engaging the PTO, always make sure there
are no persons or obstacles nearby. Warn bystanders
by sounding the horn three times. Entanglement in
Hydraulic system safety
Hydraulic system safety
WARNING
Pressurized hydraulic fluid can penetrate the
skin and cause severe injuries.
Hydraulic fluid can also infect a minor cut or
opening in the skin. Serious infection or re-
action can result without immediate medical
treatment. If injured by leaking fluid, see your
doctor immediately.
Failure to comply could result in death or se-
rious injury.
W0358A
• Hydraulic oil leaking under pressure can penetrate the
skin and cause infection or other injury. To prevent per-
sonal injury:
• Relieve all pressure before disconnecting fluid lines.
• Before applying pressure, make sure all connections
are tight and components are in good condition.
• Never use your hand to check for suspected leaks
under pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood
for this purpose.
• If injured by leaking fluid, seek medical attention im-
mediately.
2-18
15. Keep people away from the machine during harvest.
Ask bystanders to leave the field. There is not only
the risk to be overrun by the machine, but objects
ejected by the residue chopper and spreader at the
rear of the machine may cause harm. Stones may
be thrown further than the chopped straw.
16. Pay the necessary attention while operating next to
public roads or footpaths. Residue can get projected
outside the field and hit unprotected people like bik-
ers or pedestrians. Wait to cut the edge of the field
till it is clear of bystanders.
PTO. driven machinery can cause serious injury or
death.
4. Never attempt to remove crop or residues from a
plugged attachment while the machine is running.
• Such carelessness could cost life or limb
• In the event of a blockage, and if reversing the sys-
tem is not successful, always disengage the thresh-
ing mechanism, switch off the engine and apply the
parking brake before clearing the blockage.
• The hydraulic hoses and fittings on your machine meet
engineering specifications for the particular function.
When replacing damaged, blown or worn hoses or fit-
tings, use only manufacture authorized service parts.
• Care in hydraulic hose installation is a must:
• Make sure pressure is relieved before starting instal-
lation procedure.
• DO NOT kink or twist a hose, failure may occur.
• Properly route the hose.
• Have a certified hydraulic technician install the hose.
• Remove air from the hydraulic system after instaling
any hydraulic component.
• Periodically check hydraulic system for leaks or dam-
age. check for:
• Leaks at hose fitting or in hose.
• Damaged hoses and/or fittings.
• Kinked, crushed, flattened, hard blistered, heat
cracked, charred, twisted, soft or loose covered
hoses.
• Corroded or damaged fittings.
• Leaking ports.
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION
• Excessive dirt and debris around hoses and/or fit-
tings.
• Damaged or missing hose retaining clamps, guards,
shields, etc.
• DO NOT stand on or use a hose as a step. DO NOT
pull or apply external forces to the hose. The hose may
fail and cause injury.
• Keep all persons away from the working area. Mecha-
nisms controlled by fluid power can become hazardous
if a hose fails. Lifted mechanisms can fall to the ground,
machine steering may fail, etc.
• Stay clear of a pressurized hose assembly that has
blown apart. Hose fittings can be thrown off at high
Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components
Flexible hose assemblies must not be constructed from
hoses which have been previously used as part of a hose
assembly.
Do not weld hydraulic piping.
When flexible hoses or piping are damaged, replace them
immediately.
It is forbidden to modify a hydraulic accumulator by ma-
chining, welding or any other means.
Working at heights
Working at heights
When the normal use and maintenance of the machine
requires working at heights:
• Correctly use installed steps, ladders, and railings.
• Never use ladders, steps, or railings while the machine
is moving.
2-19
speed and a loose hose can whip around with great
force.
• Hydraulic fluid can reach high temperatures. Allow fluid
to cool before servicing the system.
• Escaping fluid under pressure may form a mist or fine
spray which can flash or explode upon contact with an
ignition source.
• Vibration can reduce hose service life. Make sure all
retaining clamps and/or devices are secured.
• Environmental conditions can cause hose and fittings
to deteriorate. Inspect hydraulic hoses periodically.
Replace worn or damaged hoses and fittings.
Before removing hydraulic accumulators for servicing, the
liquid pressure in the accumulator must be reduced to
zero.
Pressure check on hydraulic accumulators shall be car-
ried out by method recommended by the accumulator
manufacturer.
Care must be taken not to exceed the maximum allow-
able pressure of the accumulator. After any check of ad-
justment there must be no leakage of gas.
• Do not stand on surfaces which are not designated as
steps or platforms.
Do not use the machine as a lift, ladder, or platform for
working at heights.
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Ecology and the environment

Soil, air, and water are vital factors of agriculture and life in general. When legislation does not yet rule the treatment
of some of the substances required by advanced technology, sound judgment should govern the use and disposal of
products of a chemical and petrochemical nature.
NOTE: The following are recommendations that may be
of assistance:

• Become acquainted with and ensure that you understand the relative legislation applicable to your country.
• Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, antifreeze, cleaning
agents, etc., with regard to their effect on man and nature and how to safely store, use, and dispose of these
substances.
• Agricultural consultants will, in many cases, be able to help you as well.

Helpful hints
• Avoid filling tanks using cans or inappropriate pressurized fuel delivery systems that may cause considerable
spillage.
• In general, avoid skin contact with all fuels, oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of them contain substances that may be
harmful to your health.
• Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and or waste oils in ordinary heating systems.
• Avoid spillage when draining off used engine coolant mixtures, engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake fluids, etc.
Do not mix drained brake fluids or fuels with lubricants. Store them safely until they can be disposed of in a proper
way to comply with local legislation and available resources.
• Modern coolant mixtures, i.e. antifreeze and other additives, should be replaced every two years. They should not
be allowed to get into the soil, but should be collected and disposed of properly.
• Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself. It contains gases that should not be released into the atmosphere.
Your CASE IH dealer or air conditioning specialist has a special extractor for this purpose and will have to recharge
the system properly.
• Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or hydraulic system immediately.
• Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as this may lead to a component failure.
• Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld splatter may burn a hole or weaken them, allowing the loss of
oils, coolant, etc.

2-20
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Proposition 65

CALIFORNIA
PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Diesel engine exhaust and some of it’s constituents are

known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects and other reproductive harm.

Battery post, terminals and related accessories contain

lead and lead compounds.

Wash hands after handling.

Illustrations
WARNING
Illustrations in this manual may show protective shielding open or removed to better illustrate a par-
ticular feature or adjustment.
Replace all shields before operating the machine.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0012A

NOTE: Some of the illustrations in this Manual have been obtained by photographing prototypes. Standard production
machines may differ in some details.

2-21
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Lift cylinder lockout – Lift cylinder lockout

DANGER
Crushing hazard!
Always do the following before entering the area below the header: Disengage the threshing mecha-
nism, lift the header to its maximum height, apply the parking brake, and stop the engine. Place the
header safety latch over the cylinder rod.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0012A

The left-hand cylinder (1) of the feeder is fitted with a lift

cylinder lockout (2) which must be lowered onto the cylin-
der rod to prevent accidental lowering of the header.

To engage or disengage the header lift cylinder lockout it

is necessary to lift the feeder to its maximum height.
To do this job, proceed as follows:

86094054 1

Move the feeder up by pressing plus side of the header

height rocker switch (1) (also refer to 3-28) on the multi-
function handle until the header stops near its maximum
height.
NOTICE: Headers with adjustable reel height can come
very close to the cab windshield when the header is
raised. Be cautious when lifting the header to it's maxi-
mum height.

NHIL12AF01015AA 2

Place the lift cylinder lockout (1) over the cylinder rod (2).

86094054 3

2-22
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

NOTICE: Do not use header lift cylinder lockout as a support for the header when traveling along public roads other-
wise damage may occur to the cylinder.
When not in use, the lift cylinder lockout (1) must be stored
with stop latch (2) secured in storage hole (3).

50030334 4

2-23
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety signs – Right-hand side

The following safety signs are placed on your machine as a guide for your safety and for those working with you. Walk
around the machine and note the content and location of these safety signs before operating your machine.

Keep safety signs clean and legible. Clean safety signs with a soft cloth, water, and a gentle detergent. Do not use
solvent, gasoline, or other harsh chemicals. Solvents, gasoline, and other harsh chemicals may damage or remove
safety signs.

Replace all safety signs that are damaged, missing, painted over, or illegible. If a safety sign is on a part that is
replaced, make sure the safety sign is installed on the new part. See your dealer for replacement safety signs.

Safety signs that display the “Read Operator’s Manual” symbol are intended to direct
the operator to the operator’s manual for further information regarding maintenance,
adjustments, or procedures for particular areas of the machine. When a safety sign
displays this symbol, refer to the appropriate page of the operator’s manual.

NHIL12AF02743AA 1

2-24
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Never reach into a rotating auger

84574722
Quantity: 1

84574722 2

(1) In the middle of the grain tank cross auger clean out
doors

NHIL12AF02536AA 3

To prevent runaway of the combine (i.e. when the

ground speed increases during downhill driving and
it is impossible to reduce speed with the ground
speed control lever), it is necessary to shift into a
lower gear appropriate to the steepness of the hill
before starting the descent.
84439462
Quantity: 1

84439462A 4

(2) On the inside of the right-hand cab door

NHIL12AF01479AA 5

2-25
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

DANGER
Electrocution hazard
Avoid contact with electrical power lines.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury
47376427
Quantity: 1

47376427_B 6

(3) On the inside of the right-hand cab door

NHIL12AF01479AA 7

Shut off engine and remove ignition key before

performing maintenance or repair work
84012893
Quantity: 1

84012893_B 8

(4) On the inside of the right-hand cab door

NHIL12AF01482AA 9

2-26
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Sound the horn three times before starting the

engine
84012892
Quantity: 1

84012892 10

(5) On the inside of the right-hand cab door

NHIL12AF01482AA 11

Pinch point keep hands clear

87413244
Quantity: 1

87413244 12

(6) On the right-hand side feeder cradle

83118300 13

2-27
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Secure feeder lift cylinder locking device before

getting in dangerous area.
84004735
Quantity: 1

84004735 14

(7) On the right-hand side of the feeder

NHPE12AF00041AA 15

Wait until all machine components have stopped

completely before touching them.
87479097
Quantity: 1

87479097 16

(8) At the right-hand side rotor access covers

NHPE12AF00030AA 17

2-28
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Please read operators manual for complete

instructions
87699716
Quantity: 1

87699716 18

(9) On the plate at the park brake

NHPE12AF00018AA 19

Wait until all machine components have stopped

completely before touching them.
84004734
Quantity: 1

84004734_B 20

(10) On the clean grain elevator

NHIL13AF01396AA 21

2-29
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Never open or remove guard while engine is running.

84004734
Quantity: 1

84004734A 22

(11) On the tailings processor shield

NHPE12AF00031AA 23

Never open or remove guard while engine is running.

84011345
Quantity: 1

84011345 24

(12) Under the tailings processor shield

NHPE12AF00032AA 25

2-30
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Wait until all machine components have stopped

completely before touching them.
84014117
Quantity: 1

84014117 26

(13) On the rear of the tailings processor

NHPE12AF00038AA 27

Safety signs – Left-hand side

NHIL12AF02740AA 1

2-31
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Instructional seat
To be used for training or diagnostic purposes only
Extra riders, especially children, are NOT permitted
on the machine
Failure to comply could result in death or serious
injury
84282118
Quantity: 1

84282118_A 2

(1) On the inside of the left-hand side cab door

NHIL12AF03352AA 3

Never reach into a rotating auger

84574722
Quantity: 1

84574722 4

(2) Beside the unloading tube clean out door

NHIL12AF02533AA 5

2-32
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Wait until all machine components have stopped

completely before touching them.
87479097
Quantity: 2

87479097 6

(3) At the left-hand side rotor access covers

NHPE12AF00044AA 7

Hot surface
Use appropriate protective equipment when handling
87282352

87282352 8

(5) On the chopper drive pulley

NHPE12AF00056AA 9

2-33
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Hydraulic accumulators contain gas and oil under

pressure. For removal and repair, contact your local
CASE IH dealer.
84005363
Quantity: 1

84005363 10

(6) On the left-hand side of the combine

NHPE12AF00016AA 11

Battery disconnect switch

86729633
Quantity: 1

86729633 12

(7) Beside the battery disconnect switch

NHPE12AF00056AA 13

2-34
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Correct battery boost procedure

84548463
Quantity: 1

84548463_A 14

(8) On the tool box

NHPE12AF00056AA 15

Never open or remove guard while engine is running.

84011345
Quantity:7

84011345 16

(9) On the left-hand drive shield

NHPE12AF00036AA 17

2-35
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Disengage all drives, stop the engine and wait until

all moving parts have stopped before cleaning or
servicing the machine.
84004733
Quantity: 1

84004733_A 18

(10) On the Operator platform access ladder

NHIL12AF02538AA 19

Never ride on platform or ladder.

84004732
Quantity: 1

84004732_C 20

(11) On the Operator platform access ladder

NHIL12AF02538AA 21

2-36
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Carefully read the Operator’s Manual before

operating the machine. Observe instructions and
safety rules when operating.
84004731
Quantity: 1

84004731_B 22

(12) On the Operator platform access ladder

NHIL12AF02538AA 23

Secure feeder lift cylinder locking device before

getting in dangerous area.
84004735
Quantity: 1

84004735 24

(13) On the left-hand side of the feeder

NHPE12AF00048AA 25

2-37
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Stay clear of hot surface.

84004742
Quantity: 1

84004742A 26

(14) On the header PTO shield

83117524 27

Pinch point keep hands clear

87413244
Quantity: 1

87413244 28

(15) On the left-hand side feeder cradle

NHPE12AF00048AA 29

2-38
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Don’t place foot or step here

84432904
Quantity: 2

84432904A 30

(16) On the left-hand side of the feeder

83117523 31

Safety signs – Front

NHIL12AF02945FA 1

2-39
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Never reach or climb into grain tank while engine

is running.
84004740
Quantity: 1

84004740 2

(1) On the left-hand front corner of the grain tank, above

the operator platform

NHPE12AF00017AA 3

Don’t place foot or step here

84432904
Quantity: 1

84432904A 4

(2) On the grain sample access door

NHPE12AF00017AA 5

2-40
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Ensure barrier chain is connected

87395659
Quantity: 1

87395659 6

(3) On the operator platform barrier chain

NHIL12AF00060AA 7

Never open or remove guard while engine is running.

84011345
Quantity:3

84011345 8

(4) On the left-hand top side of the feeder

(8) On the right-hand top side of the feeder
(9) On the center top side of the feeder

NHPE12AF00042AA 9

2-41
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Jack up point.
84078384
Quantity: 2

84078384 10

(5) On the left-hand side front axle

NHPE12AF00020AA 11

(7) On the right-hand side front axle

NHPE12AF00020AA 12

2-42
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Tie-down eye.
84100296
Quantity: 6

84100296 13

(6) On the left-hand inner feeder lift cylinder mount

NHPE12AF00019AA 14

(6) On the front axle

NHPE12AF00020AA 15

(6) On the right-hand inner feeder lift cylinder mount

NHIL12AF00020AA 16

2-43
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety signs – Rear

NHPH12AF03455AA 1

2-44
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Never open or remove guard while engine is running.

84011345
Quantity: 2

84011345 2

(1) On the air intake inlet tube

83117494 3

(3) On the cooler box

NHIL12AF00926AA 4

2-45
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Explosion hazard
Do not use Ether starting fluid
Serious engine damage, explosion, death, or serious
personal injury could occur.
84203074
Quantity: 1

84203074_A 5

(2) On the cooler box above the air filter

NHIL12AF00926AA 6

Refrigerant under pressure

84012596
Quantity: 1

84012596 7

(4) On the cooler box

NHIL12AF00926AA 8

2-46
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Stay clear while engine is running.

84004739
Quantity: 4

84004739 9

Machines with Vertical Impeller Spreader

NHIL12AF00059AA 10
(5) On the right-hand spreader shield
Machines with Horizontal Disc Spreader

NHIL12AF02535AA 11

Machines with Vertical Impeller Spreader

(7) On the right-hand spreader discharge chute

(9) On the left-hand spreader discharge chute

83119061 12

2-47
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Stay clear while engine is running.

84004739
Quantity: 4

84004739 9

Machines with Vertical Impeller Spreader

NHPE12AF00051AA 13
(11) On the left-hand spreader shield
Machines with Horizontal Disc Spreader

NHIL12AF02534AA 14

2-48
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Rotating parts under cover

87757489
Quantity: 2

87757489 15

(6) On the upper right-hand side of the residue spreader

NHPE12AF00028AA 16

(12) On the upper left-hand side of the residue spreader

83117516 17

2-49
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Jack up point.
84439510
Quantity: 2

84439510 18

(8) Right-hand side of the steering axle

83119135 19

(8) Left-hand side of the steering axle

83119133 20

2-50
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Vertical spreader equipped machines only

Door is spring assisted when opened, stand clear

87479091 Quantity: 1

87479091 21

(12) On windrow door

83117487 22

Towing attachment point

449973

00449973_ 23

(13) On the rear frame

NHPE12AF00029AA 24

2-51
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Machines with Horizontal Disc Spreader

Stay clear while engine is running

47468276
Quantity: 2

47468276_A 25

NHPH12AF03458AA 26
(1) On the upper right-hand side of the residue spreader

NHPH12AF03456AA 27

2-52
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety signs – Top

NHPE12AF00027AA 1

Never reach into a rotating auger

84574722
Quantity: 1

84574722 2

(1) On the bubble up auger tube

NHIL12AF00928AA 3

2-53
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Never allow standing on this platform while the

vehicle is in motion.
84004732
Quantity: 1

84004732_C 4

(2) On the rear side of the grain tank

NHIL12AF02508AA 5

Hot surface
Use appropriate protective equipment when handling
84004742

84004742A 6

(4) On the muffler heat shield.

NHIL12AF03353AA 7

2-54
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Don’t place foot or step here

84432904
Quantity: 2

84432904A 8

(3) On the engine air deflector.

NHIL12AF02507AA 9

Grain tank cover equipped machines only

(5) On the outside of the grain tank covers

NHPH12AF03257AA 10

(6) On the top left-hand front corner of the grain tank

NHIL12AF02570AA 11

2-55
 2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Safety signs

Safety signs are placed on your machine as a guide for your safety. Walk around the machine and note the content
and location of these signs before operating your machine.

Following is a listing of safety signs and locations. Read and understand them before operating the machine.

Sign Inspection and Maintenance

1. Cleaning signs
• Keep signs clean and legible.
• Use a soft cloth, water, and a gentle detergent.
• Do not use solvent, gasoline, or other harsh chemicals to clean signs. Solvents, gasoline, and other harsh
chemicals may damage or remove signs.
2. Replace all signs that are damaged, missing, painted over, or illegible. See your dealer for replacement signs.
3. If a sign is on a part that is replaced, make sure the sign is installed on the new part.

Only fill the DEF/AdBlue® tank with approved

DEF/AdBlue® solution. Do not fill with diesel fuel or
water. Refer to the Operator's Manual.
Quantity: 1
English 84284896 C

84284896_C 1
The DEF/ADBLUE® decal (1) is located near the
DEF/ADBLUE® tank filler neck on the engine platform.

83117490 2

2-56
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS###_3_###
ACCESS TO OPERATOR'S PLATFORM

Access to operator's platform

WARNING
Fall hazard!
The instructional seat shall only be used when training a new operator or when a service technician
is diagnosing a problem. Do not permit others, especially children, to ride in the seat. Keep the cab
door(s) closed. Wear a seat belt at all times.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0301A

CAUTION
Fall hazard!
When entering or exiting the cab, never use the control levers as handholds. Always mount and dis-
mount the machine in a safe way. Maintain a three-point contact with steps, ladders, and/or handholds.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0075B

DANGER
Crushing hazard!
When working while on top of the feeder house, the machine must NOT be running, as contact with
the feeder angle sensor could result in unexpected feeder movement.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0067B

DANGER
Crushing hazard!
Always do the following before entering the area below the header: Disengage the threshing mecha-
nism, lift the header to its maximum height, apply the parking brake, and stop the engine. Place the
header safety latch over the cylinder rod.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0012A

Access to operator's platform

NHPH12AF03454AA 1

3-1
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

To turn the ladder in front of the wheel for

road transport:
1. From the ground;
• Pull down on the ladder latch handle (1).
2. From the upper platform;
• Press down on the upper pedal (2).
3. Release the latch when the ladder is in the forward
position.
4. To return the ladder to the side position, release the
latch and swing the ladder to the side. Be sure the
NHIL12AF02539AA 2
latch is securely engaged before stepping onto the lad-
der.

Access to the feeder house to enable clean-

ing of the cab windshield:
Raise the feeder house to its highest position and engage
the lift cylinder lockout (1) .

NHIL12AF03028AA 3

A. Unhook the safety chains (1) between the cab and the
handrail
B. Use the step (2) and the provided hand rails (3) to
move to the feeder from the operator deck through the
opening between the handrail and the cab.

NHIL12AF02945FA 4

NHIL12AF03030AA 5 NHIL12AF01483AA 6

3-2
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

From the right hand platform

• Use the step (1) and the provided hand rails (2) to move
to the feeder from the operator deck through the open-
ing between the handrail and the cab.

NHIL12AF02945FA 7

NHIL12AF03031AA 8 NHIL12AF01484AA 9

3-3
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Cab layout

NHIL12AF02468AA 1

(1) Steering column, refer to 3-15 (4) Start console, refer to 3-19
(2) AFS Pro 700 operator display, refer to 6-20 (5) Operator seat, refer to 3-6
(3) Right-hand console, refer to 3-31 (6) Instructional seat, refer to 3-12

3-4
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Emergency exit
The emergency exit is found on the right-hand side of the
operator's seat, opposite to the door that gives access to
the cab.

To escape from the cab through the emergency exit, pro-

ceed as follows:

NHIL12AF01025AA 1

Unlock the emergency exit door handle in three steps.

1. Lower the handle (1) down until it is in horizontal posi-
tion.
2. Push the door slightly open until the metal pin (3) that
is attached to the cab frame is visible through the notch
in the handle (2).
3. Lift the handle up in order to release the handle from
the pin.

NHIL12AF01024AA 2

Open the emergency exit door completely.

Step over or around the right hand console and leave the
cab.

Use handrail (1) as hand holds, step on step (2).

NHIL12AF03032AA 3

3-5
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

OPERATOR'S SEAT

Operator seat – Overview

NHIL12AF02602AA 1 NHIL12AF02601AA 2

Your machine is equipped with an operator presence system to prevent the use of some functions when the operator
is not in the operator’s seat. Some of those functions are:
• Feeder
• Unloading
• Ground drive
• The parking brake will be applied when ground speed is zero
• Autoguidance
Right–hand console fore/aft adjustment
1. • Lift the lever to move the right–hand console front
or back.
• Release the handle to lock the right–hand console
in place.

NHIL12AF02061AA 3

Thigh extension control (leather seat only);

2. The seat bottom can be moved forwards or rearwards
to support the operator’s legs.
• Lift the handle (1) to slide the seat base front or rear
to the desired position.
• Release the handle when the desired position is
achieved.

NHIL12AF02064AA 4

3-6
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Thigh tilt control (leather seat only):

3. The front of seat base can be moved up or down to
support the operator’s legs.
• Lift the handle (1) to raise or lower the front of the
seat.
• Release the handle when the desired position is
achieved.
NOTE: It may be easier to adjust the thigh tilt while the
operator is not seated.

NHIL12AF02065AA 5

Fore/Aft isolation lockout:

4. The float position absorbs shocks and reduces opera-
tor fatigue when traveling over rough terrain.
• The seat can float a short distance forward and rear-
ward when the isolator lever is UP.
• With the isolator lever in the DOWN position, the
seat does not float.
NOTICE: To prevent damage to the isolator lever, jog
the seat fore and aft while changing the isolator lever NHIL12AF02472AA 6
position.

Fore/Aft:
5. The operator’s seat can be adjusted forward or rear-
ward.
• Pull UP on the lever and slide the seat to the desired
position.
• Release the lever to lock the seat in position.

NHIL12AF02063AA 7

Height adjustment:
6. The seat can be raised or lowered by;
• Pushing the top of the button to increase air pres-
sure and raise the seat.
• Pushing the bottom of the button to decrease the air
pressure and lower the seat.
NOTE: The key switch must be in the ON position to raise
the seat.
NHIL12AF02477AA 8

3-7
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Seat heater control (Leather seat only):

7. This illuminated momentary switch (1), located in the
left armrest, has three heating levels - high, medium
and low.

• Press the switch once to turn the heat on high.

• To lower the heat level, press the switch a second or
third time for medium and low settings.
• To turn the heat off, press the switch a fourth time and
the lamp will go out. NHIL12AF02593AA 9

Semi active suspension seats only

Ride firmness switch

8. This switch adjusts the dampening of the system.
• Press once to for the firmest setting.
• Press again for the middle setting.
• Press again for the softest setting.

NHIL12AF02762AA 10

Lumbar adjuster:
9. Adjust the lumbar support for personal back comfort.
• Turn the knob to adjust the height of the lumbar sup-
port.

NHIL12AF02079AA 11

Armrest height adjustment:

10. • Loosen the two socket head fasteners to move the
armrest up or down to a comfortable position.
• Tighten the fasteners when the desired height is
achieved.

NHIL12AF02474AA 12

3-8
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Backrest:
11. To adjust the backrest, lift the control and tilt the back-
rest to the desired position. Release the control to
hold the backrest in the selected position.

NHIL12AF02473AA 13

Adjustable damper knob:

12. This adjustment can help to control seat bouncing in
rough terrain.
• Turn the knob (1) counter clockwise to absorb more
bounce.
• Turn the knob clockwise to absorb less bounce.

NHIL12AF02595AA 14

Left armrest:
13. The armrest can be tilted up for easier access to the
operator’s seat.
• The angle of the armrest is also adjustable by turn-
ing the adjustment knob (A).

NHIL12AF02477AA 15

3-9
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Manual storage compartment

Keep the Operator’s Manual in the storage compartment
located below the operator’s seat on the combine. The
Operator’s Manual must be available for use by all oper-
ators.

Press the button (1) to open the drawer.

NHIL12AF02219AA 16

NHIL12AF02220AA 17

3-10
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Seat belt – Operator’s seat

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Before starting the engine, securely fasten the seat belt. The seat belt can help ensure your safety
if it is properly used and maintained. Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt system.
Never wear the belt if it is twisted or pinched between the seat structures.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0142A

WARNING
Fall hazard!
The instructional seat shall only be used when training a new operator or when a service technician
is diagnosing a problem. Do not permit others, especially children, to ride in the seat. Keep the cab
door(s) closed. Wear a seat belt at all times.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0301A

Securely fasten operator and instructor seat belts before

the Combine is operated either in the field or on the road.
1. Pull the seat belt completely across your body.
2. Push the metal eye into the buckle until it locks.
3. Adjust the position of the seat belt as low on your body
as possible.

• To release the seat belt, push the red button on the

buckle and separate the buckle and metal eye.

Seat belt inspection and maintenance

Keep the operator and instructional seat belts in good NHIL12AF02604AA 1

condition by doing the following:

• Keep sharp edges and items that can cause damage,
away from the belts.
• From time to time, check belts, buckles, retractors, teth-
ers, slack take-up system and mounting bolts for dam-
age.
• Replace all parts that have damage or wear.
• Replace belts that have cuts that can make the belt
weak.
• Check that bolts are tight on the seat bracket or mount-
ing.
NHIL12AF02605AA 2
• If belt is attached to seat, make sure seat or seat brack-
ets are mounted securely.
• Keep seat belts clean and dry.
• Clean belts only with a soap solution and warm water.
• DO NOT use bleach or dye on the belts, because this
can make the belts weak.

3-11
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

INSTRUCTOR'S SEAT

Instructional seat – Overview

WARNING
Fall hazard!
The instructional seat shall only be used when training a new operator or when a service technician
is diagnosing a problem. Do not permit others, especially children, to ride in the seat. Keep the cab
door(s) closed. Wear a seat belt at all times.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0301A

instructional seat safety

• Extra riders, especially children, are not permitted on
the machine.
• The operators view to the left could be obstructed when
the instructional seat is occupied.
• When the instructional seat is occupied, the following
precautions must be taken:
1. Machine must be driven at a slower speed and on
level ground.
2. Avoid driving on highways or public roads.
3. Avoid quick starts or stops. NHIL12AF02468AA 1
4. Avoid sharp turns.
5. Always wear seat belts.
6. Cab door must be closed at all times.

The Instructional seat (1) and seat (2) belt provides

seating for;
• An experienced operator when a new operator is being
trained on the operation of the machine.
• A service technician diagnosing a machine problem.

NHIL12AF02055AA 2

The bottom of the seat covers a storage area.

• Lift the rear of the seat bottom to open the storage area.

NHIL12AF01244AA 3

3-12
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

An optional electric cooler (1) is available that fits in the

storage area.

NHIL12AF02057AA 4

The lid of the cooler can open with the seat bottom.
1. Open the seat bottom
2. unfold the hook and loop strap (1)

NHIL12AF02058AA 5

3. Pass the strap through the slot in the lid of the cooler.
4. Attach the loose part of the hook and loop strap to itself
(1).

When the seat bottom is opened the lid of the cooler will
open with it.

NHIL12AF02059AA 6

The back of the instructional seat can be folded forward

to provide work area and a drink holder.

NHIL12AF02060AA 7

3-13
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Seat belt – Instructional seat

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Before starting the engine, securely fasten the seat belt. The seat belt can help ensure your safety
if it is properly used and maintained. Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt system.
Never wear the belt if it is twisted or pinched between the seat structures.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0142A

WARNING
Fall hazard!
The instructional seat shall only be used when training a new operator or when a service technician
is diagnosing a problem. Do not permit others, especially children, to ride in the seat. Keep the cab
door(s) closed. Wear a seat belt at all times.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0301A

Securely fasten operator and instructional seat belts

before the Combine is operated either in the field or on
the road.
1. Pull the seat belt completely across your body.
2. Push the metal eye into the buckle until it locks.
3. Adjust the position of the seat belt as low on your body
as possible.

• To release the seat belt, push the red button on the

buckle and separate the buckle and metal eye.

Seat belt inspection and maintenance

NHIL12AF02606AA 1

Keep the operator and instructional seat belts in good

condition by doing the following:
• Keep sharp edges and items that can cause damage,
away from the belts.
• From time to time, check belts, buckles, retractors, teth-
ers, slack take-up system and mounting bolts for dam-
age.
• Replace all parts that have damage or wear.
• Replace belts that have cuts that can make the belt
weak.
• Check that bolts are tight on the seat bracket or mount-
ing. NHIL12AF02607AA 2

• If belt is attached to seat, make sure seat or seat brack-

ets are mounted securely.
• Keep seat belts clean and dry.
• Clean belts only with a soap solution and warm water.
• DO NOT use bleach or dye on the belts, because this
can make the belts weak.

3-14
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

FORWARD CONTROLS

Steering column

NHIL12AF01031AA 1 NHIL12AF02082AA 2

Steering wheel (1)

Used to control the direction of the combine.

Steering wheel height adjustment (2)

Loosen the knob, by turning counter clockwise, to adjust the height of the steering wheel.
Tighten the knob, by turning clockwise, when the desired steering wheel height is achieved.
NOTE: Do not overtighten the adjustment knob.

NHIL12AF02591AA 3 NHIL12AF02592AA 4

Turn signal stalk (3)

Move forward:
• Will indicate a right-hand turn.

Move to the rear:

• Will indicate a left-hand turn.

Pressing down (direction of arrow):

• Will sound the horn.

NHPH12AF02590AA 5

3-15
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Indicator lamps (4)

Left-hand turn indicator
A. This indicator will flash repeatedly until the left-hand
turn signal is turned off.

Right-hand turn indicator

B. This indicator will flash repeatedly until the right-hand
turn signal is turned off.
NOTE: (A) and (B) will flash when the hazard switch is
turned on.
NHIL12AF02576AA 6

Upper steering column tilt lever (5)

This lever allows the upper half of the steering column to
be adjusted to a comfortable position.
• Press the lever towards the steering column to adjust
the position.
• Release the lever when the desired position is
achieved.

NHIL12AF02588AA 7

3-16
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Foot controls

NHIL12AF02073AA 1

Foot rests (1)

These provide the operator with an alternate location to
place their feet.

Left-hand brake pedal (2)

This pedal stops the left drive wheel. For tight turning,
use the pedals separately. For safe operation on roads
the brake pedal coupler (3) MUST be engaged.

Brake pedal coupler (3)

The brake latch can be used to lock both brake pedals to-
gether so both pedals can be actuated easily at the same
time. Make certain the latch is fully engaged in the slot
provided when it is latched.
WARNING NHIL12AF01030AA 2

Loss of control hazard!

Brake pedals shall be locked together for road
travel. This ensures uniform brake application
and maximum stopping ability.
Failure to comply could result in death or se-
rious injury.
W0308A

Right-hand brake pedal (4)

The pedal stops the right drive wheel. For tight turning,
use the pedals separately. For safe operation on roads
the brake pedal coupler (3) MUST be engaged.

3-17
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Steering column tilt pedal (5)

Push the tilt pedal (5) and move the column to a comfort-
able position.
Release the tilt pedal to lock the steering column in the
selected position,

NHIL12AF01030AA 3

Optional differential lock pedal (6)

When operating in slippery or muddy ground conditions
the differential lock may be engaged to provide better trac-
tion.

If one of the traction wheels start spinning, immediately

depress the differential lock pedal. Now both traction
wheels will turn at the same speed.

Press this pedal to lock the drive wheels together for extra
traction. Release the pedal to unlock the drive wheels.

Keep the pedal depressed until the machine has passed NHIL12AF01028AA 4
the obstacle.

DO NOT keep the drive axle locked during a turn, this will
make your combine very difficult to steer.

NOTICE: Do not make turns with differential lock pedal depressed. It may be necessary to slow down the combine
to allow engagement of the differential lock.

3-18
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS

Start console
The start console is located to the right and to the rear of
the operator's seat.
1. The key switch has three positions:
• Off
• Contact/On
• Engine start
2. 12  V Accessories outlet
3. 12  V auxiliary power port.
4. Audio in jack, if equipped.
5. Wait to start light.
NHIL12AF01232AA 1

NOTE: When the key switch is moved to the 'contact' position, the backup alarm will sound for one second and the
beacon lights (if equipped) will be activated for 2.5 seconds.

3-19
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Multi-Function Handle (MFH)

NHIL12AF01015AA 1

(1) Unload tube position switch (6) Header position switch

Refer to 3-24
(2) Quick stop button
Refer to 3-26 for more information
(3) Feed rate control button
Refer to 3-27 for more information.
(4) AFS AccuGuide™ system engage button
Refer to 3-27 for more information
(5) Header Height Control (HHC) resume button
Refer to 3-27 for more information
Refer to 3-28 for more information
(7) Reel position switch
Refer to 3-29 for more information
(8) Grain tank cross auger drive switch
Refer to 3-30 for more information
(9) Grain tank unloading tube drive switch
Refer to 3-30 for more information

Your machine is equipped with an operator presence system to prevent the use of some functions when the
operator is not in the operator’s seat.
If the operator leaves the seat while the MFH is in the forward or reverse position and combine is in motion:
• The ground drive speed will be reduced to zero
• The parking brake will be applied after the combine has reached zero ground speed

3-20
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

The Multi-Function Handle (MFH) (A) is used to control

the direction of travel and the ground speed of the com-
bine.

Neutral position
The neutral position is located in the center of the MFH
slot. Moving the MFH toward the neutral position de-
creases the ground travel speed. Moving the MFH into
the neutral position will stop all ground travel. The MFH
must also be in the NEUTRAL position to start the engine.

NHIL12AF01239AA 2

Forward travel
Move the MFH forward from the NEUTRAL position to
start forward ground travel. Moving the MFH farther for-
ward in the slot increases the forward travel speed.

NHIL12AF01240AA 3

Reverse travel
Move the MFH toward the right and then rearward from
the neutral position to start reverse ground travel. Moving
the MFH farther rearward in the slot increases the reverse
travel speed.

NHIL12AF01238AA 4

NOTE: Moving the MFH when the parking brake is on will not activate the ground drive system. A prompt will appear
on the display to turn off parking brake.
NOTE: To warn other people, an audible alarm will sound as long as the combine is in reverse driving mode.

3-21
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Operator hand rest (1)

Operator hand rest adjusting knob (2)

The hand rest height can be adjusted by loosening the
adjusting knob. Adjust the hand rest and retighten the
adjusting knob.

NHIL12AF02092AA 5

NHIL12AF02091AA 6

3-22
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Shift button
Shift button (1)
The shift button located on the back of the MFH, when
used with buttons on the front, allows operation of
secondary features:
• Header Tilt Left/Right + Shift;
• Will adjust the Nudge or Edge Guidance Offset when
AFS AccuGuide™ System is enabled.
• Reel Fore/Aft + Shift;
• Controls varifeed knife position.
• Draper head fore/aft tilt.
NOTE: Header/Knife Fore–Aft configuration must be
set to YES in the Pro 700 for this function to activate
(Toolbox>Head 2>Header/knife Fore-Aft)
• Reel Raise/Lower + Shift;
• Increases/decreases ground pressure on pickup
headers, flexible draper headers, or flexible auger
headers equipped with hydraulic floatation
• Will fold or unfold a foldable corn header.
• Will fold or unfold the optional draper transport
wheels. 20090390 1

NOTE: The feeder drive must be off, ground speed

zero, and feeder raised above 90 % of maximum
height to fold/unfold the optional draper transport
wheels.
• Header Resume + Shift
• places the head in the Headland Mode.

3-23
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Unload tube
Road travel
Make sure you remove the locking pin (1) before swinging
the unload tube out into the unloading position.

Make sure you install the locking pin (1) before any road
transport.

NHIL12AF03019AA 1

Grain tank unloading tube switch (1)

• Push the left side of the switch (A) to swing the unloader
tube out.
• Push the right side of the switch (B) to swing the un-
loader tube in.
• The middle position of the switch is the NEUTRAL posi-
tion. The switch operates in two modes dependent on
unloading auger engagement.
• When the auger is engaged, the switch operates as a
momentary switch. The switch must be depressed for
any unloader tube movement in either direction. When
the switch is released, movement will stop. This allows NHIL12AF01015AA 2

control while topping off a truck.

• When the auger is not engaged the switch operates as a
latching switch. When the switch is depressed in either
direction and released, the unloading tube will continue
to move to the end of travel, or stop when the switch is
depressed a second time.
• If the operator engages the auger while in the extending
latch mode, the tube will continue to swing out. Press-
ing the switch will cause the switch to change to the 20090413 3
momentary mode.
• If the operator attempts to engage the auger while in the
retracting latch mode, the auger will not engage and the
tube will continue to move until it reaches the cradle or
one of the tube switches is pressed. The operator will
be prompted via the display that the unloader auger will
not engage because the system is in the latched retract
mode.

3-24
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Pivoting unloading spout – if equipped

Manual function
Push shift + the left side of the switch (A):
• To swing the unloader spout out, away from the com-
bine.

Push shift + the right side of the switch (B):

• To swing the unloader spout in, closer to the combine.

During unloading:
Pressing the shift + unload tube swing out (A) or swing
in (B) switch:
• Will manually control the spout from 10 - 40  % of ex-
tension.
NHIL12AF01015AA 1

20090413 2

Automatic function
NOTE: Folding unload tube must be in unfolded position
for automatic function.

Pressing the unload tube swing out (A):

• Will move the spout from the fully extended position to
80  % of full extension as the unload tube swings out.

Pressing the unload tube swing in (B):

• Will move the spout from the current position to full ex-
20090413 3
tension as the unload tube swings in.
Pressing the unload drive button (1) to start unloading:
• The spout will move to 20  % of full extension before the
unloading drive starts.

Pressing the unload drive button to stop unloading:

• The spout will;
1. Lower momentarily
2. Return to 20  % of full extension

After five seconds of no unloading tube activity, includ-

ing
• Unload tube swing in or out NHIL12AF01015AA 4

• Unload drive engagement

• Manual spout adjust
The spout will move to 80  % of full extension.

3-25
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Folding unload tube only

Press the fold switch (A):
• The spout will move from fully extended to fully re-
tracted position after the unload tube folds in.

Press the unfold switch (B):

• The spout will move from fully retracted to fully ex-
tended position after the unload tube folds out.

Refer to 3-53 for further information.

NHIS12AF01228AA 5

Truck transport
• Install lock out pin (1) when the unloading tube is re-
tracted.

NHIL12AF03019AA 6

Quick stop
Quick stop button (1)
One pulse on the yellow quick stop button will
• Stop the feeder/header drive
• Stop the unloading auger
• Will retract the chopper counter knives

NHIL12AF01015AA 1

3-26
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Feedrate control
Feed rate control button (1)
The Feed rate control system will:
• Control the ground speed of the combine depending on
crop flow into the combine

Refer to 6-132 for further information.

NHIL12AF01015AA 1

AFS Accuguide™
Your machine is equipped with an operator presence system to prevent the use of some functions when the
operator is not in the operator’s seat.
If the AFS Accuguide™ system is engaged and the operator leaves the seat:
• The AFS Accuguide™ system will be disengaged.
• The ground drive speed will be reduced to zero.
• The parking brake will be applied after the combine has reached zero ground speed.
AFS Accuguide™ (1) if installed
• The AFS AccuGuide™ system is engaged by pressing
the AFS AccuGuide ™ engage button for at least two
seconds.
• For further information, refer to the separate AFS Ac-
cuGuide™ System software guide.

AFS Accuguide™ must be enabled first before engaging,

refer to 3-53 for enabling procedure.

NHIL12AF01015AA 1

Automatic Header Height Control (AHHC)

Header height resume (1)
While the height system is in the Manual state and the
feeder is engaged, if the operator momentarily presses
the RESUME switch, the height system will lower or raise
the header to the working height specified in set point #1
or set point #2 for the appropriate header type.

The set point selected is the last one operated in. If there
was no prior set points used, the default is set point #1.

While in the Auto state, momentarily actuating the RE-

SUME switch will toggle between the set points and the
header will be raised or lowered to the working height and NHIL12AF01015AA 1
mode specified in the new set point.

3-27
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Header controls
Header position switch (1)
This is a four position switch which operates as follows:
• Lower:
• Press the minus (-) side of the switch (2) to lower the
header.
• Raise:
• Press the plus (+) side of the switch (3) to raise the
header.
NOTE: The Raise/Lower rate speed can be adjusted in
the Pro 700 (Toolbox>Head 2>HHC Raise rate or HHC
1
lower rate). The range is 10–250 in increments of 10, 10 NHIL12AF01015AA

is the slowest, 250 in the fastest.

NHIL12AF01015AB 2

Lateral tilt
• Tilt Left:
• Press the left side of the switch (4) to tilt the header
counterclockwise (lower the left side of the header).
NOTE: Pressing and holding the shift button then press-
ing the tilt left side of the header control switch will ac-
tivate the "nudge left" function when using auto-guid-
ance, if equipped.
• Tilt Right
• Press the right side of the switch (5) to tilt the header
clockwise (lower the right side of the header).
NHIL12AF01015AB 3
NOTE: Pressing and holding the shift button then press-
ing the tilt right side of the header control switch will ac-
tivate the "nudge right" function when using auto-guid-
ance, if equipped.

3-28
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Reel position
Reel position switch (1)
This is a four position switch which operates heads as
follows:
NOTE: For alternate operations refer to 3-23.

NHIL12AF01015AA 1

Reel raise-lower
• Lower, Press the minus (-) side of the switch (2) to lower
the reel.
• For pickup heads equipped with hydraulic wind guard
hold down;
pressing the minus (-) side of the switch will lower the
hold down.
• Raise, Press the plus (+) side of the switch (3) to raise
the reel.
• For pickup heads equipped with hydraulic wind guard
hold down;
pressing the plus (+) side of the switch will raise the NHIL12AF01015AC 2
hold down.
Reel Fore-Aft
• Forward (4)
• Press the left arrow (<) side of the switch to move the
reel forward (if equipped with the reel fore/aft option).
NOTE: Reel Fore-Aft must be set to YES in the
Pro 700 for this function to activate (Toolbox>Head
2>Reel Fore-Aft)
• Aft (5)
• Press the right arrow (>) side of the switch to move
the reel to the rear.
• For corn heads equipped with hydraulic stripper (deck) NHIL12AF01015AC 3
plates:
• Press Reel Aft to decrease the stripper plate opening.
• Press Reel Fore to increase the stripper plate open-
ing.

3-29
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Grain tank unloading drive

Your machine is equipped with an operator presence system to prevent the use of some functions when the
operator is not in the operator’s seat.
If the unloading system is engaged and the operator leaves the seat:
• The unloading system will be disengaged.
• The ground drive speed will be reduced to zero.
• The parking brake will be applied after the combine has reached zero ground speed.
Unloading tube auger drive switch (1)
To start the unloading tube drive:
• Press the switch and then release it.

To stop the unloading tube drive:

• Press the switch and then release it.
NOTE: Pressing the quick stop button will stop all unload-
ing drives.

NHIL12AF01015AA 1

Grain tank cross auger drive switch (2) (in-

dependent unload drive equipped machines
only)
To start the grain tank cross augers drive:
• Start the unloading tube drive (1)
• The independent grain tank cross augers will start
automatically after a short delay.

To stop the grain tank cross augers while the unload tube
drive is still running:
• Press and release the switch (2) NHIL12AF01015AA 2
• Press and release the switch (2) again to restart the
grain tank cross augers.

3-30
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Right-hand console

NHPH12AF01012AA 1

(1) Drive engagement switches (6) Throttle control

Refer to 3-32 for more information.
(2) Automatic reel drive controls
Refer to for 3-33 more information.
(3) Threshing controls
Refer to 3-34 for more information.
(4) Cleaning system controls
Refer to 3-35 for more information.
(5) Transmission gear selector
Refer to 3-36 for more information.
Refer to 3-36 for more information.
(7) Residue controls
Refer to 3-37 for more information.
(8) Parking brake and Powered Rear Axle
(PRA) controls
Refer to 3-38 for more information.
(9) Header height controls
Refer to 6-99 for more information.

3-31
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Drive engagement switches

Separator Switch (1):
• This is a three position switch:
• Engage the separator by lifting and pushing the switch
forward to ON.
• Placing the switch in the middle position to OFF disen-
gages the separator drive.
• Lifting and pulling the switch rearward enables the rotor
deslug mode. See 6-154 for additional information.
NOTE: During startup, the system will look for rotor and
chopper speed increase and will disengage if not found
due to respective drive in neutral or rotor slugged.
NHIL12AF01032AB 1
NOTE: To engage separator, the operator must be seated
and the rear ladder must be in the up position.

Your machine is equipped with an operator presence system to prevent the use of some functions when the
operator is not in the operator’s seat.
If the feeding system is engaged and the operator leaves the seat:
• The feeding system will be disengaged.
• The ground drive speed will be reduced to zero.
• The parking brake will be applied after the combine has reached zero ground speed.
Feeder Switch (2):
• This is a three position switch.
• To engage the feeder/header drive, the feeder speed
must be less than 50  RPM and the operator must be
seated and the SEPARATOR must be engaged.
• Lift and push the feeder clutch switch forward to the ON
position to engage the feeder/header drives and reel
drive.
• If the feeder clutch switch is left on, the separator
switch is turned off, and the operator is seated, en-
gaging the separator will not engage the feeder. It
must be turned off then back to on. NHIL12AF01032AB 2

• The feeder may also be operated in reverse. Refer to

6-131 for additional information.
NOTE: Combines have a feeder switch lockout feature. In this arrangement, the feeder switch, if left ON during a
separator shutdown, will not automatically restart the feeder when the separator is re-engaged. The feeder switch
must be turned off, then back on again.
NOTE: The operator's seat on the combine is equipped with a switch that permits operation of the feeder and header
drive only when the operator is seated. The feeder, header drive and the automatic header controls will disengage
five seconds after the operator leaves the seat and will remain disengaged until reset. To reset, turn the FEEDER
SWITCH off, then ON while the operator is seated.

3-32
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Reel drive
Auto Reel Speed Selector Switch (1):
• Press the top of switch for the ON position.
• The reel speed will automatically increase or de-
crease with the combine ground speed.
• The Indicator light (2) will remain illuminated while
Auto Reel speed is engaged.
• Press the bottom of switch for the OFF position.
• The reel speed is controlled manually, using the po-
tentiometer control. See 6-129 for additional informa-
tion.

NHIL12AF01006AA 1

Reel Speed Potentiometer Control (1):

• The Potentiometer allows the operator to set the Reel
speed in manual mode or varies the reel offset speed
in auto mode.
• Turn the control clockwise to increase the offset speed
ratio in auto mode or increase the reel speed in manual
mode.
• Turn the control counterclockwise to decrease the offset
speed ratio or decrease the reel speed in manual mode.
• The ratio of reel speed to ground speed is about one to
one. The offset speed defines an additional reel con-
stant speed above the reel speed that is proportional to NHIL12AF01006AA 2
ground speed. See 6-129 for additional information.

3-33
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Threshing
Rotor speed control switch (1):

Increase:
• Press the top of switch (A) to increase the speed of the
rotor.
• During rotor deslug operation, pressing the plus (+)
portion of the switch will rotate the rotor forward in it’s
normal direction of operation.

Decrease:
• Press the bottom of switch (B) to decrease the speed
of the rotor.
NHIL12AF01007AA 1
• During rotor deslug operation, pressing the minus (–)
portion of the switch will rotate the rotor backwards
from it’s normal direction of operation.
Module to rotor clearance control switch (1):
• Increase:
• Press the top of switch (A) to increase the module to
rotor clearance.
• Decrease:
• Press the bottom of switch (B) to decrease the mod-
ule to rotor clearance.

NHIL12AF01007AA 2

Rotor discharge deflector switch (1):

• Press the top of the switch (A) to move the residue dis-
tribution towards the right-hand side of the combine.
• Press the bottom of the switch (B) to move the residue
distribution towards the left-hand side of the combine.
NOTE: AFS Pro 700 display, when the indicator arrow
becomes grey, the deflector is at it’s limit and can only
be moved in the opposite direction.

NHIL12AF01007AA 3

3-34
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Cleaning
Cleaning fan speed control switch (1):
• Increase:
• Press the plus (+) portion of switch to increase the
speed of the cleaning fan.
• Decrease:
• Press the minus (-) portion of switch to decrease the
speed of the cleaning fan.
NOTE: When the fan speed switch is pressed a popup
dialogue box will appear displaying the fan speed.

NHIL12AF01009AA 1

Upper sieve control rocker switch (1):

• Increase:
• Press the plus (+) portion of switch to increase the
opening of the sieve.
• Decrease:
• Press the minus (-) portion of switch to decrease the
opening of the sieve.
NOTE: When the upper sieve switch is pressed a popup
dialogue box will appear displaying the opening.

NHIL12AF01009AA 2

Lower sieve control rocker switch (1):

• Increase:
• Press the plus (+) portion of switch to increase the
opening of the sieve.
• Decrease:
• Press the minus (-) portion of switch to decrease the
opening of the sieve.
NOTE: When the lower sieve switch is pressed a popup
dialogue box will appear displaying the opening.

NHIL12AF01009AA 3

3-35
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Gear selector
Gearshift selector switch (1-2-N-3-4) (1) :
• Turn the selector to pick a gear.
• The parking brake will automatically engage and the
hydrostatic system will be disabled.
• Shifting gears is only possible when the multi- func-
tion lever is in the neutral position, and the combine is
stopped.

200904211 1

Throttle
Throttle control lever (1)
Push the lever forward:
• Increases engine speed.
• Pushing the throttle lever all the way forward (A) will
increase engine speed to high idle, 2100  RPM.

Pull the lever to the rear:

• Decreases engine speed.
• Moving the throttle lever all the way to the bottom (B)
will decrease engine speed to low idle.
NHIL12AF01011AA 1
Engine speed low alarm set point
A set point selected by the operator sounds an alarm
when the engine speed reaches the selected set point.
To be able to set an alarm or change the alarm point, this
control needs to be selected and placed on one of the
RUN screens.

The alarm setting comes from the factory at 2000  RPM.

The setting range is 1800 - 2050  RPM.

Since this alarm is only active when the engine speed is

greater than 1800  RPM, setting the alarm at 1800  RPM in
effect disables the alarm.
NOTE: To set Engine Speed low alarm Set Point in the
Pro 700 navigate to Toolbox>Engine>Engine Low Speed
Alarm

3-36
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Residue
Chopper counter knife position switch (1):
• Press the top of the switch (A) to engage the counter
knives.
• Press the bottom of the switch (B) to disengage the
counter knives.
NOTE: The chopper counter knife has five predefined po-
sitions.

NHIL12AF01010AA 1

Spreader speed control switch (1):

• Press the top of the switch (A) to increase the spreader
speed.
• Press the bottom of the switch (B) to decrease the
spreader speed.

NHIL12AF01010AA 2

Spread distribution switch (1)

• Press the top of the switch (A) to increase the residue
spread towards the outer edge of the distribution pat-
tern.
• Press the bottom of the switch (B) to increase the
residue spread towards the center of the distribution
pattern.

This adjustment will affect the stored set points, refer to

6-203 for further information.

NHIL12AF01010AA 3

Right-hand deflector switch (1)

• Press the top of the switch (A) to widen the spread width
on the right-hand side of the combine only.
• Press the bottom of the switch (B) to narrow the spread
width on the right-hand side of the combine only.

This adjustment will affect the stored set points, refer to

6-203 for further information.

NHIL12AF01010AA 4

3-37
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Left-hand deflector switch (1)

• Press the top of the switch (A) to widen the spread width
on the left-hand side of the combine only.
• Press the bottom of the switch (B) to narrow the spread
width on the left-hand side of the combine only.

This adjustment will affect the stored set points, refer to

6-203 for further information.

NHIL12AF01010AA 5

Parking brake
Pressing the top of the switch (A) will:
• Apply the parking brake.
• Turn on the indicator (1).

Pressing the bottom of the switch (B) will:

• Release the parking brake.
• Turn off the indicator (1).

The parking brake is applied automatically when

• The key is turned to the off position.
• The gear selector is moved to another gear.
NHIL12AF01008AA 1

Ground drive
Powered Rear Axle (PRA) switch (1) (if equipped):
• Press the top of the switch (A) to engage the PRA.
• The Indicator light (2) will remain illuminated while the
PRA is engaged.
• Press the bottom of the switch (B) to disengage the
PRA.
• Optional power guide two speed axle:
• Press the top of the switch to toggle between high
and low speed PRA.
• An indicator light (3) will illuminate when the two
speed axle is in the high range. NHIL12AF01008AA 1

The PRA is usable in fourth gear.

The PRA will disengage above 8  km/h (5  mph) when road

mode is selected.

3-38
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Power/Economy – if equipped
Power/Economy setting
Controls engine speed in fourth gear road mode
• Power Mode
• Maintains 2100  RPM high idle engine speed
• Economy Mode
• Maintains 1900  RPM high idle engine speed on 7230
• Maintains 1700  RPM high idle engine speed on 8230,
9230

Power/Economy switch (1):

NHIL12AF01229AA 1
• Press the top of the switch (A) to enable the economy
mode.
• Press the bottom of the switch (B) to disable the econ-
omy mode.

3-39
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Header controls
Auto/Man Header/Feeder Drive Switch (1) :
• Press the top of the switch for the ON position.
• The Indicator light (2) will be illuminated while in the
automatic mode.
• The header speed will automatically increase or de-
crease with the combine ground speed.
• Press the bottom of the switch for the OFF position.
• In manual mode the header speed will not be affected
by the ground speed control. See 6-100 for additional
information.

NHIL12AF01005AA 1

Feeder/header speed adjustment switch (1) :

• Press the plus (+) side of the switch to increase the
feeder/header speed.
• Press the minus (-) side of the switch to decrease the
feeder/header speed.

NHIL12AF01005AA 2

Working height set point switch (1) :

• With the separator and feeder on, adjust the feeder to
desired cut height then press the set point #1
• The indicator light (2) will be illuminated when the
feeder is at set point #1.
• With the separator and feeder on, adjust the feeder to
desired cut height then press the set point #2
• The indicator light (3) will be illuminated when the
feeder is at set point #2.
NOTE: For more information refer to 6-99.
NHIL12AF01005AA 3

Header height fine adjustment switch (1).

• Press the plus (+) side of the switch to increase the
header height.
• Press the minus (-) side of the switch to decrease the
header height.
NOTE: For more information refer to 6-104.

NHIL12AF01005AA 4

3-40
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Overview

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® instrumentation warning
ATTENTION: The fuel system, exhaust after-treatment system, and engine on your machine are designed and built
to government emissions standards. Tampering by dealers, customers, operators, and users is strictly prohibited by
law. Failure to comply could result in government fines, rework charges, invalid warranty, legal action, and possible
confiscation of the machine until rework to original condition is completed. Engine service and/or repairs must be
done by a certified technician only!

Your CASE IH combine is equipped with a warning system to inform the operator of the DEF/AdBlue® level, system
malfunctions, and engine power loss that may result from the SCR system for reducing exhaust emissions.

Warning symbols

Engine power loss occurring SCR failure

Engine stop Low DEF/AdBlue® level

DEF/AdBlue® Warning/Fault light

Stop engine light

During normal operation of your CASE IH machine, the

instrument cluster displays the DEF/AdBlue® fluid level
(1) at all times.

Warning lights and indicators will be illuminated with a

warning on the visual display. The display changes au-
tomatically to allow the operator to view the warning indi-
cator and display message.

NHPH12AF02943AA 1

3-41
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

DEF/AdBlue® level faults, failures and en-

gine power loss levels
• DEF/AdBlue® level is less than 10  % of tank volume,
• Fill DEF/AdBlue®.tank
• No engine power loss.

ZEIL10CX0587A0B 2

• DEF/AdBlue® level is less than 5  % of tank volume (

0  % will be displayed)
• Fill DEF/AdBlue® tank immediately.
• Up to 65  % torque reduction and 40  % engine speed
reduction within 40  min of engine running time.

ZEIL10CX0589A0B 3

• DEF/AdBlue® level is empty.

• Fill DEF/AdBlue® tank immediately.
• Up to 100  % torque reduction and engine speed re-
duced to low idle within 30  min of engine running
time.

ZEIL10CX0590A0B 4

• Emergency re-start is active.

• No engine power loss.
• Engine will be reduced to low idle after 30  s of con-
tinued operation.
• Fill DEF/AdBlue® tank immediately.

ZEIL10CX0591A0B 5

3-42
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

DEF/AdBlue® quality faults, failures and en-

gine power loss levels
• DEF/AdBlue® quality/concentration is questionable.
• Drain DEF/AdBlue® tank, clean and refill with ap-
proved DEF/AdBlue® solution.
• Contact your local authorized dealer if failure per-
sists.
• No engine power loss.

ZEIL10CX0592A0B 6

• DEF/AdBlue® quality/concentration is questionable

60  min after the initial warning.
• Drain DEF/AdBlue® tank, clean and refill with ap-
proved DEF/AdBlue® solution.
• Contact your local authorized dealer if failure per-
sists.
• Up to 65  % torque reduction and 40  % engine speed
reduction within 40  min of engine running time.

ZEIL10CX0594A0B 7

• DEF/AdBlue® quality/concentration is questionable

220  min after the initial warning.
• Drain DEF/AdBlue® tank, clean and refill with ap-
proved DEF/AdBlue® solution.
• Contact your local authorized dealer if failure per-
sists.
• Up to 100  % torque reduction and engine speed re-
duced to low idle within 30  min of engine running
time.

ZEIL10CX0595A0B 8

• Emergency re-start is active.

• Drain DEF/AdBlue® tank, clean and refill with ap-
proved DEF/AdBlue® solution.
• Contact your local authorized dealer if failure per-
sists.
• No engine power loss. Engine will be reduced to low
idle after 30  s of continued operation. Contact your
local authorized dealer for repair.

ZEIL10CX0596A0B 9

3-43
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

SCR system technical faults, failures and en-

gine power loss levels
• SCR fault/failure detected.
• Up to 25  % torque reduction within 25  min of engine
running time. Contact your local authorized dealer for
repair.

ZEIL10CX0598A0B 10

• SCR fault/failure detected 90  min after the initial warn-

ing.
• Up to 65  % torque reduction and 40  % engine speed
reduction within 40  min of engine running time.
• Contact your local authorized dealer for repair.

ZEIL10CX0599A0B 11

• SCR fault/failure detected 250  min after the initial warn-

ing.
• Up to 100  % torque reduction and engine speed re-
duced to low idle within 30  min of engine running
time.
• Contact your local authorized dealer for repair.

ZEIL10CX0600A0B 12

• Emergency re-start is active.

• No engine power loss. Engine will be reduced to low
idle after 30  s of continued operation.
• Contact your local authorized dealer for repair.

ZEIL10CX0601A0B 13

3-44
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Resetting the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system

For DEF/AdBlue® storage tank fluid level faults, failures which can cause engine power loss:
• The DEF/AdBlue® tank level must be raised above 15  % total volume.
• The key switch must be cycled to the “off” position or throttle returned to low idle position.

For DEF/AdBlue® quality and SCR system technical faults, failures which can cause engine power loss:
• To fully reset the system, the component/failure causing the fault must be repaired or replaced.
• Switching off the engine will reset the system and the engine will restart at full power.
• If the same failure is re-detected within 40  h of engine operation, the last active engine power loss level will be
activated.
• If the same failure is detected three consecutive times within 40  h of engine operation, maximum engine power loss
will remain active after engine restart until the system is repaired.
• Please contact your authorized CASE IH dealer for service.

Emergency re-start
NOTE: Emergency re-starts are only enabled after the engine has been commanded to low idle.

If full power loss is experienced, it may be impossible for the machine to move under its own power. Emergency
re-starts are available to provide the capability to move the machine.
• Allows 30  s of operation without power loss.
• After 30  s, the engine is automatically reduced to low idle speed.
• There is no limit to the number of emergency re-starts.

3-45
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

AFS Pro 700

Your display can be moved along the right-hand console. Fully forward
• The display is in a track system.
• Push or pull the display sideways to your desired posi-
tion.
NOTICE: Depending on seat settings, seat position, right-
hand console position, and display position the display
could interfere with the start console when placed fully to
the rear or the A-post or windshield when fully forward.
Please make sure you leave adequate space around the
display for seat and right-hand console movement while
the combine is in motion.

NHIL12AF01013AA 1
Fully to the rear

NHIL12AF01018AA 2

To adjust the angle of the display;

1. Loosen the knob (1) on the back of the display.
2. Adjust the position of the display.
3. Tighten the knob.
NOTE: Do not overtighten the adjustment knob.

NHIL12AF02747AA 3

3-46
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Armrest - Overview
The right-hand armrest (1) opens to reveal a small storage
area for pens, keys, and other small objects.

NHIL12AF02584AA 1

3-47
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

REARWARD CONTROLS

Rear window
The cab rear window can be opened for easy cleaning
and removal of debris.
NOTE: Raise the seat high enough so that the backrest
supports the rear window while cleaning.
NOTE: Make sure the sunscreen is fully retracted before
opening the rear window.
NOTE: It is also recommended that the rear window be
opened only with cab doors closed to prevent a cross draft
from blowing dust into cab

NHIL12AF02610AA 1

To open the rear cab window turn the latch (1) counter clockwise and pivot the window in and down.
It is recommended to open the window no more than 45 degrees and hold window in that position until the dust can
be cleaned from the exterior surface of the window.
This position also helps to prevent material from the front of the grain tank window from falling into cab when
cleaning the grain tank window.

NHIL12AF02611AA 2 NHIL12AF02612AA 3

3-48
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Cab features – Storage and fuse access

Coat hook (1)

NHPH12AF02748AA 1

Located between the operator’s seat and the instructional

seat:
• 12  V Accessory plug (1).
• This outlet is powered only when the key switch is
turned on.
• Diagnostic port (2)

NHIL12AF01236AA 2

A 12  V Accessory plug (1) is located on the front of the

right-hand console.
• This outlet is always powered, regardless of key switch
position.

NHIL12AF02525AA 3

3-49
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Deluxe cab
Three trays for light storage are provided.
• Right-hand side (1)
• Middle (2)
• Left-hand side (3)

NHIL12AF02470AA 4

NHIL12AF02469AA 5

Fuse panel cover (1).

• Remove the quarter turn fastener (2).
• Remove cover to access the fuse panel.

NHIL12AF02894AA 6

3-50
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Luxury cab
Three pockets are provided for storage
• Right-hand side (1)
• Middle (2)
• Left-hand side (3)

NHIL12AF02752AA 7

NHIL12AF02528AA 8 NHIL12AF02751AA 9

Fuse panel cover (1).

• Remove the quarter turn fastener (2).
• Remove cover to access the fuse panel.

Storage shelves are provided on the fuse panel cover

NHIL12AF01237AA 10

Storage shelve are provided on the left-hand rear corner.

NHIL12AF02750AA 11

3-51
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

OVERHEAD CONTROLS

Overhead controls – Storage

Right-hand side
(1) Storage pocket.

(2) Right-hand console overhead light.

(3) Switch panel, refer to 3-53.

(4) Storage pocket.

(5) Heating Ventilation Air-Conditioning (HVAC) control

panel, refer to 3-58.

(6) Extra communication equipment mounting point.

(7) Audio system.

NHIL12AF02069AA 1
(8) HVAC outlet

Left-hand side
(1) Storage pocket

(2) Warm/Cool storage area.

NHIL12AF01022AA 2

The warm/cool storage area has a duct which, depending

on the temperature setting of the HVAC system, will warm
or cool the contents.

NHIL12AF01023AA 3

3-52
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Overhead controls

NHIS12AF01228AA 1

(1) 12  V accessory outlet. (8) Exterior light selector.

(2) Folding unload tube, if equipped. (9) Additional Light Emitting Diode (LED) lights, if
equipped.
(3) Powered grain tank extensions/covers, if equipped. (10) Windshield wiper.
(4) Accuguide™ enable. (11) Windshield washer.
(5) Road mode. (12) Spare.
(6) Hazard flashers. (13) Mirror heat, if equipped.
(7) Beacons. (14) Powered mirror adjustment, if equipped.

(1) 12  V Accessory outlet.

(2) Folding unload tube (if equipped).
NOTICE: Make sure you remove the transportation lock
pin BEFORE folding or unfolding the unload tube. Refer
to 6-179.

• Press and hold the top of the switch (A) to fold the tube
into the storage position.
• Press and hold the bottom of the switch (B) to unfold
the tube into the unloading position.
NOTE: The rear ladder must be up and the unload tube in
the transport cradle to fold and unfold the unloading tube.
NHIL12AF02848AA 2

3-53
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

(3) Powered grain tank extensions/covers

open/close rocker switch (if installed).
• Press and hold the top of the switch (A) to close the
grain tank covers/extensions.
• Press and hold the bottom of the switch (B) to open the
grain tank covers/extensions.
NOTICE: The bubble up auger raises and lowers with the
covers/extensions. Damage may occur if the grain tank
covers/extensions are closed with grain in the grain tank.
NOTICE: Damage may occur if powered grain tank cov-
ers/extensions are left in any position other then fully open NHIL12AF02849AA 3
or fully closed.

(4) Accuguide™ enable switch.

• Press and hold the top of this switch (A) for a minimum
of two seconds to enable the Accuguide™ system.
• To engage the Accuguide™ system press the button
on the Multi-Function Handle (MFH), refer to 3-27.
• Press and release the top of this switch to disable the
Accuguide™ system.

NHIL12AF02850AA 4

(5) Road mode switch.

• Press the top of the switch (A) for Road mode ON po-
sition.
• The Indicator light will illuminate when the Road
mode is engaged.
• Press the bottom of the switch (B) for the FIELD MODE
ON position (Road Mode is now OFF).

With the road mode switch engaged the following

functions may be disabled dependent on local
regulations.
• Header control and reel speed NHIL12AF02852AA 5

• Unloading auger swing and engagement

• Feeder and threshing engage
• AFS
• Accuguide™ system
• Grain tank covers
• Pivoting spout position
• Folding unload tube position

3-54
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

(6) Hazard warning lights switch.

• Press the top of the switch (A) to turn the hazard warn-
ing lights on.
• Press the bottom of the switch (B) to turn the hazard
warning lights off.

NHIL12AF02851AA 6

(7) Warning beacon switch.

This is a three position switch
• Top position (A):
• Turns beacons ON
• Middle (centered) position (B):
• Turns the beacons on when the grain tank is three
quarters full.
NOTE: The thresher must be engaged for the bea-
cons to function in the mid and bottom positions.
• The beacon will automatically turn off when the grain NHIL12AF02853AA 7
tank is unloaded below three quarters full.
• Bottom position (C):
• If roof lamps are OFF;
Turns the beacons on when the grain tank is three
quarters full.
NOTE: The thresher must be engaged for the bea-
cons to function in the mid and bottom positions.
• If roof lamps are ON;
The beacons will turn on for ten seconds when the
grain tank is three quarters full
The beacons will again turn on for ten seconds when
the grain tank is full

(8) Exterior light selector switch.

This is a four position switch
• Position (A)
• Lights OFF
• Position (B)
• Road mode lighting;
Lights allowed during road use will be turned on.
• Position (C)
• Front and rear work lights
• Position (D) NHIL12AF01226AA 8

• Front work lights only

3-55
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

(9) Additional LED light switch (if equipped).

• Press the top of the switch (A) to turn extra LED light
ON.
• Press the bottom of the switch (B) to turn extra LED
light OFF.

NHPH12AF02875AA 9

(10) Windshield wiper rocker switch.

This is a three position switch:
• Top of switch (A) pressed:
• Wiper ON (continuous)
• Middle (centered) position (B):
• Intermittent wiper operation
• Bottom of switch (C) pressed:
• Wiper OFF

NHIL12AF02854AA 10

(11) Windshield washer rocker switch.

This is a momentary switch:
• ON (A)
• Washer fluid will be sprayed as long as the switch is
pressed.
• OFF (B)

NHIL12AF02855AA 11

(12) Spare.
(13) Heated mirror switch (if equipped).
• Press the top of the switch (A) to turn the heat on.
• Press the bottom of the switch (B) to turn the heat off.

NHIL12AF02856AA 12

3-56
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

(14) Powered mirror adjustment switch (if

equipped).
Twist the center post (1) to the left or right to adjust that
mirror.
• Indicator (A) pointing to the left:
• Adjusts left hand mirror.
• Indicator (A) pointing to the right:
• Adjusts right hand mirror.

NHIL12AF02896AA 13

Sun screens
Your combine is equipped with retractable sunscreens:
A. Front windshield.
B. Left-hand door, if equipped.
C. Rear window, if equipped.

NHIL12AF02524AA 1

(A)

NHIL12AF02523AA 2 NHIL12AF02522AA 3

(B) (C)

3-57
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning (HVAC) controls

NHIL12AF01020AA 1

(1) Blower speed control knob (4) Air Conditioning (AC) compressor (snowflake)
(2) Defog mode button enabled button
(3) Auto mode button (5) Temperature control knob

Blower Speed Control knob (1)

The blower speed control gives the operator manual
control over the speed of the blower motor.
• Turning the blower speed control while in Automatic
Temperature Control (ATC) mode will;
• Disable the automatic control of the blower speed and
turn off the AUTO Light Emitting Diode (LED).
• Pressing the Auto button (3) will return the blower
speed to full automatic control and turn on the AUTO
LED.
• Turning the blower control clockwise will increase the NHIL12AF01020AA 2
speed of the blower, producing more airflow out of the
cab vents.
• Turning the control counter clockwise will reduce the
speed of the blower, reducing air flow from the cab
vents.
• Turning the blower control completely counter-clock-
wise will turn off the HVAC system.

NOTE: At startup in AUTO mode, if the temperature setting is more than 10 °F above the cab air temperature, the
blower will run at the minimum speed until the outlet air temperature is above 55 °F .

3-58
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Defog mode button (2)

The defog mode button controls the AC compressor to aid
in the clearing of condensation from the cab glass.

Turning on the defog mode will:

• light the LED
• run the AC compressor regardless of the set tempera-
ture.
• the ATC system will control the cab air temperature by
use of the heater valve and blower speed.

Turning off the defog mode will: NHIL12AF01020AA 3

• turn off the LED.

• return control of the AC compressor to the ATC system.

Auto mode button (3)

The auto mode button turns the ATC system on and off.

Turning on the auto mode will:

• light the LED.
• use the ATC system to maintain the set temperature of
the cab by automatically adjusting the louver air tem-
perature and blower speed.

Turning off the auto mode will:

• turn off the LED.
• set the HVAC system to full manual control.
• the operator must adjust the blower speed and temper-
ature control knobs as conditions change to try to main-
tain the desired cab temperature.

Air–Conditioning (AC) compressor

(snowflake) enabled button (4)
The AC enabled button can be used to turn off the AC
compressor and run the ATC system in economy mode.

Turning on the AC enable mode will:

• turn on the LED.
• allow the compressor to run in the automatic, defog and
manual modes.

Turning off the AC enable mode will:

• turn off the LED.
• prevent the AC compressor from running in any mode.
• the ATC system will try to maintain the set temperature
by controlling only the blower speed and heater valve.

3-59
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Temperature Control knob (5)

The temperature control knob is used to set the desired
cab temperature in ATC mode and to adjust the louver air
temperature in manual mode.

Turning the knob while in the ATC mode will cause a

pop-up display showing the set temperature to temporar-
ily appear over the normal display.

In ATC mode turning the knob clockwise will:

• increase the cab air temperature.
• in the fully clockwise position the heater valve is set in NHIL12AF01020AA 4
the fully open position and the cab temperature is no
longer controlled by the ATC system.

In ATC mode turning the knob counter clockwise will:

• lower the cab air temperature.
• in the fully counter clockwise position the AC compres-
sor will run continuously at its maximum output and the
cab temperature is no longer controlled by the ATC sys-
tem.

In manual mode turning the knob:

• clockwise from the 12 o’clock position increases the
opening of the heater valve to increase the louver air
NHIL12AF02940AA 5
temperature.
• counterclockwise from the 12 o’clock position lowers
the AC evaporator temperature to decrease the louver
air temperature.

3-60
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Operation
When the key switch is turned on the HVAC system will start with the settings saved when the key switch was turned
off except for Defog setting which is always reset to off.

ATC system control Manual system control

• The ATC controller will increase or decrease the blower From ATC mode press the auto mode button:
motor speed and heat or cool the air as needed to main-
• The system will switch to manual mode.
tain the set cab air temperature.
• The auto LED will turn off
• The AUTO LED (3) will be illuminated.
• The blower speed must be adjusted manually.
• The AC LED (4) will be illuminated.
• The louver air temperature must be adjusted manu-
• The defog LED will be off ally.
If the AC compressor button (4) Is pressed: • To run the AC compressor to cool the cab air temper-
ature turn the temperature control knob counterclock-
• AC LED will turn off
wise from the twelve o’clock position.
• The AC compressor is disabled for use
• To control the opening of the heater valve to heat the
• The ATC system will try to control the cab air temper- cab air temperature turn the temperature control knob
ature with just the blower speed and heater valve. clockwise from the twelve o’clock position.
• Press the AC compressor button (4) again
• AC LED will turn on
• The AC compressor is enabled

If the Defog button (2) is pressed:

• Defog LED will turn on
• The AC compressor will run continuously.
• The ATC system will control cab air temperature by
adjusting the heater valve and blower speed.
• Press the defog button (2) again
• Defog LED will turn off
• The AC compressor will be controlled by the ATC
system.
Display
Provides the desired cab air temperature reading se-
lected by the operator.
The display reading may be set to either Fahrenheit or
Celsius dependent on the user profile.
All the settings can be viewed by selecting Back>Com-
bine info>HVAC.

NHIL12AF02941AA 6

3-61
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Radio
A radio, if equipped, is located to the left of the switch
console.

NHIL12AF02069AA 1

The manual for the radio is stored in the drawer below the
operator’s seat.

NHIL12AF01481AA 2

For machines equipped with the optional Bluetooth®

technology radio:
• The microphone (1) will be installed in the headliner
from the factory.
• An audio in jack (2) will be installed in the start console.
NOTE: Machines ordered without a factory installed radio
will have the power, two front speakers, and antenna in-
stalled to allow the installation of a single DIN compatible
radio.

NHIL12AF02439AA 3

NHIL12AF01025AA 4

3-62
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Interior lamps
Dome lamp
The dome lamp (1) is located in the center of the cab
headliner.
The lamp is controlled by a three position switch built
into the lamp lens.
Rocking the lens of the lamp controls the function of the
lamp.
The three position switch operates as follows:
• Left–hand side pressed (A)
• The lamp will operate by the left-hand cab door
switch. The lamp will be ON when the cab door is
open and will be OFF when the cab door is closed. NHIL12AF02083AA 1

• Center position (B)

• The lamp will be OFF.
• Right-hand side pressed (C)
• The lamp will be ON continuously until the switch is
moved to the center OFF position or the left–hand
side is pressed.
NOTE: To prevent discharging the batteries put the lamp
switch in the left-hand or center position before leaving
the cab.
Console lamp
The console lamp (1) provides illumination of the right-
hand operator’s console. The lamp is activated with the
exterior lighting selector.

NHIL12AF02069AA 2

3-63
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Communication equipment – Mounting

Extra Communications/Radio Mounting
The cab is equipped with two 6  mm weld nuts (1) to install
communication equipment.

NHIL13AF00485AA 1

Remove the fir tree plugs (2) to access the weld nuts by
turning them counter clockwise.

NHIL12AF02051AA 2

Extra communication/radio antenna connec-

tion
An antenna lead (1) is provided located in the fuse panel
area.

NHIL13AF00961AA 3

A notch (2) is provided in the headliner to run wires to

accessory equipment.

NHIL13AF00965AA 4

3-64
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

An antenna base (3) is on the cab roof

NHIL13AF00487AA 5

Extra communication/radio Power connec- Preferred location (1)

tion
NOTE: Additional fuse protection is necessary for these
locations.

The following three power supply options are available

for powering optional equipment (BB radio, auxiliary con-
trollers, video screens, etc. )

Preferred location (1)

Battery posts located in the bottom of the fuse panel.
A. Battery positive unswitched power
B. Battery positive switched power NHIL13AF00551AA 6

C. Chassis ground point

Preferred location (2) Preferred location (2)

Start console implement socket
A. Battery positive switched power fuse F-045
B. Battery positive unswitched power fuse F-085
C. Chassis ground point

• Refer to Fuse and relay box - Overview

• A pig tail harness 187103A1 is available to plug into this
socket.

NHSC12AF01024AA 7

NHIL13AF00550AA 8

3-65
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Alternate location (3), requires removal of Alternate location (3)

the overhead switch/radio panel
A power plug (1) is located behind the overhead control
panel, behind the radio.

A. Empty
B. Battery positive unswitched power.
C. Ground

• This is run through fuse F-005, refer to Fuse and relay

box - Overview

NHIL13AF00489AA 9

NHIL13AF00488AA 10

Printer – Accessory mounting

The cab is equipped with 4  mm Plusnuts® to install the
optional printer, located below the start console.
Remove the fir tree plugs to access the nuts.

NHIL12AF02049AA 1

3-66
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

LIGHTING

Lighting and mirrors

NHPH12AF03454AA 1

(1) End of header lights (4) Side marker lights

(2) Beacons (5) Stubble lights
(3) Roof lights

3-67
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

NHPH12AF03455AA 2

(1) Unload tube light. (4) Direction indicator.

(2) Rear Beacon light. (5) Brake lights.
(3) Rear work lights.

NOTE: Check with local and regional authorities to determine if beacon light use is required or prohibited for road use.
Grain tank light (1).

56063222 3

3-68
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Cleaning shoe light (1).

50030112 4

Under shield lighting (1) (left side shown).

50030114 5

A portable work light is available. It is equipped with a

magnetic base mount to allow hands free operation.

86063141 6

3-69
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

The portable work light can be plugged in to the 12  V DC

plug located in the cab, or, by removing the end cap (1)
on the plug, it can be plugged in to any of the other 12  V
DC sockets on the combine.

86063142 7

Other components
12  V DC socket (1) (Left–hand operator platform). Live at
all times.

NHIL12AF03030AA 8

Engine compartment light switch (1). 12  V DC socket (2).

Both are live at all times.

86082218 9

• Battery Disconnect (1).

• Right-hand and Left-hand under shield lights toggle
switch (2). Live at all times.
• 12  V DC socket (3). Live at all times.
• Cleaning shoe light toggle switch (4). Live at all times.

NHIL12AF00056AA 10

3-70
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Two sets of touch switches are located adjacent to the

straw hood (left-hand side) to adjust the upper (1) and
lower (2) sieve.

10041654 11

Radio antenna (1) (AM/FM)

CB antenna or Business Band antenna (2) (if installed)

20030137 12

FRAME

Engine platform access

To gain access to the fuel tank, engine platform, and grain
tank pull handle (1) until ladder is in the fully lowered po-
sition.

86085218 1

3-71
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Next release locking pin (1) behind cover (2), pull the top
of the base unit toward you, then down to the fully lowered
position. The locking pin will re-engage when the ladder
is fully extended.

86082230 2

83082217 3

NOTICE: Rear ladder must be in the raised position during travel on public roads. Severe equipment damage will
result if the ladder is left in the lowered position during travel.
NOTE: Lowering the ladder while the threshing and/or unloading system is engaged will cause these functions to
stop.
NOTE: It is not possible to start the threshing and/or unloading systems while the ladder is in the fully lowered position.
NOTE: The spreader and the windrow chute must be in NOTE: Road mode will not engage if the rear ladder is in
the fully lowered position to lower the rear ladder. the lowered position.

WARNING
Hot surface possible!
Wait for all components to cool before per-
forming any operation.
Failure to comply could result in death or se-
rious injury.
W0251A

Access to the engine from the rear ladder.

• The engine is accessible by opening the rear access
door (1). The steps (2) are used to access the top en-
gine covers, and to access the grain tank.

86063509 4

3-72
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Further engine access is available by opening the two top

engine covers (1).

86082212 5

To open, the safety rail (1) must be raised and latched

before opening the two engine covers. With the safety
rail (1) in the raised position, be sure that the latch (2) is
securely engaged.

86082227 6

The top engine covers are hinged toward the front of the
combine. Each engine cover is held open by a gas strut
(1).

86082231 7

Open the rear cover (1). A hand hold (2) is provided to lift
the cover.

86082227 8

3-73
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: The rear grain tank extension must be closed to

open the front engine cover.
Open the front cover (1) Use hand hold (2).

86082212 9

NOTE: If your machine is equipped with powered grain tank covers, the rear extension panel can contact the front
engine cover if it is open and the grain tank covers are opened.

3-74
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Side shields - Open/Close

All of the four side panels of the combine use similar types
of latch mechanisms. The panels that open outward and
up (1) have a single latch, whereas the one that open out
and to one side (2) has dual latches (located at the top
and bottom of panel).

NHIL12AF02739AA 1

NHIL12AF02743AA 2

NOTICE: Use caution when opening the panels when winds are in excess of 48 km/h (30 mph). Panels and/or at-
tachments may be damaged due to excessive wind loads.
All the panel latch locations are identified by a V (1) on the
panel.

86085215 3

3-75
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Two types of transport latches are provided. Type A is

located at the farthest front and rearmost panel locations.
Type B is located on the latches.
• Type A is a spring loaded pin (1) that is pulled outward
and rotated to either lock or unlock the side panel.

86082214 4

86082215 5

• Type B is a wire lock pin (1) that goes through the ex-
isting panel latch.

93094788 6

To open the side panels on the combine:

1. Panels that open outward and up. Pull the latch handle
(1) located by the V marking to release the latch.

10041646 7

3-76
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

2. To open the right rear panel that opens out and to one
side. Pull the latch handle (1) to release. A second
release (2) is located on the engine deck, push down
on it to release the latch. An integrated door prop (3)
is provided which engages as the door is opened.

86082224 8

83094729 9

To close the panels that open outward and up; swing in

toward the combine until latched. These panels are sup-
ported by gas cylinders, some effort will be required to
close them.
To close the right rear panel that opens out and to one
side, lift prop rod end (1) up, then push door closed until
the latch engages securely.

86082224 10

3-77
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

All of the main latches are equipped with a secondary

latch (1). The secondary latch ensures latch engagement.

93094788 11

3-78
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Service platforms and shielding

A service shield is located on the left side of the combine,
accessible with the side panels open.

83114838 1

Unhook the rubber catch (1) from the door. Swing door
open towards the tool box.

500303411 2

With service shields open, service steps (1) can be used

to check rotor modules and other systems on the left side
of the combine.

NHIL12CR01539AA 3

A service step (1) is also located on the right side of the

combine. The service step can be used to check rotor
modules and other systems on the right side of the com-
bine.

NHIL13AF01395AA 4

3-79
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Returns system shield.

The returns system shield (1) is removable to access the

returns system. Remove the clips (2) to access the re-
turns belts.

NHIL13AF01404AA 5

Clean grain elevator slip clutch service door.

A service door (1) is located in the right rear corner of the

grain tank to access the clean grain elevator slip clutch.

10034682 6

3-80
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Rotor module – Access

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

To access to the left hand side rotor modules proceed

as follows:
• Open the side shields, refer to 3-75.
• Open the service shields (1), refer to 3-79.

83114838 1

• Turn latches (1) remove shields (2).

86094053 2

To access the right hand side rotor modules proceed as

follows:
• Open the side shields, refer to 3-75.
• Turn catches (1) remove shields (2).

86094051 3

3-81
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Grain tank – Covers/extensions

10030021 1

If the combine is equipped with manual grain tank exten-

sions, the support rods (1) must be used when the exten-
sions are in the open position.
NOTE: The support rods prevent the extension panels
from being blown closed by wind gusts.

10034681 2

With the extensions in the fully open position, remove the

rods (1) from the storage hooks and place the end of the
rod in the hook on the opposing extension.

10034681 3

Secure the rod with the click pin (1).

10034681 4

3-82
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Before closing the extensions, place the support rods in

the storage hook (1).

10030370 5

The rear extension is equipped with an auto lock feature.

The auto lock prevents the rear extension panel from clos-
ing when the prop rods are in the storage position.

To close the extension, pull up on the lower portion of the

auto lock handle (1).

10034682 6

Powered grain tank extensions (if equipped)

The powered grain tank extensions are controlled by the
switch inside the cab, refer to 3-53 for operation.

Make sure the grain tank is empty before closing the pow-
ered extensions.
NOTICE: Damage may occur if the grain tank powered
extensions are closed with grain in the grain tank. The
bubble up auger raises and lowers with the powered ex-
tensions, sufficient clearance may not be available if grain
is left in the grain tank.
NOTICE: Damage may occur if powered grain tank exten-
sions are left in any position other then fully open or fully
closed.
NOTE: The powered grain tank extensions/covers will not
operate if the rear ladder is down or if the unload tube is
out of its saddle.

3-83
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Powered grain tank covers (if equipped)

The powered grain tank covers are controlled by the
switch inside the cab, refer to 3-53 for operation.

Make sure the grain tank is empty before closing the cov-
ers.
NOTICE: The bubble up auger raises and lowers with the
covers. Damage may occur if the grain tank covers are
closed with grain in the grain tank.
NOTICE: Damage may occur if powered grain tank covers
are left in any position other then fully open or fully closed.
NOTE: The powered grain tank extensions/covers will not
operate if the rear ladder is down or if the unload tube is NHIL12AF02743AA 7
out of its saddle.

When the covers are closed they provide a weather proof

shield.

83119143 8

3-84
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Grain tank - Access/Exit

DANGER
Entanglement hazard!
The rotating augers in the bottom of the grain tank will cause severe injury including possible loss of
limbs. DO NOT enter the grain tank when the machine is running. Shut off the engine and remove the
key before entering the grain tank.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0001A

WARNING
Fall hazard!
Do not climb into the grain tank from the front end of the machine, behind the cab. This direction of
entry does NOT provide non-slip steps and/or handrails.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0202A

The grain tank is accessible with the grain tank extensions

open or closed. Raise safety rail (1).

86082227 1

Use the steps (1).

86063509 2

3-85
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Step across the engine covers to the step , located inside

the grain tank.

Carefully step over the grain tank extensions, using

handrail when extensions are open, and place foot on
the step inside the grain tank.
NOTE: For machines equipped with grain tank covers, the
grain tank is only accessible when the covers are open.
The covers will only operate when the rear ladder is in the
up position.

NHIL12AF02760AA 3

3-86
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Jack – Locations
DANGER
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment with adequate capacity. Always support
units or parts with suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the work area is clear of all bystanders.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0076A

Jack locations
NOTICE: Units equipped with a Powered Rear Axle (PRA)
must have all four tires off of the ground if the engine is to
be run at all.

Front axle
Pockets (1) are provided to prevent the bottle jack from
sliding.

83119128 1

They are located in the center of the feeder lift cylinder

flanges (1).

83119131 2

Use adequate cribbing (1) to support the jack.

NOTE: When duals are fitted on the combine the truss rod
blocks access to the welded jacking points on the axle.
Place a block under the lift cylinder mounts to create a
jacking point. Position the blocks as close to the axle
beam as possible.

83119137 3

3-87
 3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS

Raise the axle high enough to place cribbing (1) under the
axle and enable lowering the axle on to the cribbing while
still providing tire to ground clearance.

83119134 4

Rear axle
Place the jack towards the outer end of the center tube
(1).

Use adequate cribbing (2) to support the jack.

2831191351 5

Raise the axle high enough to place cribbing (1) under the
axle and enable lowering the axle on to the cribbing while
still providing tire to ground clearance.

83119133 6

3-88
 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS###_4_###
COMMISSIONING THE UNIT
Before driving the combine
1. Read this Operator's Manual carefully; especially the
paragraphs headed 'Safety Precautions' and 'Start-
ing the Engine'.
2. Check all chain and belt tensions.
3. Check all the tire pressures daily. Keep the tires in-
flated to the pressures given in 'Specifications'.
4. Before driving the combine for the first time check
the drive wheels are torqued to specification then re-
move the hang tag from the combine steering wheel.
87579922_A 1
5. Check the wheel nuts torque daily during the first
week of operation and thereafter on a weekly basis.
6. Check the engine oil level.
7. Check the PTO gearbox oil level.
8. Check the coolant level (ensure the machine is
standing on level ground).
Tracks
This CASE IH combine can be equipped with Quadtrac
rubber tracks on the front axle. The optional 610  mm
(24  in) or 762  mm (30  in) rubber track supplied with this
combine are the same type as the 91.44  cm (36  in) wide,
Armorlug ED, rubber track available on the Quadtrac trac-
tor. While both the tractor and combine are capable of
travel speeds in excess of 32  km/h (20  mph), the com-
bine weight and weight balance does put a higher load
on the combine tracks as compared to tracks on a Quad-
trac tractor.
Roading this combine for extended periods can lead
to the rubber track overheating and suffering tread lug
blowouts.
Tread lug blowouts are not warrantable by either
Goodyear Engineered Products or by CASE IH.
4-1
9. Check the hydraulic and hydrostatic oil reservoir level
with all hydraulic cylinders retracted and the header
lowered to the ground (machine standing on level
ground). Add oil if necessary.
10. Lubricate the combine completely.
11. Rear ladder is in the raised position.
12. Engine cover hand rail can be raised, but should be
lowered for road transport.
13. Sit down on the operator's seat and adjust it accord-
ing to your weight and size.
14. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position.
15. Adjust the rear-view mirrors, if necessary.
16. Turn the ladder of the operator platform in front of the
traction wheel when driving on public roads.
17. Start the engine. Refer to the paragraph headed
'Starting the engine'.
18. Ensure the unloading tube is in the closed position.
19. Disengage the parking brake.
20. Raise the feeder to its highest position.
21. Before driving on public roads, select road mode on
right-hand console.
NOTICE: To prevent the hydraulic oil from overheating,
do not hold the header height control switch in the oper-
ating position longer than is necessary. The same applies
to the hydraulic controls for the reel height, and the reel
fore and after adjustment.
While track durability is a function of many factors and
conditions, the following are some guidelines that will
provide for more positive track life:
1. Operate within the guidelines in this combine Opera-
tor's Manual .
2. Precondition tracks per 4-9.
3. Do not road the combine with grain in the grain tank.
4. Roading the combine with the header attached will
increase the possibility of track overheating and tread
lug blowouts.
5. Continuously roading the combine for longer than 45
minutes will increase the possibility of track overheat-
ing and tread lug blowouts.
 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Transmission unlock
Mechanical track tension adjustments are not required. Tracks are automatically tensioned whenever a PFC hydraulic
function is operated. If track tension must be relieved for any reason, refer to your CASE IH dealer. Do not operate a
combine with tracks that are not properly tensioned.
To prevent over speeding of the combine when transport
wheels are installed on Track-Ready combines:
• Track-Ready combines will be shipped to the dealers
with the ground drive transmission in first gear.
• A tag on the steering wheel alerts drivers.

47425286 1

STARTING THE UNIT

Daily start up procedure

WARNING
Inhalation hazard! Risk to operators and bystanders.
Avoid running the engine in confined areas. Make sure there is adequate ventilation at all times.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0156A

Starting the engine

Ensure you are thoroughly familiar with the instruments
and controls before starting the engine for the first time.

To start the engine safely, follow the points as outlined

below.
Daily start up procedure
Proceed as follows:
1. Carry out the routine engine service, i.e. check
coolant, oil and fuel tank levels.
2. Make sure the Multi function handle is in neutral posi-
tion.

NHIL12AF01239AA 1

4-2
 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

3. Check that the both brake pedals are coupled to-

gether.
NOTE: This image shows the brake pedals uncoupled.

NHIL12AF01030AA 2

4. Insert the key into the switch and turn the key to the
'contact' position, check for any alarm or fault mes-
sages on the display.
NOTE: If the cold start pre-heater is active, a tone will
sound and the LED (1) will light when the key is turned on.
The tone will change pitch when pre-heater has reached
working temperature. Wait for the pitch change before
attempting to start the engine.

NHIL12AF01025AA 3

5. Before starting the engine, warn bystanders by sound-

ing the horn several times.
6. Turn the key clockwise to engage the starter motor. (If
the engine fails to start after 30 seconds, release the
key for about 1 minute before reengaging the starter
motor).
7. As soon as the engine starts, release the key.
8. Check for any engine Alarm/fault messages.
NOTICE: Allow the engine to run for one minute at low
idle before moving off, to ensure adequate lubrication of
the turbocharger bearings.
NHIL12AF01031AA 4
NOTE: When starting at temperatures of -15 °C (5 °F) and
lower, the engine speed is limited to 1600 RPM for ap-
proximately 2 minutes. This is to assure that the engine
receives adequate lubrication before being accelerated.

Starting the engine – Cold weather

In temperatures below 7  °C (45  °F) it is recommended to warm up the hydraulic oil before use.

4-3
 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Chock the drive wheels.

2. Verify the throttle is in the low idle position, refer to
3-36
3. Start the combine, refer to 4-2.
4. Display the hydro motor temp (1) on a run screen.
5. Verify the parking brake is disengaged, refer to 3-38
6. Shift the transmission to neutral, refer to 3-36 .
7. Slowly move the Multi Function Handle (MFH) to the
full forward position.
8. Monitor the hydro motor temperature until it reaches
7  °C (45  °F). NHIL12AF02466AA 1

9. Move the MFH to the neutral position.

10. The combine is now ready for normal operation.

Engine idle speed

The operator may notice that the engine cycles between
600  RPM and 1000  RPM.

The engine has two different low Idle speeds.

• Normal operating low idle engine speed is 1000  RPM.
• Reduced low idle engine speed is 600  RPM to conserve
fuel.
All the following requirements must be met for the ECU
to lower the engine to the 600  RPM setting.
• Engine speed below 1020  RPM.
• All backlighting; OFF.
• Unloading auger; disengaged.
• Header tilt; stationary
• Ground speed below 0.5  mph.
• No low battery warning.
• Separator and feeder; OFF.
• Header stationary.
• Signal valve; NOT engaged.
• Coolant temperature above 10  °C (50  °F).

Once the engine is operating at the 600  RPM level,

changing any of the above requirement will automatically
signal the ECU to return to the 1000  RPM level.

4-4
 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STOPPING THE UNIT

Stopping the machine

Proceed as follows:
1. Move the engine throttle to its slow position and let
the engine run at idling speed for a minimum of one
minute.

NHIL12AF01012AA 1

2. Turn the key (1) counterclockwise to stop the engine.

3. Remove the key from the key switch.

NHIL12AF01025AA 2

MOVING THE UNIT

Moving the machine

DANGER
Tip-over hazard! The weight of crop in the grain tank raises the machine's center of gravity.
The grain tank must be empty when traveling on public roads.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0011A

NOTE: When selecting another gear during driving, the system will wait until the multifunction handle is in the neutral
position and the combine is stopped completely, then complete the shift.
Driving
Proceed as follows:
1. Ensure that the Multi-Function Handle (MFH) is in the
neutral position.

NHIL12AF01239AA 1

4-5
 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

2. Select a gear by turning the gear select switch in the

desired position. Check selected gear on the display
for proper engagement (this can take a few seconds).

• For field operation, use first, second or third gear, de-

pending upon the circumstances.
• For maneuvering in confined spaces, use first gear.
• For road transport, use third or fourth gear.

NHIL12AF01011AA 2

3. Turn off the parking brake (1).

NHIL12AF01008AA 3

4. Push the MFH part way to the right and gently forward
to drive forward or pull handle gently backwards for
reverse driving.
5. Familiarize yourself with the different steering and driv-
ing characteristics.
NOTE: When driving the combine in reverse, an audible
alarm will automatically warn bystanders.
NOTICE: The combine rear end swings out when chang-
ing direction. Take care when turning.

NHIL12AF01016AA 4

4-6
 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Road travel
DANGER
Tip-over hazard! The weight of crop in the grain tank raises the machine's center of gravity.
The grain tank must be empty when traveling on public roads.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0011A

WARNING
Driving hazard!
When traveling on public roads, only use the headlights and hazard warning lights. DO NOT use the
work lights. An oncoming vehicle may confuse the rear work lights with the headlights.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0211A

WARNING
Loss of control hazard!
Brake pedals shall be locked together for road travel. This ensures uniform brake application and
maximum stopping ability.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0308A

Road travel
• Comply with state and local laws governing highway
safety regulations.
• Maintain complete control of the combine.
• Connect the brake pedal together with the brake latch.
Make sure that the combine brake pedal linkage is cor-
rectly adjusted. Make certain the latch is fully engaged.
• Keep to the right as far as possible.
• Make sure that the Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) symbol
can be seen.
• Turn the extremity warning lamps on.
• Extremity warning lamps (1) can be slid in and out of a
tube located behind the left hand deck and under the
right hand deck.
• Make sure extremity warning lamps are unfolded to
full width operating position.
• Extremity warning lamps must be positioned within
400  mm (16  in) of the outer edge of the combine
when header is removed.
• The outer edge of combine is usually the outer edge
of the tire. If tires are changed, such as removing
a dual tire for road transport, readjust the warning
lamps to within 400  mm (16  in) of outer edge of the
1
combine NHPH12AF03454AA

4-7
 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

To adjust the extremity warning lamps, do the following:

1. Remove the hairpin and the clevis pin (1)
2. Loosen the bolt (2)
3. Adjust the extremity warning lamp fixture until the lamp
is within the required distance from the wheel edge.
• 400  mm (16  in)
4. Install the clevis pin and hairpin
NOTE: There are several holes (3) to place the clevis
pin. Chose the hole that gives you the proper location
of the light.
5. Tighten the bolt. NHIL12AF02613AA 2

Right-hand side Left-hand side

viewed from the front of the combine viewed from the rear of the combine

NHPH12AF03429AA 3 NHPH12AF03426AA 4

Your combine is equipped with:

• direction turn signals (1)
• tail lamps (2)
• Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) emblem (3)

Make sure to use these items correctly when operating

the combine on the road for the safety and protection of
the operator and other vehicle operators.

A vehicle operator approaching the rear of the combine

must see the SMV emblem and the tail lamps from the
rear and the extremity warning lamps from the front and
rear. NHPH12AF03428AA 5

NOTICE: The SMV emblem must be replaced when the

bright orange, center triangle has noticeably faded to a
pale orange color. This fading of the orange fluorescent
center will occur due to long exposure to sunlight and
reduces daytime identification by approaching vehicle
drivers.
• Check clearance before going under electric lines,
bridges or entering buildings.
• Make sure the operator’s ladder is in the full forward or
transport position for road travel.

4-8
 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Track conditioning
PRECONDITIONING RUBBER TRACKS

23085227 1

(1) Drive Wheel (4) Idler Wheels
(2) Belt Traction Lugs (5) Roller Wheels
(3) Belt Drive Lugs (6) Undercarriage
New rubber tracks must be preconditioned before initial
use and before roading the combine on clean hard roads
to reduce accelerated belt scuffing.
New tracks should be preconditioned with dirt or some
other non-caustic particulate material. This is done by
spreading a thin layer of the material over the entire un-
dercarriage engaging surface of the belts and driving the
combine slowly for a brief time. The silica present in dirt
or similar material will act as a lubricant and help the track
conditioning process.
Conditioning may need to be done more than once if the
combine is roaded for extended distances. After initial
conditioning, the combine should be operated in normal
operations to further condition the tracks.
The track conditioning process should be closely moni-
tored for the first 150 hours of service. After a reason-
able amount of field time the drive lug contact areas will
surface-harden and become more resistant to heat and
scuffing.
If accelerated scuffing should occur with high heat on the
drive lugs, see Track Alignment and Track Rotation sec-
tion of this manual or contact your dealer for service.

4-9
 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Parking brake - Manual release

WARNING
Run-over hazard!
Be aware that the parking brake does not operate when it is manually disengaged. When parked,
chock wheels to prevent machine movement. Repair parking brake as soon as possible.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0020A

If it is not possible to release the park brake electrically, it

can be released manually.
To release the park brake manually, proceed as follows:
1. Park the combine on level surface.
2. Raise the header and engage the lift cylinder lockout
(1). Stop the engine.
3. Block the wheels adequately to prevent the combine
from rolling.

83076475 1

4. Remove the shield (1) and rubber cap (2).

73074583 2

5. Remove cotter pin (1) and screw on nut (2) until the
park brake piston is completely pulled backward to re-
lease the pressure on the brake disc.

ZDA3107A 3

4-10
 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Transmission - Manual shifting

DANGER
Crushing hazard!
Always do the following before entering the area below the header: Disengage the threshing mecha-
nism, lift the header to its maximum height, apply the parking brake, and stop the engine. Place the
header safety latch over the cylinder rod.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0012A

DANGER
Unexpected movement!
Make sure parking brake is applied. Secure machine with wheel chocks.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0013A

If not possible to select gears electronically (gearshift

selector switch from the cab), it can be done manually,
proceeding as follows:
1. Park the combine on level surface (if possible).
2. Raise the header and engage the lift cylinder lockout
(1). Stop the engine.

86094054 1

3. Block the wheels adequately to prevent the combine

from rolling.
4. Loosen and remove the four bolts (1) and remove the
electric motor (2).

ZDA5578A 2

4-11
 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

5. Turn nut (1) underneath the electric motor.

ZDA5752A 3

NOTE: Special tool 84431038 can be used on this nut.

6. To check if a gear is selected, the gear number on
indicator ring, (1) should align with arrow (2) on the
gearshift sensor.
7. To block the manual selected gear, loosen bolt (3) and
remove bushing, (4).
8. Install bolt (3) (without the bushing), to block the se-
lected gear (bolt (3) needs to pass through a hole in
the shift cam inside the traction gearbox).

ZDA3104A 4

NOTE: If the bolt does not turn easily in the gearbox, move nut (1) (Figure 3) until the bolt turns easily into the gearbox.
NOTE: Manually positioning the transmission into a gear
will not permit travel if the gear position sensor is faulty.

4-12
 5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS###_5_###
PREPARING FOR ROAD TRANSPORT

Transporting on a trailer - Tie downs for shipping

NOTE: The operator deck extension may need to be re-
moved depending on transport width restrictions. Please
refer to your CASE IH dealer for this procedure.

NHPH12AF03435AA 1

To tie down the combine for shipping, proceed as follows:

1. Engage the transportation locks, refer to 3-75.
2. Place the combine on a trailer and support the front
and rear axles with wood blocks, as wide and as low
as possible.
3. Use suitable chains and equipment at the following
locations to secure the combine to the trailer.

83119130 2

83119129 3

5-1
 5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

At the front:
2. Use the slot (1) and/or the tube (2) on the left and right
feeder house lift cylinder mount.

10030372 4

83119138 5

3. Use the hooks (1) on the front axle if necessary.

10030372 6

83119140 7

5-2
 5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

The rear of the combine

1. Use the tie down tabs (1) at the rear of the lower frame.

10034697 8

83119139 9

2. Secure the unloading auger tube with the attached

click pin through hole (1).

NHIL12AF03019AA 10

Folding unload tube (if equipped)

Secure the folding unload tube, refer to 6-179

5-3
 5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

Attaching a trailer
A swing-away hitch is available on the AXIAL-FLOW com-
bines.

When not in use, the hitch can be swung to the side by

removing pin (1) positioning the hitch against the axle and
reinserting the pin in the available hole. A light plug socket
(2) is available for trailer electrical connections.

50030365 1

Unload tube
• Install lock out pin (1) when the unloading tube is re-
tracted.

NHIL12AF03019AA 2

5-4
 5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

RECOVERY TRANSPORT

Towing the machine

WARNING
Loss of control hazard!
When towing an implement without brakes, make sure the weight of the implement never exceeds the
weight of the towing machine. Stopping distance increases with increased weight, especially on hills
and slopes.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1243A

WARNING
Loss of control hazard!
Towing is a procedure that has the potential for risk to the user. The manufacturer's warranty does
not apply to incidents or accidents that occur during towing. Where possible, carry out the repairs at
the site.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1244A

Towing the combine is not recommended. If the engine is not able to run while being towed, steering the combine
will be extremely difficult. If it must be towed the following steps must be taken to ensure no harm to the operator or
machine will occur.
Towing a combine with a running engine:
1. Move the multi function handle (1) into the neutral po-
sition.

NHIL12AF01239AA 1

2. Switch off the rear-wheel drive (1) if equipped.

NHIL12AF01008AA 2

5-5
 5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

3. Turn the gear selector to 'NEUTRAL'.

• If it is not possible with the remote gear shifting, refer
to 4-11.

NHIL12AF01011AA 3

DANGER
Run-over hazard!
Be aware that the parking brake does not op-
erate when it is manually disengaged. When
parked, chock wheels to prevent machine
movement. Repair parking brake as soon as
possible.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious
injury.
D0096A

NOTICE: If the combine is towed with a gear other than

neutral selected, irreparable hydro damage will occur.
NHIL12AF01008AA 4
4. Release the parking brake (1).
• If it is not possible with the remote parking brake
switch, refer to 4-10.
5. Make sure the transmission is in neutral.
6. Move the MFH forward out of neutral.
• If the MFH is left in neutral the combine’s built in
safety systems will engage the parking brake.

• Tow at a maximum speed of 16  km/h (9  mph).

• Provide adequate warning signals to make other road
users aware that the combine is being towed.
• Should the combine become stuck in the mud, always
tow the combine with a cable or chain attached to the
front traction axle or at the rear, lower frame hooks . Do
not tow the combine with a cable or chain, attached to
the steering axle.
NOTICE: Unload grain tank before towing or pulling the
combine.

5-6
 5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

Towing a non-running combine:

1. Move the MFH (1) into the neutral position.
2. Switch off the rear-wheel drive if equipped.

NHIL12AF01239AA 5

3. Turn the gear selector to 'NEUTRAL'.

• If it is not possible with the remote gear shifting, refer
to 4-11.
NOTICE: If the combine is towed with a gear other than
neutral selected, irreparable hydro damage will occur.

NHIL12AF01011AA 6

DANGER
Run-over hazard!
Be aware that the parking brake does not op-
erate when it is manually disengaged. When
parked, chock wheels to prevent machine
movement. Repair parking brake as soon as
possible.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious
injury.
D0096A

4. Release the parking brake (1).

• If it is not possible with the remote parking brake NHIL12AF01008AA 7
switch, refer to 4-10.

• Tow at a maximum speed of 16  km/h (9  mph).

• Provide adequate warning signals to make other road
users aware that the combine is being towed.
• Should the combine become stuck in the mud, always
tow the combine with a cable or chain attached to the
front traction axle or at the rear, lower frame hooks . Do
not tow the combine with a cable or chain, attached to
the steering axle.
NOTICE: Unload grain tank before towing or pulling the
combine.

5-7
5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

5-8
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS###_6_###
WORKING

Introduction to harvesting
NOTICE: If the combine is to be first used in a specialty seed or edible seed crop, it is suggested that the combine
be operated in a non-sensitive crop to remove paint and other contaminants from various grain contact areas. This
same precaution should be used when the combine has been in operation, then sits idle long enough for rust to form
on the grain contact areas. Also, if a non-sensitive crop has been used to remove paint and or rust the combine will
have to be sanitized of rouge seeds before being used in the specialty seed or edible seed harvest.

NHIL12AF02755AA 1

The combine harvester performs six basic functions: 4. Cleaning

1. Cutting 5. Grain handling
2. Feeding 6. Residue handling
3. Threshing

Cutting

The function of the header is to cut the crop, gather it and

deliver it to the feeder in the most efficient manner.

Feeding

Once the header has cut and gathered the material, it
is delivered to the feeder house for transporting to the
transition cone. The function of the feeder house is two
fold:
1. First to control the position of the header in relation-
ship to the ground. This permits the header to remain
in the most optimal position for harvesting.
2. Secondly to deliver a uniform mat of material to the
transition cone of the combine. The uniformity of
the mat being delivered starts with a properly oper-

6-1
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS
ated header. Different options and adjustments can
change the control of the mat in the feeder house.
Threshing
The threshing and separating functions of AXIAL-FLOW
combines are performed in the rotor cage area. Material
is fed from the feeder to the impeller area of the rotor and
flows rearward through the machine. The two most im-
portant components in the threshing and separating pro-
cesses are the rotor and the rotor concaves.
The rotor threshes the grain and assists in the rearward
travel of the material through the machine. The earlier the
grain is threshed out of the heads, the more opportunity
the grain has to separate from the material.
The function of the rotor concaves is two fold. First, the
concaves must hold the material long enough to ensure
complete threshing. Second, the rotor concaves must
have enough open area to permit the grain to sepa-
rate into the cleaning system once the grain has been
threshed. Concaves with excessive open area for the
given crop will result in too much residue being dropped
onto the cleaning system.
Cleaning
The cleaning activity of the AXIAL-FLOW combine is the
final separation of the grain from the material that has
been distributed through the rotor concaves. Material is
separated by the upper and lower sieves to remove un-
wanted foreign material. Chaff and other unwanted ma-
terial is suspended by air and discharged out of the rear
of the combine. Adjustments required for this function
are the speed of the cleaning fan (controlling air velocity)
and the adjustments of both the upper and lower sieves.
Too much air movement over light crops will contribute to
cleaning system losses.
Only through experimentation will an operator find the cor-
rect combination of upper and lower sieve settings that
Grain handling
The clean grain is channeled into the grain tank by the
clean grain cross auger, grain elevator, and bubble-up
auger .
Residue handling
The residue handling system consists of a discharge
beater or optional straw chopper to either discharge the
straw from the combine or chop and discharge the straw.
6-2
Threshing area adjustments properly made will assist
you in obtaining maximum combine performance. Rotor
speeds and concave clearances must be matched to the
crop and field conditions for the most efficient and pro-
ductive operation. One common mistake is running the
rotor too slow and the concave set too open for the crop.
This results in slow movement of the material, inefficient
threshing and separation, and a loss in machine capacity.
With the AXIAL-FLOW concept, kernel damage is greatly
decreased and is not affected by rotor speed and concave
settings nearly as much as conventional combines are by
cylinder speed and concave adjustment. AXIAL-FLOW
combines give you a broader range of settings. AXIAL-
FLOW combines can thresh very well with wider concave
clearance than previous models, due to increased con-
cave wrap.
yield the maximum grain savings, clean grain tank sam-
ple and reduced tailings return.
On units with self-leveling cleaning shoe, an electrical ac-
tuator ensures that the cleaning shoe automatically re-
mains horizontal in the transverse axis of the machine,
even when operating on side slopes up to 12  %. This in-
novation increases the capacity of the cleaning shoe con-
siderably by allowing the material to distribute evenly over
the full width of the grain pan and sieves.
NOTE: If the separator is shut off while the combine is on
unlevel ground, the self leveling cleaning shoe will stay in
that position until the separator is restarted.
The grain tank is emptied by the grain tank unloading
augers and the unloading tube auger .
The straw can then be either windrowed or spread us-
ing the spreader. In addition to spreading the straw, the
spreader also spreads the chaff discharged from the up-
per sieve.
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS
Performance indicators
Performance indicators
There are four indicators, which will tell you how well the
combine is performing. These four indicators are:
• Grain tank sample
• Distribution of material on the grain pan and upper
sieve
• Type and amount of returns
Grain tank sample
A large amount of foreign material in the grain tank could
indicate the crop is being over threshed. The first step to
correct this problem is to decrease the concave clearance
to help the crop move through the threshing operation
quicker. This reduces or eliminates the material break
up caused by over-threshing. Then increase the cleaning
fan speed or close the upper sieve if the foreign material
is larger than the grain.
Cracked or damaged grain can be caused by a concave
setting that is too close to the rotor. Increase the concave
clearance and then reduce the rotor speed to correct the
problem.
Bunch feeding can cause grain damage in the feeder
house. An incorrect feeder chain tension can also cause
grain damage.
Grain pan/upper sieve distribution
The distribution of material on the grain pan affects the
distribution of material on the sieve. The distribution on
the grain pan should be level to slightly higher directly
under the rotor and taper slightly towards both sides.
On AXIAL-FLOW models in conditions of moderate to
high crop throughputs, the presieve will appear sub-
merged in grain and chaff. This mat of material will
progressively reduce, the further rearward on the sieve
one looks.
Presence of chaff with entrained grain on one portion
(side-to-side) of the chaffer while the other side is clean
indicates an imbalance in rotor distribution.
This is cured by:
1. Adjusting the sieve offset parameter, refer to cleaning
setup in 6-25.
2. Moving concave hanger frame left or right. The correct
direction being shifting the concaves in the direction of
the side that has the pile of material.
3. Replacing concave modules on the heavy distribution
side with modules that have less open area.
6-3
• Losses
By correctly reading these indicators and being familiar
with the combine, you can make the necessary adjust-
ments to correct any problem and improve the overall
combine performance.
Excessive returns will contribute to grain damage due to
the additional pass(es) the grain must take through the
returns system.
Plugged concaves can cause grain damage because the
free grain cannot get out of the concave area.
Loose elevator chains can also cause grain damage. It is
important to maintain the proper tension on these chains.
Unthreshed material in the grain tank can be caused by
under-threshing or the lower sieve that is opened too
wide. Increase the rotor speed and reduce the concave
clearance as needed to correct the problem. Reduce
also the lower sieve opening slightly to obtain a cleaner
grain tank sample.
If there is some grain on the rear third of the upper sieve,
returns will be increased and there is a possibility that
grain will ride out the back of the combine. Open the
upper sieve to allow more of the grain to fall onto the lower
sieve.
If the material on the upper sieve is broken into small
pieces, the crop is being over threshed. This can plug
the upper sieve and cause high losses. Decrease the
concave clearance and/or increase rotor speed to de-
crease the time the crop mat is threshed. If this increases
the over threshing of material then increase the concave
clearance and/or reduce rotor speed.
NOTE: The crop must move through the threshing area
as quickly as possible to achieve the lowest amount of
returns and reduce over threshed material. Decreasing
the concave clearance gives the rotor more traction to
move and thresh the crop material.
Unthreshed heads indicate the rotor speed should be
increased and/or the concave clearance should be re-
duced. Unthreshed heads can also be caused by worn
rasp bars and worn concaves.
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS
Return sample
If the return sample contains a large quantity of threshed
grain, the cleaning fan speed should be reduced and/or
the lower sieve should be opened more.
Seed loss
New standards have been written for reduced field
losses, improved grain quality and simplified machine
operation. The AXIAL-FLOW® Combine has performed
in harvesting conditions previously thought to be too
adverse for successful combine operation. With minimal
field losses as his goal, the AXIAL-FLOW® operator
has more latitude to adjust for maximum combine effi-
ciency. Understanding crop flow and functions previously
discussed makes adjustment for field losses easier. A
spontaneous adjustment, without thorough analysis and
diagnosis of specific reason for crop loss could lead the
operator away from the correct machine adjustment. A
universal harvesting rule is to set your combine to manual
specifications first, then adjust. See Initial Crop Settings
in this manual. Make only one adjustment at a time, then
reevaluate.
When adjusting a combine, it is important to note that no
combine will save every seed. combines can be operated
at speeds and settings which range from almost zero loss
to extremely heavy losses. Each operator must deter-
mine what loss to accept for the field condition and time
available for harvest. He must adjust the combine and
travel speed accordingly. Losses should be checked in
several spots and averaged to eliminate the effects of any
uneven feeding.
Minimize pre-harvest losses
This is loss that is present before you harvest the crop.
This loss is kernels or seeds on the ground due to
weather, insect damage and other adversity. These
losses cannot be recovered no matter how efficient the
combine is.
6-4
When checking loss it is important to determine the
source of the loss before making adjustments.
Checking losses where the separator empties without
considering whether they originate from preharvest
causes, header causes or the separator can lead to
unnecessary or erroneous adjustments.
The formula below has three major areas of loss:
Pre-harvest Loss + Header Loss + Separator Loss = Total
Loss
When measuring losses, take a full cut with the header at
your regular operating speed without using the spreaders.
Stop the combine in an area of the field that represents
an average of the field. Do not use rows that are near the
edges of the field and do not make your measurements
near the end of the field. Allow the combine to clear after
stopping and back up a distance equal to its length. You
can then check all loss points without starting and stop-
ping again.
NOTICE: Be sure machine is shut down and all moving
components completely stopped before starting evalua-
tion.
To determine the amount of pre-harvest losses, look in the
unharvested crop for kernels, seeds, seed heads, ears of
corn, etc. on the ground that the header would be unable
to gather. To measure the amount of loss in bushels, refer
to the Seed Loss Tables.
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS
Losses
Header Losses
20092297
Header loss is due to cutting too high, reel shatter, snap-
ping roll loss, etc. This can be measured by comparing
the kernels on the ground in area (B) to area (A). The dif-
ference would be due to header losses. If a more precise
measurement is required, refer to the seed loss tables
and determine seed loss the same as you did for pre-har-
vest losses, then subtract the pre-harvest loss to obtain
the header loss.
Loss in area (B) - loss in area (A) = header loss
To reduce header losses, make sure the header is ad-
justed properly as explained in the Header Operator's
Manual.
Separator Losses
This is loss from the rotor and cleaning system such as
unthreshed heads, etc. which are a result of improper
adjustments or lack of proper attachments. To obtain this
loss, check Area (C) which is windrowed directly behind
the separator. The grain in this area would be all losses.
Subtract the pre-harvest (area (A)) and the header losses
(area (B)) from this measurement to determine the sepa-
rator loss. For a more precise measurement, refer to the
Seed Loss Tables to obtain the amount of loss in bushels
or pounds per acre for your machine.
Before making adjustments, make sure there are no
grain leaks due to missing bolts, cleanout doors open,
etc. If separator loss is high, it is necessary to determine
whether the loss is from the rotor or cleaning system.
6-5
1
To determine whether the separator loss is due to the rotor
or cleaning system, fully open the lower and upper sieves.
NOTE: This procedure will cause a poor sample due to
excessive trash in the grain sample during the test. If sep-
arator loss remains high, it is due to rotor losses. If sepa-
rator loss decreases, the loss is due to improper cleaning
system adjustments.
Sieve settings are essentially the same with an AXIAL-
FLOW combine as in the past with conventional com-
bines. Too heavy tailings could result in cleaning shoe
losses.
There are three basic adjustments for the cleaning sys-
tem. These are, 1; opening and closing the upper sieve,
2; opening and closing the lower sieve and 3; cleaning
fan RPM changes. The main air blast is directed to the
pre-cleaning sieve on the front of the upper sieve. Air
speed should be sufficient to lift material and suspend it
in the air, letting heavier particles (grain) down. If under
blown, material will ride on the upper sieve and grain will
be sloughed off the end of the sieve. If overblown, grain
will be picked up and blown beyond the end of the upper
sieve.
The need for cleaning shoe adjustments can be easily de-
termined by monitoring grain tank samples, tailings and
losses on the ground. If tailings are excessive, open the
cleaning shoe slightly. If grain tank sample is trashy, close
the shoe and/or increase the fan speed. Too wide of an
upper sieve opening can add to excessive tailings. Tail-
ings can be monitored with the Tailings Monitor, Watch
Your Monitor.
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

An overloaded lower sieve and high tailings can also be
the result of the fan speed setting too low instead of a
too open upper sieve setting. It is important to remember
that the air velocity through the upper sieve will change
by changing the sieve opening (with constant fan speed).
Therefore the more the upper sieve is opened, the faster
the fan speed should be set in order to continue to lift
the lighter chaff material and blow it out the rear. This is
handy to remember when more capacity is desired from
the cleaning system.
With the introduction of the Cross Flow fan to the cleaning
system, improved air flow uniformity has allowed the fan
to be operated at higher speeds without concern for blow-
ing grain out the back. Consult the tables for suggested
fan speeds.
For side hill operations, chaffer dividers are available.

Seed Loss Table

Seeds lost per square foot to equal one bushel per acre gathered directly behind separator
Cutting width Uniform
6.1  m 6.9  m 7.6  m 9.1  m 10.7  m 12.2  m 13.7  m spread
Crop (20  ft) (22.5  ft) (25  ft) (30  ft) (35  ft) (40  ft) (45  ft) loss (1)
Oats 36 41 45 54 63 72 81 9.3
Barley 68 76 85 102 119 136 153 17.4
Wheat 74 84 93 111 130 148 167 19.2
Rye 143 161 179 214 251 286 322 37
Flax 403 453 503 604 705 806 906 103.8
Maize 75 85 94 113 131 150 169 19.4
Soybean 14 16 16 21 25 28 30 3.6
Red kidney
5 6 7 8 9 10 12 1.2
beans
Rice 66 74 82 99 115 132 148 17
White pea
9 10 11 13 15 18 20 3.7
beans
Sorghum 108 122 136 163 188 216 244 28

Seeds lost per square foot to equal one pound per acre gathered directly behind separator
Cutting width Uniform
 
6.1 m  
6.9 m  
7.6 m  
9.1 m  
10.7 m 12.2 m   
13.7 m spread loss
Crop (20  ft) (22.5  ft) (25  ft) (30  ft) (35  ft) (40  ft) (45  ft) (2)
Red clover 24 27 30 36 42 48 54 6.2
Rye grass 25 28 31 37 44 50 56 6.4

1. The number of seeds per square foot that can be NOTE: The figures are approximate and can vary with
spread evenly over an acre to equal a loss of one seed size and seed variety.
bushel per acre.
NOTE: Seeds are gathered directly behind the separator.
2. The number of seeds per square foot that can be No spreading device, such as a straw spreader is used.
spread evenly over an acre to equal a loss of one
pound per acre.

6-6
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Separator loss in kernels

Uniform spread loss (2)
Corn head model Row spacing over width of separator x
seeds/ft²
1  ft
558.8  mm (22  in) 5.2 1.84
8 Row narrow 711.2  mm (28  in) 6.7 1.84
762  mm (30  in) 7.1 1.84
914.4  mm (36  in) 8.5 1.84
8 Row wide
965.2  mm (38  in) 9.0 1.84
508  mm (20  in) 7.1 1.84
12 Row narrow 558.8  mm (22  in) 7.0 1.84
762  mm (30  in) 10.7 1.84
16 row narrow 762  mm (30  in) 14.2 1.84
18 Row narrow 508  mm (20  in) 10.7 1.84

NOTE: Values can be adjusted to reflect the depth of the
collection box. EX. if the box is 2 ft x the width of the
separator, then loss will be 2 x given value of the table.
1. The figures are approximate and can vary with kernel
size and seed corn variety. Kernels were gathered
directly behind separator and do not include row loss
due to corn head and no spreading device such as
straw spreader was used.
2. Uniform loss in number of seeds per square foot that
can be spread evenly over an acre to equal loss of one
bushel per acre at 80,000 kernels per bushel.

To determine loss for a crop not listed:

1. Find out the weight of the crop in pounds per bushel
and the number of seeds in a pound. This will allow
you to figure the total number of seeds in a bushel (by
multiplying the two previous figures together.)
2. Divide this number by 43,560 (number of square feet
in an acre) to determine the number of seeds per
square foot if the bushel of seed were spread evenly
over one acre.
3. To figure the percent loss, divide the loss in bushels
per acre by the yield per acre and multiply by 100.
Example:
The weight of a particular variety of wheat is 60  lb per
bushel and contains 15,246 seeds per pound. This is
equal to 914,760 seeds per bushel. Dividing this by
43,560 equals 21. This is the number of seeds per
square foot if the grain were spread evenly over an entire
acre, for a one bushel per acre loss. If the yield is 50
bushels, the loss is 2 percent. Combine losses of less
than 3 percent of total yield in most crops are considered
acceptable.

6-7
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Initial crop settings - AFX Rotor

Module Configuration Rotor Configuration
Rotor Front Rear Spiked Non Straight Vane Settings
Gear Speed Rasp Spiked Separa-
Crop Clear-
Type Type Bars Rasp tor Bars Front Rear
ance Bars
Barley 750   20  mm
2 SW/LW LSW 8 56 4 Slow Slow
RPM (0.8  in)

Corn
Dry (< 20%) 350   25  mm
1 LW (**) LSW 8 56 4 Slow Slow
RPM (1  in)
High moisture 400   25  mm
1 RB (***) LSW 8 56 4 Slow Slow
(> 20%) RPM (1  in)

Soybeans 650   20  mm

2 LW LSW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.8  in)
Wheat 950   15  mm LW/LS-
3 SW 8 56 4 (*) Slow Slow
RPM (0.6  in) W
Wheat - hard 1050   5  mm
3 SW (1) LW 8 56 4 Slow Slow
thresh RPM (0.2  in)
Wheat – 950   15  mm
3 SW LSW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
Australia RPM (0.6  in)
Rapeseed/ 600   20  mm
2 SW LW/SL 8 64 0 Mid Mid
Canola RPM (0.8  in)

Rice
California 850   15  mm
3 LW/RB LSW 72 0 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.6  in)
Delta 850   15  mm
3 LW/RB LSW 72 0 0 Slow Mid
RPM (0.6  in)
Stripper 950   8  mm
3 RB RB 72 0 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.3  in)
Australia 950   15  mm
3 LW LSW 72 0 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.6  in)

Maize/Milo 700   18  mm

2 LW LSW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
Sorgum RPM (0.7  in)
Lentil beans 420   25  mm
1 SW SL 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (1  in)
Lentil
650   25  mm
beans/tough 2 LW SL 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (1  in)
threshing
Pinto beans 300   30  mm
1 LW LSW/SL 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (1.2  in)
Rye 850   30  mm
3 LW LSW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (1.2  in)
Oats 750   30  mm LW LSW 8 56 4 Mid Mid
2
RPM (1.2  in)
Popcorn 380   20  mm
1 RB LSW 8 56 4 Slow Slow
RPM (0.8  in)
Rye grass 500   18  mm
2 SW LSW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.7  in)
Bent grass 950   5  mm
3 SW LSW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.2  in)
Blue grass 500   18  mm
2 SW LSW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.7  in)

6-8
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Module Configuration Rotor Configuration

Rotor Front Rear Spiked Non Straight Vane Settings
Gear Speed Rasp Spiked Separa-
Crop Clear-
Type Type Bars Rasp tor Bars Front Rear
ance Bars
Brome grass 500   18  mm
2 SW LSW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.7  in)
Crested wheat 700   18  mm
2 SW LSW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.7  in)
White/Red 1150   0  mm
3 SW (1) LW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
clover RPM (0.0  in)
Sunflower 300   45  mm
1 SL SL/SD 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (1.8  in)
Alfalfa 650   5  mm
2 SW SL/LW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.2  in)
Flax 900   5  mm
3 SW (1) SL/SW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.2  in)
Mustard 300   20  mm
1 SW SL 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.8  in)
Peas - Black 350   15  mm
1 LW LSW/SL 8 64 0 Mid Mid
eye RPM (0.6  in)
Wild rice 650   25  mm
2 LW LSW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (1  in)
Safflower 500   30  mm
1 LW LSW/SL 8 64 0 Mid Fast
RPM (1.2  in)
Lupins 950   20  mm
3 LW LSW 8 64 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.8  in)

• (1) Hard thresh Kit 87748389.
NOTE: The hard thresh kit is used in the front module
positions.
• (*) Not suggested for dry/bridle straw conditions or for
bailing straw.
• (**) RB modules can also be applied in dry corn.
• (***) The standard factory fit round bar configuration for
corn contains one LW module in the first right-hand side
module position.

(LW) Large Wire (SD) Solid

(LSW) Large Skip Wire (SL) Slotted Hole
(RB) Round Bar (SW) Small Wire

6-9
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Cleaning
Cleaning shoe configuration
Crop Fan Speed Pre Sieve Upper Sieve Lower Sieve
RPM Type Clearance Type Clearance Type Clearance
850 - 5  mm 15  mm 13  mm
Barley 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
950  RPM (0.2  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)
900 - 10  mm 18  mm 15  mm
Corn-Dry 1-5/8 Closz 1-5/8 Corn 1-5/8 Closz
1050  RPM (0.4  in) (0.7  in) (0.6  in)
980 - 10  mm 18  mm 15  mm
Corn-High Moist. 1-5/8 Closz 1-5/8 Corn 1-5/8 Closz
1150  RPM (0.4  in) (0.7  in) (0.6  in)
900 - 8  mm 15  mm 15  mm
Soybeans 1-5/8 Closz 1-5/8 Corn 1-5/8 Closz
1000  RPM (0.3  in) (0.6  in) (0.6  in)
900 - 10  mm 15  mm 8  mm
Wheat 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
1050  RPM (0.4  in) (0.6  in) (0.3  in)
900 - 10  mm 15  mm 13  mm
Wheat – Australia 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
1050  RPM (0.4  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)
3  mm 5  mm 5  mm
Rapeseed/Canola 600  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.1  in) (0.2  in) (0.2  in)
850 - 8  mm 15  mm 13  mm
Rice 1-5/8 Closz 1-5/8 Closz 1-5/8 Closz
950  RPM (0.3  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)
850 - 10  mm 15  mm 13  mm
Rice – Australia 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
950  RPM (0.4  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)
950 - 8  mm 18  mm 15  mm
Maize/Milo 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
1000  RPM (0.3  in) (0.7  in) (0.6  in)
8  mm 14  mm 9  mm
Lentil Beans 880  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.3  in) (0.6  in) (0.4  in)
Lentil beans/ 8  mm 16  mm 11  mm
850  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
tough threshing (0.3  in) (0.6  in) (0.4  in)
8  mm 13  mm 10  mm
Pinto Beans 950  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.3  in) (0.5  in) (0.4  in)
8  mm 13  mm 10  mm
Rye 900  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.3  in) (0.5  in) (0.4  in)
850 - 8  mm 15  mm 10  mm
Oats 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
900  RPM (0.3  in) (0.6  in) (0.4  in)
5  mm 13  mm 10  mm
Popcorn 900  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.2  in) (0.5  in) (0.4  in)
8  mm 13  mm 5  mm
Rye Grass 400  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.3  in) (0.5  in) (0.2  in)
8  mm 10  mm 5  mm
Bent Grass 420  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.3  in) (0.4  in) (0.2  in)
8  mm 5  mm 5  mm
Blue Grass 450  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.3  in) (0.2  in) (0.2  in)
8  mm 18  mm 8  mm
Brome Grass 620  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.3  in) (0.7  in) (0.3  in)
8  mm 10  mm 5  mm
Crested Wheat 480  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.3  in) (0.4  in) (0.2  in)
8  mm 10  mm 3  mm
White Clover 480  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.3  in) (0.4  in) (0.1  in)
8  mm 18  mm 15  mm
Sunflower 800  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.3  in) (0.7  in) (0.6  in)
5  mm
Alfalfa 480  RPM 1-1/8 grain 0 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain 0
(0.2  in)
5  mm 5  mm
Flax 600  RPM 1-1/8 grain 0 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.2  in) (0.2  in)
10  mm
Mustard 780  RPM 1-1/8 grain 0 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain 0
(0.4  in)
10  mm 13  mm 10  mm
Peas- Black Eye 880  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.4  in) (0.5  in) (0.4  in)

6-10
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Cleaning shoe configuration

Crop Fan Speed Pre Sieve Upper Sieve Lower Sieve
RPM Type Clearance Type Clearance Type Clearance
8  mm 10  mm 8  mm
Wild Rice 850  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.3  in) (0.4  in) (0.3  in)
8  mm 13  mm 10  mm
Saflower 800  RPM 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
(0.3  in) (0.5  in) (0.4  in)
1000 - 10  mm 15  mm 13  mm
Lupins 1-1/8 grain 1-1/8 Closz 1-1/8 grain
1150  RPM (0.4  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)

NOTE: Multiple sieve listings indicates suitable perfor-
mance with either type. Choose based upon your crop
mix
NOTE: 1-1/8 Petersen top sieves can be used for
grasses, various small seeds or for harvesting hybrid
seed which require an exceptionally clean sample.
NOTE: 2.5 mm round hole bottom sieves can be used for
speciality crops such as alfalfa.
NOTE: 10 mm round hole bottom sieves can be used for
milo/maize/sorghum and some small beans.
NOTE: 16 mm round hole bottom sieves can be used for
soybeans, milo, popcorn and other similar sized seeds.
NOTE: 18 mm round hole bottom sieves can be used for
large beans and some commercial corn.

6-11
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Initial crop settings – Small tube rotor 40E

Module Configuration Rotor Configuration
Rotor Front Rear Vane Settings
Non
Crop Spiked Straight
Spiked
Gear Speed Clearance Type Type Rasp Separator Front Rear
Rasp
Bars Bars
Bars
Rice
California 900   15  mm
3 LW LSW 40 0 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.6  in)
Delta 900   15  mm
3 LW LSW 40 0 0 Slow Mid
RPM (0.6  in)
Stripper Head 1000   8  mm
3 RB RB 32 0 8 Mid Mid
RPM (0.3  in)
Australia 900   15  mm
3 LW LSW 40 0 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.6  in)

Wheat 950   15  mm

3 SW LSW 8 24 8 Slow Slow
RPM (0.6  in)
Wheat – 950   15  mm
3 SW LSW 8 32 0 Mid Mid
Australia RPM (0.6  in)

Corn
Dry (< 20%) 350   25  mm
1 LW (*) LSW 8 24 8 Slow Slow
RPM (1.0  in)
Wet (> 20%) 400   25  mm
1 RB (**) LSW 8 24 8 Slow Slow
RPM (1.0  in)

Soybeans 700   30  mm

2 LW LSW 8 24 8 Slow Mid
RPM (1.2  in)

Oats 850   27  mm

3 LW LSW 8 24 8 Mid Mid
RPM (1.1  in)

Barley 850   20  mm

3 LW LSW 8 24 8 Mid Mid
RPM (0.8  in)

Canola 650   20  mm

2 SW LW/SL 8 32 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.8  in)

Safflower 550   27  mm

2 LW LSW 8 24 8 Mid Fast
RPM (1.1  in)

Lupins 950   20  mm

3 LW LSW 8 32 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.8  in)

Key:
LW = Large Wire LSW = Large Skip Wire
SW = Small Wire RB = Round Bar

NOTE: (*) RB concaves can also be applied in dry corn

NOTE: (**) The standard factory fit round bar configuration for corn contains one LW module in the first right-hand
side module position.

6-12
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Cleaning Shoe Configuration

Pre Sieve + Upper Sieve + Lower Sieve + Tilt
Crop Fan Clear- Clear- Clear-
Type Type Type
Speed ance ance ance
Rice
California 1000   10  mm 20  mm 12  mm
1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 closz **
RPM (0.4  in) (0.8  in) (0.5  in)
Delta 1000   10  mm 15  mm 12  mm
1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 closz **
RPM (0.4  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)
Stripper Head 1000   12  mm 20  mm 22  mm
1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 closz **
RPM (0.5  in) (0.8  in) (0.9  in)
Australia 1000   10  mm 15  mm 13  mm
1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
RPM (0.4  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)

Wheat 5  mm 14  mm 9  mm

950  RPM 1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
(0.2  in) (0.6  in) (0.4  in)
Wheat – Australia 10  mm 15  mm 13  mm
950  RPM 1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
(0.4  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)

Corn
Dry (< 20%) 1000   10  mm 17  mm 15  mm
1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 corn 1 5/8 closz **
RPM (0.4  in) (0.7  in) (0.6  in)
Wet (>20%) 1100   7  mm 18  mm 15  mm
1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 corn 1 5/8 closz **
RPM (0.3  in) (0.7  in) (0.6  in)

Soybeans 7  mm 16  mm 12  mm

950  RPM 1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 corn 1 5/8 closz **
(0.3  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)

Oats 7  mm 16  mm 10  mm

850  RPM 1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
(0.3  in) (0.6  in) (0.4  in)

Barley 5  mm 15  mm 12  mm

900  RPM 1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
(0.2  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)

Canola 600  RPM 1 1/8 grain 3  mm 1 1/8 closz 14  mm 1 1/8 grain 6  mm **
(0.1  in) (0.6  in) (0.2  in)

Safflower 5  mm 12  mm 10  mm

800  RPM 1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
(0.2  in) (0.5  in) (0.4  in)

Lupins 1000 - 11 10  mm 15  mm 13  mm

1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
50  RPM (0.4  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)

NOTE: **: Shoe Tilt: In certain threshing conditions, it
is recommended to address cleaning shoe distribution by
tilting the cleaning shoe in order to optimize cleaning per-
formance. If distribution correction is determined to be
necessary, adjust the sieve offset until distribution is pos-
itively effected. Crop/threshing conditions will dictate how
much shoe tilt is required.
NOTE: Multiple sieve listings indicates suitable perfor-
mance with either type. Choose based upon your crop
mix
NOTE: 1-1/8 Petersen top sieves can be used for
grasses, various small seeds or for harvesting hybrid
seed which require an exceptionally clean sample.
NOTE: 2.5 mm round hole bottom sieves can be used for
speciality crops such as alfalfa.
NOTE: 10 mm round hole bottom sieves can be used for
milo/maize/sorghum and some small beans.
NOTE: 16 mm round hole bottom sieves can be used for
soybeans, milo, popcorn and other similar sized seeds.
NOTE: 18 mm round hole bottom sieves can be used for
large beans and some commercial corn.

6-13
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Initial crop settings – Small tube rotor 36E

Module Configuration Rotor Configuration
Rotor Front Rear Vane Settings
Non
Crop Spiked Straight
Spiked
Gear Speed Clearance Type Type Rasp Separa- Front Rear
Rasp
Bars tor Bars
Bars
Rice
California 900   15  mm
3 LW LSW 36 0 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.6  in)
Delta 900   15  mm
3 LW LSW 36 0 0 Slow Mid
RPM (0.6  in)
Stripper Head 1000   8  mm
3 RB RB 30 0 6 Mid Mid
RPM (0.3  in)
Australia 900   15  mm
3 LW LSW 36 0 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.6  in)

Wheat 950   15  mm

3 SW LSW 8 22 6 Slow Slow
RPM (0.6  in)
Wheat – 950   15  mm
3 SW LSW 8 28 0 Mid Mid
Austalia RPM (0.6  in)

Corn
Dry (< 20%) 350   25  mm
1 LW (*) LSW 8 22 6 Slow Slow
RPM (1  in)
Wet (> 20%) 400   25  mm
1 RB (**) LSW 8 22 6 Slow Slow
RPM (1  in)

Soybeans 700   30  mm

2 LW LSW 8 22 6 Slow Mid
RPM (1.1  in)

Oats 850   27  mm

3 LW LSW 8 22 6 Mid Mid
RPM (1  in)

Barley 850   20  mm

3 LW LSW 8 22 6 Mid Mid
RPM (0.8  in)

Canola 650   20  mm

2 SW LW/SL 8 28 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.8  in)

Safflower 550   27  mm

2 LW LSW 8 22 6 Mid Fast
RPM (1  in)

Lupins 950   20  mm

3 LW LSW 8 28 0 Mid Mid
RPM (0.8  in)

Key:
LW = Large Wire LSW = Large Skip Wire
SW = Small Wire RB = Round Bar

NOTE: (*) RB concaves can also be applied in dry corn NOTE: (**) The standard factory fit round bar configura-
tion for corn contains one LW module in the first right-hand
side module position.

6-14
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Cleaning Shoe Configuration

Pre Sieve (+) Upper Sieve (+) Lower Sieve (+) Tilt
Crop Fan Clear- Clear- Clear-
Type Type Type
Speed ance ance ance
Rice
California 1000   10  mm 20  mm 12  mm
1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 closz **
RPM (0.4  in) (0.8  in) (0.5  in)
Delta 1000   10  mm 15  mm 12  mm
1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 closz **
RPM (0.4  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)
Stripper Head 1000   12  mm 20  mm 22  mm
1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 closz **
RPM (0.5  in) (0.8  in) (0.9  in)
Australia 1000   10  mm 15  mm 13  mm
1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
RPM (0.4  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)

Wheat 5  mm 14  mm 9  mm

950  RPM 1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
(0.2  in) (0.6  in) (0.4  in)
Wheat-Australia 10  mm 15  mm 13  mm
950  RPM 1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
(0.4  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)

Corn
Dry (< 20%) 1000   10  mm 17  mm 15  mm
1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 corn 1 5/8 closz **
RPM (0.4  in) (0.7  in) (0.6  in)
Wet (>20%) 1100   7  mm 18  mm 15  mm
1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 corn 1 5/8 closz **
RPM (0.3  in) (0.7  in) (0.6  in)

Soybeans 7  mm 16  mm 12  mm

950  RPM 1 5/8 closz 1 5/8 corn 1 5/8 closz **
(0.3  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)

Oats 7  mm 16  mm 10  mm

850  RPM 1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
(0.3  in) (0.6  in) (0.4  in)

Barley 5  mm 15  mm 12  mm

900  RPM 1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
(0.2  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)

Canola 600  RPM 1 1/8 grain 3  mm 1 1/8 closz 14  mm 1 1/8 grain 6  mm **
(0.1  in) (0.6  in) (0.2  in)

Safflower 5  mm 12  mm 10  mm

800  RPM 1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
(0.2  in) (0.5  in) (0.4  in)

Lupins 1000 - 11 10  mm 15  mm 13  mm

1 1/8 grain 1 1/8 closz 1 1/8 grain **
50  RPM (0.4  in) (0.6  in) (0.5  in)

NOTE: **: Shoe Tilt: In certain threshing conditions, it
is recommended to address cleaning shoe distribution by
tilting the cleaning shoe in order to optimize cleaning per-
formance. If distribution correction is determined to be
necessary, adjust the sieve offset until distribution is pos-
itively effected. Crop/threshing conditions will dictate how
much shoe tilt is required.
NOTE: Multiple sieve listings indicates suitable perfor-
mance with either type. Choose based upon your crop
mix
NOTE: 1-1/8 Petersen top sieves can be used for
grasses, various small seeds or for harvesting hybrid
seed which require an exceptionally clean sample.
NOTE: 2.5 mm round hole bottom sieves can be used for
speciality crops such as alfalfa.
NOTE: 10 mm round hole bottom sieves can be used for
milo/maize/sorghum and some small beans.
NOTE: 16 mm round hole bottom sieves can be used for
soybeans, milo, popcorn and other similar sized seeds.
NOTE: 18 mm round hole bottom sieves can be used for
large beans and some commercial corn.

6-15
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS
Kill-Stall diagnosis
This procedure allows you to inspect the inside of your
Combine as if it were in operation. Because the machine
must be stopped for inspection, there will be some major
differences between the conditions inspected and those
that exist during operation. Even with these obvious lim-
itations the procedure can be an extremely useful diag-
nostic tool. To perform a 'kill-stall' follow this procedure:
1. Select a relatively level area of the field where the
crop is reasonably uniform and representative. Use
the highest transmission gear in which you can
achieve the normal operating speed, i. e. use sec-
ond gear if possible.
2. While operating the combine in a normal, steady
manner, execute Steps A, B, and C in rapid se-
quence.
A. Use your right hand, move the engine speed con-
trol to the slow idle position.
B. Use your left hand, move the multifunction handle
to the fastest forward position.
C. Apply both brake pedals with the pedals locked
together.
NOTE: Do not turn off the key switch until after the
'kill-stall'.
NOTE: Although this may appear to be abusive to
the combine, it really only uses the brakes to stop
the separator quickly. Without the external braking
effort, the momentum of the rotor would continue to
drive the separator to a coasting stop. In a successful
'kill-stall' the combine must stop within ten feet.
3. Immediately after making the 'kill-stall';
A. Move the separator drive and feeder clutch
switches to the OFF position
B. Return the multifunction handle to the stop posi-
tion
C. Start the engine and allow it to cool to a safe
shutdown temperature.
D. Stop the engine
E. Set the parking brake
F. Remove the key from the switch
NOTICE: Never use the 'kill-stall' procedure when
operating conditions are such that restarting the rotor
might be difficult.
4. Open the left-hand front trim doors and remove the
left-hand side shields from the concave and grate
areas.
5. Inspect the concaves for indications of plugging or
other problems.
6. Check the material in the grain pan for signs of in-
complete threshing, kernel damage or other abnor-
mal conditions.
6-16
7. Agitate the crop material inside the rotor grate area.
If there are loose kernels near the rear of the grate
area, this probably indicates excessive rotor losses.
On the other hand, relatively few kernels near the
front of the grate area would suggest a reserve of
separating capacity.
8. Check the distribution of material on the grain pan
and upper sieve. The load distribution on the upper
sieve should be inspected from the rear as well as
the left hand inspection area.
9. Lower the tailings auger trough door. Inspect the
load and load distribution on the lower sieve. Check
the type and amount of material in the tailings auger
trough.
10. Make sure crop material flow is proper in the header,
feeder house and elevator.
11. Using all the information available, proceed with ad-
justments or corrections as listed in the troubleshoot-
ing charts.
12. Replace shields, close the tailings auger trough door,
close the trim doors and recheck to be sure the ma-
chine is ready to be restarted safely.
13. To restart a combine after a 'kill-stall'
A. Start the engine and allow it to warm up enough
to run normally and evenly
B. Move the engine speed control to the low idle
position.
14. Execute Step A and then Step B as quickly as pos-
sible in sequence:
A. Move the separator switch to the ON position.
B. Move the engine speed control to the forward or
full-speed position to get all components up to
speed and then reduce engine speed to 1/2 throt-
tle so the machine can clean itself out.
15. If the rotor is choked you will have to use the appro-
priate procedure to clear it.
16. When the separator has operated long enough to be
cleared, return the engine speed control to the low
idle position, activate the feeder clutch switch and
immediately return the engine to full speed. Resume
harvesting.
Be sure to use the uniform spread column and select the
crop you are harvesting. The number shown in this col-
umn is the number of seeds per square foot to equal one
bushel per acre loss. This number is divided into the num-
ber of kernels you found to come up with the bushel per
acre pre-harvest loss.
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Crop setup values – Crop condition adjustment

A. Damaged Grain or Corn in Sample
1. Inspect modules for Plugging, unplug if necessary
2. Increase module clearance
3. Decrease Rotor Speed
4. Open Lower Sieve to reduce tailings
B. Kernels Left on Cob
1. Reduce module clearance
2. Increase Rotor Speed
3. Adjust cage vanes to the slow position in threshing
area
4. Incorrect module type, allowing insufficient threshing
• Change module type to one more suitable for crop
conditions
C. Excess Cob Breakage
1. Decrease Rotor Speed
2. Increase module clearance
3. Install a less aggressive module
4. Install a beater/chopper grate cover
D. Unthreshed Heads or Pods - White Caps in Sample
1. Increase Rotor Speed
2. Reduce module clearance
3. Adjust cage vanes to slow position
4. Install hard thresh kit (ie. Hard thresh modules or
filler bars into modules)
E. Loss of Threshed Grain Out of Rotor
1. Inspect modules for plugging or incomplete threshing
(If either condition is present, reduce module clear-
ance)
• If modules are plugging in corn it is recommended
to use round bar modules.
2. Add straight separator bars to rotor
3. Adjust cage vanes to slow position in threshing area
4. Adjust cage vanes to slow position in separation area
F. Grain Loss Over Upper Sieve
1. Perform kill stall to inspect distribution; if uneven, cor-
rect using distribution adjustments (J, K) below
2. Decrease cleaning fan speed
3. Open upper sieve
4. Open lower sieve
5. Decrease Forward Travel Speed

6-17
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

G. Sieve Overloading
1. Increase cleaning fan speed
2. Open lower sieve, close upper sieve
3. Reduce rotor speed
4. Increase module clearance to reduce separation
5. Incorrect module type, allowing excess separation
– change modules to type more suitable to crop or
condition
H. Stems / Small Bits of Cob in Sample
1. Close lower sieve
2. Decrease Rotor Speed
3. Close upper sieve
4. Increase fan speed
5. Increase module clearance
I. Excessive Rotor Power Consumption
1. Increase Rotor Speed
2. Increase module clearance
3. Remove straight separator bars
4. Adjust cage vanes to fast position
5. Decrease Forward Travel Speed
J. Distribution Heavy on Right Side
1. Verify cleaning system is level;
• Adjust sieve offset
• Or recalibrate cleaning system if necessary
2. Reduce module clearance and rotor speed
3. Adjust the module to rotor pinch point toward the pile
of grain (will thresh more on left)
4. Add Filler to Right front module or install less open
Module on number one right hand position
K. Distribution Heavy on Left Side
1. Verify cleaning system is level;
• Adjust sieve offset
• Or recalibrate cleaning system if necessary
2. Increase module clearance and rotor speed
3. Add Filler to Left front module or install less open
Module on number one left hand position
4. Adjust the module to rotor pinch point toward the pile
of grain (will thresh more on right)
L. Rotor Blockage
1. Increase rotor speed
2. Adjust head and feeder for optimum feeding
3. Beater/chopper drive belt slipping – check belt ten-
sion and tighten if necessary
4. Adjust cage vanes to faster position

6-18
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

M. Excessive Tailings
1. Identify whether tailings is clean grain or unthreshed
grain. If unthreshed grain, refer to item (D) above
(Unthreshed heads or pods in sample)
2. Open lower sieve slightly, and clean thoroughly if
blocked
3. Reduce cleaning fan speed

6-19
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

MONITOR OPERATION

AFS PRO 700

NHIL12AF02537AA 1

The AFS Pro 700 monitor features a color display touch

screen.

Navigation
The navigation is done by touching the required field/item
on the monitor screen.

23119145 2

6-20
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Keypads
Alphanumeric and numeric keypads are part of the frame-
work on the AFS Pro 700 monitor and are available to any
application on the display.

Each application customizes the keypads according to its

needs. The character sets on the alphanumeric keypad
may vary from application to application as well as lan-
guage setting.
Some may support both uppercase and lowercase alpha-
bets.
Some may support extended character sets beyond the
alphabet.
Some applications may support both an alphanumeric
and a numeric keypad, others may support only one. NHPH12AF03289AA 3
Some keypads may show an icon for the currently se-
lected field, others may not.
NOTE: The decimal point or comma may be present on
some numeric keypads and absent on others, depending
on whether decimal increments are supported for a given
value.

Keypad access
Whenever a keypad is needed, to enter a name or a
value, the keypad is displayed automatically by touching
the screen on a field where entry is required.

Keypad selections
Touch the display on the required button in the screen to
select the desired character or number.
• Select “DEL ALL” (1) to clear the current entry in the
keypad.
• Select “DEL” (2) to clear the previous character or
number.
⇑” (3) to toggle between uppercase and lower-
• Select “⇑
case or to return to the letter screen when in numeric
screen.
• Select “123” (4) to choose the numeric/special charac-
ter screen.
NHPH12AF03289AA 4
• Touch the “ENTER” - button (5), to save the name or the
value.
The keypad will disappear and the field will display the
newly created name or value.
• Touch the X (6) to exit without saving changes.

6-21
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Input error messages

If an incorrect entry is selected, the input error message
appears with a brief description of the error.
NOTE: Input Error shown on the figure is just an example.
There are more “Input Errors” related to values, duplicate
names, etc.

ZEIL06CX0128A0A 5

Pop‐‐up lists
Pop‐up lists are part of the framework on the AFS Pro
700 monitor and are available to any application on the
display.

Pop‐up lists are used:

• to select an option from a predefined list.
For example, display language or units of measure-
ment.
• to select an option from a user defined list.
For example, operator's name.
• to select files for storing, recalling or editing.

Pop‐‐up list access

Whenever a pop‐up list is needed, the list is displayed by
touching the field on the touch screen display.

NHPH12AF03290AA 6

6-22
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Pop‐‐up list selections

Touch the respective field in the pop‐up list on the touch
screen display to select the required entry.

NHPH12AF03291AA 7

Scrolling lists
If more entries are present than can be displayed on one
screen, a scroll bar is added to indicate the presence of
additional entries.

Touch the scroll bar arrow up or down to scroll one page

upwards/downwards.

NHPH12AF03292AA 8

Menu and sub‐‐menu access

The available menus (1) are located across the bottom of
the screen and can be accessed by touching the respec-
tive buttons on the touch screen display.

When more menus are available than can be displayed on

the screen, this is indicated by the black arrow button(s)
(2).

Touch the arrow buttons to scroll to the next/previous

page(s).

Touch the ”Back” button (3) at the left-hand bottom corner

of the display to return to the home page from any screen.
NHPH12AF03290AA 9

6-23
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Home screen
AFS Pro 700 (TOUCH SCREEN) DISPLAY
The AFS Pro 700 monitor will switch on when the key is
switched on.

The AFS Pro 700 monitor always starts up in “Run 1”

screen.

The vehicle creates the home page for the display. The
content of the home page varies with the vehicle in which
the AFS Pro 700 monitor is resident.

The home page has two standard areas for organizing

components from the vehicle and other software applica-
tions in the display:
NHPH12AF03293AA 1

Home screen area

• Toolbox (1)
• Diagnostics (2)
• Data Management (3)
• Run screens (4)
• Performance (5)
• Calibrations (6)
• Combine Info (7)
• ACS (8)

NHIL12AF02909AA 2

Status area
• Travel speed indication (1).
• Parking brake indicator (2)
• Guidance icon (3) (if installed).
• Shaft speed monitors (4).
• Fuel level indicator (5).
• DEF/ADBLUE® level (6).
• Alarm/Error icon indicator area (7).
• Light status icon area (8).
• Reel speed, AHHC, and feeder status area (9)
• Engine coolant temperature indication (10). NHPH12AF02943AA 3

• Gear selected (11).

NOTE: Depending to the features installed, additional icons can be displayed in the status area.
Icons present in the alarm/error and the indicator area are selectable. When these icons are pressed on the touch
screen, the initial message displayed when the alarm becomes active, reappears on the screen.

NOTE: The Alarm/Error area and indicator area (7), icons can appear in different colors according to the level of
severity:
Red: High priority White: Low priority
Yellow: Mid priority Grey: an ignored alarm

6-24
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Toolbox
Select ”Toolbox” from the home page to access screens for customizing the Run screens, etc. (the "Toolbox” pro-
for setting display preferences and operator preferences, vides the shared tools used by other applications).

1. Display setup
Select Back>Toolbox>Display

In this sub‐menu the operator can set the following items:

• Month
• Day
• Year
• Day/Night
• Hour
• Minute
• Language
NHPH12AF03294AA 1
• Interface Level
• Night Backlight
• Current Vehicle

Adapt the display as follows:
• Touch the field on the screen that needs to be adapted.
• A new pop‐up window appears in which you can enter/
adapt the desired entry by using the touch screen.
touching the numbers on the screen and enter to con-
firm.
NOTE: Some of the sub‐menus and/or fields can vary
depending on the selected interface level.

• For numerical values, a new pop‐up screen appears NOTE: The interface level needs to be set to “Advanced”
with a numeric keypad, enter the required value by in order to write data to the memory stick.

2. Operator setup
Select Back>Toolbox>Oper

In this sub‐menu the operator can set the following items:

• Operator
• Units
• Display Mode
• Grid Lines
• Date Format
• Time Format
• Decimal Symbol
NHPH12AF03295AA 2
• Display Volume

6-25
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

The Operator setup can be adapted as follows:

Touch the ”Operator” field to enter the field. Select one

of the available options (Select, Edit Name or New) by
touching the respective field on the screen.
NOTE: If no previous operator settings are available, the
pop‐up screen will only display “New”.

Select “New” and a keyboard screen will appear. Add the

operator name through the alphanumeric keypad. Select
“Enter” to confirm the new operator name.
NOTE: You can have multiple setups based on each op-
erator. NHPH12AF03296AA 3

3. Run screen layout

Select Back>Toolbox>Layout

In this sub-menu the operator can set or select the

following items:
• Current Layout
• Run Screen
• one thru six
• Summery data one or two
• Number of Windows

NHPH12AF03297AA 4

The following describes how the operator can adapt the

Run Screens to personal preferences.

Select the “Current Layout” field and select one of the

available options (Select, Edit name or New).
NOTE: Items in this screen cannot be modified if default
is the current layout.
NOTE: If no previous Run layout settings are available,
the pop‐up screen will only display “New”. Once a layout
name is selected or created, the “Select” and “Edit Name”
options become available as well.

Select “New“ and a keypad screen will appear. Add the NHPH12AF03298AA 5
current layout name through the alphanumeric keypad.
Select “Enter” to confirm the new layout name.
By selecting the field “Run Layout”, a new pop‐up window
appears in which you can choose either one of the six run
screens or one of the two summary data windows that
should be adapted.

NHPH12AF03299AA 6

6-26
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

The “Number of Windows” field controls the quantity of

info fields for the selected run screen.

Selecting one of the possibilities automatically creates

the selected number of empty fields for the selected run
screen.
NOTE: For example, choosing “2 x 6” creates 2 columns
of 6 info fields.
NOTE: Some items such as loss monitors or maps will
take up several rows.

NHPH12AF03300AA 7

To setup or change the items shown on the run screen,

select one of the fields. A new pop‐up screen appears
containing all the possibilities.
NOTE: At any time, changes of the settings within this
sub‐menu will be saved for the active run screen.

NHPH12AF03301AA 8

4. Video
Select Back>Toolbox>Video

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• Camera 1
• Default
• Reverse camera
• Unload tube
• Camera 2
• Default
• Reverse camera
NHPH12AF00725AA 9
• Unload tube
• Camera 3
• Default
• Reverse camera
• Unload tube
NOTE: Refer to 6-73 for additional information.

NHPH12AF00778AA 10

6-27
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

5. Combine Setup
Select Back>Toolbox> Comb

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• Vehicle Name
• Show errors (factory‐set: Yes)
• Speed sensor type (GPS/Wheel) (available if Global
Positioning System (GPS) is installed)
NOTE: The other items in the Combine setup sub‐menu
can only be viewed.

NHPH12AF03302AA 11

6. Engine setup
Select Back>Toolbox>Engine

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• Rotary screen cleaning (Installed/Not Installed)
• Engine Low Speed Alarm (factory‐set: 2000  RPM )
• Fuel clog installed (Installed/Not Installed)
NOTE: The other items in the Engine setup sub‐menu are
factory‐set and cannot be changed.

When the rotary screen brush is set to “Installed”, the

brush will work for +/- 5  s, every time the unloading system
is engaged, however, with a minimum interval of 10  min. NHPH12AF03303AA 12
At each key‐on the brush automatically retracts (deacti-
vating).

7. Electrical setup
Select Back>Toolbox>Electr

In this sub‐menu the operator can set the following items:

• Indicator lights
• Automatic Crop Setting (ACS) status
NOTE: The ACS status is factory set to "Off", (ACS dis-
abled). To enable the ACS system, change this setting
to "On". The ACS icon on the home screen is only avail-
able when ACS status is set to "On".

NHPH12AF03304AA 13

6-28
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

8. Hydraulics setup
Select Back>Toolbox>Hydraul

Items in this sub-menu are factory‐set and cannot be

changed.

NHPH12AF03305AA 14

9. Driveline setup
Select Back>Toolbox>Drive

In this sub‐menu the operator can set the following items:

• Tire radius (refer to Approved Tires/Tracks)
NOTE: The tire radius setting has the same function as
the “Tire radius” calibration under the calibrations tab on
the home page.

• Powered Rear Axle (Installed/Not Installed)

• Dual Range 4 Wheel Drive (Installed/Not Installed)
• Tracks (Installed/Not Installed)
15
• Auto Guidance Type (Not Installed/Edge/Row/DGPS) NHPH12AF03306AA

• Maximum steering angle

NOTE: The other items in the Driveline setup sub‐menu
are factory‐set and cannot be changed.

6-29
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

10. Header setup 1

Select Back>Toolbox>Head 1

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• Maximum Work height
Use the header down/up switch on the MFH to change
the maximum work height.

Header type (Corn/Grain/Pickup/Draper)

• If the Header type is draper, a Header sub type pop up
box will appear
• 2000 series
• 3000 series NHPH12AF03307AA 16

• Varifeed
Header Sub Type
• None No shift functions 17 - 35  ft Varifeed
• Cutting type 2000 40  ft Varifeed/Flex
(when using a grain header, choose: Platform) 3000 46 - 52  ft Varifeed
(when using a corn header choose: Row)
• Frame Type (Rigid/Flex Header/Foldable)
• Header Width
• Target Work Width (for grain or draper header)
• Row Spacing (corn heads only)
• Total rows (corn heads only)
• Rows in use (corn heads only)
• Width adjust step
• Header Center Offset
• AutoCut Width (Installed/Not installed) NHPH12AF03308AA 17

NOTE: AutoCut Width is available only with advanced

user interface and if DGPS is installed.

• Overlap mode (Manual/Auto)

• Work Width Reset Mode (Manual/Auto)

NHPH12AF03309AA 18

NOTE: The last 2 items are read-only if GPS is installed and AutoCut width is set to installed.
NOTE: The other items in the Header setup 1 sub‐menu can only be viewed.

6-30
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

11. Header setup 2

Select Back>Toolbox>Head 2

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• Header sensors (Yes/No)
• Header pressure float (Yes/No)
• Pressure float override
• Auto Header Lift (Yes/No)
• Header Height Control Raise Rate
• Header Height Control Lower Rate
• Header Height Control Height sensitivity
NHPH12AF03310AA 19
• Header height control Tilt Sensitivity
• Reel Speed Minimum
• Auto Reel Speed Slope
• Reel Drive (Mechanical/Hydraulic)
• Reel Speed Sensor (Yes/No)
• Reel Fore‐Aft (Yes/No)
• Reel height sensor (Yes/No)
• Reel distance sensor (Yes/No)
• Reel end dividers
• Header/Knife Fore‐Aft (Yes/No)
NHPH12AF03311AA 20
• Vertical knives (Yes/No)
• Deck plates (Yes/No)
• Header lateral tilt
• Header Sensors (Yes/No)
• AutoTilt (Yes/No)
• Autolevel in Headland (Yes/No)
NOTE: The other items in the Header setup 2 sub‐menu
can only be viewed.

NHPH12AF03312AA 21

NHPH12AF03313AA 22

6-31
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

12. Feeder setup

Select Back>Toolbox>Feeder

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• Feeder type (CVT/Fixed)
• Minimum feeder speed
• Maximum feeder speed
• Feeder cut off
• Lift cylinder diameter
• Tilt cylinder type
• Number of tilt cylinders
NHPH12AF03314AA 23
NOTE: The other items in the Feeder setup sub‐menu can
only be viewed.

13. Threshing setup

Select Back>Toolbox>Thresh

In this sub-menu the operator can not set any parameters

NHPH12AF03315AA 24

14. Cleaning setup

Select Back>Toolbox>Clean

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• Remote upper sieve (Yes/No)
• Remote lower sieve (Yes/No)
• Upper sieve configuration
• Lower sieve configuration
• Self leveling sieve
• Sieve offset
NOTE: The other items in the Cleaning Setup sub‐menu
can only be viewed. NHPH12AF03316AA 25

6-32
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

15. Grain setup

Select Back>Toolbox>Grain

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• Grain bin covers (yes/No)
• Unload spout (Installed/Not installed)
• Folding unload tube (Installed/Not installed)
NOTE: The other items in the Grain Setup sub‐menu can
only be viewed.

NHPH12AF03317AA 26

NHPH12AF03318AA 27

16. Residue setup

Select Back>Toolbox>Residue

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• In Cab Chopper Speed
• In Cab Windrow Door
• Deflector Adjust
• Chopper counter knife sensor
NOTE: The other items in the Residue Setup sub‐menu
can only be viewed.

NHIL13AF11544AA 28

6-33
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

17. Residue distribution

Select Back>Toolbox>R-distrib

In this sub-menu the operator can not set any parameters

NHPH12AF03462AA 29

18. Service setup

Select Back>Toolbox>Service

In this sub‐menu the operator can view the following

items:
• Engine hours
• Threshing hours

NHPH12AF03320AA 30

When one of the fields is entered, a new pop‐up screen

appears in which the service actions to perform for the
specific service interval are mentioned. Use the scroll bar
to view the entire text.
NOTICE: Always refer to the maintenance chapter for the
specific service actions.

NHPH12AF03321AA 31

6-34
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

When selecting one of the fields , the corresponding

service interval window appears in which you can either;
• Turn off the service notification by selecting off
• change the notification interval equal to or less than the
manufacturer's suggested interval
• Indicate “Service done”
• If the “Service done” option is selected, a pop‐up win-
dow is displayed to inform the operator that the coun-
ters will be reset. Select “Yes” to confirm or “No” to
cancel the operation.
NOTE: An icon of a wrench with a number will appear on
NHPH12AF03322AA 32
the monitor indicating that the combine is due for service.
The number mentioned indicates how many hours are left
until the next service.

19. GPS setup

Select Back>Toolbox>GPS

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• GPS Location (Not Installed/Custom/Front Roof/Grain
Tank)

When the GPS location is set to “Not Installed”, only the

following field is available.
• Write to Card (Yes/No)
NOTE: When the GPS location is set to one of the fol-
lowing values, “Custom”/“Front Roof”/“Grain Tank”/“Grain
tank offset”, the following fields are available.
NHPH12AF03323AA 33

• Connection type (CAN‐A/CAN‐B/RS232‐A)

NOTE: CAN‐B is the correct setting for combines.
• Logging Interval (1, 2 or 3 seconds)
• DGPS Alarm (Yes/No)
• Forward Offset (Only if custom is selected for GPS lo-
cation)
• Right Offset (Only if custom is selected for GPS loca-
tion)
• Height Offset

20. Precision farming

Select Back>Toolbox>PF

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• Season set up
• Boundary Alarm audio
• Alarm look ahead
• Boundary Auto-complete
• Obstacle alarm audio

NHPH12AF03324AA 34

6-35
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

21. Marks
Select Back>Toolbox>Marks

Only available when GPS is installed

NHPE12AF00749AA 35

22. Yield setup

Select Back>Toolbox>Yield

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• Yield/Moisture (None/Yield+Moisture)
• Flow Delay (Factory‐set: 14 sec)
• Sensor type (Can based, YMIU)
• Flow sensor calibration number

NHPH12AF03330AA 36

23. Nav Controller (if installed)

Select Back>Toolbox>NAV

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• Navigation (AFS Accuguide™ or Lightbar)
NOTE: When “No” is selected, no other fields are visi-
ble.

NHPH12AF03328AA 37

6-36
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

When AFS AccuGuide™ is selected:

• Swath Finder Mode (Chase/Pull)
• Swath Finder Range (Factory‐set: 50 cm)
• Swath Finder Time (Factory‐set: 2 seconds)
• NMEA Output setup
• Minimum Turning Radius (Factory‐set: 50 m)
• Nudge definition (Factory‐set: 2.54 cm)
• Aggressiveness
• Swath acquisition
• NMEA Message setup NHPH12AF03329AA 38

When Lightbar is selected:

• Swath Finder Mode (Chase/Pull)
• Swath Finder Range (Factory‐set: 50 cm)
• Swath Finder Time (Factory‐set: 2 seconds)
• Minimum Turning Radius (Factory‐set: 50 m)
• Nudge definition (Factory‐set: 2.54 cm)

NHPH12AF03331AA 39

24. Row Guidance

Select Back>Toolbox>RowG

In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:

• RowGuide (On/Off)

NHPH12AF03332AA 40

25. Printer Settings

Select Back>Toolbox>Print

In this sub-menu the operator can choose the following

items:
• File/No printer/Printer

NHPH12AF03333AA 41

6-37
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

26. Activate
In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:
• After entering the activation code, DGPS Row guidance
functions becomes available.

NHPH12AF03334AA 42

27. Unload
In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:
• Pivoting unload spout (Yes/No)
• Folding unload tube (Yes/No)

NHIL12AF03647AA 43

6-38
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Diagnostics
Select the ”Diagnostics” icon on the home page to access
screens for checking software revisions, for checking con-
troller status, and for checking and clearing fault codes.
NOTE: Diagnostic menus are mostly intended for service
technicians and/or dealers.

1. Version
In this sub-menu the operator can see the following
software items:
• Part number and version
• Framework
• BSP
• Combine Axial Flow
• Precision Farming
• Display Defaults
• Yield Monitor
• Printer NHPH12AF03335AA 1

• Trip Computer
• Autoguidance
• Variety zone

2. CAN status
In this sub-menu the operator can see the following
controller information:
• UCM1
• UCM2
• ICP
• ATC
• RHM
• ECU
• HBR 1
• HBR 2 NHPH12AF03339AA 2

• Yield
• GPS (If installed)
• HGS (If installed)
• DCU
• NAV II (if installed)

6-39
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

3. Fault Archive
In this sub-menu the operator can check or clear the fault
archive.

Possible selections are:

• Select List
• Active alarms
• Active errors
• Display
• Error history
• Erase All
• Refresh List NHPH12AF03340AA 3

NHPH12AF03338AA 4

4. Settings
In this sub‐menu the operator can select:
• Group
NOTE: Group must be selected before parameter.
• Parameter
NOTE: The selected parameter may be viewed in the
graph screen.

According to the selected group and item, the operator

can see the following info:
• Module
• SPN NHPH12AF03341AA 5

• Schematic IO Name
• Connector and pin assignment
• Electrical component name
NOTE: Find below the list of groups which can be se-
lected.

AFS Grain handling Lights Threshing drive

Brakes Ground drive Operator control Transmission
Cleaning Header Residue Unloading
Engine Header height / Tilt Sieve Voltage
Feeder Hydraulic Threshing

6-40
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

5. Graph
In this sub‐menu, the operator can see graphs for several
functions.

The graph displayed is the one for the selected group and
parameter in the ”Settings” sub‐menu.

NHPH12AF03344AA 6

6. Resource Status
In this sub‐menu, the operator can see the card memory
status in percentage.

Also other information related to the performance monitor

memory status is displayed.

NHPH12AF03345AA 7

7. GPS Status
In this sub-menu, the operator can view GPS data (only
when a GPS is installed).

In case of HP/XP or VBS, the subscription expiration date

is displayed.

NHPH12AF03336AA 8

6-41
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

8. GPS 2
The GPS constellation map displays the position of the
satellites.

NHPH12AF03337AA 9

9.Receiver Diagnostic Interface (RDI) Status

In this sub-menu, the operator can access the receiver
and update, adapt and diagnose the receiver configura-
tion.

(Only available if a GPS receiver is installed)

NOTE: This sub‐menu is mainly intended for service tech-
nicians and/or dealers and will vary according to the GPS
network.

NHPH12AF03346AA 10

10. Yield

11. RowGuide
The RowGuide screen in diagnostics is available for trou-
bleshooting the sensor and system performance.

6-42
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

12. Safety
In this sub-menu, the operator can read safety precau-
tions regarding autoguidance. This sub‐menu is only
available if a NAV controller is installed.

Message:

“An operator trained and qualified to use this vehicle's au-

toguidance system must be fully seated in the operator's
seat at all times while the vehicle's engine is running, in-
cluding when the system is in AUTO mode. This vehicle's
autoguidance system cannot identify or avoid obstacles
in the path of the vehicle. The operator is responsible for
maintaining full control of the vehicle and avoiding all ob-
stacles. By pressing ACCEPT, You acknowledge and cer- NHPH12AF03347AA 11
tify that You have read the vehicle operator's manual and
autoguidance system operator's manual, and understand
how the vehicle and the autoguidance system work, and
that you assume full responsibility for its safe operation.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious
injury or death”
NOTE: This screen will pop‐up automatically when the
autoguidance system is activated the first time, through
the tumbler switch on the right hand console, after the
machine is started.

6-43
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Combine info
Select Back>Combine Info from the home page to see
different info screens.

1. Combine Totals
In this sub‐menu, the operator can view or reset the
following items:
• Area
• Fuel used, total
• Distance, total
• Time, total
• Fuel used, road
• Time, road
• Fuel time, road
• Distance, road NHPH12AF03348AA 1

• Fuel, road average

• Fuel used, field
• Distance, field
• Fuel/Hour, field average
• Time, field
• Fuel/Area, field average
• Area
• Fuel/Weight field
• Work rate, field average
• Yield, average wet NHPH12AF03384AA 2

• Weight counter
• Flow, average wet
• Bushel counter
NOTE: All the items mentioned above are resetable.
When a resetable field is selected, the operator can
choose to either reset the selected value or all resettable
values.

2. Engine Info
The items in the ”Engine info” sub‐menu can only be
viewed.
NOTE: North America and Europe only:
Scroll down to view the Selective Catalytic Reduction
(SCR) related info.

NHPH12AF03385AA 3

6-44
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

3. Electrical Info
The items in the ”Electrical info” sub‐menu can only be
viewed.

NHPH12AF03349AA 4

4. Hydraulics Info
The items in the ”Hydraulics info” sub‐menu can only be
viewed.

NHPH12AF03350AA 5

5. Driveline Info
The items in the ”Driveline info” sub‐menu can only be
viewed.

NHPH12AF03374AA 6

6-45
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

6. Header Info
The items in the ”Header info” sub‐menu can only be
viewed.

NHPH12AF03375AA 7

7. Feeder Info
The items in the ”Feeder info” sub‐menu can only be
viewed.

NHPH12AF03376AA 8

8. Threshing Info
The items in the ”Threshing info” sub‐menu can only be
viewed.

NHPH12AF03377AA 9

6-46
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

9. Cleaning Info
The items in the ”Cleaning info” sub‐menu can only be
viewed.

NHPH12AF03378AA 10

10. Grain Info

The items in the ”Grain info” sub‐menu can only be
viewed.

NHPH12AF03379AA 11

11. Residue Info

The items in the ”Residue info” sub‐menu can only be
viewed.

NHPH12AF03421AA 12

6-47
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

12. Rpm Info

The items in the ”Rpm info” sub‐menu can only be viewed.

NHPH12AF03381AA 13

13. Loss Info

The items in the ”Loss info” sub‐menu can only be viewed.

NHPH12AF03382AA 14

14. HVAC
The items in the ”HVAC info” sub‐menu can only be
viewed.

NHPH12AF03383AA 15

15. Unload Info

The items in the Unload info sub‐menu can only be
viewed.

NHPH12AF03646AA 16

6-48
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Performance
Select "Performance" from the home screen area to see
different info screens:
1. Profile setup
In this sub-menu the operator can set the following items:
• Grower (only in advanced mode)
• Farm (only in advanced mode)
• Field
• Task
• Crop Type
• Tag

NHPH12AF03386AA 1

2. Summary Data 1
In this sub-menu the operator can set the following
items when configured under the Toolbox -Run Layout
sub-menu:
• Summary Grower (only in advanced mode)
• Summary Crop
• Summary Tag
• Summary Farm (only in advanced mode)
• Summary Field
• Summary Task
NOTE: The other items in the Summary Data 1 sub-menu
NHPH12AF03387AA 2
are related to the input of the “Summary Field” under the
Toolbox - Run Layout sub-menu.

6-49
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

3. Summary Data 2
NOTE: The items in the Summary Data 2 sub-menu are
related to the input of the “Summary Field” under the Tool-
box - Run Layout sub-menu.

NHPH12AF03388AA 3

NOTE: "Summary data 1" is recommended for field

recordings while "Summary data 2" is recommended for
road recordings.

This icon is displayed in the monitor when the area counter is active. This requires that the
profile above has been set-up correctly and that the area counter is activated by setting the area
counter on “On” in the Run screens.
The area counter in summary 1 (field counter) is active as soon as the header is lowered under
its set maximum working height, and stops counting while the headland procedure is active.
When the combine is switched into road mode, the summary data 2 (road counter) will be
activated if the profile has been set up correctly.

NOTE: Recordings will be made for the active profile only.

6-50
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Run screens
Select Back>Run Screens from the home page to enter
one of the six run screens that contain various information.
NOTE: The AFS Pro 700 monitor always starts up in "Run
1" screen.
NOTE: Information on all the different run screens will be
the result of the input given in the "Run layout" screen
located under "Toolbox".

NHIL12AF02909AA 1

Sensitivity setting of threshing loss sensor,

sieve loss sensor, and tailings volume sen-
sor
1. Select a Run Screen that has the sieve loss funnels
(1) displayed.
2. Select the rotor (threshing) icon to set the sensitivity of
the rotor loss (2).
3. Select the sieve icon to set the sensitivity of the sieve
loss (3).
4. Select the returns icon to set the threshold of the tail-
ings loss alarm (4).

NHPH12AF03389AA 2

To set the rotor and sieve loss sensor sensitivity, proceed

as follows:
1. Drive the combine in the field. Stop the combine after
a hundred meters and take a grain sample.
2. Check for grain losses in the swath. If the result is
unsatisfactory, carry out the necessary adjustments
(refer to 6-5).
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until a good result is obtained.
4. Drive the correct adjusted combine in the field and se-
lect the highest ground speed consistent with obtain-
ing good results.
5. Select the rotor loss icon. A pop-up window (1) will
appear.
• The sensitivity setting is displayed from 0 to 100.
• The higher the number, the higher the sensitivity.
• Change the sensitivity with the left or right arrow
keys until the lower half of the bar graph is illumi-
nated.
• Select ”Enter” to store the new sensitivity value.

NHPH12AF03390AA 3

6-51
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

1. Select the sieve loss icon. A pop-up window (1) will

appear.
• The sensitivity setting is displayed from 0 to 100.
• The higher the number, the higher the sensitivity.
• Change the sensitivity with the left or right arrow
keys until the lower half of the bar graph is illumi-
nated.
• Select ”Enter” to store the new sensitivity value.
2. Increase the ground speed until one of the bars is com-
pletely illuminated.
3. Stop the combine and check if the grain loss has NHPH12AF03391AA 4
clearly increased. If not, this means that the sensitivity
of the bar that was completely illuminated, was set
too high. Set the sensitivity on this bar on a lower
level at the speed selected under step 7. If the rate
of loss increases, more segments will appear on the
bar graph. If the rate of loss decreases, segments will
extinguish.
4. The setting of the sensitivities of both bar graphs has to
be performed or at least checked whenever changing
from field or crop.
To set the tailings volume alarm set point, proceed as
follows:
1. Select the returns icon. A pop-up window (1) will ap-
pear. The alarm set point is displayed from 0 to 100.
The higher the number, the higher the tailings volume
before the alarm sounds.
2. Change the alarm set point value using the left and
right arrow keys, then select ”Enter” to store the new
setting.

NHPH12AF03392AA 5

6-52
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Screen layout setup

The choices available on the home page are shown in the
table below.

The following is a list of commonly available combine

functions. Additional selections may be available de-
pending upon software options and configurations used
on your machine. Grayed out tabs indicate that the
feature is not available due to options not installed or not
activated. Refer to separate Operator's Manual for op-
tional equipment such as Yield Monitoring, Yield Mapping
and Auto Navigation.

23119145 1

6-53
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Tool Box Diagnostics Combine Info Performance Run Data Management Calibrations
Screens
Display Setup Version Combine Totals Profile Setup Run 1 Import Calibrations
Operator Setup CAN Status Engine Info Summary Data 1 Run 2 Filter List • Header
Run screen layout Fault Archive Electrical Info Summary Data 2 Run 3 Delete
Combine Setup Settings Hydraulics Info Run 4 Map • Tire radius
Engine Setup Graph Driveline Info Run 5 Apply Calibration • Multifunction handle
Electrical Setup Resource status Header Info Run 6 (MFH)
Hydraulics Setup GPS status Feeder Info • Concave opening
Driveline Setup GPS status 2 Threshing Info • Upper sieve
Header Setup 1 RDI Cleaning Info
• Lower sieve
Header Setup 2 Row Guidance Grain Info
Feeder Setup Safety Residue Info • Ground speed Hydrostat
Threshing Setup RPM Info • Self leveling sieve
Cleaning Setup Loss Info
• MFH neutral switch
Grain Setup
Residue Setup • CVT Rotor
Service Setup • Feeder engagement
GPS Setup • Rear wheel position
Marks
• Residue distribution
Yield Setup
NAV Controller • Unload spout
Row Guidance • Folding unload tube
Print
• Chopper counter knives
Activate
• Distance
• Steering valves
Area
Crop Setup
Moisture
Yield
NAV Calibration

6-54
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Refer to the following list for the items available for display
on the Run screens and the Summary Data screens.

Run Screen Pick List

NOTE: Items available on the list will be determined by
the machine configuration/options installed.

Battery voltage (graph) - Displays current bat-

ACS Save (button) – Displays an interactive tery voltage on a bar graph with a range of 8.0 - 16.0 volts,
button that when pressed activates a ”Save Work Set- and displays numerical value.
tings” pop-up window allowing the user to save current
settings to one of three areas: Headland, Mode 1, or
Mode 2.

Boost Air Temperature - Displays engine boost

temperature as a numerical value in degrees Fahrenheit
Air filter (°F) or Centigrade (°C)

Boost Air Temperature (graph) - Displays en-

Altitude - Used with Precision Farming/GPS.
gine boost temperature on a bar graph in °F or °C.

Area - Displays the accumulated area har- Boost pressure - Displays engine boost pres-
vested for the current task in acres (ac) or hectares (ha). sure as a numerical value psi or bar.
Used with Precision Farming.

Bushel Counter - Displays wet bushel quantity

Area Counter - Displays an area counter in
acres (ac) or hectares (ha) that is independent of the cur-
rent task value. Counter can be used for field data man-
agement activities. (Area/ truck, area for the day, test plot
area, etc.).
independent of the current task. It can be used for in-field
data management activities. The counter can be reset at
any time without affecting the data being logged.

Area On/Off - pop up window allows setting Coverage,

Harvest, or Off. Used with Precision Farming.
Bushel, D (Dry Bushels) - Used with Yield
Monitoring.

Atmospheric pressure - Displays a numerical

value as psi or bar.
Bushel, W (Wet Bushels) - Used with Yield
Monitoring.

Auto reel speed slope

Charge Filter

Battery Voltage - Displays a numerical value

for the current battery voltage (V).
Chopper Speed - Displays the chopper speed
RPM.

6-55
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Concave opening - Displays the relative posi-

Engine derate.
tion of the concave opening.

Engine hours - Displays the cumulative total of

Control pressure - Displays regulated hydraulic
hours the engine has operated.
control pressure in psi or bar.

Coolant temp - Displays the current engine Engine Load, Average. Displays a numerical
temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F) or Centigrade value as percent %.
(°C).

Crop Type - Used with Precision farming. Displays the

current active crop type.
Engine Load - Displays percent % Engine
Date/Time - Displays the current date and time. Power relative to the maximum engine torque at the rated
engine speed of 2300  RPM.

Distance - Displays the total distance traveled

for the current active task in feet or meters. Engine Load (graph) - Displays a 0 - 125  %
range bar graph showing the percentage of Engine Power
relative to the maximum engine torque at the rated engine
speed of 2300  RPM.
Distance Counter - Displays a distance counter
that is independent of the current task value.

Engine oil pressure - Displays the current en-

gine oil pressure in psi or bar.
Distance Field- Displays the distance traveled
while in Field Mode since last reset. To reset counter,
click on window. A pop up window will appear asking if
you want to reset counter. Select YES to reset.
Engine oil pressure (graph) - Displays a 0 -
8  bar (0.0 - 116.0  psi) range bar graph of the engine oil
pressure.

Distance Road - Displays the distance trav-

eled while in Rode Mode since last reset. To reset
counter, click on window. A pop up window will appear Engine oil temp - Displays the current engine
asking if you want to reset counter. Select YES to reset. oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit °F or centigrade
°C.

Edge Distance.
Engine speed - Displays an RPM numerical
value for the current engine speed as revolutions per
minute.

Elevator Speed - Displays the grain elevator

speed.

6-56
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Engine speed (graph) - Displays a 900 - Flow-I-W - (instant Wet Flow) - Used with
2300  RPM range bar graph representation of the engine Yield Monitoring.
speed.

Fan speed - Displays the current cleaning fan Flow-I-W - (bushel) (instant Wet Flow) - Used
speed RPM as a numerical value per minute. with Yield Monitoring.

Farm - Used with Precision Farming.

Fuel Econ-Area-A - (Average Fuel Economy)

' Displays fuel used in relation to area acre/gallon or
Feeder speed - Displays feeder speed in RPM. hectare/Liter for the current task.

Field - Used with Precision Farming.

Fuel Econ-Dist-A - (Average Fuel Economy) -

Displays current fuel use as miles per gallon or kilometer
Flow-A-D - (Average Dry Flow) - Used with per liter for the current task.
Yield Monitoring.

Fuel Econ-Work-A - (Average Fuel Economy)

- Displays the average fuel economy in terms of power -
Flow-A-D - (bushel) (Average Dry Flow) ' Used average kilowatt hours per liter or horsepower hours per
with Yield Monitoring. gallon for the current task.

Fuel Harvest - Counter that displays fuel usage

Flow-A-W - (Average Wet Flow) - Used with
while in Field Mode. (Units as gal or L). Allows the user
Yield Monitoring.
to reset the counter.

Flow-A-W - (bushel) (Average Wet Flow) -

Used with Yield Monitoring. Fuel Level - Displays current % of fuel
used.

Flow-I-D - (Instant Dry Flow) - Used with Yield Fuel rate - Displays rate fuel usage (units as
Monitoring. gal/h or l/h)

Flow-I-D - (bushel) (Instant Dry Flow) - Used Fuel Rate-A - (Average Fuel Rate) - Displays
with Yield Monitoring. current fuel usage. (Units as gallons per hour or Liters
per hour)

6-57
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Fuel temp - Displays the current fuel tempera- Heading - Used with GPS.
ture in degrees Fahrenheit (°F) or centigrade (°C).

HHC Height sensitivity

Fuel Used, Work - Displays the sum total of
fuel used for selected task.

HHC Lower Rate - Displays the header lower

rate in mm/sec.
Gearbox Filter

Gearbox Temp - Displays the gearbox temper- HHC Raise Rate - Displays the header raise
ature. rate in mm/sec.

GPS Status - Displays current status of GPS hydraulic motor temp - Displays the tempera-
system. ture of the hydrostatic propulsion motor in °F or °C.
Grower - Used with Precision Farming.

Hydraulic oil temp - Displays the temperature

of the engine oil in °F or °C.
HDOP - Used with GPS.

Lateral inclination - Displays a numerical value

Header Float for degrees (°) of incline of the Combine from horizontal.

Header height (Manual height)

Latitude - Used with GPS.

Header Lateral Tilt

Longitude - Used with GPS.
Header Lateral Tilt (graph)

Header Lift Pressure (Auto Height)

6-58
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Loss meters - Displays three funnel shape me-

ters across the display screen, each with an icon of the re- PTO Lube Pressure
lated area of measured loss. (rotor, sieve, and tailings/re-
turns).

Reel distance

Manual height (Feeder height)

Map 1x4 - Requires GPS and Yield installed.

Reel Height
Map 2x3 - Requires GPS and Yield installed.

Map 2x5 - Requires GPS and Yield installed.

Moisture Mode - Interactive field which allows the user to Reel speed - Displays reel rotation speed RPM
change from automatic (moisture sensor) reading to the as a numerical value.
manual (operator defined fixed value) moisture value.

Reel speed minimum - Displays the minimum

Moisture-A (Average Moisture) - Displays the reel speed.
percent % of average moisture reading.

Reservoir Filter
Moisture-I - Displays the percent % of instan-
taneous moisture reading for current active load.

Operator - Displays an editable window which allows user Rotor loss, Average - Displays average rotor
selection of Select (name on file), Edit Name (of current loss between left and right side.
displayed name), or New (key in entry of new name).

Overlap Mode - When operating with the platform style

headers, there is typically an edge that overlaps with the
prior pass to ensure crop material is not missed. Track- Rotor motor speed - Displays the rotor motor
ing this edge provides an accurate map of the work being speed RPM as a numerical value/min.
performed. Toggling this overlap can be performed ei-
ther automatically or manually. When Auto is selected,
the active header offset edge toggles to the opposite side
whenever the head is raised above the cutting height set
point. When in Manual, the active offset is changed from Rotor speed - Displays the rotor speed RPM.
the Run Screen via the Cutting Width window.

Park Brake Pressure SNR Correction - The ratio of incoming signal

strength to the amount of interfering noise as measured
in decibels on a logarithmic scale.

Show errors - Displays an interactive selection window

allowing the user to choose a 'Yes' or 'No' selection.
PDOP - Used with GPS.

6-59
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Tag Setup - Used with Precision Farming

Sieve Angle - Displays angle of cleaning

sieves in degrees Sieve loss - Displays sieve loss in
Tailings Alarm
percent (%).

Tailings sensitivity
Sieve loss.

Sieve loss sensitivity. Tailings volume - Displays the tailings volume.

Task - Used with Precision Farming

Sieve Shaker Speed - Displays the sieve

shaker speed. Thresher loss sensitivity

Spreader Speed - Displays the chaff spreader Threshing hours - Displays the amount of
speed in RPM. hours the thresher has operated.

Steering angle - Displays a numerical value in Time Road - Displays time in Road Mode.
degrees for the angle of the wheel relative to the rear axle.

Time Threshing - Displays and interactive win-

Stubble Ht, Average (Float) - Displays in (inch) dow with the total time passed (counter) threshing. Allows
or (mm) the mean stubble height. the user to choose to reset the counter.

Vehicle Name - User entered.

Stubble Ht, Left

Water in fuel

Stubble Ht, Right

6-60
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Weight Counter - Interactive counter that ac-

Yield-A-D (bushel) (Average Dry Yield) - Used
cumulates crop weight independent of the current active
with Yield Monitoring.
task values and allows user to reset the counter as re-
quired. Units are (lb) and (ton). Counter can be used for
in-field data management activities. (truck / cart manage-
ment, grain tank management, etc.).

Yield-A-W - (Average Wet Yield) - Used with

Yield Monitoring.

Weight-D (Dry Weight) - Displays the total dry-

basis weight recorded for the current active task (lb or
ton).

Yield-A-W (bushel) - (Average Wet Yield) -

Used with Yield Monitoring.

Weight-W (Wet Weight) - Displays the total

wet-basis weight recorded for the current active task (lb
or ton).

Work Condition - Displays the current selected work con- Yield-I-D - Used with Yield Monitoring.
dition. A work condition is a user defined field used to
describe the field or crop conditions for Automatic Crop
Settings. A work condition must be set to allow operation
of the Automatic Crop Settings feature. Select window to
select other work condition, edit existing condition or cre- Yield-I-D (bushel) - Used with Yield Monitor-
ate new. ing.

Working Width - Used with Yield Monitoring.

Yield-I-W - Used with Yield Monitoring.
Working Width Reset Mode - Used with Yield Monitoring.

Work Rate Average - Used with Yield Monitor- Yield-I-W (bushel) - Used with Yield Monitor-
ing. ing.

Yield-A-D (Average Dry Yield) - Used with

Yield Monitoring.

6-61
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Summary Data Pick List

NOTE: Items available on the list will be determined by

the machine configuration/options installed.

Fuel Econ-Area-A (Average Fuel Economy) -

Displays fuel used in relation to area ac/gal or ha/L.

Area - Displays the amount of area harvested

as acres (ac) or hectares (ha).

Fuel Econ-Dist-A - (Average Fuel Economy) -

Displays current fuel use as mi/gal or km/L.

Bushel - D (Dry Bushels) - Displays bushel

quantity as a numerical value (bushel).
Fuel Econ-Work-A - (Average Fuel Economy)
- Displays hp*hr/gal or kWh/L.

Bushel - W (Wet Bushels) - Displays wet

bushel quantity as a numerical value (bushel).
Fuel Rate-A (Average Fuel Rate) - Displays
current fuel usage. (Units as gal/hr or L/hr)

Distance - Displays the total distance traveled

for the current active task in feet or meters.

Fuel Used - Displays the sum total of fuel

used for selected task. (Units as gal or L)

Engine Load-A (Average Engine Load) - Dis-

plays a numerical value as percent (%).

Moisture-A (Average Moisture) - Displays the

percent (%) of average moisture reading for current active
task.
Flow-A-D (Average Dry Flow) - Used with
Yield Monitoring.

Work Rate Average - Displays the average

area accumulated in ac/hr or ha/hr for the selected filters:
Flow-A-D (bushel) (Average Dry Flow) - Used Crop, Tag, Farm, Field and Task.
with Yield Monitoring.

Road distance - Displays a distance traveled

in the Road Mode.
Flow-A-W (Average Wet Flow) - Used with
Yield Monitoring. Road fuel economy - Displays current fuel usage while in
Road Mode in mpg or Km/L.

Flow-A-W (bushel) (Average Wet Flow) -

Used with Yield Monitoring. Road fuel used - Displays total fuel used while
in Road Mode.

6-62
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Road Time - Displays time in Road Mode. Yield-A-D (Average Dry Yield) - Used with
Yield Monitoring.

Weight-D (Dry Weight) - Displays the total dry-

basis weight recorded for the current active task (lb or
ton). Yield-A-D (bushel) (Average Dry Yield) - Used
with Yield Monitoring.

Weight-W (Wet Weight) - Displays the total

wet-basis weight recorded for the current active task (lb
or ton). Yield-A-W - (Average Wet Yield) - Used with
Yield Monitoring.

Work Time - Displays accumulated time for

the selected filters: Crop, Tag, Farm, Field and Task. Yield-A-W (bushel) (Average Wet Yield) -
Used with Yield Monitoring.

6-63
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Automatic Crop Settings (ACS)

AUTOMATIC CROP SETTINGS (ACS)

General Information
The Automatic Crop Settings (ACS) system allows the combine operator to preset machine settings for different crop
types or conditions. These settings, saved under a 'Work Condition' label, can later be recalled instantly as needed.
For each crop type, up to 40 unique work conditions can be created.

Enabling the ACS

Enable the ACS system:
1. Select "Toolbox" on the home screen area,
2. Select "Electr" tab
3. Change the "ACS status" field from "Off" to "On"

NHPH12AF03393AA 1

Operating the ACS from a Run Screen

NOTE: ACS controls can be placed on a Run screen.
From the Main page, select Toolbox>Layout.

20090399A 2

6-64
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

If not previously done, select 'Current Layout' (1) and se-

lect or create a layout.

20090399A 3

Choose a Run Screen (1) for the ACS controls. Select any
three boxes, then select 'Crop Type (2), 'Work Condition
(3),' and 'ACS Save (4) in individual boxes.

Navigate to Main>Run Screens and select the Run

Screen where the ACS controls were placed.

The operating parameters can be changed on the Run

Screen for the current Crop Type and/or Work Condition.

To save the new machine settings after adjusting the ma-

chine for current conditions, press the 'ACS Save' button.
The settings will be saved to the active operating mode:
Harvest or Headland.

If it is desired to check the new settings against the

ACS-stored settings before saving them, navigate
Main>ACS>Working. Settings that are new, but unsaved,
show up in red numerals with a red '!'.

20090400A 4

6-65
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

ACS Mode Selection

NOTE: Each work condition can have two ACS modes:
Harvest and Headland.

1. To activate the Headland mode, press the Shift (1)

and Header Resume (2) buttons simultaneously. The
header will raise just above the Max Working Height
and the ACS will go into the Headland mode.
Press the Header Resume button (2) to return to Har-
vest mode. The header will automatically lower to cut
height.

NHIL12AF01017AA 5

NHIL12AF01015AA 6

2. In Harvest mode, the numeral '1' (1) is present in the

status window. In Headland mode, an 'H' is present.
When the thresher is engaged, a toothed wheel circles
the '1' or 'H.'

NHPH12AF02943AA 7

3. Press the square box next to each parameter to be

controlled by ACS. An 'X' in the box indicates the pa-
rameter will be used by ACS

The available parameters in Harvest mode are: The available parameters in Headland mode are:
• Fan speed • Fan speed
• Upper sieve opening • Upper sieve opening
• Lower sieve opening • Lower sieve opening
• Rotor speed
• Concave opening
• Residue spreader speed

6-66
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Parameters may be adjusted to suit a given work con-

dition. These adjustments may be made from rocker
switches on the Right Hand Console (RHC). When the
rocker switch is pressed, a window pops up on the
screen, showing the value being adjusted.

The green check marks and green values to the right of

the parameter windows indicate that the value of the pa-
rameter agrees with the value stored in ACS for the cur-
rent work condition. If the value does not agree with that
of ACS, it appears in red, with a '!'. This is the case when
a parameter has been changed but not yet saved. In this
case, the '1' or 'H' in the status window will blink.
If satisfied with the new settings, press 'ACS Save.' The
mode indicator in the status window will stop blinking and
the parameters will appear to the right in green with a
green check mark.

ACS set up
1. From the Main page, select the ACS icon (1).

NHIL12AF02909AA 8

2. In the ACS work settings window, select the 'Working'

tab (1).
3. Select 'Crop Type' (2). A pop up window appears with
a selection of crops. Select the desired crop from the
list.
NOTE: If the desired crop type is not listed, navigate
to Main>Data Management>Filter> Filter Crop List and
make it available.

NHPH12AF03394AA 9

6-67
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

4. Select 'Work Condition' (1). A pop up (2) appears.

Pick 'Select' to select an existing condition or 'New'
to create a new condition. Pick 'Edit Name' to change
the name of the current work condition.
5. To set up a new work condition, select 'New.' A pop up
keypad appears. Enter a unique name. Press '_' for a
space. Press '123' to bring up the numerical keypad.
Press 'Enter' when entry is complete.
NOTE: A Work Condition defines the settings of opera-
tional parameters, e. g, fan speed, concave opening, etc.,
for a given field or crop condition. The operator sets the
parameters as needed, then saves them in ACS, giving
the Work Condition a unique name. When the operator NHPH12AF03395AA 10

selects a saved Work Condition later, ACS will adjust the

operating parameters accordingly. In Default, preset fac-
tory parameters apply.

6-68
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Other tabs in ACS work settings

Crop - Gives all the parameter values associated with
each of the crop types.

NHIL12AF02935AA 11

Sum - This gives a summary of the various Work Condi-

tion settings, providing an offline method of viewing them
for reference. It also compares the Harvest and Headland
settings for each Work Condition.

NHIL12AF02936AA 12

Data - Shows the work settings for a given Work Condition

compared with the Default settings.

NHIL12AF02939AA 13

Cleanout control
Cleanout control
The clean out function of the ACS system allows you to
clean crop material out of the threshing and cleaning sys-
tems with a single setting change.

6-69
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

The cleanout function is turned on in:

• The ACS work settings screen – Back>ACS>Work-
ing>work condition>select>cleanout
• Select this mode only when you are ready to clean
out the combine.
• Or – Run screen>Work conditions>select>cleanout
NOTE: When turning Cleanout "on", the machine must be
running and the separator must be ENGAGED.

Cleanout control will:

• Increase the rotor speed to maximum (up to 960  RPM
depending on gear range selected) NHIL13AF01382AA 1

• Open the module clearance

• Increase cleaning fan speed
• Open the upper sieve
• Open the lower sieve

When you are done cleaning out the combine select a

different work condition to exit cleanout mode.

6-70
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Data management
Select "Data Management" from the home page to see
different info screens:

1. Import
In this sub-menu the operator can import info and/or
settings made in another Combine with AFS Pro 700
monitor:
• Data Type
• Crop Calibration
• Crop Setup
• Current Layout
• Tag
• Work Condition
• Vehicle Name
NHPH12AF03403AA 1

2. Filter List
In this sub-menu the operator can filter the crop list.
NOTE: The list contains a large quantity of crops. Use
this menu to select / unselect the crops as required.

NHPH12AF03404AA 2

3. Delete
In this sub-menu the operator can delete different "Data
Types"
• Boundary
• Current Layout
• Farm
• Field
• Field Mark Setup
• GPS data
• Grower
• Info NHPH12AF03405AA 3

• Obstacles
• Operator
• Swath
• Tag
• Task
• Work Condition

6-71
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

4. Map Management
This sub-menu enables the operator to view or delete
boundaries, obstacles and swaths for a selected field.

NHPH12AF03406AA 4

5. Apply Calibration
This sub-menu enables the operator to apply yield cali-
bration results to previous fields.

NHPH12AF03407AA 5

6-72
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Camera - Configure
Your combine can be equipped with up to three video
cameras that will be displayed on the AFS Pro700 dis-
play.

Display run screens can be configured to view any one or

all three of the three inputs.

If multiple cameras are set to one run screen:

• Touching the video window on the run screen will toggle
between camera inputs.

It is also possible to have each run screen viewing a dif-

ferent input.
NHPE12AF00725AA 1
The connections for the cameras are located
• Camera #1
• On the bottom of the display
• Camera #2 and #3
• Can only be accessed by using harness
ZAE31200043 available from your local dealer.
Combines with display software version 27.0.3.0 and
higher have automatic camera switching based on Multi
Function Handle (MFH) position and unload auger en-
gagement.

To configure this system navigate to TOOLBOX>VIDEO

• If all three cameras are set to DEFAULT there is no
automatic switching.
NOTE: A camera set to default can only be viewed on
a run screen.

Configure one camera to reverse;

• When the MFH is moved to reverse NHIL12AF00778AA 2

• A video pop up screen will be displayed until the MFH

is moved out of reverse.

Configure one camera to Unload tube;

• When the unload auger is switched on
• A video pop up screen will be displayed until the un-
load augers are stopped.
NOTE: If the MFH is in reverse and the unload auger is
on the video displayed will be the reverse camera.

6-73
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

CALIBRATIONS

Calibrations
WARNING
Run-over hazard!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1245A

Pre-information valid for all calibrations:

• The AFS Pro 700 monitor will guide the operator
through the calibration procedure. Follow the instruc-
tions displayed on the monitor.
• The calibration window shows the description of the
item to calibrate on top.
• Selecting the "escape key" in the pop-up screen at any
time throughout the calibration procedure will cause the
calibration procedure to stop.
• Not reacting to the system within a certain amount of
time will cause the calibration procedure to stop.
• If an error occurs while calibrating, the calibration pro-
cedure will be aborted and an error code will appear on
the screen. A list with calibration error messages can
be found on page 6-96.

To obtain a correct read-out on the AFS Pro 700 moni-

tor and good functioning of the combine, the electric/elec-
tronic system needs to be correctly calibrated.

6-74
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

1. Calibration
This sub-menu contains multiple procedures mainly re-
lated to calibrations:
NOTE: The content of the calibration selection list can
vary depending on machine options and the selected in-
terface level (Basic / Advanced) under "Toolbox - Operator
Setup".

• Header
• Multifunctional handle (MFH)
• Concave opening
• Upper sieve
• Lower sieve NHPH13AF01547AA 1

• Self-levelling sieve
• Ground speed hydrostat
• MFH neutral switch
• CVT rotor
• Feeder engagement
• Folding unload tube (if equipped)
• Pivoting spout (if equipped)
• Chopper counter knives (if equipped)
• Chopper speed shift (If equipped with in cab residue
mode option) NHPH13AF01548AA 2

• Windrow door (If equipped with in cab residue mode

option)
• Residue distribution (if equipped)
• Rear wheel position
NOTE: The rear wheel position calibration is only avail-
able on combines that are Autoguidance ready.
• Distance
• Row sensors (if equipped)

2. Area Setup
In this sub-menu, operator can do manual correction of
the area of the current selected field.

NHIL12AF02932AA 3

6-75
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

3. Crop Setup
Depending on the crop type, the "Manual Moisture" value
and the "Crop Trade Moisture" value can be adapted.

The value mentioned under "Manual Moisture" is the

value used by the combine when the moisture sensor is
out of order.

The "Crop Trade Value" is the reference moisture value

used by the grain trader.

NHPH12AF03409AA 4

4. Moisture Calibration (if installed)

NHPH12AF03410AA 5

5. Yield Calibration (if installed)

NHPH12AF03411AA 6

6. NAV Calibration (if installed)

NHPH12AF03412AA 7

6-76
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Header calibration
WARNING
Run-over hazard!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1245A

NOTE: If any other MFH switches are pressed during the

calibration operation, the procedure will be aborted.
• Attach the proper header on the machine and verify that
the feeder angle, tilt position and header ground sen-
sors are functioning properly.
• Locate a flat area where the header can be lowered
completely to the ground.
• Feeder must be turned OFF and the combine station-
ary.
• Position the header approximately 31  cm (12  in) above
the ground. The header must be able to go down when
the calibration is started.
• Level the header so it is parallel with the feeder.
NHPH12AF03408AA 1
Using the display start the calibration procedure.
1. Select Back>Calibrations>Calibration (1)
2. Press selection box (2).
3. Press the HEADER button.

NHPH12AF02910AA 2

4. Read and follow the instructions then press the OK

button.
5. Follow the on screen prompts.

NHIL12AF02911AA 3

6-77
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Tire Radius
To calibrate, proceed as follows:
1. Mark off a distance of 122  m (400  ft) in a straight line
ahead of the combine.
2. Select the Tire Radius calibration window (1).

NHPH12AF02910AA 1

NOTE: You will need some extra distance to accelerate and stop the combine.
NOTE: For correct calibration, do not move the multifunction handle between the two markers.
3. Drive the combine forward. Press ENTER as the 0
foot marker is passed.

20063185 2

NOTE: Try to maintain a constant speed during calibration.

6-78
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

4. Continue driving. Press ENTER when the 122  m

(400  ft) marker is passed.

20063206 3

5. A message will appear when the calibration is com-

plete.

20063208 4

6-79
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Multi-Function Handle (MFH)

NOTE: At any time, press the Escape key to terminate the calibration.
NOTE: This calibration is performed with the key on en-
gine off.
To calibrate, proceed as follows:
1. Stop the engine and place gear selector in neutral.
2. Select the Multifunction Handle calibration window (1).
Back>Calibrations>Calibrate>Multifunction handle

NHPH12AF02910AA 1

3. Place handle in maximum forward position, then press

ENTER.
4. Follow the rest of the on screen instructions.

NHIL12AF01240AA 2

NHIL12AF02914AA 3

6-80
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Concave opening
WARNING
Run-over hazard!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1245A

NOTE: The concave calibration should be performed

whenever rasp bars are changed.
NOTE: At any time, press the Escape key to terminate the
calibration.

To calibrate, proceed as follows:

1. Select the Concave opening calibration window (A).
2. Set the proper concave type, then press OK.
3. Popup windows will show the progress of the calibra-
tion.
4. A message will appear when the calibration is com-
plete. NHPH12AF02910AA 1

6-81
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Upper Sieve
WARNING
Run-over hazard!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1245A

NOTE: At any time, press the Escape key to terminate the

calibration.
NOTE: Sieve halves must be open equally before calibrat-
ing.
NOTE: The engine does not need to be running to perform
this calibration.

To calibrate, proceed as follows:

1. Select the Upper Sieve calibration window (A).
2. Exit the cab and walk to the back of the machine.
3. Open the sieve completely.
NHPH12AF02910AA 1
4. Close the sieve completely.
NOTE: Make sure the upper sieve is clean before clos-
ing.
5. Open the sieve to 6  mm (1/4  in) as measured at the
sieve.
NOTE: : Make sure the 6 mm (1/4 in) clearance is
achieved on the up stroke.
6. Enter the cab and press OK.

NHIL12AF02919AA 2

6. A message will appear when the calibration is com-

plete.

20063191 3

6-82
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Lower Sieve
WARNING
Run-over hazard!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1245A

NOTE: At any time, press the Escape key to terminate the

calibration.
NOTE: Sieve halves must be open equally before calibrat-
ing.
NOTE: The engine does not need to be running to perform
this calibration.

To calibrate, proceed as follows:

1. Select the Lower Sieve calibration window (A).
2. Exit the cab and walk to the back of the machine.
3. Close the sieve completely.
NHPH12AF02910AA 1
NOTE: Make sure the upper sieve is clean before clos-
ing.
4. Open the sieve to 6  mm (1/4  in) as measured at the
sieve.
5. Enter the cab and press OK.

NHIL12AF02920AA 2

6. A message will appear when the calibration is com-

plete.

20063193 3

6-83
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Self-leveling Shoe
WARNING
Run-over hazard!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1245A

NOTE: At any time, press the Escape key to terminate the

calibration.

To calibrate, proceed as follows:

1. Select the Self-leveling Shoe calibration window (1).
2. Park the combine on a level surface;
A. Engage the thresher, refer to 3-32.
B. Set engine to high idle
C. Press OK

NHPH12AF02910AA 1

NHIL12AF02921AA 2

5. A message will appear indicating the calibration is

complete.

20063197 3

6-84
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Multi-Function Handle (MFH) – Neutral switch

WARNING
Hazard to bystanders!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0010A

1. Park the combine on a firm level surface.

2. Turn off the engine.
3. Turn the key to the on position.
4. Select the MFH neutral switch calibration window (A).
5. Follow the on screen prompts.
6. A screen will appear when calibration is complete.

NHPH12AF02910AA 1

NHIL12AF02924AA 2

6-85
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

CVT Rotor
WARNING
Run-over hazard!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1245A

To calibrate, proceed as follows:

1. Select the CVT Rotor calibration window (A).
2. Set the necessary conditions:
• Park the combine on a level surface
• Engine speed 2100  RPM
• Ground speed at 0  km/h (0  mph)
• Separator OFF
• Separator Clutch OFF
• Rotor stopped
• 3-speed rotor drive in 1st gear. NHPH12AF02910AA 1

3. Press OK to start the calibration.

4. Follow the on-screen instructions.
• Turn separator switch ON.
5. A message will appear when the CVT Rotor calibration
is complete.

6-86
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Feeder engagement
WARNING
Run-over hazard!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1245A

NOTE: Press the escape button to cancel the calibration

any time during this process.
NOTE: Feeder engagement calibration is also used for
units equipped with fixed feeder drive.

To calibrate, proceed as follows:

1. Select the Feeder engagement calibration window (A)
.
2. Set the separator switch to ON.
3. Set the feeder switch to ON.
4. Follow any on screen prompts.
NHPH12AF02910AA 1
5. The calibration will start automatically.
6. A message will appear when the Feeder engagement
calibration is complete.

6-87
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Residue distribution
WARNING
Hazard to bystanders!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0010A

NOTE: Press the escape button to cancel the calibration

any time during this process.

To calibrate, proceed as follows:

1. Select the Residue distribution calibration window (A).
2. Make sure the residue actuators are free to move
through their entire range.
3. Press OK (B) to start the calibration.
4. A message will appear when the calibration is com-
plete.

NHIL12AF03634AA 1

NHIL12AF03635AA 2

6-88
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Unload spout
WARNING
Hazard to bystanders!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0010A

1. Park the combine on a firm level surface.

2. Select the Unload spout calibration window (1) .
3. Make sure the area around the pivoting spout is clear
and the spout can move through it’s full range.
4. Press OK.
5. A screen will appear when calibration is complete.

NHPH12AF03470AA 1

6-89
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Folding unload tube

WARNING
Hazard to bystanders!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0010A

1. Park the combine on a firm level surface.

2. Select the Folding unload tube calibration window (A).
3. Make sure:
• The area around the unload tube is clear.
• The unload tube can move through it’s full range.
4. Press OK.
5. A screen will appear when calibration is complete.

NHPH12AF02910AA 1

NHIL12AF02929AA 2

6-90
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Windrow door – Actuator

WARNING
Hazard to bystanders!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0010A

1. Park the combine on a firm level surface.

2. Make sure there are no obstructions in the windrow
door opening.
3. Close the windrow door with the remote switch (1) so
that;
• The windrow door (A) is approximately 5  mm
(0.20  in) (C) behind the spreader back sheet sur-
face (B), but not greater than 10  mm (0.39  in) (D).
NOTE: In the image you are looking at the left-hand
side of the windrow door/vertical spreader, and the di-
rection arrow is pointing toward the front of the com-
bine. NHIL13AF01378AA 1

4. Select the Windrow door calibration window (2).

• “Ensure that windrow door is free to move, then
press OK” will be displayed.
5. Press OK
• “Position Windrow Door in closed position using re-
mote switches, then press OK” will be displayed.
• If this was not done previously, close the windrow
door now. Refer to step three.
6. Press OK.
• The calibration will start, and it is an automated
process. NHPE13AF01449AA 2

• The calibration will complete in the closed position.

• Status messages shown on the display will be:

A. Checking calibration position
B. Moving to closed position
C. At closed stop position
D. Moving to open position
E. At open stop position
F. Moving to closed position
G. Calibration complete
NHPH13AF01543AA 3
7. A screen with calibration complete will appear when
calibration is complete.

6-91
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Counter knives
WARNING
Hazard to bystanders!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0010A

1. Park the combine on a firm level surface.

2. Make sure there is no crop material on the counter
knife area.
3. Select the Chopper counter knives calibration window
(A).
4. Press OK.
5. A screen will appear when calibration is complete.

NHPH12AF02910AA 1

NHIL12AF02930AA 2

6-92
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Chopper speed shift – Actuator

WARNING
Hazard to bystanders!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0010A

1. Park the combine on a firm level surface.

2. Turn the engine off.
3. Turn the key switch to the on position.
4. Make sure there are no obstructions in the chopper
engagement splines.
5. Select the Chopper speed calibration window (1).
• “Ensure that chopper is stopped and chopper speed
shift mechanism is free to move, then press OK” will
be displayed.
6. Press OK.
• “Position chopper speed shift mechanism with NHPH13AF01542AA 1
1  mm clearance to high speed end stop using the
remote switches, then press OK” will be displayed.
7. Use the remote switches (2) to position the chopper
speed shift collar (A) towards the high speed stop,
leave a 1  mm (0.04  in) clearance (B).
• For fine movement press and release the button in
less than one second
NOTE: Pressing a button for less than a second will
result in a short pulse to the actuator.
• For course movement press and hold the button for
more than one second.
NHIL13AF01378AA 2
NOTE: Pressing a button for more than one second
will keep the actuator on until the button is released.

High speed Low speed

NHIL13AF01447AA 3 NHIL13AF01448AA 4

6-93
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

NOTE: If a stall is detected in the actuator controller, a

move in the opposite direction is required to clear the con-
troller.

6. Press OK
• “Position chopper speed shift collar with 1  mm
clearance to low speed end stop using the remote
switches, then press OK” will be displayed.
7. Use the remote switches (2) to position the chopper
speed shift collar (A) towards the low speed stop,
leave a 1  mm (0.04  in) clearance (C)
• For fine movement press and release the button in
less than one second
NOTE: Pressing a button for less than a second will
result in a short pulse to the actuator.
• For course movement press and hold the button for
more than one second.
NOTE: Pressing a button for more than one second
will keep the actuator on until the button is released.
8. Press OK
9. A screen will appear when calibration is complete.

6-94
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Distance calibration
WARNING
Hazard to bystanders!
Equipment moves automatically during calibration. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other
persons and sound the horn before calibrating the equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0010A

NOTE: At any time, press the Escape key to terminate the calibration.
To calibrate, proceed as follows:
1. Lay out a straight course at least 100 - 150  m (300 -
500  ft) long.
2. Navigate to the calibration screen
• Back>Calibrations>Distance calibration
NOTE: Depending on your machine options, you may
need to scroll to the second screen of calibrations.
3. Drive the combine at a constant harvest speed to-
wards the beginning of the course.
4. Press the start button (B) as the combine reaches the
beginning of the marked course. NHPH12AF03471AA 1

5. Drive the combine along the course.

6. When you get to the end of your course press the stop
button (C).
7. Stop the combine.
8. Enter the length of your course in the Actual distance
box (D).
9. Press the Update calibration button (E).

NHPH12AF03259AA 2

6-95
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Calibration error list

Error Description Fault operation
0 Unknown fault Contact your local Dealer
1 Invalid button pressed Do not press any other buttons than defined in the
procedure
2 Lateral tilt sensor is not in zero range Place header flat and check if lateral tilt sensor
is working (if installed)
3 No calibration acknowledgement received from Check communication with the HHC module.
HHC Check feeder position / header lift pressure sensor
4 Operation timed out React faster to the calibration procedure. Check
communication with HHC module
5 Operator stop Restart calibration
6 Pressure sensor fault Check header lift pressure sensor
7 Software undefined state Restart calibration
8 Auto minimum to maximum range is too small Auto Header height plates hanging loose
9 Feeder position is not changing Straw elevator angle sensor stuck at a certain
position or not working correctly
10 Ground speed is too fast Do not drive the machine while calibrating
11 Feeder angle sensor value is invalid Check if sensor is well adjusted (minimum: 2.5  V,
maximum: 7.5  V)
13 Engine is not running Start engine
14 Feeder is engaged Disengage straw elevator
15 Auto Header Height left sensor fault If installed, check sensor
16 Auto Header Height right sensor fault If installed, check sensor
17 Pressure is not changing Pressure must be lower/higher than 20/max P+
20  bar
18 Header tilt sensor value is invalid Check sensor connection
19 Header tilt position is not changing Check sensor / Contact your local dealer
20 Incorrect concave position Potentiometer giving invalid value, check opening
or sensor
21 Concave position sensor fault Check sensor
22 Concave actuator fault Check with the drum concave clearance button if
the actuator is still moving
23 Separator switch is off Engage threshing
24 Road mode is selected Select Field mode
25 Feeder engage switch is off Switch on the straw elevator engage switch
26 Operator is not seated Operator needs to be seated
27 Emergency stop is activated Check and switch off the emergency stop
28 Separator engaged Disengage separator
29 Ground speed is not zero Ground speed should be zero
30 Lateral inclination sensor fault Signal must be minimum 0.25  V, maximum 5  V
31 Sieve angle sensor fault Signal must be minimum 0.25  V, maximum 5  V
32 Option is not installed Set configuration to installed
33 Self‐levelling sieve actuator fault Check with diagnostics if actuator is still moving
34 Lateral inclination invalid Put combine more level or check sensor
35 Sieve angle invalid Check sensor
36 Engine speed is less than 1300  RPM Increase the engine speed
37 - -
38 - -
39 Sieve moving Check sensor
40 Upper sieve position sensor value invalid Signal must be minimum 0.25  V, maximum 5  V
41 Lower sieve position sensor value invalid Signal must be minimum 0.25  V, maximum 5  V
42 Spreader plate position sensor value invalid Signal must be minimum 0.25  V, maximum 5  V
43 Upper sieve opening invalid Open sieve to 6  mm (0.24  in), check sensor
44 Lower sieve opening invalid Open sieve to 6  mm (0.24  in), check sensor
45 Requested crop and current crop do not match Select proper crop

6-96
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Error Description Fault operation

46 - -
47 - -
48 - -
49 - -
50 Multi functional handle position is invalid Leave handle at its position, check sensor
51 Handle fault Check MFH position sensor
52 Threshold determination timeout Check hydrostatic output circuit or ground speed
sensor
53 Hydrostatic circuit fault Check for shorts, open wires
54 Engine is not high idle Throttle engine to high idle
55 Transmission is not in first gear Shift transmission to first gear
56 Parking brake is set Disengage parking brake
57 Supply voltage or microswitch fault Check hydro supply voltage and/or neutral
microswitch for correct operation
58 Multi functional handle moved too fast Move handle slower
59 - -
60 Invalid tire radius calculated Drive the right distance 122  m (400  ft), make sure
approximate tire radius is between 100 - 1500  mm
61 Ground speed sensor fault Check sensor / Contact your local dealer
62 - -
63 - -
64 Eprom voltage too low Contact your local Dealer
65 Eprom fault Contact your local Dealer
66 Value invalid Restart calibration
67 Calibration value is out of range Restart calibration / Contact your local dealer
68 Sensor signal Check sensor
69 Sensor offline Check sensor / Contact your local dealer
70 Engine running Shut off the engine
71 Header must be stopped Stop the header
72 Feeder must be stopped Stop the header
75 Feeder speed sensor not installed
77 Gearbox temperature to low to calibrate feeder
78 Invalid values acquired during feeder calibration
89 No H-bridge access
101 Transmission is shifting
102 No speed detected
103 Invalid engine speed
104 No hydro-motor speed
105 Engine control not allowed
106 Invalid hydro-motor speed
107 Pump error
108 Hydro-motor fault
109 Left ground sensor not connected
110 Right ground sensor not connected
111 (L) center sensor not connected
112 (R) center sensor not connected
113 Left ground sensor value out of range
114 Right ground sensor value out of range
115 (L) center ground sensor value out of range
116 (R) center ground sensor value out of range
117 Left ground sensor isn’t calibrated
118 Right ground sensor isn’t calibrated
119 (L) center ground sensor isn’t calibrated
120 (R) center ground sensor isn’t calibrated
121 Left ground sensor: range is too small

6-97
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Error Description Fault operation

122 Right ground sensor: range is too small
123 (L) center ground sensor: range is too small
124 (R) center ground sensor: range is too small
125 Chopper speed actuator failed to shift
126 Windrow door actuator failed to shift

6-98
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

HEADER HEIGHT CONTROL

Header height control overview

There are two states for controlling the header height: • The height system will only run in the Auto state, if the
Manual and Auto. feeder drive is on and the operator actuates the RE-
SUME or SET #1 or SET #2 switch.
In Auto, there are three modes:
• The feeder drive must be engaged to allow auto con-
• Return To Cut (RTC) trol. If the feeder is disengaged, auto control will stop
• Auto Header Height Control (AHHC) immediately.

• Pressure Float • If the operator actuates the RAISE or LOWER switch,

NOTE: Please be sure to perform the header calibration
before using auto height modes, refer to 6-77.
NOTE: Header height control is only possible if the
engine is running. In Europe, if the operator has se-
lected Road operation (Field/Road mode switch), manual
header height control is disabled.
the system will go into Manual mode. To return to Auto
mode, momentarily press the RESUME switch.
• If a circuit fault is detected that affects the engaged auto
mode, the height system will go into Manual mode.
NOTE: The circuit fault will be displayed in a pop up box
on the display.

The height system will maintain the header height

relative to ground pressure as specified by the working
set point.

• The mode, the feeder position and the working height

will be saved to Set point #1 relative to the header type
if the operator has selected the SET #1 (1) switch.
• If the operator has selected the SET #2 switch (2) in-
stead of the SET #1 switch, then the mode, the feeder
position and the working height will be saved to Set
point #2 relative to the header type.
• SET #2 switch otherwise operates the same as the SET
#1 switch.
• When the system is using Set point #1, the Header
Height Mode Lamp (A) next to the SET #1 switch is
turned on. Likewise, when the system is using Set point
1
#2, the Header Height Mode Lamp (B) next to the SET NHIL12AF01005AA

#2 switch is turned on.

• Each of the four different header types can have two
different set points (set point #1 and set point #2).
NOTE: Setpoint 1 or Setpoint 2 cannot be created above
the maximum working height. If the feeder position is
above the maximum working height when a setpoint but-
ton is pressed, the saved setpoint position will be just be-
low the maximum working height.
NOTE: If the header is near or at the top of travel of the
ground sensors and the operator actuates one of the SET
switches, the highest ground mode setting is saved.

6-99
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Header height control – Manual mode

In Manual, when the lower switch (1) is pressed the
header lower solenoid is energized until the lower switch
is released.

NHIL12AF01015AA 1

The speed the header lowers is limited by the lower rate

setting (1).
• Toolbox<Head 2
NOTE: Header raise and lower rates are "remembered"
for each header type. These settings can also be placed
on a run screen.

The lower rate is adjustable from 3.5 to 4.5 seconds

fastest to 9 to 11 seconds slowest, for a full up to full
down travel.

NHPH12AF03311AA 2

Likewise, when raise switch (1) is pressed the header

raise solenoid is energized until the raise switch is re-
leased.

NHIL12AF01015AA 3

The speed the header rises is limited by the raise rate

setting (1).
• Toolbox<Head 2

The raise rate setting range is adjustable from 4 to 5 sec-

onds fastest to 9 to 11 seconds slowest, for a full down to
full up travel.
NOTE: Header raise and lower rates are "remembered"
for each header type. These settings can also be placed
on a run screen.

NHPH12AF03311AA 4

6-100
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

When the feeder gets close to the top of it’s travel, the
speed the header raises starts to slow down. The closer
the header gets to the top, the slower the speed of the
header. This is to avoid a sudden mechanical stop.
The actual ground height position value on the display is
shown relative to the calibrated minimum feeder position
(header fully on the ground).

If the operator actuates the RAISE or LOWER switch, the

system will go transition from AHHC to Manual mode. To
return to AHHC mode, the operator momentarily presses
the RESUME switch.

If the ground height sensor(s) are detected by the com-

bine, and one of them would have a signal error, the oper-
ator will be notified by the appropriate error on the display.
NOTE: If Autotilt is enabled and header sensors are
present, the header will automatically tilt if an obstacle
is encountered. The system will automatically reposition
the header after the obstacle is cleared.

20063500A 5

6-101
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Header height control

Height and Tilt Sensitivity
In addition to setting the header raise and lower rates as
previously described in this section, the operator can ad-
just how sensitive the header is when maintaining ground
height in AHHC mode or ground pressure in Pressure
Float mode.
NOTE: This will effectively change the gains on the HHC
system.

These settings are adjustable by going to;

• Toolbox
• Head 2
• HHC HT Sens ZEIL11CR0069A0D 1
• HHC Tilt Sens

The control's range is from 10 to 250, 10 the least sensi-

tive, to 250 the most sensitive. The adjustment is in incre-
ments of 10.
NOTE: These settings can be placed on a run screen if
desired.

Resume push button

While the height system is in the Manual mode and the
feeder is engaged, if the operator momentarily presses
the RESUME switch (1) the height system will lower or
raise the header to the working height and mode specified
in set point #1 or set point #2 for the appropriate header
type.

The set point selected is the last one used.

If there was no prior set point used, the default is set point
#1.

While in AHHC mode, momentarily actuating the resume

switch will toggle between set point #1 and set point #2. NHIL12AF01015AA 2

Momentarily actuating the shift + resume switch will toggle

to Max stubble height (Headland mode).
NOTE: The area counter will be turned off at this time.

6-102
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

HHC Height sensitivity

The Height Sensitivity control sets the gain of the HHC If the operator actuates the RAISE or LOWER switch, the
system for the raise and lower movements. system will go transition from AHHC to Manual mode.

For a given correction between the ground height sensors
and the active set point, the higher the sensitivity setting,
the quicker the raise or lower speed will reach maximum.
See 'Height and Tilt Sensitivity' for setting information.
The actual ground height position value on the display is
shown relative to the calibrated minimum feeder position
(header fully on the ground).
To return to AHHC mode, the operator momentarily
presses the RESUME switch.
If the ground height sensor(s) are detected by the com-
bine, and one of them would have a signal error, the op-
erator will notified by the appropriate error on the display.

HHC Tilt sensitivity

The Tilt Sensitivity control sets the gain of the HHC sys-
tem for the clockwise/counter clockwise tilt movements.
Only the outer (Left/Right) sensor values are used to de-
termine whether the cutter bar is parallel to the ground.
The higher the sensitivity setting, the quicker the clock-
wise/counter clockwise movements will be made. See
'Height and Tilt Sensitivity' for setting information.
Tilt switches. When the switch is released the system will
go back into AHHC mode. This allows the operator to
temporarily clear obstacles.
Note: The actual ground height position display value is
shown relative to the calibrated minimum feeder position
(header fully on the ground).

The operator can temporarily override the AHHC system

by pressing the clockwise/counter clockwise (Left/Right)

6-103
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Header height control – Return To Cut (RTC) mode

The RTC icon (1) is displayed when active.
• The height system will maintain the header height rel-
ative to the feeder position sensor as specified by the
active set point.
• When in RTC, if the ground height sensors detect the
ground, the height system will override RTC and go into
HHC mode temporarily.
• This will only happen if Ground Height Override is set
to enabled. Toolbox>Head 1 tab.
• When in RTC mode and the ground sensors cone in
contact with the ground, the HHC system will temporar-
ily transition to ground sensor mode. If the header NHPH12AF03472AA 1
weight would get lighter by the amount set in the
Toolbox->Head2 tab HHC Threshhold Level setting
(ground contact), the HHC system will raise the header
to avoid damage. This is the equivalent to temporarily
transitioning to Pressure Float mode.

NOTE: If Autotilt is enabled and header sensors are present, the header will automatically tilt if an obstacle is encoun-
tered. The system will automatically reposition the header after the obstacle is cleared.. Refer to 6-116 or 6-113 to
enable this setting.

RTC
The operator can fine adjust the working height with the
INCREASE (1) and DECREASE (2) switches.

When the operator actuates the INCREASE (1) switch,

the feeder is raised.

The feeder position automatically becomes the new work-

ing height.

The new working height is saved to the active set point

being used, set point #1 or set point #2 associated with
the appropriate header type.

When the operator actuates the DECREASE (2) switch,

NHIL12AF01005AA 2
the feeder is lowered.

The feeder position automatically becomes the new work-

ing height.

The new working height is saved to the active set point

being used, set point #1 or set point #2 associated with
the appropriate header type.

6-104
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

RTC
If Auto–Height Override is set to enabled: • The HHC system will transition to Pressure Override
control when the header is lighter (ground contact) by
• If the header has ground height sensors and these sen-
the Pressure Override Threshold setting amount.
sors come in contact with the ground:
• The HHC system will raise or lower the header to
• The HHC system will transition to ground mode after
maintain the PRESSURE FLOAT OVERRIDE setting
the ground sensors have been compressed approx-
as long as the header is in contact with the ground.
imately 25  %.
• Once the header is no longer in contact with the ground,
• The HHC system will transition back to RTC mode
the height system will return to RTC mode and the
when the sensors are at Max position (fully ex-
feeder position to the working height.
tended).
If the operator actuates the RAISE or LOWER switch dur-
If the combine has a header without ground height
ing RTC operation, the system will go into Manual mode.
sensors and the header comes in contact with the
To return to RTC mode, the operator momentarily presses
ground:
the RESUME switch.

6-105
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Header height control – Auto Header Height Control (AHHC)

AHHC mode:
The height system raises or lowers the feeder to maintain the header ground height at the active set point based on
the ground sensors.

If the ground height decreases, the feeder is raised to lift the header to maintain the ground height at the active set
point.

If the ground height increases, the feeder is lowered to lower the header to maintain the ground height at the active
set point.
The AHHC icon (1) is displayed when active.
• The height system will maintain the header height rela-
tive to the ground sensors as specified by the active set
point.
• To operate in auto-height the header must be equipped
with ground height sensors.
• If the header does not have ground height sensors, ei-
ther RTC or Pressure Float modes can be selected.
• If the header is off the ground, RTC mode will be
selected automatically.
• If the header is on the ground, Pressure Float mode
will be automatically be selected. NHPH12AF03473AA 1

Special settings:
Height/Tilt Response (Normal/High):
• At certain times terrain conditions are such that an op-
erator may want to have a very high response rate for
Height and Tilt operations. Setting the Height/Tilt Re-
sponse to (High) will give the extra boost needed for
these conditions.

Header Sensors (Disable/Enable):

• The Header sensors can be disabled for flex headers
that are put in rigid mode. This in effect tells the HHC
system to not use them at this time. Sensor errors will
also be ignored at this time.

6-106
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Selecting the working height and operating mode

Before AHHC can be enabled, the correct header type
must be identified via the display and a ground calibration
must have been performed for that header. See 6-77 and
Header Configuration 6-116 or 6-113 for details.

To set the working height and operating mode, with the

feeder running, the operator manually raises or lowers the
header to the cutting height wanted.

Once the cutter bar has been positioned, the operator ac-
tuates the SET #1 switch (1).

The system determines the mode by the position of the

header. NHIL12AF01005AA 2

• If the ground height sensors are off the ground, the

mode will be RTC and the working height will be keyed
off the feeder position sensor.
• If the ground height sensors are in contact with the
ground but the header is still off the ground, the mode
will be AHHC and the working height will be the ground
height.
• If the header is on the ground, the mode will be auto-
matically set to Pressure Float
• Pressure Float must be enabled
• Head 2 > Header Pressure Float > [yes]
• The mode, the feeder position and the working height
will be saved relative to the header type.
NOTE: If the auger/draper head is a flex header, the
AHHC and pressure float modes occupy the same ef-
fective range on the header. Therefore, to set pressure
float, the operator needs to ensure that Pressure Float is
enabled, lower the header all the way to the ground, then
actuate the SET #1 or SET #2 switch. See pressure float
mode for adjusting the working height.

6-107
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

HHC Mode
When the RESUME switch is momentarily actuated, the
HHC system toggles between setpoint #1 and setpoint #2.
The operator can fine tune the active set point with the
INCREASE (1) and DECREASE (2) switch.

When the operator actuates the INCREASE switch, the

set point is increased and the feeder is raised until the
header reaches the new set point.

The new working height is saved to the set point being

used, with the appropriate header type.

When the operator actuates the DECREASE switch, the

set point is decreased and the feeder is lowered until the
header reaches the new set point.
NHIL12AF01005AA 3
The new working height is saved to the set point being
used, set point #1 or set point #2 with the appropriate
header type.

The active set point can be set between 10 - 90  % of the

ground height sensor or sensors range.

6-108
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Header height control – Pressure float mode

The pressure float icon (1) is displayed when active.
• If Pressure Float mode is active (by momentarily actu-
ating the RESUME switch), the header is raised or low-
ered based on the difference in pressure between the
set point and the feeder lift cylinders.
• If the ground height increases, the pressure in the
feeder lift cylinders will decrease making the header
lighter to the HHC system. The HHC system will react
and raise the header making it heavier to match the
setpoint.
• If the ground height decreases, the pressure in the
feeder lift cylinders will increase making the header
1
heavier to the HHC system. The HHC system will react NHPH12AF03474AA

and lower the header making it lighter to match the

setpoint.
• The operator can fine adjust the active pressure set
point with the INCREASE (2) and DECREASE (3)
switch.
• When the operator actuates the INCREASE switch, the
set point pressure is increased and the feeder is raised
until the feeder lift cylinder pressure equals the new ac-
tive set point. The new setpoint is saved automatically
to the corresponding header type.
• When the operator actuates the DECREASE switch,
the set point pressure is decreased and the feeder is
NHIL12AF01005AA 2
lowered until the feeder lift cylinder pressure equals the
new active set point. The new setpoint is saved auto-
matically to the corresponding header type.
In pressure float mode, the set point can be taken
between 59 - 79  % of the header lift pressure taken at
calibration.
• he HHC system will always use the last recorded set
point until a new one is established.
• The HHC height sensitivity control sets the system gain
of the raise and lower rates.
• The HHC system will apply correction based on the dif-
ferences between the Feeder lift pressure and the set
point. The higher the sensitivity setting, the quicker the
raise or lower speeds will reach their maximum value.
• The percent ground pressure value can be shown on a NHIL12AF01015AA 3
Run screen. Its range is from 0 - 100  % .
• 0  % represents the minimum weight the header is
allowed to exert on the ground.
• 100  % represents the maximum weight the header is
allowed to exert on the ground.

If the operator actuates either the RAISE or LOWER

switches (1), the system will automatically switch to Man-
ual mode. To return to Pressure Float mode, the operator
has to momentarily press the RESUME switch (2).

6-109
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Lateral tilt
There are three modes for controlling the header tilt: Header tilt control is only possible if the combine is
equipped with a lateral tilt system and the engine is
• Manual
running.
• Auto
• Center

Manual mode
In Manual Mode, when the operator actuates the LEFT
TILT switch (1) the header Tilt Left solenoid is energized
until the switch is released. Likewise, when the operator
actuates the RIGHT TILT switch (2) the header Tilt Right
solenoid is energized until the switch is released. The
speed the header tilts is 3  ° to 4  ° per second.

NHIL12AF01015AA 1

Auto tilt mode

The tilt system will only operate in the Auto Tilt mode, if
the feeder drive is on, the height system is in Auto Height
or Pressure Float mode and there are left and right ground
height sensors.
The tilt system tilts the header to maintain the header
parallel to the ground. If the ground gets closer on the
left side of the header or the ground falls away from the
right side of the header, the tilt system will tilt the header
to the right (clockwise) to maintain the header parallel to
the ground. If the ground gets closer on the right side of
the header or the ground falls away from the left side of
the header, the tilt system will tilt the header to the left
(counterclockwise) to maintain the header parallel to the
ground.
If the operator actuates the LEFT TILT or RIGHT TILT
switch, the system will go into Manual mode. To return
to Auto Tilt mode, the operator momentarily presses the
RESUME switch.
NOTE: If both left and right height tilt sensors are detected
on the header and then one or both of these height sen-
sors is not detected, the operator will get a sensor error
on the display.

Auto level in headland mode

The tilt system will only run in the Tilt Center mode, if switch transitions to RTC mode. During the raise the
the height system was just previously in the Auto Tilt header is tilted in the appropriate direction to center the
mode and Auto Height mode or Pressure Float mode and header relative to the combine.
a manual raise is occurring or actuating the RESUME

6-110
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

HEADER CONNECTION

Connecting a header
NOTICE: When attaching a folding corn head, the standard 5 degree tilt cylinders ( 140 mm (5.51 in) stroke) must be
replaced with the 3 degree tilt cylinders ( 84 mm (3.30 in) stroke) included with the corn head to prevent header PTO
shaft damage.
To attach the header to the combine, proceed as follows:
1. Make sure that the top of the feeder house cradle
where the header will sit (1), is clean.

83076475 1

2. Position the combine to align the feeder with the

header opening (1).
3. Move the combine in first gear to position the feeder.
Hook on the header, and raise the feeder house and
header.

86085335 2

4. Engage header safety stop (1).

83076475 3

6-111
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

5. Move the quick-attach lever (1) forward so that the

hooks (2) are in full contact with pins.
• If not, adjust lever (1) with bolts (3) so that some
resistance is felt when the latch (4) is over lever (1).

50041633 4

6. Connect header drive coupling (1). Close cover (2) to

protect header drive coupling.

50041633 5

7. To connect the quick-release hydraulic coupler, open

cover (1) bring hydraulic block, (2) to (3), and turn
down handle (4) until lock (5) jumps into its security
groove. Connect electrical plug (6).

50041634 6

6-112
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Header Setup
When changing the header, perform the header calibra-
tions described in 6-77 prior to performing the header
setup.
If the header is equipped with a header recognition sen-
sor and is recognized by the combine, some of the infor-
mation for the corresponding header will be shown in the
header configuration screen and these fields will be un-
changeable. The rest of the information will need to be
entered manually as described here.
If the header is not recognized, it will need to be manually
set up. Proper header setup is important for correct oper-
ation of the combine as well as with the Precision Farming
System.

Row Header Setup

1. On the Home Page, Select the Tool Box icon (1).

23119145 1

2. Select the Head 1 tab (1).

NHPH12AF03307AA 2

3. Select Maximum Work Height (1). A numeric keypad

will pop up. The Maximum Working Height determines
the header height at which the area counting will stop,
the ACS will enter the Headlands mode and the side
marker lights will be illuminated. Enter the value on
the numeric keypad.
4. Select Header Type (2). A pop up window will give the
following choices:
• Corn
• Grain
• Pickup
NHPH12AF03307AA 3
• Draper/Varifeed

6-113
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

5. Select Frame Type (1). A pop up window will give the

following choices:
• Rigid
• Foldable
6. Select Total Rows (2). A numeric keypad will pop up.
Enter the number of rows.
7. Select Rows in use (3). A numeric keypad will pop up.
Enter the number of rows in use.

NHPH12AF03307AA 4

8. Select Row spacing (1). A numeric keypad will pop

up. Enter the distance between rows.
9. Select Header Center Offset (2). A numeric keypad
will pop up. Enter the offset of the header center line
towards combine center line.

NHPH12AF03308AA 5

10. Select overlap mode (1). A pop up window will allow

either manual or automatic to be selected.
11. Select Work Width reset Mode (2) pop up window will
allow the Work Width Reset Mode to be set:
• Auto - The cutting width (if changed from the run
screen cutting width window) will automatically re-
set back to the default value defined on the header
screen any time the header is raised above the cut-
ting height setpoint.
• Manual - The cutting width will NOT be reset back
to the default value defined on the header screen
when the header is raised above the cutting height
NHPH12AF03309AA 6
setpoint.
12. Feeder speed corn (3)
• Use lower range for chopping corn heads to avoid
overs speeding the knives and gearboxes.
13. Select the Head 2 tab (1).

NHPH12AF03310AA 7

6-114
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

14. Select Header Pressure Float (1). A pop up win-

dow will allow setting the HHC pressure compensa-
tion mode to Yes (installed) or No (not installed).
15. Select Pressure Float Override (2). A bar graph will
pop up. Set the allowed pressure drop before com-
pensation activates.
16. Select Ride Control (3). Ride Control will dampen
header bouncing during transport. A pop up window
will allow setting the Ride Control to On or Off.

NHPH12AF03310AA 8

17. Select Auto Header Lift (1). Auto Header Lift will au-
tomatically lift the header when the combine is driv-
ing backwards. A pop up window will allow setting
the Auto Header Lift to Yes (installed) or No (not in-
stalled).
18. Select HHC Raise Rate (2). A bar graph will pop up.
Set the HHC header raise speed.
19. Select HHC Lower Rate (3). A bar graph will pop up.
Set the HHC header lower speed.
20. Select the Number of Header Height Sensors (4). A
bar graph will pop up. Set the number of header
height sensors.
NHPH12AF03311AA 9
21. Select HHC Height Sensitivity (5). A bar graph will
pop up. Set the HHC header height response sensi-
tivity.
22. Select the Deck Plates window (1). A pop up window
will give the following choices:
• Mechanical
• Hydraulic
• None
23. Select the Header Lateral Tilt (2). A pop up window
will allow setting the lateral tilt to Yes (installed) or No
(not installed). Select Yes.

NHPH12AF03313AA 10

6-115
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Platform Header Setup

1. On the Home Page, Select the Tool Box icon (1).

23119145 1

2. Select the Head 1 tab (1).

3. Select Maximum Work Height (2). A numeric keypad
will pop up. The Maximum Working Height determines
the header height at which the area counting will stop,
the ACS will enter the Headlands mode and the side
marker lights will be illuminated. Enter the value on
the numeric keypad.
4. Select Header Type (3). A pop up window will give the
following choices:
• Corn
• Grain
NHPH12AF03307AA 2
• Pickup
• Draper/Varifeed
If the Header type is draper a Header sub type pop up
box will appear
• 2000 series
• 3000 series
• Varifeed
• None

5. Select Cutting Type (4). A pop up window will give the

following choices:
• Row - Used for harvesting crops in rows (example:
Milo)
• Platform - Used for harvesting non row crops (ex-
ample: wheat)
6. Select Frame Type (5). A pop up window will give the
following choices:
• Rigid
• Flexhead

6-116
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

7. Select Header Width (1). A numeric keypad will pop

up. Enter the total width of the header.
8. Select Target Work Width (2). A numeric keypad will
pop up. Enter the maximum work width.
9. Select Work Width Adjust Step (3). A numeric keypad
will pop up. Enter the step size with which you reduce
the work width when not using full header width.
10. Select Header Center Offset (4). A numeric keypad
will pop up. Enter the offset of the header centerline
towards combine centerline.

NHPH12AF03308AA 3

11. Select the Overlap Mode (1). A pop up window will

allow the Overlap Mode to be set:
• Auto - Whenever the header is raised above the
cutting height setpoint, the active header offset
edge toggles to the opposite side.
• Manual - The active header offset edge can only be
changed manually via the run screen cutting width
window.
12. Select Work Width reset Mode (2). A pop up window
will allow the Work Width Reset Mode to be set:
• Auto - The cutting width (if changed from the run
screen cutting width window) will automatically re- NHPH12AF03309AA 4
set back to the default value defined on the header
screen any time the header is raised above the cut-
ting height setpoint.
• Manual - The cutting width will NOT be reset back
to the default value defined on the header screen
when the header is raised above the cutting height
setpoint.

NOTE: When using platform type headers, there is typically an edge that overlaps with the previous pass. Tracking
this edge provides an accurate map of the work being performed. The Overlap Mode addresses how this feature is
controlled.
13. Select the Head 2 tab (1).
14. Select the Number of Header Height Sensors (2). A
bar graph will pop up. Set the number of header
height sensors.
15. Select Header Pressure Float (3). A pop up win-
dow will allow setting the HHC pressure compensa-
tion mode to Yes (installed) or No (not installed).
16. Select Ride Control (4). Ride Control will dampen
header bouncing during transport. A pop up window
will allow setting the Ride Control to On or Off.

NHPH12AF03310AA 5

6-117
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

17. Select Auto Header Lift (1). Auto Header Lift will au-
tomatically lift the header when the combine is driv-
ing backwards. A pop up window will allow setting
the Auto Header Lift to Yes (installed) or No (not in-
stalled).
18. Select HHC Raise Rate (2). A bar graph will pop up.
Set the HHC header raise speed.
19. Select HHC Lower Rate (3). A bar graph will pop up.
Set the HHC header lower speed.
20. Select HHC Height Sensitivity (4). A bar graph will
pop up. Set the HHC header height response sensi-
tivity.
NHPH12AF03311AA 6
21. Select HHC Tilt Sensitivity (5). A bar graph will pop
up. Set the HHC header tilt response sensitivity.
22. Select the Reel Speed Minimum (6). A bar graph will
pop up. Set the minimum reel speed.
23. Select the Auto Reel Speed Slope (1). A bar graph
will pop up. Set the reel speed offset as determined
using the following guidelines.

This graph shows the relationship of the various settings.

• A = Reel speed (km/h or mph)
• B = Ground speed (km/h or mph)
• C = Minimum reel speed (set above)
• D = Auto reel speed slope, change in reel speed to a
corresponding change in ground speed, factory set to
1.1.
• E = Auto reel speed offset NHPH12AF03312AA 7

For example:
• If the Auto reel speed offset (E) = 0  mph and the ground
speed (B) = 4  mph: This means that the tip speed of the
reel= 1.1 - 4  mph (about 32.2  RPM).
• The higher the auto reel speed offset setpoint, the
higher the tip speed of the reel in relation with the
ground speed.

20031155 8

6-118
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

To obtain a proper reel synchro control, proceed as

follows:
• Set the minimum reel speed as described in previous
step.
• Set reel speed offset to minimum
• Using the Display, enable the reel minimum adjustment
bar.
• Engage the separator and feeder.
• Engage the reel automatic mode with the respective
rocker switch.
• Adjust the reel offset as desired.
• Increase ground speed and observe the reel speed vary
as a function of ground speed within the reel min speed
value.
24. Select the Reel Drive (1). A pop up window will allow
identifying the real drive as Hydraulic or Mechanical.
25. Select the Reel Speed Sensor (2). A pop up win-
dow will allow setting the reel speed sensor to Yes
(installed) or No (not installed).
26. Select the Reel Fore-Aft (3). A pop up window will
allow setting the reel fore-aft to Yes (installed) or No
(not installed).
27. Select the Reel Height Sensor (4). A pop up win-
dow will allow setting the reel height sensor to Yes
(installed) or No (not installed).
NHPH12AF03312AA 9

28. Select the Reel Distance Sensor (1). A pop up win-

dow will allow setting the reel distance sensor to Yes
(installed) or No (not installed).
29. Select the Reel end Dividers (2). A pop up win-
dow will allow setting the reel end dividers to Yes (in-
stalled) or No (not installed).
30. Select the Header/Knife Fore-Aft (3). A pop up win-
dow will allow setting the header/knife fore-aft to In-
stalled or Not Installed.
31. Select the Vertical Knives (4). A pop up window will
allow setting the vertical knives to Yes (installed) or
No (not installed).
NHPH12AF03313AA 10
32. Select the Header Lateral Tilt (5). A pop up window
will allow setting the lateral tilt to Yes (installed) or No
(not installed). Select Yes.

6-119
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

FEEDING

Feeder
The feeder drive has very specific operating requirements and must operate in one of five modes at all times.

Modes of operation
Off
Place the feeder control switch (1) into the center detent
position, the feeder should not be powered and should be
at rest.

NHIL12AF01012AA 1

Feeder engagement
The feeder may be engaged at any time once the sepa-
rator is operating and the feeder speed is below 50  RPM.

The rear ladder must be in the up position and the opera-

tor must be seated.

Place the feeder control switch (1) into the forward de-
tent position, the feeder will achieve the requested speed
within 5 seconds.

NHIL12AF01032AB 2

Feeder operating
The feeder speed will be maintained per two different
modes:

Manual operation
With the auto speed switch (1) in the off position. The
feeder speed is set by the operator to a specific speed by
pressing the top or bottom of the Feeder/header speed
adjustment switch (2). The speed may vary due to engine
speed.

NHIL12AF01005AA 3

6-120
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Auto operation
Auto Operation matches feeder and header speed to
ground speed. The feeder ratio to ground speed is set by
the operator to a specific ratio.

Select the minimum and maximum feeder speed that will

be used during harvesting by displaying the Feed Min Adj
and Feed Max Adj displays on one of the RUN screens.
Press the display action box (1) and the adjust buttons will
appear in the status bar. Set to the desired settings. This
will automatically create the working range of the feeder
drive in ratio to the ground speed. If ground speed falls
out side of the previously selected range the feeder will be
operated at its minimum or maximum speed respectively.
NHPH12AF03475AA 4

To operate in auto mode press the top of the speed

switch (1), the indicator light will turn on.
• Press the plus (+) side of the switch (A) to increase the
feeder/header speed.
• Press the minus (-) side of the switch (B) to decrease
the feeder/header speed.

Speed ranges for different heads (speed at header jack

shaft):
• Corn Head: 460 - 690  RPM
• Windrow Pickup Head: 460 - 690  RPM
• Grain Head: 460 - 570  RPM NHIL12AF01005AA 5

NOTE: Auto Feeder speed does not work when a draper head is detected. Feeder speed will be fixed at 570 RPM.
Feeder reverser
The feeder reverser permits the operator to rotate the
feeder and header in reverse to free a stalled feeder chain
or header. The feeder drive motor provides all driving
force. Refer to 6-131 for further information.

NHIL12AF01032AB 6

Feeder cutoff
The feeder will automatically stop if the feeder speed sen-
sor indicates excessive slippage of the overload clutch.
Feeder cutoff can be enabled or disabled.
NOTICE: Damage to the feeder slip clutch could result if
cutoff is disabled.

6-121
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Rock trap
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

1. Open the rock trap door and empty the sump using the
handle (1).
2. Close the door and secure the handle in the closed
position.

10031270 1

To adjust the tension proceed as follows:

3. Loosen the upper nuts (1).

10031271 2

4. Loosen the lower nuts (2) until the rock trap door starts
to open, then tighten the nuts (2) until the rock trap
door closes making first contact with the feeder house
floor evenly across the width of the door.

10031271 3

6-122
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

5. Tighten each of the lower nuts twelve full turns.

6. Torque each upper nut to 80 - 90  N·m (59 - 66  lb ft)
against the pilot tubes..

10031271 4

7. Check the required force to open and close the rock

trap door with a spring scale attached to the rock trap
door handle. The required minimum force to open the
door is 120  N (26  lb). The required force to close the
door is 200 - 270  N (44 - 60  lb).
8. Force adjustments are made by evenly turning both
sets of lower and upper nuts. Moving the nuts down-
ward will reduce the force. Moving the nuts upward
will increase the force. After each adjustment, torque
the nuts and recheck opening and closing forces.

10031271 5

6-123
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Feeder cradle
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

The angle of the front cradle can be adjusted to maintain proper header attachment angle for different tire sizes.
NOTICE: This adjustment must be made without a header attached to the combine.
1. Loosen the seven nuts (1) on each side of the feeder.
2. Rotate the cradle around pins (2).

50041640 1

6-124
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

The adapter angle (1) should be adjusted according to

Front wheels - General specification.

50032073A 2

Torque the seven nuts (1) on each side of the feeder to

555 - 620  Nm (409 - 457  lb ft).

50041640 3

6-125
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Feeder drum – Adjust lower stop

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

The feeder front roller can be placed in three different

heights.
• In the low position (shown) the stops located inside the
feeder, are rotated to the short side (1) closest to the
bolt.
• Mid position is achieved by rotating the stops to either
of the long sides (2).
• Rotating to the short side (3) further from the bolts sets
high position.

10032077 1

1. To rotate the stops, loosen nuts (1) approximately one

turn.
2. Rotate the carriage bolts (2) and stop to the desired
position on both sides of the feeder.
3. Torque the nuts to 200 - 220  Nm (147 - 162  lb ft).
NOTE: Raising the front drum using a suitable prying de-
vice before rotating the bolts will lessen the torque re-
quired to rotate the bolt and stop.

10032076 2

6-126
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Feeder chain – Adjustment

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

To properly tension the chain proceed as follows:

1. Turn nut (1) until the spring side of the washer (2) is in
line with indicator (3). Repeat on opposite side.

83094056 1

To loosen the chain tension proceed as follows:

1. Loosen nut (1) on each side of the feeder.

20092351A 2

Manually rotate the feed chain after completing the ad-

justment to ensure the slats (1) do not contact the front
feeder deflector shield (2). If contact is made, loosen the
tension, remove a link from each feed chain set, recon-
nect the chain, and readjust the tension. Refer to 6-128.

NHIL12AF03024AA 3

6-127
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Feeder chain – Link removal

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

As the chain stretches, the adjuster will gradually move

towards the end of the slots.

In this case, remove the same number of links from each

of the four chains and readjust the chain tension.
Proceed as follows:
1. Turn the feeder chain by using the jackshaft so the
connecting links of the chains are at the front opening.
2. Loosen the chain tension on both sides. Refer to
6-127.
3. Push back on the front drum.
4. Remove links from chain on the side of the connector
link (1) away from the closest slat (2). It will be neces-
sary to grind the pins to remove the side plates.
5. If the chain does not have a half link (3) available to
remove, both a pin and roller link (4) will have to be
removed and a half link added.
Reassemble the feeder chain with all the hardware for
the links facing away from the front drum guides.
1. • Nuts should be torqued to 20  N·m (14.5  lb ft).
• “S” pins (5) for the added half links should be in-
stalled in the direction shown.
2. Readjust the chain tension as described in 6-127.

NHIL12AF03021AA 1

NHIL12AF03022AA 2

6-128
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Reel speed
There are two states for controlling the header reel speed:
Manual and Auto. In Auto, the minimum reel speed is set
on the Run screen (1).

20063500A 1

Manual
To select manual press the bottom of switch (1) The lamp
next to the switch is turned off. With the separator and
feeder engaged, reel speed is controlled by rotating knob
(A) clockwise to increase reel speed or counterclockwise
to decrease speed. Reel speed range is 0 - 80  RPM.

NHIL12AF01006AA 2

Automatic
The reel to ground speed synchronization system is an
automatic system which, if switched on with the top of the
reel speed synchronization engagement switch (1) cre-
ates a linear relationship of the reel speed with the ground
speed. The lamp next to the switch is turned on. The
amount of speed offset between the reel and the ground
speed (auto reel speed offset) can be increased or de-
creased with the reel speed control (A). The relationship
of reel rotational speed to linear speed, neglecting the off-
set, is approximately 5  RPM/km/h ( 8  RPM/mph). As with
manual control, the separator and feeder must also be en-
gaged prior to reel operation.

NHIL12AF01006AA 3

6-129
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

20031155 4
This graph shows the relationship of the various setting.

A= Reel speed (km/h or mph) D= Auto reel speed slope, change in reel speed to a
corresponding change in ground speed, factory set to
1.1).
B= Ground speed (km/h or mph) E= Auto reel speed offset
C= Minimum reel speed
For example:
If the Auto reel speed offset (E) = 0 mph and the ground
speed (B) = 4 mph: This means that the tip speed of the
reel = 1.1 x 4 mph (about 32.3  RPM).

NOTE: The higher the auto reel speed offset setpoint, the higher the tip speed of the reel in relation with the ground
speed.

To obtain a proper reel synchro control, proceed as
follows:
1. Using the Display, enable the reel min. adjustment
bar.
2. Access this adjustment bar from a Run screen.
3. Modify the reel min. by pressing the bar, then using
the up and down arrows. Press the bar again to enter
the value.
4. Set the reel offset to minimum (full counterclockwise).
5. Engage the separator and feeder.
6. Engage the reel automatic mode with the respective
rocker switch.
7. Adjust the reel offset as desired.
8. Increase ground speed and observe the reel speed
vary as a function of ground speed within the reel min.
speed value. Modify the reel speed limit as desired.

6-130
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Feeder reverse system - Overview

The feeder reverse system is used by the operator to ro-
tate the feeder and header in reverse to clear the feeder
of crop material.
Feeder reverse
1. Stop the combine.
2. Move the feeder drive switch (1) to the center (OFF)
position (B).
3. Wait for all feeder/header functions to stop.
4. Move the feeder drive switch to the rear (reverse) po-
sition (C) then to the forward (engaged) position (A).
NOTE: This enables the feeder reverse function.

NHIL12AF01032AB 1

5. Press the bottom of the feeder/header speed adjust-

ment switch (1) to reverse the feeder.
NOTE: This will reverse the feeder/header as long as
the switch is pressed.
6. Unplug the rotor if necessary. Refer to 6-154.
7. When any plugging of material or foreign object is
cleared return the feeder/header speed adjustment
switch to the off position.
8. Return to normal harvesting.

NHIL12AF01005AA 2

Variable speed feeder equipped machine

only
1. Stop the combine.
2. Move the feeder drive switch (1) to the center (OFF)
position (B).
3. Wait for all feeder/header functions to stop.
4. Move the feeder drive switch to the rear (reverse) po-
sition (C) then to the forward (engaged) position (A).
NOTE: This enables the feeder reverse function.
5. Press the bottom of the feeder/header speed adjust-
ment switch (1) to reverse the feeder.
NOTE: This will reverse the feeder/header as long as
the switch is pressed. NHIL12AF01005AA 3

6. Turn on the separator, refer to 3-32.

7. Press the top of the feeder/header speed adjustment
switch to run the feeder forward at slow speed.
8. When any plugging of material or foreign object is
cleared return the feeder/header speed adjustment
switch to the off position.
9. Return to normal harvesting.

6-131
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Feedrate control
The Feed rate control system allows the combine forward
ground speed to be adjusted automatically based on the
crop load.

To use this system, check first if "Feed Rate" is selected

on the display, Toolbox>Drive>Feed rate, refer to 6-25.

Enabled mode Mode

Limitation Engine Power Combine
The Feed rate system contains two working modes: parameters Performance
1. "Engine Power" mode. Maximum ground X X
speed
• This mode only considers engine parameters.
Engine load X X
2. "Combine Performance" mode. Engine RPM X X
• This mode considers engine parameters as well as Sieve loss - X
losses. Threshing loss - X

Refer to the table for an overview of the parameters that

are considered for each mode.
• The Feed rate system is switched on to its enabled
(standby) mode by pressing the Feed rate button (1)
for at least 2  s.
NOTE: The Feed rate system can only be switched on
from its deactivated state to its enabled (standby) mode
as described above.

NHIL12AF01015AA 1

A signal will sound and a greyed Feed rate icon (2) in

enabled state will show on the status area on the display
monitor, if no input/output errors are present.
NOTE: In this mode, the system is still driving in manual
mode and no control action is generated. The system
is waiting for the following events in order to change the
state accordingly.

NHPH13AF01355AA 2

6-132
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Activated (Operation) mode:

In this mode, the system is driving in automatic mode.

The Feed rate system becomes active and will increase

or decrease the combine ground speed based on the crop
load.
Press and release the Feed rate button (1) .

This mode can only be activated if:

• the combine moves forward with a minimum speed of
0.5  km/h (0.31  mph).
• the feeder/header drive is engaged. NHIL12AF01015AA 3

• not in headland or unloading mode.

• the engine is at high idle ( 2100  RPM).
• the operator is seated.
If the Feed rate symbol (1) in the status area on the mon-
itor is in color, this means that the Feed rate system is
activated (operational).

Once this mode is activated, the multi-function handle

should be pushed to maximum forward so automatic con-
trol is not limited.

NHPH13AF01355AA 4

The Feed rate system is put in standby mode when:

• press and release the Feed rate button when the Feed
rate system is in its activated mode.
• pull the MFH back to slow the combine ground speed
below the “automatic” speed.
• pushing the field/road mode tumbler switch into road
mode.
• pushing the quick stop button.
• hitting the brakes.

The Feed rate system is limited when:

• the ground speed limitation in automatic system =
ground speed at the moment of the "Set-point" calibra-
tion + 2  km/h (1.2  mph).
For example, if the ground speed at the set-point cal-
ibration was 4  km/h (2.5  mph), the ground speed will
be limited at 6  km/h (3.7  mph).
• during active state the engine drops below 2000  RPM.
In this case the combine slows down until the engine
returns to its normal high idle which is 2100  RPM.
• during active state the engine load is too high.
• the losses/returns go in the red zone on the funnels
on the display monitor. (Only in Combine Performance
mode)

6-133
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

The Feed rate system is frozen (means driving with a

constant ground speed) when:
• in headland mode or unloading is active during auto-
matic mode.
NOTE: After headland or unloading is finished, press and
release the Feed rate button to return in the automatic
mode.
Calibrations
There are two different calibrations that can be done:
• Zero load calibration
• Set-point calibration
Zero load calibration
This is an automatic calibration and is necessary in order
to guarantee the measured signal is a clean zero-load
signal. This calibration needs to be done prior to any set-
point calibration or activation of the system.
This calibration is also done from the factory

To perform the automatic calibration, proceed as follows:

1. Engage the threshing and feeder/header drives.
2. Set the engine speed to high idle 2100  RPM.
3. Lift the header upwards (above the maximum work
height) for minimum 15  s (headland routine). This can NHPH13AF01355AA 5

be done with the combine stationary..

NOTE: During this calibration, the Feed rate symbol in the
status area on the display monitor is grayed.

6-134
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Set-point calibration
This is the status where the operator "shows" the con-
troller, its "Set-point" that has to be followed. The set-point
is actually the feed-rate signal level that the controller has
to follow in order to guarantee the optimal machine per-
formance.

The "Set-point" calibration can be done as follows:

1. In enabled mode, press the Feed rate button again for
a minimum of 2  s.
2. Set the combine into optimal status while harvesting.
3. Once the operator is happy with the status, press, and NHIL12AF01015AA 6

shortly hold, the Feed rate button (1).

The system will calculate the value and store this as
"Set-point" for 10  s.
4. During this time, the Feed rate symbol in the status
area on the display monitor is still flashing and the
operator still controls the ground speed manually.
5. After 2.5  s the Feed rate symbol in the status area on
the display monitor becomes solid which means that
the automatic control is active.
6. Push the multi-function handle maximum forward in
order not to limit the automatic control.
NOTE: Due to the fact that the sieve loss sensor tends to
record higher losses when driving through areas with sig-
nificant reduced crop density, the Feed rate system will
decelerate instead of accelerate. (Only in Combine Per-
formance mode)
In this case, it is advised to reduce the sieve loss sensor
sensitivity. This will result in higher forward speed.

6-135
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

THRESHING

Rotor
The rotor is the primary part of the threshing and separating system. It is located inside the rotor cage and is supported
by a large bearing in the front, and the rotor drive gearbox at the rear. The rotor gearbox through which the rotor is
driven has three speed ranges to provide for optimum driving torque. The rotor gearbox is driven by a CVT drive
which provides for a variable speed adjustments within a working range.
The rotor drive gearbox provides for three different speed
ranges and neutral. The ranges are shifted by means
of a shift lever (1) that is mounted below and forward of
the PTO gearbox. The ranges are changed by means of
shift collars inside the transmission, so the rotor MUST be
stopped when changing ranges. The gearbox is powered
from the Power Plus drive unit.

86071523 1

NOTICE: Rotor must be stopped before attempting to shift rotor gearbox range.
The rotor drive will be the most efficient when operated
around the midpoint of the RPM range. This will provide
as close to a direct drive from the engine to the rotor
gearbox as possible.
• Range 1 220 - 450  RPM
• Range 2 420 - 780  RPM
• Range 3 730 - 1180  RPM
The rotor is one solid unit that has three distinct areas:
• The auger section (1).
• The threshing section (2).
• The separation section (3).

50041641 2

6-136
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

TRANSITION CONE
The transition cone is located directly behind the feeder
house or rock trap, and in front of the rotor cage. The
transition cone surrounds the constant pitch auger flights
on the front of the rotor. It acts as a distribution area for
the crop as it starts to rotate. The cone contains fixed
directional vanes that work in conjunction with the auger
flights to perform three important functions.

1. Thin the crop mat.

2. Accelerate the crop mat rearward.
3. Distribute the crop mat evenly to the threshing cham-
ber. 86063499 3

The cone is constructed of a single piece spun into the

conical shape. The transition cone is available in standard
wear and high wear versions. There are five vanes bolted
inside the cone to guide crop flow rearward. The crop
flow through the cone is generated by the rotational speed
of the auger flights accelerating crop outward against the
cone vanes directing the crop rearward.

FEEDING
Impellers
The rotor uses constant pitch augers (1) to intake or
gather material from the feeder house and accelerate the
crop toward the threshing chamber. The design allows
the crop material to flow smoothly into the cage, resulting
in less cone and impeller wear. The combination of the
graduated impeller flighting design and rasp bar mounting
locations promote improved material flow through the
rotor cage in difficult to thresh crops (such as rice, green
stem soybeans).

Front wear blades are provided as a replaceable wear sur-

face on the front of the constant pitch rotor auger flights.
Wear blades should be inspected annually for wear or if 56063614 4
crop feeding performance is poor. The wear blade must
be replaced when signs of wear are present.

A side benefit of the impeller blades is their ability to pull

in air along with the crop material. This suction draws
dust into the feeder house providing a clearer view of the
header during harvest especially at dusk and at night.

ROTOR CONFIGURATIONS (AFX ROTORS)

Configuration 1; regular rasp bars, and eight spiked separator rasp Standard
bars. High wear
Configuration 2; regular rasp bars, 8 spike separator rasp bars, 4 Standard
straight separator bars High wear
Rice configuration; spiked rasp bars over the full length of the rotor High wear only

NOTE: Perform Concave Calibration after changing rasp bars.

The rotor has four main components that allow it to be setup for use in a variety of crops and conditions. The rasp
bars are positioned in a helical pattern around the entire rotor. This forces the material to move through the machine
aggressively. This is ideal for tough, wet conditions. Each type of rotor component works differently.

6-137
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

NOTICE: When changing rasp bars or straight separator bars, always install them in pairs spaced an equal distance
from each other on opposite sides of the rotor to ensure proper rotor balance. Torque the mounting bolts to 130 -
143 Nm (96 - 105 lb ft).
Non-spiked rasp bar
This part is used as a primary threshing element. The
non-spiked rasp bar is used to thresh the crop. It is also
used as a secondary separating element and provides
positive crop movement. These can be interchanged with
straight separator bars or spiked rasp bars on the rear of
the rotor.

Non-spiked rasp bars come in two versions: standard and

extended wear. The extended wear rasp bars are made
of abrasion resistant Chrome-Molybdenum Cast Iron.

10030180 5

Spiked Rasp Bar

This part is used as a primary threshing element with the
additional functionality of aggressive combing of the crop
mat while traveling thru the rotor. The spiked rasp bar is
used to move tough or green stemmed crop through the
combine. The spiked bar will constantly comb the crop
to prevent the crop from roping. These bars are typically
bolted on the rear of the rotor for most crops, but can be
bolted on the front for rice and other tough green stemmed
crops. Like all rasp bars, spiked rasp bars must be in-
stalled in pairs 180° apart to ensure proper rotor balance.
The spiked rasp bar provides effective separation, ensur-
ing that all crop material is torn apart as well as positively
moved through the separation area. 10030181 6

Spiked rasp bars are only available in extended wear. The

extended wear rasp bars are made of abrasion resistant
Chrome-Molybdenum Cast Iron.
NOTICE: When adding spiked rasp bars into the threshing
section of the rotor, the module stop bolts will need to be
reset to ensure contact between the rotor and the modules
does not happen.

Straight Separator Bar

The Straight Separator Bar (1) is used as a primary sep-
arating element. The straight separator bar is used to ag-
gressively separate the grain from the crop. This bar re-
quires two rasp bar mounting pads in order to install it on
the rotor. It is primarily used in high yielding corn to in-
crease separation. The separator bars must be installed
in pairs 180° to maintain rotor balance. They are not rec-
M214803B 7
ommended for very green crops. Straight separator bars
will consume power. The rotor will accept 8 straight bars
in the separator area. Apply only as required to address
rotor loss. Straight separator bars may be removed and
replaced with rasp bars if the rotor is consuming exces-
sive power.

6-138
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Helical Kicker Bar

The Helical Kicker Bar (1) is used as a primary moving
element. This element is used at the very rear of the ro-
tor to discharge material from the separation area into the
beater or chopper. The kicker conforms to the helical pat-
tern of the rasp bar locations and requires two rasp bar
mounting pads in order to install it on the rotor. Two kick-
50041641 8
ers in rear should be used on all rotor configurations and
should never be removed. An additional set of helical
kicker can be mounted over the front and center grates
when additional separation is not required, such as sun-
flowers and some grass seeds.

ROTOR CONFIGURATIONS (SMALL TUBE

ROTORS)
Grain Regular rasp bars, 8 spiked rasp bars high wear only
configuration;
Rice configuration; spiked rasp bars full length high wear only
The rasp bars are positioned in a helical pattern around
the entire rotor. This forces the material to move through
the machine in a positive fashion. This design is ideal
for tough, wet conditions. Several types of rotor compo-
nents are available to maximize combine performance in
a range of crops and conditions.

56063614 9

NOTE: Perform Concave Calibration after changing rasp bars.

NOTICE: When changing rasp bars or straight separator bars, always install in pairs 180 ° apart to ensure proper
rotor balance. Torque the mounting bolts to 130 - 143 Nm (95 - 105 lb ft).
Spiked Rasp Bar
This part is used as a primary threshing element for rice
configured rotors, and is used to thresh and manage crop
material. Spiked rasp bars are found in all locations on a
rice rotor. In grain applications, spiked rasp bars are ap-
plied to the separation section, improving material man-
agement, which results in improved separation. Their ef-
fectiveness is amplified in tough, damp, green, crop con-
ditions.

56063616 10

6-139
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Non-spiked Rasp Bar

This part is used as a primary threshing element for crops
other than rice. It is also used as a secondary separating
element and provides positive crop movement through the
separation area.

56063615 11

Straight Separator Bar

The straight separator bar is used as a primary separat-
ing element to separate the grain from the crop. It causes
the crop mat to be thinned, allowing the seeds to separate
from the residue easier. It is primarily used in high yield-
ing grain and corn to increase separation. They are not
recommended for very green crops or rice. If adequate
separation is occurring, straight separation bars may be
replaced with rasp bars to increase machine throughput.

56063619 12

Recommended placement of the separator bars (1) is

shown.

56063618 13

NOTE: The straight separator bars are designed with a self locking feature. To install a straight separator bar, position
the bar over the mount and towards the front of the vehicle until the straight separator bar rests on the rotor, then slide
the bar toward the rear of the rotor until the bolt hole aligns. On some installations, it may be necessary to tap the
bar in place with a soft hammer to achieve bolt hole alignment. Insert the M12 bolt and torque to 130 - 143 Nm (95 -
105 lb ft).

6-140
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Helical Kicker Bar

The helical kicker bar (1) is used as a primary moving ele-
ment. This element is used at the very rear of the rotor to
flail the material being discharged. The kicker conforms
to the helical pattern of the rasp bar locations. The kickers
are equipped with replaceable wear plates. When replac-
ing the wear plates, torque the bolts to 102 - 115  Nm (75
- 84  lb ft).

56063617 14

6-141
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Rotor cage

NHPH12AF03445AA 1

(1) Top Cover (4) Separating Module Carrier

(2) Module Clearance Adjusting Bar (5) Rotor Cage
(3) Threshing Module Carrier

After the crop material leaves the transition cone, it enters the front portion of the rotor cage area. The cage contains
eight rotor modules. The first four which are adjustable for proper threshing, and the second four which have a fixed
clearance in the separation area. The Modules are designated and marked as right and left. A module wraps around
the rotor approximately 90  ° each, providing a total module wrap of approximately 180  °. Any module may be placed
in any location with respect to the side it is designed to fit. The modules are attached to module carriers. The front
carrier SHOULD contain two left and two right threshing modules, and the rear carrier MAY contain a combination of
two left and two right threshing and/or separating modules.

The modules are used to hold the crop material in the rotor cage long enough to be thoroughly threshed. The modules
must also have enough capacity or open area to allow the threshed grain to freely pass out of the threshing cage on
to the cleaning system. Different types of modules are available to change how long the material is held in the cage
to effectively complete the threshing process.

As a general rule, all properly threshed grain should be allowed to escape from the rotor cage as early as possible.
This can be fine tuned by running different combinations of modules on the same machine. It is essential that the
proper set or combination of modules be used for the crop being harvested.

6-142
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Module Location Identification

The modules are identified by their position. The front
right side will be #1R, front left side #1L, etc. left rear will
be #4L.

Measure the module from the two outside bars (1) .

• Left hand = 55.24  cm (21.75  in), marked with L at (2).
• Right hand = 57.15  cm (22.5  in), marked with R at (2).

NHPH12AF03418AA 2

Module Types
Small Wire (SW)
3/16  in wire thickness with approximately 1/4  in spacing
between the wires. This is most commonly used in small
grain type crops.

NHPH12AF03419AA 3

Large Wire (LW)

1/4  in wire thickness with approximately 3/4  in spacing
between the wires. This is most commonly used in corn,
soybeans, and rice.

NHPH12AF03415AA 4

Slotted Modules (SL)

Have slotted plates rather then wires. Slot size is ap-
proximately 25.4  mm (1  in) x 38.1  mm (1 1/2  in) and are
mainly used in edible beans and sunflowers.

NHPH12AF03417AA 5

6-143
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Round Bar (RB)

16  mm Round bars with 16  mm spacing. Round bar
modules have proven beneficial in reducing hairpinning
of crops that plug large wire modules, such as high
moisture corn.

NHPH12AF03416AA 6

Large Skip Wire Modules (LSW)

Half of the wires of the standard large wire module and
mainly used in the separating area. All wires may be re-
moved to create a Key Stock module.

NHPH12AF03414AA 7

Solid Modules
May be used in very easy threshing and separating crop
to prevent excess trash from over loading the cleaning
system.

NHPH12AF03418AA 8

6-144
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Module – Position overview

The Module threshing clearance may be changed by
pressing the INCREASE/DECREASE switch (1) on the
right hand console in the cab. The Threshing Clearance
will automatically be displayed in the upper right hand
display cell while adjustments are being made.

NHIL12AF01007AA 1

The modules can be moved manually if the electric control

system fails.
1. Loosen the three carriage bolts (1).
2. Slide the drive away from the modules to disengage
the gears.
3. Manually raise or lower the modules using an 18  mm
wrench on bottom of worm gear shaft.
4. When adjustment is complete, move drive back into
position (gears engaged) to hold the modules in posi-
tion.
5. Tighten the three carriage bolts (1).

NHIL12AF00091AA 2

The placement of the modules in relationship to the rotor is critical. The modules have three major adjustments that
must be checked during preseason inspections.
1. Module levelness
• The module assembly must be set parallel to the
rotor. If the modules are not level, most threshing
will occur at the closest module. Check clearance
at front of #1 and rear of #3, clearance should be
the same.
2. Module Position, (pinch point)
• The pinch point effects the way the grain and chaff
lay on the cleaning system, and can be adjusted.
Refer to Adjust – Position adjustment for adjust-
ment procedure. Refer to either 6-8, 6-14, or 6-12
for settings.
3. Module Zero
• The rotor should be as close to the modules as pos-
sible with out making contact.

The modules are supported at the bottom on dowel bolts and on top by two bolts that connect to an adjustable frame.
The modules are easily removed, by removing the bolts at the adjustable frame and pulling the modules out.

6-145
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Rotor cage – Position adjustment

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

To ensure proper threshing in all crops, it is recommended

that the module carrier be leveled and zero clearance set
during pre-delivery and/or once a season.

This adjustment may provide improved threshing capabil-

ities and more uniform distribution of threshed material in
wheat and similar sized seeds. It will also aid in keeping
the threshing modules cleaner when damp material is en-
countered.
Module adjustment checklist:
• Ensure the modules are level.
• Set the module side shift.
• Check for interference between the modules and the
rotor.
• Set the H-frame stop bolts and recalibrate the module
clearance. Refer to 6-81.

6-146
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Leveling
1. Shift the rotor gear-case to the neutral position (1).

86071523 1

2. Remove the left hand and right hand rotor access pan-
els. 3-81
3. Set the module clearance to value (A) (see table be-
low column A) ensuring that measurement is taken be-
tween the end plate of the left hand side module and
the rotor tube.
4. Value (A) is measured both at the front of left hand side
modules (2), and the rear of left hand side modules (3)
to ensure the module frame is level with the rotor. If
both measurements are not within 1  mm of each other,
adjust the turnbuckle (1) on the module adjustment
linkage to make them so.
93094786 2

93094785 3

Large tube rotor Small tube rotor

Shift Position on left hand side module Shift Position on left hand side module
(A) (B) (A) (B)
6  mm (0.24  in) 81 86    
6 mm (0.24 in) left 113 118
left
Center 81 81 Center 113 113
6  mm (0.24  in) 81 75 6  mm (0.24  in) 113 107
right right

6-147
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Side shift adjustment

1. Check gap (B) (refer to above chart) at the front of the
left hand module 1 and the rear of left hand module
2. Make sure gap is within 1  mm front to rear along
frame.
2. If gap needs adjustment, loosen the six retaining bolts
on both the front and rear module carrier supports (1)
and adjust draw bolts (2) on right hand side to achieve
an even gap at (B).
3. Make sure gap is consistent front to rear along frame
then tighten the six retaining bolts on both the front and
rear module carrier supports (1). Torque the bolts to 93094786 4
93 - 113  N·m (69 - 84  lb ft).
NOTE: Once the module pinch point has been set, adjust
the module completely shut, place the rotor in neutral, and
ensure that the rotor does not contact the modules while
being spun over by hand. If it does, follow the procedure
for setting the module h-frame stop bolts.
NOTE: Measure gap (B) at either the third rub bar or the
fouth round bar.

NHIL13AF00638AA 5

H frame stop bolt adjustment

1. Loosen stop bolts (1).

93094786 6

2. Turn the rotor by hand and close modules until rasp

bars hit module frame (1). Unscrew module adjust
stop bolts (2) until they hit the module frame (1). Mark
bolts, then lower module frame. Unscrew module ad-
just stop bolts (2) an additional two turns, then tighten
jam nuts (3).
3. Lower the modules.
4. Recalibrate concave modules.
NOTICE: Only perform the Pinch point adjustments after
the modules have been leveled.

66063561 7

6-148
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS
Threshing and separation
Separation
Once the grain has been threshed, it must be separated
from the Material Other than Grain (MOG) that came into
the combine with it. This function begins to occur as soon
as the crop enters the rotor cage. About 90  % of the
grain will be separated in the threshing area of the ro-
tor cage. This is a secondary function of the threshing
Separator modules
Grain that does not separate in the threshing area will be
separated in the rear half of the rotor cage. This is the
separation area. The modules provide agitation and rel-
atively large openings for any grain left in the crop mate-
rial. They are in a set of four, (same units as described
in the threshing section), and are rigidly bolted into place.
Crop speed control
One of the most important aspects of running an AX-
IAL-FLOW combine correctly is to have the proper con-
trol of the crop speed through the machine. Crop speed
is controlled completely by the rotor and rotor cage as-
semblies. As a general rule, the crop material will travel
through the machine at about half the rotor speed.
Four basic adjustments for crop speed control are
available to the operator once the machine is properly
equipped for the crop to be harvested.
1. Rotor Speed
2. Concave Clearance
3. Cage Vane Position
4. Number of straight separator bars
The most common mistake is running the rotor speed too
slow. The rotor in an AXIAL-FLOW combine can be run
faster than a conventional cylinder for the following rea-
sons:
1. Multiple passes over the modules allow for a more
relaxed and/or less sensitive concave setting. This
Change rotor speed
The single easiest way to increase or decrease crop
speed is by changing the rotor speed.
This is accomplished by pushing the rotor INCREASE/
DECREASE switch in the RHC. This adjustment can be
made on the go.
When adjusting, use increments of 20 - 30  RPM at a time
until the desired result is accomplished. This will prevent
missing the correct operating speed for the crop condition.
If the grain scan monitor is set properly, the effect of the
rotor speed change can be observed on the monitor. If
6-149
section. The more that can be separated here, the more
material the machine can handle. Separation in an AX-
IAL-FLOW combine occurs due to the centrifugal force
created by the spinning rotor. The heavy particles (grain)
will be thrown out of the rotor cage openings onto the
shaker pan, which lies under the rotor.
The modules may be removed by removing the bolts on
the outside, (right or left), and pulled off the center sup-
port. The grates are nonadjustable and are normally as-
sociated with the Skip Wire, Slotted, Solid and Round bar
modules.
is greatly aided by the deep relief area between rasp
bars which gives crop to crop threshing.
2. The relaxed setting allows for faster rotor speed with
lower risk to grain damage as compared to a conven-
tional cylinder with tight, critical concave setting.
3. The relaxed clearance and high rotor speed with lower
risk to damage, allows for more capacity.
4. Keeping the combine at full capacity minimizes loss
and damage because of the crop on crop threshing
effect.
Prior conventional combine owners tend to be conserva-
tive on rotor speed when operating their AXIAL-FLOW
combine because of prior experiences. Slower rotor
speeds will effect damage, slow ground travel, and
reduce capacity. This occurs because the material is
staying in the cage too long. The crop flow is reduced
and rolling or roping of the crop can occur. This is sig-
naled by a rumbling noise. The horsepower required to
run the machine is also increased when this occurs. A
faster rotor speed will require less horsepower because
the rotor momentum helps move the crop. Separation is
also increased because centrifugal force is increased.
uncertainty exists, or the machine does not have a grain
scan monitor, stop and check the ground. Rotor Speed
provides for machine capacity and separation.
A second way to change crop speed is to adjust the con-
cave clearance.
The more relaxed, or open the modules are, the slower
the material will flow through the machine.
This occurs because the rotor does not have as much
traction against the material.
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

The crop mat will become thicker. A closed concave
setting produces faster crop movement and a thinner mat
of material. The extreme ends of concave adjustment for
a given crop will produce similar results. Usually, over
threshing, cleaning system overload, excessive power
requirements, and grain damage occur. The acceptable
concave clearance range will be somewhere between
these extremes, and compared to a conventional ma-
chine, the range is very wide. Concave clearance
provides for threshing ability, keeping the modules clean
and controlling the material.

Change transport vanes

A third way to control crop speed is with the cage vanes.
Vanes line the left side of the inner skin of the rotor upper
cage. These vanes act like threads in a nut. As the rotor
spins the crop, the vanes direct it rearward. All vanes
can be pitched forward or rearward by moving them within
slotted holes. Detentes are located in the bottom slot to
facilitate vane positioning. Three bolts hold the vanes in
the desired position. The top bolt on the front vane is
located at the top of the cage and is accessed from the
right side. The three vane positions are:

86063609 1

1. Forward tilt (slow)- By loosening three bolts and mov-

ing the bottom of the vane rearward, the crop material
will move through the cage at a slower rate of speed.
This position can be useful if additional threshing or
separation time is needed.
2. Mid-position- This position can be identified by placing
the bottom of the vane in the middle detent position.
3. Rear tilt (fast)- By loosening three bolts and moving the
bottom of the vane forward, the crop material will move
through the cage at a faster rate of speed. This can be
useful in situations where the grain is separating very
early within the machine. The trash can be expelled
from the combine faster since the grain is gone. The
vanes allow for adjustments of speed in individual ar-
eas of the cage since they don't have to be moved as
complete sets. In general, vanes should be in this po-
sition unless rotor losses are high.

Guidelines for optimizing straw quality

Due to the threshing and separating nature of the AXIAL-FLOW Combine, machine settings, and operating conditions
can affect the quality of straw for baling. The following guidelines are to help you obtain the best straw possible from
your AXIAL-FLOW Combine. Each field condition must be looked at closely to identify which options will give you
satisfactory results.

Recommended combine configurations to improve straw quality

Standard rotor • Solid grates in the No. 3 and 4 positions may be used
if seed loss is not an issue.
• Do not use spiked rasp bars, except in crops requiring
additional separation. Operating conditions
Other equipment • Harvest during damp, tough conditions such as early
morning or late evening.
• Use small wire module or at least one at the No. 1L and
1R position. • Cut more of the stem than usual.

6-150
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Combine settings • Retract the straw chopper stationary knives and shift
chopper to slow speed.
• Use slower than normal rotor speeds.
• Install and/or raise windrow chute to highest position
• Relax the concave setting while maintaining threshing to improve windrow formation and reduce drying time if
and separating. straw is wet.
• Adjust the vanes over the separator modules to the fast NOTICE: Care should be exercised to avoid compromis-
or forward position. ing acceptable grain loss and combine performance.
• Adjust the vanes over the threshing modules to the mid
or fast position.

Rotor cage cover plates

During harvesting of wheat or other small grains with
very dry straw, large amounts of short straw may escape
through the openings of the upper rotor cage, causing a
dirty sample.

The operator's initial reaction may be to close the bottom

sieve. This, however, will produce high tailings volume
and its associated problems.

Rotor cage cover plates can be installed to reduce the

amount of straw expelled out of the cage.

Two cover plate kits are available. These kits may be ob-
tained through Service Parts. The kit for the front (thresh- 66074499 2
ing) portion of the cage consists of two plates (1). The kit
for the rear (separating) portion consists of four plates (2).
However, two rear plate kits can be installed, for a total of
eight plates.

The RH front plate has ears to permit it to be mounted

to the flanges. The LH front plate can be mounted using
existing hardware. This plate has openings to accommo-
date the vane adjustment hardware.

The rear plates can be installed between any two adjacent

vane support bolts, as shown.

6-151
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS
Suggested start up configurations for major crops
Corn/Soybeans
Start with vanes in the middle position and only move
if loss is a problem. If congestion occurs, remove the
straight separator bars and reinstall two spiked rasp bars
for each straight bar removed. After this change, moni-
tor the result. The rumbling associated with congestion
should go away. If this is occurring and the combine is
set as suggested, try a different ground speed.
Edible Beans/Corn
Start with all non-spiked rasp bars, and add straight sep-
arator bars to the grate area if rotor loss becomes a prob-
lem in corn. Use the vanes in the grate area to speed or
slow the material as needed.
Sunflowers
In sunflowers, adding four more kickers (one in front of the
factory installed units) will increase the speed at which the
unwanted refuse will be discharged from the back of the
rotor. This will prevent this material from overloading the
sieves.
Small Grain
Use all non-spiked rasp bars and straight separator bars
over the number 3L, 3R and 4L, 4R rotor concaves. Set
the vanes in the middle position over the concaves and
middle position over the grates. Use the proper rotor
speed and concave clearance to thresh and separate the
crop. Watch for over threshing and cleaning system over-
6-152
load in dry material. If this is happening, use the vanes
to speed the exit of the threshed straw. Helical kickers
should be mounted at the back of the rotor.
If excessive rotor power is suspected, remove the straight
separator bars and replace with rasp bars.
Very Green Crops
If the crop is very wet and viney, use non-spiked rasp bars
in the concave area, and spiked rasp bars in the grate
area. In extreme conditions, spiked rasp bars can be
placed in the concave area as well, however; the concave
stop bolts must be readjusted since the spiked rasp bars
will contact the rotor at an earlier point. If the stop bolts
are readjusted the concave sensor will require re-calibrat-
ing. Helical kickers should be mounted to the back of the
rotor.
NOTICE: When adjusting the combine to suit crop condi-
tions, remember to do the easy items first.
1. Adjust the rotor speed or concave clearance before
making any configuration changes to the rotor. When
making rotor speed changes, use increments of
10  RPM and 20  RPM only, then check the results. If
nothing noticeable occurred, try 10  RPM or 20  RPM
more until a change occurs. Damp crops will take
less speed adjustment than dry material. A damp
crop has more traction against the rotor.
2. Adjust the vanes before making rotor configuration
changes.
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Rotor overview
SYSTEMS OPERATION
The entire rotor drive system consists of a PTO and 3 speed rotor gearbox, Power Plus drive, hydraulic pump and
hydraulic motor.

A rotor calibration process will let the controller learn the amount of current required to activate the ring to frame clutch,
engine to ring clutch and pump solenoids. The automatic calibration process will be initiated by the operator using
the operator display and MUST be done once a season.
How should the rotor drive system operate?
The rotor drive has very specific operating requirements
and must operate in one of four modes at all times. The
system is in control of all rotor operations, maintaining
speed, monitoring, trouble shooting and warnings.

MODES OF OPERATION
Off
The operator will have placed the separator control switch
(1) into the OFF (center detent) position, the rotor should
not be powered and should be at rest.

Rotor Engagement
When the operator places the separator control switch into
the forward detent position, the rotor will be started by
activating an acceleration mode to start and bring the rotor
up to the requested speed. The threshing system can
be engaged at any engine speed but should normally be
engaged at low idle 1000  RPM. NHIL12AF01032AB 1

Rotor Operating
The rotor speed will be maintained in a ratio to the engine
speed, it will not be maintained at the requested speed.

Rotor De-Slug
The rotor De-slug is used by the operator to rotate the
rotor in forward and reverse to free a stalled rotor. All
driving force is provided by the rotor drive motor. Refer
to 6-154 for the De-slug procedure.
NOTICE: Rotor De-Slug is to be used when the rotor has
been stalled by crop material only. Using this feature
when the rotor has been stalled by a non-compressible
object such as a stone may cause severe damage to the
threshing components.

6-153
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Rotor De-slug
The rotor De-slug is used by the operator to rotate the
rotor in forward and reverse to free a stalled rotor. All
driving force is provided by the rotor drive motor.
NOTICE: Rotor De-Slug is to be used when the rotor has
been stalled by crop material only. Using this feature
when the rotor has been stalled by a non-compressible
object such as a stone may cause severe damage to the
threshing components.

Take the following steps to deslug the rotor:

1. Lower the concaves to a position of 45  mm or more,
refer to 6-145.
NHIL12AF01032AB 1
2. Engage the feeder reverser (1) for two to three sec-
onds to move material away from the front of the rotor,
refer to 6-120.
3. Move the separator switch (2) to the reverse posi-
tion until the display message A0119 DE-SLUG EN-
ABLED appears.
This ensures you have requested deslug mode.
4. Move the separator switch to the forward position to
fully engage deslug mode.
• The beater/chopper, clean grain, tailings, sieve
shaker, cleaning fan, and spreaders will run.
5. Increase the engine speed to high idle, 2100  RPM.
NHPH12AF00929AA 2
6. Use the rotor speed adjust switch to rock the rotor and
move the material rearward through the combine.
• Increase speed (4) will turn the rotor forward (try this
first)
• Decrease speed (3) will turn the rotor in reverse (use
this to break up the wad)
NOTE: If the rotor fails to move shift the rotor gearbox to
first gear if not already in that gear. This will give you the
maximum torque for the system.
NOTE: When the rotor runs continuously in the forward
direction the rotor is no longer blocked.
NHIL12AF01007AA 3

To Exit Deslug Mode

1. Decrease engine speed to low idle 1000  RPM.
2. Turn the separator switch to the off position.
3. Shift the rotor gearbox to the previously used gear.
4. Move the concaves back to the previous opening.
5. Resume normal harvesting operations.

NOTICE: If the operator is in doubt that the slug has been cleared and the rotor drive is in 3rd gear, the rotor drive
should be down shifted before attempting to re-engage the rotor.
NOTE: After de-slugging the rotor, it is recommended to check the bolts and nuts on the rotor cage vanes.

6-154
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

CLEANING

Cleaning – Overview
NOTICE: To adjust the sieves to the desired clearance, always move the lever(s) (or if electrical by using the switch
from the cab) from the closed position to the desired opening.
Presieve
Adjust the opening of the pre-cleaning sieve, according to
the grain size, with the lever (1) on the right-hand side at
the back of the shaker shoe.
NOTE: Adjusting the pre-cleaning sieve is always manual.

10030011 1

Remote Adjust Upper and Lower Sieve

Adjust the openings of the upper and lower sieve, accord-
ing to the grain size, with the buttons at the rear of the
sieves or with electrical switches, upper sieve (1) or lower
sieve (2), from the right hand console.

The sieve setting will be displayed in a pop up box during

adjustment.

NHIL12AF01009AA 2

The upper and lower sieve(s) are equipped with a sieve

opening indicator (1).

The rear part (extension) of the upper sieve ( 1-1/8  in) can

be adjusted separately. It may be necessary for the rear
part to be opened a few millimeters more than the sieve
opening to prevent loss of the returns, particularly when
harvesting wheat.

When harvesting maize/corn, keep the upper sieve ( 1-5/

8  in) closed as much as necessary to sieve all the grain
and to prevent the maize/corn cobs from passing through
the sieve and entering the grain tank.

23092312 3

6-155
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Sieve Position
The upper sieve is fitted in the lower position (1).

For wheat and maize/corn (if necessary) the same lower

sieve ( 1-1/8  in) can be used.

23092316 4

Types Of Sieves Available

Sieves Type Crops Positions Opening
Presieve Grain Slat 1 1/8  in Cereals Corn/Maize Fixed Adjustable
Closz Slat 1 5/8  in Corn/Beans/Rice Fixed Adjustable
Corn Slat 1 5/8  in Corn/Maize Fixed Adjustable
Upper Sieve Closz Slat 1 1/8  in Cereals Two Adjustable(2)
Closz Slat 1 5/8  in Corn/Beans/Rice Two Adjustable(2)
Corn Slat 1 5/8  in Corn/Maize Two(1) Adjustable(2)
Peterson Slat 1 1/8  in Oil Seed Rape Grass Two Adjustable(2)
Seed
Lower Sieve Grain Slat 1 1/8  in Cereals Fixed Adjustable(2)
Closz Slat 1 5/8  in Corn/Maize Fixed Adjustable(2)
Round Hole Sieve Alfalfa/Grass Seed Fixed Fixed
2.5  mm (0.09  in)
diameter
Round Hole Sieve Milo/Small Beans Fixed Fixed
10  mm (0.39  in)
diameter
Round Hole Sieve Corn/Maize Fixed Fixed
16  mm (0.62  in)
diameter
Round Hole Sieve Large Beans Fixed Fixed
18  mm (0.70  in) Corn/Maize
diameter

(1) sieve with canvas installed

(2) mechanical or electrical (remote control) sieve adjustable

Sieve Types
Peterson slat
This sieve is recommended for grasses and various small
seeds. The sieve opens towards the ground and uses a
fin and hole design for air draft control. The sieve helps
to remove straw and stems.

This sieve type is only available in 1 1/8  in wire spacing,

and is only used in the upper sieve position.

23119088 5

6-156
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Grain slat
This sieve is recommended for small grains, rice, flax or
small seed. The sieve opening can be adjusted for clean-
ing in low volume small crops and trashy conditions. Be-
cause of the smaller total opening, this sieve has a lower
capacity than other sieves.

This sieve type is only available in 1 1/8  in wire spacing,

and is only used in the presieve and lower sieve positions.

23119089 6

Closz slat
This sieve is recommended for higher volume small
grains, rice, flax or small seed or less trashy conditions.

This sieve type is available in 1 1/8  in and 1 5/8  in wire

spacing, and can be used in the presieve, upper sieve
and lower sieve positions.

23119090 7

Corn slat
This sieve is recommended for corn and most other
large seed crops. This sieve uses more air and has a
greater opening, even when closed, than other sieves for
increased capacity. Because of the increased opening,
the sieve opening does not have to be adjusted as wide
as on other sieves. Less plugging with cobs and trash
will occur with this sieve.

This sieve type is only available in 1 5/8  in wire spacing,

and can be used in the presieve and upper sieve posi-
tions.
23119091 8

NOTE: To clear a sieve, move the adjusting lever to the

full open position, then back to the adjustment setting.

6-157
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Sieves - Removal
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Presieve
1. Remove two bolts (1) securing rear of the presieve.

23092313 1

2. Pull upward and rearward on the rear of the presieve.

Use the supports (1) to guide the removed presieve
out of the rear of the combine.

23092314 2

Upper Sieve
1. Open lower access plate (1) by retracting latch pins
(2).

50021797 3

6-158
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

2. Disconnect remote sieve control brackets by turning

latch (1) counter-clockwise.

23092315 4

3. Remove bolts (1) on both sides and the center bolt.

23092316 5

4. Remove the upper sieves from the rear of the com-

bine.

23092317 6

Lower Sieve
1. Open lower access plate (1) by retracting latch pins
(2).
2. Disconnect remote sieve control brackets as de-
scribed in upper sieve.

50021797 7

6-159
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

3. Remove bolts (1) on both sides and remove the lower

sieve. Adjust the shaker shoe position by hand if the
grain loss sensor prevents the removal of the sieve.
NOTE: It may be necessary to adjust the position of the
chaff pan to remove the lower sieves.

23092318 8

6-160
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Sieves – Installation
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Presieve
Proceed as follows:
1. Place the presieve on supports (1) on both sides of the
shaker shoe and slide the presieve completely forward
into its place.

23092314 1

2. Adjust lever (1) at the back of the shaker shoe in the

open position (lowest position).

10030011 2

3. Open the presieve completely by moving handle (1)

upwards.

23092319 3

6-161
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

4. Check if notch (1) on the presieve is connected with

the presieve adjustment shaft (2) of the shaker shoe,
by moving lever (3) at the back of the shaker shoe.
If seated correctly the presieve should open and close
smoothly as the lever is moved.
NOTE: Moving lever (3) will cause the presieve to open
or close.

23092320 4

23092321 5

10030011 6

5. If correct, insert and tighten two bolts (1) on either side

of the presieve and check again.

23092313 7

6-162
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Lower and upper sieve

The wide cleaning shoe lower and upper sieve consists
of two sieve halves. It is not possible to exchange the
left-hand with the right-hand side sieve half, because the
left-hand side sieve is equipped with a welded support (1).

23092322 8

Lower Sieve
1. Install the lower sieve and bolts on both sides (1). Ad-
just the shaker shoe position by hand if the grain loss
sensor prevents the installation of the sieve.

23092318 9

2. Connect the remote sieve control bracket by engaging

and turning the latch (1) one quarter turn clockwise.
3. Ensure that sieve halves open equally.
4. If they do not open equally
• Loosen nut (2) and adjust sieves to open equally.
5. Perform lower sieve calibration, 6-83.

23092315 10

6-163
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Upper Sieve
1. Install the upper sieves.

23092317 11

2. Install bolts (1) on both sides and the center bolt.

23092316 12

3. Connect the remote sieve control bracket by engaging

and turning the latch (1) one quarter turn clockwise.
4. Ensure that sieve halves open equally.
5. If they do not open equally
• Loosen nut (2) and adjust sieves to open equally.
6. Perform upper sieve calibration 6-82.

23092315 13

6-164
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Cleaning fan
The cleaning fan speed is adjusted electrically from the
right hand console (1) and can be read from the display
monitor.

It's only possible to change the fan speed when the

threshing mechanism is engaged.

Adjust speed to suit the nature of the crop, chaff load and
moisture content. An insufficient air blast will reduce the
'clean area' of the top sieve causing a dirty sample or grain
loss (grain will shake over the end of the shaker shoe).

The best way to check whether the volume of air is satis-

factory is to complete a 'kill-stall', i. e. stopping the engine NHIL12AF01009AA 1
with the threshing mechanism engaged and checking the
sieve coverage pattern.

Sieve operation can also be checked by collecting mate-

rial coming from the rear of the cleaning shoe and check-
ing the sample for grain loss.

If this method of checking is used:

The two finger extensions must be clean while the sieves must be evenly loaded. Little or no grain should be
found on the rear part of the upper sieve.
If the whole sieve is clear of grain and chaff, the volume of air is too high. The grain will be blown out of the machine
and clean grain will be transported over the lower sieve into the returns cross auger.
If the upper sieve is full of grain, the volume of air is too low, so that the wind does not blow through the chaff.
Therefore grain will be shaken off the sieve together with the chaff.

NOTICE: Do not remove or modify the cleaning fan guards as changes may influence the airflow in an unfavorable
way.
The cage around the cleaning fan can be opened for
cleaning.
1. Rotate lever (1), located on either side of the cage,
down.
2. Slide the levers away from the center of the combine.
3. Lower the cage door.
4. Clean out any debris.

NHIL12CR01537AA 2

Close the cage:

1. Lift the door into position.
2. Slide the levers towards the center of the combine so
they fit in cage door holes (1).
3. Rotate pins up so they catch in the retainers (2).

NHIL12CR01537AA 3

6-165
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

GRAIN HANDLING

Returns system
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

The returns cross auger can be cleaned by removing

cover (1).

10030013 1

Should the impellers become blocked, they can be un-

blocked and cleaned through opening (1).

For maximum efficiency it is important to keep the amount

of material in the tri-sweep tailings processor to the abso-
lute minimum.

Excessive returns will:

1. Increase the risk of grain damage.
2. Produce grain loss through sieve overload.
3. Increase the risk of blocking the returns components.

The quantity of returns can be limited by:

10041662 2
1. Opening the lower sieve as wide as possible, consis-
tent with producing a clean grain sample.
2. Not opening the pre-cleaning sieve and the upper
sieve too wide (this will stop excessive chaff from
getting onto the bottom sieve).
3. Keeping the cleaning fan RPM high enough to blow
the chaff out of the machine.
4. Avoiding excessive cleaning fan RPM, so that clean
grain is not blown over the lower sieve into the returns
cross auger.

6-166
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

The tri-sweep tailings processor consists of

• Three impellers (1).
• Slip clutch (2) (not shown)

The audible slip clutch is on the chopper/beater shaft and

protects the returns drive line.

This slip clutch is factory-set and does not need any ad-
justment.

10041662 3

6-167
6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

6-168
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Grain storage
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Bubble up tube positions

Manual extensions
The bubble-up tube (1) must be raised to the up position
for field use and latched as shown (2).

The bubble-up tube should be lowered to the down posi-

tion for road use and clearance issues.

10034686 1

To lower tube unlatch handle (1) as shown. Raise tube

(2) and move latch (3) toward the center of the combine
to disengage hooks (4) allowing tube to be lowered.

10034688 2

NOTE: The tube is counter balanced with a spring to ease lifting of tube.

6-169
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Grain tank filling system

• The clean grain cross auger can be cleaned by re-
moving cover (1). Remove the pins (2) by twisting the
latched ends counterclockwise and pulling the pins
rearward. Once the pins are out, pull straight down on
the cover to remove it.

10030019 3

• Cover (1) has an indented overhang (2) on one end.

When the cover is replaced, this overhang must always
be placed in the right-hand side of the auger opening,
such that it lips over the inner edge of the opening, pro-
viding support for the cover.
• A block on the right-hand side of the trough prevents
the cover from being installed incorrectly.
• Failure to observe this placement can result in exces-
sive wear to and premature failure of the clean grain
cross auger housing.

NHIL13AF01401AA 4

• Reinstall cover (1) as shown. Tap the cover firmly into

place in the opening, then replace the pins.

76074567 5

• The clean grain elevator bottom side can be cleaned by

opening cover (1).
NOTE: If excessive buildup of mud or other substances
occurs, a scraper paddle is available from service parts.

NHIL13AF01399AA 6

6-170
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

• Open the cover (1) to check the clean grain auger.

10030020 7

• The grain elevator top side can be cleaned by removing

cover (1) through the grain tank. Then open cover (2).

10034676 8

10030024 9

6-171
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

In damp crop conditions (e. g. wet maize/corn, wet soy-

beans), it may be necessary to regularly clean the pas-
sage between the grain elevator and the grain tank bub-
ble-up auger, including the grain flow sensor (1). Access
the sensor through the grain tank (2).

50030166 10

10034676 11

Grain sample access

The grain tank is provided with an inspection door (1)
where a grain sample can be taken when starting off in
the field.

ZDA2439B 12

6-172
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

A channel section (1) in the grain tank brings the grain to

the inspection door.

ZDA2440A 13

Grain tank window

Open the grain tank window in the cab to clean the area
between the cab and the grain tank. Refer to 3-48 for
more information.

NHIL12AF02610AA 14

Grain tank with extensions

Closed position of grain tank extensions (1).
The grain tank extensions (1) can be closed manually.
Front and back first, then the sides lay on top.

20030021 15

6-173
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

The grain tank extensions (1) can be opened manually.

The extensions must be secured using prop rods (2) and
pins.

10030371 16

Grain tank level sensors

There are two grain tank level sensors.

The lower level sensor (1) is adjustable and should be

adjusted up or down on the slotted mounting bracket, ac-
cording to the condition of the crop or desired harvesting
practice.

When the grain reaches the lower level sensor (1) the
grain tank warning will be displayed on the operator dis-
play.

The upper level sensor (2) is adjustable and should be

positioned to allow enough time for the threshing to be
56063222 17
stopped after receiving the alarm without overflowing the
grain tank. When the grain reaches the upper level sen-
sor, the grain tank full alarm will appear on the operator
display.

NOTE: The lower level sensor can be used for "up and that it is time to turn around and continue harvesting back
back" operation. When the lower sensor is adjusted to to the unloading location.
approximately half of the tank, the operator will be alerted

6-174
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Clean grain elevator drive – Change speeds

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

1. Loosen the tensioner (1).

2. Move the belt (2) to the empty groove in each pulley.

83072904 1

3. Remove the tensioner pulley (1) and spacer.

4. Move the spacer to the opposite side of the tensioner
pulley.
5. Install the tensioner pulley.
6. Adjust the belt tension.
NOTE: High speed is recommended for corn due to typ-
ically higher yield throughputs. Most other crops should
use the slow speed setting to minimize wear, and grain
damage.

83119127 2

6-175
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Unloading
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Grain tank cross augers

Cover plates (1) or "tents" are fitted over both grain tank
unloading cross augers. These covers can be adjusted
to regulate the unloading rate according to the nature and
moisture content of the grain being handled.

NHPE12AF00006AA 1

To adjust, pull handle (1) toward the center of the grain

tank and lift.

This will disengage the cover from the support (2). Posi-
tion the other end of the cover in the desired hole in sup-
port. Re-engage handle (1) in the desired support holes.
NOTE: The handle side of the cover should be even with
or higher than the opposite side to prevent grain crackage.

NHPE12AF00008AA 2

To clean out the grain tank open both trough end covers
(1) on the right-hand end of each grain tank cross auger.

NHPE12AF00033AA 3

6-176
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

To clean out the vertical auger of the unloading tube open

cover (1).

NHIL12AF02533AA 4

To access the elbow gearbox or to assemble the auger to

the gearbox shaft, open the inspection cover (1).

83114832 5

Unloading tube swing

Please refer to:
• 3-24 for operation of unloading tube swing
• 3-30 for operation of unloading drive

6-177
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

High capacity independent cross auger drive

The unloading system drive is protected by two shear
bolts (1).
Spare GR10.9 M8 x 40 shear bolts (2) are located below
the sprocket.
NOTE: If repetitive failures occur, adjust cross auger cov-
ers down.

83119149 6

High capacity fixed cross auger drive

The unloading system drive is protected by a shear bolt
(1).
Spare 3/8  in shear bolts (2) are stored below the sprocket.
NOTE: If repetitive failures occur, adjust cross auger cov-
ers down.

83119150 7

6-178
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Folding unload tube

Your combine can be equipped with one of two folding
unload tubes.
• 28  ft 9  in 95  ° (A) folding tube
• 34  ft 135  ° (B) folding tube

These allow the combine to keep a shorter length for

transport while keeping the reach for larger headers.

Please refer to 3-53 for operation

NHIL12AF02746AA 1

NHIL12AF02761AA 2

Transport lock
Secure the folding unload tube:
1. Remove the cotter pin (1).
2. Remove the transport lock pin (2) from the holder.

NHIL12AF03643FA 3

3. Fold the tube into the transport position (1), refer to

3-53.

NHIL12AF02746AA 4

6-179
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

4. Insert the transport lock pin (1) into the pivot plates
• 95  ° Folding unload tube (A)
• 135  ° Folding unload tube (B)
5. Insert the cotter pin (2)

95  ° Folding unload tube (A) 135  ° Folding unload tube (B)

NHIL12AF03641FA 5 NHIL12AF03644FA 6

NHIL12AF03640FA 7 NHIL12AF03642FA 8

To unlock the folding unload tube

1. Remove cotter pin.
2. Remove the transport lock pin.
3. Place the pin in the storage holder.
4. Insert the cotter pin.

6-180
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Locking the unload tube in the unfolded (unloading)

position.
1. Remove cotter pin (1).
NOTE: Transport pin shown in the storage holder, the
procedure is the same if the pin is locking the unload
tube in the transport position.
2. Remove the transport lock pin (2).
3. Unfold the unload tube.
4. Insert the transport lock pin (3) in the hole.
5. Insert the cotter pin (4).
NHIL12AF03643FA 9

NHIL12AF03645FA 10

6-181
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

RESIDUE HANDLING

Residue handling
General Information
The residue handling system consists of the following
components:

Rotor discharge deflector

• Diverts the material from the right-hand side to the left-
hand side of the residue system.
• The optional adjustable rotor discharge deflector con-
trols the residue distribution laterally across the ma-
chine.

Discharge beater (if equipped):

• The discharge beater conveys the residue from the
threshing rotor to the rear of the machine.

Straw chopper (if equipped):

• The optional straw chopper (in place of the standard
discharge beater) chops the straw while moving it to the
rear of the machine.

Windrow door (if equipped):

• Used to direct residue down to spread the residue or
over the top of the spreader for windrowing.

Chaff pan
• Directs chaff into the spreader when raised, or allows
windrowing chaff when lowered.

Spreader
• Horizontal disc spreader (if equipped):
• Consists of two horizontal hydraulically driven discs
used to spread residue behind the combine.
• Vertical impeller spreader (if equipped):
• Consists of a hydraulically driven counter-rotating
dual impeller spreader with a center divider used to
adjust the spread width and distribution.

Windrow chute
• The optional windrow chute improves windrow forma-
tion to improve bale-ability and decrease drying time in
wet straw conditions.

6-182
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Discharge deflector
A fixed discharge deflector is mounted on the right hand
side of the discharge beater.

This directs material flow from the right hand side towards
the center and left hand side of the residue system.

86076479 1

Adjustable discharge deflector

An adjustable discharge deflector is provided with the
optional choppers.
• Directs rotor material flow from the right hand side to the
left hand side of the residue system. This provides the
operator opportunity to adjust the distribution of material
while spreading or windrowing.
• Adjusting the discharge deflector inward (toward the left
side of the combine) moves material from machine right
to machine left.
• Three positions are provided to position the deflector
depending upon crop conditions and operator prefer-
ences. 86076480 2

• The discharge deflector can be used to affect both

spread distribution and windrow form.
• The adjustment handle and pin are located on the right
hand side of the machine, behind the clean grain ele-
vator.
• Unlatch and remove the D-pin to adjust the deflector.
• Insert and latch the D-pin at the desired position.
• When harvesting corn (maize), the deflector should be
retracted to the #1 position.

860764811 3

Magnacut chopper equipped machines

An in-cab adjustable discharge deflector is available to
control the deflector position from the cab, refer to 3-34.

NHIL12AF01007AA 4

6-183
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Straw chopper
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Sharp object hazard!
Use care handling sharp components. Always wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE),
including heavy gloves.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1246A

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Replaced damaged knives, knife hardware, or discs immediately to prevent an accident. This includes
cracked or severely deformed knives.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0411A

NOTICE: Do not operate the combine with broken or damaged knives on the rotating components; this is unsafe and
the imbalance may cause secondary damage to the combine.
The optional straw chopper is available in three
configurations;
1. Standard cut 28 blade
2. Magnacut fine cut 40 blade
3. Magnacut extra fine cut 120 blade

The straw chopper can be operated in two speeds.

• High speed is required for all chopping operations.

• Chop quality increases as the engagement of the
counter knife is increased.
• Low speed is recommended for windrowing operation.
• The counter knives must be disengaged when oper-
ating in low speed for any crop.
• The chopper must be placed in low speed in corn.
NOTE: The straw chopper drive should be shifted to the opposite speed range and operated stationary at no load,
low engine idle, for 10 minutes after every 50 hours of operation. This will increase the life of the bearings.

6-184
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Common Chopper adjustments

Concave adjustment
Use the concave adjusting bolts (1) to set a clearance (2)
of 10  mm (0.4  in) between the concave and the tip of the
chopper blade, directly behind the counter knife when fully
engaged.
NOTE: Use a 10 mm drill bit behind the counter knives to
set the clearance (3) .
NOTICE: After adjustment, verify that chopper rotates
freely.

86076478 1

Counter knives
Counter knives are available to further assist in the
chopping process.
• The counter knife adjust handle (1) can be used to vary
the height of the counter knives.
• With the handle down, the knives are fully engaged.
• With the handle up, the knives are disengaged
• Make sure the handle is locked into one of the adjust-
ment notches (2).
• Adjust as needed to get desired cutting of the straw.
• The knives must be disengaged (handle up) in corn. 50041643 2

Straw chopper – Standard chopper

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Sharp object hazard!
Use care handling sharp components. Always wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE),
including heavy gloves.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1246A

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Replace damaged knives, knife hardware, or discs immediately to prevent an accident. This includes
cracked or severely deformed knives.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0411B

6-185
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

NOTICE: Do not operate the combine with broken or damaged knives on the rotating components; this is unsafe and
the imbalance may cause secondary damage to the combine.
Standard cut 28 blade chopper
Straw chopper speed adjustment:
• Squeeze the plates (1) together to allow the collar to
slide. Make sure collar is locked in place (uses detent
balls).
• Slide out (away from the combine) for low speed
• Slide in (towards the combine) for high speed.

High speed is required for all chopping operations.

• Chop quality increases as the engagement of the
counter knife is increased.

Low speed is recommended for windrowing operation. 50032033 1

• The counter knives must be disengaged when operat-

ing in low speed for any crop.
• The chopper must be placed in low speed in corn.
NOTE: The straw chopper drive should be shifted to the
opposite speed range and operated stationary at no load,
low engine idle, for 10 minutes after every 50 hours of
operation. This will increase the life of the bearings.

Knife replacement – Standard cut counter knives

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Sharp object hazard!
Use care handling sharp components. Always wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE),
including heavy gloves.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1246A

6-186
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Standard cut counter knife replacement

The standard cut chopper, 28 blade, uses a sickle shaped
blade and holder assembly as shown.

66072873 1

To replace blades:
1. Remove the four nuts and bolts (1) from the counter
knife bar assembly.
2. Remove the knife holder assembly from the counter
knife bar assembly.
NOTE: The knife holder assembly can be rotated 180 °
and reinserted to the unused sharp side without removing
any blades.

NHIL12AF02532AA 2

3. Remove the u–bolts (1) from the knife retainers.

4. Remove the knife retainers (2).
5. Remove the damaged knife/s (3).
6. Insert the knife retainers (2) through the knives (3)
7. Align a single knife (3) to each groove in the knife re-
tainer (2).
8. Install and tighten the u–bolts to 43 - 53  N·m (32 - 39  lb
ft)

NHIL12AF02531AA 3

9. Insert the knife holder assembly (1) into the counter

knife bar assembly (2).
10. Install and tighten the hardware to standard torque.

NHIL12AF02532AA 4

6-187
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Straw chopper – Magnacut chopper

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Sharp object hazard!
Use care handling sharp components. Always wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE),
including heavy gloves.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1246A

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Replaced damaged knives, knife hardware, or discs immediately to prevent an accident. This includes
cracked or severely deformed knives.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0411A

NOTICE: Do not operate the combine with broken or damaged knives on the rotating components; this is unsafe and
the imbalance may cause secondary damage to the combine.
Magnacut chopper
The optional Magnacut straw chopper is available in two
configurations;
1. Fine cut 40 blade
2. Extra fine cut 120 blade

Magnacut chopper speed adjustment

A remote shift option is available to shift the chopper
speed without opening the body panel.
• Pull the pin (1) and rotate the handle (2) to change
NHIL12AF01035AA 1
speeds.
• Release the pin to lock the handle in the selected
speed.
• Chopper speed must be locked in either position BE-
FORE operation.

An in cab Chop to Swath option is available. Refer to

6-195 for further information.

6-188
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

High speed is required for all chopping operations.

• Chop quality increases as the engagement of the
counter knife is increased.

Low speed is recommended for windrowing operation.

• The counter knives must be disengaged when operat-
ing in low speed for any crop.
• The chopper must be placed in low speed in corn.
NOTE: The straw chopper drive should be shifted to the opposite speed range and operated stationary at no load,
low engine idle, for 10 minutes after every 50 hours of operation. This will increase the life of the bearings.
Counter knives
Counter knives are available to further assist in the
chopping process.
• The counter knife adjust handle (1) can be used to vary
the height of the counter knives.
• With the handle down, the knives are fully engaged.
• With the handle up, the knives are disengaged
• Make sure the handle is locked into one of the adjust-
ment notches (2).
• Adjust as needed to get desired cutting of the straw.
• The knives must be disengaged (handle up) in corn. 50041643 2

Magnacut chopper equipped machines

An optional in cab counter knife position control is
available.
• The counter knives can be adjusted from not engaged
to fully engaged in five preset positions.
• When retracting the knives the system will retract the
knives completely then insert them to the desired depth.
NOTE: If a stone or other foreign object enters the com-
bine, pressing the quick stop button will automatically dis-
engage the in cab adjustable counter knives as well as
turning off the separator, to minimize damage to the ma- NHIL12AF01010AA 3

chine.

Knife replacement – Magnacut counter knife

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

6-189
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

WARNING
Sharp object hazard!
Use care handling sharp components. Always wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE),
including heavy gloves.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1246A

Magnacut counter knife replacement

Magnacut choppers use a counter knife bank that is de-
signed to prevent damage to the rotating chopper and/or
weldment holding the counter knives. This is achieved
by allowing an individual counter knife to retract under an
extreme impact overload from large foreign objects acci-
dentally picked up in the field. Inspect this assembly to
ensure all knives are securely mounted in the up position.

This figure shows an example of what occurs after a se-

vere impact.

23118309 1

To reset the knife blade:

1. Remove the nut (1) holding the blade holder to the
knife bank.

23119057 2

2. Place the blade holder (1) in a vise or other suitable

holding device.

23119058 3

6-190
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

3. Loosen the front (1) and rear (2) hardware.

23118307 4

4. Rotate the blade to the up position.

• The protruding dimple (1) on the knife blade must
rest on the top surface of the blade holder. This
dimple provides an alignment and locking mecha-
nism for each knife blade.

23118308 5

5. Align the carriage bolt (1) into the blade holder rear
slot (2).
6. Tighten the hardware.
• Front 10  mm bolt, torque to 54 - 72  N·m (40 - 53  lb
ft).
• Rear 8  mm bolt, torque to 19 - 25  N·m (168 - 221  lb
in)
NOTE: Each blade has it’s own carriage bolt.

23118307 6

Install the completed blade holder into the knife bank:

7. Align the two locator pins with their respective holes.
8. Place the holder over the knife bank bolt (1) at the
same time.
9. Install the nut (2) and tighten to standard torque.

Keeping a few spare pre-assembled blade holders on

hand can reduce down time.

23118311 7

6-191
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Knife replacement – Chopper

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Sharp object hazard!
Use care handling sharp components. Always wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE),
including heavy gloves.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1246A

NOTICE: knives are aligned along the width of the chopper rotor in paired vertical rows. Replacement or reversal of a
single knife in a vertical row requires all knives in that row to be replaced or reversed. Do not combine procedures by
replacing some knives and reversing others. When reversing knives the beveled knife edge is always facing outward
from the mounting bracket.

66072976 1

6-192
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

1. Remove two flange head bolts (1) and flange nuts (2). Flange head Torque
2. Replace or reverse all knives of opposing pair sets. bolts
Magnacut 12  mm x 45  mm 114 - 136  N·m
3. Install knives with beveled edges (3) facing outward
extra fine cut CL10.9 (84 - 100  lb ft)
from the mounting bracket (4) as shown.
4. Secure with two flange head bolts (1) and flange nuts
(120 blade)
(2). Magnacut 16  mm x 50  mm 271 - 311  N·m
fine cut (40 CL10.9 (200 - 229  lb ft)
NOTE: When tightening the hardware pull the knife
away from the tube. blade)
Standard cut 12  mm x 30  mm 114 - 136  N·m
5. Tighten all hardware according to the chart on the CL10.9 (84 - 100  lb ft)
right. (28 blade)

NOTE: When replacing knives purchased in a service parts kit, use all knives from a single kit on opposing pair sets.
Do not mix knives from other kits. Knives are matched based on weight.

6-193
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Shear bar
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

A shear bar (1) is supplied, with combines equipped with

a Magnacut chopper, in the storage position.

Installation of the shear bar maximizes the system for im-

proved chop quality. Shear bar usage is recommended
only for the highest chop quality requirements.

To install the shear bar:

1. Remove the five bolts holding the shear bar to the
bottom of the chopper pan.
2. Place the shear bar on top of the pan with the flange
facing forward (2).
3. Install the removed hardware and tighten to 100  N·m 23119056 1

(74  lb ft).

The shear bar should be 10 - 15  mm (0.4 - 0.6  in) from the

chopper blades when the pan is set to a 10  mm (0.4  in)
clearance.
NOTE: Return the shear bar to the storage position when
windrowing, or the chop quality requirements are reduced.

86076478 2

6-194
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

In cab residue mode control

Description
Optional controls are available to control the chopper speed and windrow door position, from inside the cab. This
feature is also referred to as “Chop to Swath”. With a single button, the residue system configuration can be changed
from chopping and spreading mode (1) to a windrowing and spreading chaff mode (2).

Two additional configurations can be achieved with a single button:

• Windrowing chopped straw (3)
• Spreading long straw and chaff (4)

Refer to configuration chart 6-211 and 6-212.

The on screen icons are:

(1) Chopper in high speed range, windrow door closed. (2) Chopper in low speed range, windrow door open.

Spread chopped straw Windrow un-chopped straw

(3) Chopper in high speed range, windrow door open. (4) Chopper in low speed range, windrow door closed.

Windrow chopped straw Spread un-chopped straw

Place the chopper speed and windrow door position
buttons on a run screen, refer to 6-25
• The selected configuration will be highlighted (1).
NOTE: The threshing system must be stopped to change
chopper speed range and windrow door position.

Operation
The in cab chop to swath option is useful when you want
to spread residue when creating headlands for erosion
control then switch to windrowing the field or to eliminate
driving over windrows on the headland, but also desire to
NHPH13AF01381AA 1
windrow the remaining field.

The in cab chop to swath option will allow you to:

• Change the residue chopper speed from inside the cab.
• Open or close the windrow door from inside the cab.
• If slow speed is selected the counter knives will be au-
tomatically retracted.
• When switching from low speed to high speed, the
counter knives will remain fully retracted and will need
to be engaged, if desired.
• Refer to the example on the next page.

6-195
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Remote buttons are located near the Battery box.

• These are powered with the key on or off.
NOTE: Remember to open the windrow door before
raising the spreaders.
• If an adjustment is made when the key is off, then when
the key is turned on you will be asked to confirm the
speed and/or windrow door position if the position is
different than the original position.

NHIL13AF01378AA 2

Example

NHIL13AF01240FA 3

When you are starting in a new field:

1. Spread residue while creating a headland
• Dashed line (A) to (B)
2. Switch to windrowing
• End of row (B) to (C)
3. Switch to spread residue while creating a headland
• Dashed line (C) to (D)
4. Switch to windrowing
• End of row (D)

6-196
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Troubleshooting
If the chopper fails to shift:

1. The actuator is retracted to the original position 3. Engage the separator momentarily, approximately two
seconds.
2. The operator will receive a notification on the display,
“chopper failed to shift” 4. Turn off the separator switch.

The operator must: • Turn off the separator as soon as the chopper be-
gins rotating (approximately 2  s).

• The system will detect chopper speed and verify that • If shift failure occurs again, then:
the separator switch is in the disengaged position.
• Repeat steps 3 and 4 or
• When chopper speed is zero (0) for five seconds, the
• Turn off the engine, remove the key and inspect the
operator may again attempt to shift to the desired posi-
chopper clutch. If no issues are found move the actua-
tion.
tor with the remote buttons.
• If shift is successful continue normal operation.

If the actuator will not return to the original position the
operator will receive a notification on the display.
A. Turn off the engine
B. Remove the key
C. Inspect the chopper clutch
D. Move the actuator with the remote switches
NOTICE: Leave a 1 mm gap between collar and pulley
as described in 6-93.
NOTE: If the actuator stalls, it must first be reversed
(moved in the opposite direction) before it will move in
the desired direction.
NOTE: It may be necessary to rotate the chopper drive
pulley so that the collar will slide freely.

If the actuator moves but will not go into commanded If you need to change chopper speeds again:
position:
• Install the chopper speed shift in the display tool box
• Use the remote buttons to move the actuator to the de- • Move to desired speed with remote buttons.
sired position
• Uninstall the chopper speed shift from the display.
NOTICE: Leave a 1 mm gap between collar and pulley
as described in 6-93. NOTE: It may be necessary to rotate the chopper drive
pulley so that the collar will slide freely.
• Uninstall the chopper speed shift in the AFS Pro 700
display, Back>Tool box> Residue. Refer to 6-25.

If the actuator fails, a rubber plug (1) may be removed

from the front of the actuator. Insert a 5  mm hex wrench
and manually turn the actuator.
NOTICE: Removing the plug will break the factory seal
and allow dirt and water into the actuator.
Rotate the 5 mm hex wrench clockwise to retract the ac-
tuator.
Rotate the 5 mm hex wrench counter clockwise to extend
the actuator.

NHPH13AF01541AA 4

6-197
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Windrow door • If the door is contacting the spreader housing on one

side, the door may be adjusted sideways by:
If the windrow door did not change positions:
• Loosening the two clamps at the door pivot.
• “Windrow door not in commanded position” will be dis-
played. • Sliding the door.

• Turn off the engine and remove the key. • Tighten clamps.

• Inspect windrow door and surrounding components for

any binding or interference.

If the actuator does not move or go to commanded

position:
• Remove the actuator.
• Remove the manual adjust trim plate (1).
• Flip the manual adjust trim plate over
• Engage the manual adjust trim plate with the latch pin
(2)
• The door may then be moved manually to the desired
position.
• Uninstall the Windrow Door in the AFS Pro 700 display,
Back>Tool box> Residue. Refer to 6-25. NHPH13AF01537AA 5

6-198
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Windrow door
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

The windrow door is fixed in the closed position on hori-

zontal disc spreader equipped machines.

The windrow door has two positions on vertical impeller

spreader equipped machines:
• Closed (1)
• Open (2)

For machines equipped with in cab chop to swath refer to

6-195.

83119064 1

83117072 2

To open the windrow door,

• Stand to the left-hand side of the spreader, release pin
(1) and the door will open automatically.

To close the windrow door,

• Release pin (1) and push the door closed by placing a
hand on the large flat surface of the door .
NOTICE: The windrow door must be opened before the
spreader assembly is moved rearward to prevent contact
with the spreader impellers.

83117516 3

6-199
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Chaff pan
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

The chaff pan (1) position can be changed by pulling on

handle (2) under the chaff pan, and adjusting to one of
two positions, up (A) or down (B).
NOTICE: The chaff pan is equipped with a lift assist
spring, use caution when servicing the chaff pan. Refer
to the service manual for service procedures.

NHPH13AF01406AA 1

NHPH13AF01379AA 2

If plugging occurs between the chaff pan and vertical im-

peller spreader, a middle position can be used on the chaff
pan.

To enable the use of the middle position remove the knock

out (1).
NOTICE: Do not remove the knockout when equipped
with horizontal disc spreaders. The chaff pan will contact
the spreader disc paddles.

93094782 3

6-200
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Horizontal Disc Spreader

Your combine may be equipped with an optional Horizon-
tal Disc Spreader

The windrow door is in a fixed position.

The spreader speed adjustable, refer to 3-37 for adjust-

ment.

Corn 100 - 150  RPM

Most other crops 200 - 350  RPM

NHIL12AF00492AA 1

To raise the spreader to the storage position:

1. Pull out the handle (1) on each side of the spreader
until it catches the lock (2).
NOTE: You may need to push or pull the spreader front
and back to release the lock pins.

NHIL12AF02514AA 2

2. Lift the spreader by using the shaft extensions (1) until

it locks in the storage position.
NOTICE: When the spreader is in the upper/storage po-
sition a safety switch is activated stopping the spreader to
prevent personal injury. If the spreader continue to oper-
ate while in the up/storage position, contact your dealer
for repair.

NHIL12AF02517AA 3

NOTICE: When lowering the spreader ensure the

spreader pins (1) are engaged in the pivot plate holes.

NHIL12AF02513AA 4

6-201
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Curved straw/chaff spreader

RI01H061 5

Arrows indicate direction of rotation when viewed from (1) Number 1 position; least aggressive spreading
above
(A) Left–hand side (2) Number 2 position; average spreading
(B) Right–hand side (3) Number 3 position; most aggressive spreading
The curved bats on the straw spreader cones are ad-
justable to increase or decrease the spreading effect. The
bats give the most spreading effect in the No. 3 position.
Use the other two positions to decrease the spreading.
Install the bats with concave surface facing the direction
of rotation.

6-202
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Vertical impeller spreader

The vertical impeller spreader consists of hydraulically
driven counter-rotating dual impellers with a divider used
to adjust the spread width.

To raise the spreader to the windrowing only position:

1. Open the windrow door, refer to 6-199.
NOTICE: The windrow door MUST be open before
moving the spreader rearward.
2. Pull out the handle (1) on each side of the spreader
until it catches the lock (2).
NOTE: You may need to push or pull the spreader front
and back to release the lock pins. 83117483 1

3. Lift the spreader using the handle (1) until it locks in

the storage position.
NOTICE: The windrow door MUST be open before mov-
ing the spreader.
NOTICE: When the spreader is in the upper/storage po-
sition a safety switch is activated stopping the spreader to
prevent personal injury. If the spreader continue to oper-
ate while in the up/storage position, contact your dealer
for repair.
NOTE: When lowering the spreader make sure the
spreader pins are engaged in the pivot plate holes.
831175061 2

Vertical spreader – Adjustment

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

The spreader chutes are independently adjustable to con-

trol spread width.

To adjust the chutes;

1. Pull pin (1) away from the adjuster.
2. Move chute to desired position.
3. Release pin.

NHIL13AF01241AB 1

6-203
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

In cab spreader controls (if equipped)

The position of the deflectors can be saved to a left, cen-
ter, or right set point.
This will allow toggling between positions to compensate
for side winds when changing machine direction relative
to the wind.
To select these set points:
1. Select back.
2. Select toolbox (1)

NHIL12AF02909AA 2

3. Select layout (1)

4. Select a run screen (2) you would like to place these
controls on.

NHPH12AF00723AA 3

5. Select
A. Spread distribution.
B. Left spreader width.
C. Right spreader width.
D. Res Distr Ctrl
NOTE: For more information on run screen set up refer to
6-25.

NHIL12AF03136AA 4

6-204
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

6. Select back.
7. Select run screens.
8. Select the run screen you placed these controls on.
9. Select left (A) for the left-hand configuration.
10. Select center (B) for the center configuration.
11. Select right (C) for the right-hand configuration.

NHIL12AF03138AA 5

Creating a new set point

12. Select a preset:
• Make a change using the spreader controls (1) on
the right-hand console
• The set point for the selected preset will be
changed to the current setting after five seconds.

Example
To create a new left set point:
• While the left button (2) is black:
6
• Use the right-hand console buttons (1) to NHIL12AF01010AA

A. Change the right deflector from 0  % to 20  %.

B. Change the left deflector from 20  % to 40  %.
C. Change the spread distribution from 30  % to 60  %.
NOTE: This will be the new set point for the left
button.
• Wait five seconds for the system to save the set point.
• Select the right button (3)
• Create opposite left and right deflector positions from
the above example.
• This will be the new right button set point. NHIL12AF03139AA 7

• Now when you press the left button (2) on the display
the left and right deflectors and center divider will move
to the left set point positions.
• Pressing the right button (3) will move the deflectors to
the right set point.

A Center set point may also be set, use the same pro-
cedure as explained above when the Center button is
pressed.

Having an opposite right and left set point can be bene-

ficial when running in a cross wind as described on the
next page.

6-205
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

NHIL12AF00515FA 8

If you are harvesting in a cross wind the chutes may be

set at different angles to obtain the desired spread width.
The wind direction (1) in the above example is blowing
from the right-hand side of the combine to the left-hand
side.

The dashed arrows (B) and (D) indicate the normal di-
rection of the chutes to spread the straw the width of the
header.

The solid arrows (A) and (C) indicate the adjusted direc-
tion of the chutes to compensate for the cross wind.

To compensate for the cross wind in the above example,

adjust the chutes into the wind by;
• Right-hand side
• Move the chute forward, from (B) towards (A), to in-
crease spreading distance into the cross wind.
• Left-hand side
• Move the chute farther towards the center of the com-
bine, from (D) towards (C) to decrease spreading dis-
tance with the cross wind.

6-206
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Center divider – Adjustment

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

The center divider is adjustable to aid residue distribution

Minimum clearance;
• Dry, small crop particles, or to reduce heavy center dis-
tribution

NHIL12AF00518FA 1

Mid clearance;
• Medium sized crop particles

NHIL12AF00517FA 2

Maximum clearance;
• Wetter crops, or to increase spread mass in the center

NHIL12AF00516FA 3

6-207
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

To adjust the divider;

1. Loosen the locking handle (1)
NOTE: The handle can be repositioned without loos-
ening the divider by pressing the button, rotating the
handle, then release the button.
2. Slide the divider (2) to the desired position.
3. Tighten the locking handle.

NHIL12AF00500AA 4

An optional in cab position control is also available. Refer

to 3-37.

NHIL12AF01010AA 5

Center divider – Impeller clearance adjustment

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

The spreader divider may be mounted in either an upper
or lower position.
• The lower position will increase the clearance between
the divider surface and the tip of the spreader impeller,
so that residue is not compressed between the two
parts.
• The lower position will result in reduced spread width
in soybeans and small grains (wheat, barley, etc.). To
increase spread width, increase spreader speed or ad-
just the divider to the upper position.
• Spreader speed should be less than 450  RPM in corn.
• The lower position is recommended for
• corn
• long straw spreading (to dry the straw before
windrowing)
• narrow spread width applications ( 35  ft headers and
smaller)

6-208
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

1. Remove the four 8  mm x 20  mm carriage bolts (1).

2. Loosen the two lower mounting bolts (2).
3. Slide the divider down until the lower mounting holes
align with the divider.
4. Install removed hardware.
5. Tighten all hardware.
NOTE: Spreader cover and hydraulics not shown for clar-
ity.

NHPH12AF03444AA 1

6-209
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Windrow chute
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

The optional windrow chute (1) is adjustable to produce a

desired windrow form.
NOTE: The windrow chute is only available for machines
equipped with the vertical impeller spreader.

Raise the windrow chute to:

• Improve windrow formation.
• Decrease drying time in wet straw conditions.

In hilly conditions:
• Use a mid position so that the straw will not stall on the
chute when harvesting down hill. 83119064 1

Place the chute in the lowest position:

• To lower the engine platform access ladder.
To adjust proceed as follows:
1. Pull handle (1).
2. Lift the windrow chute to the desired position.
3. Release the handle.
NOTE: Ensure the handle locks into one of the respective
holes (2) .

831175061 2

Adjust the side deflectors:

1. Remove wing nut (1)
2. Rotate the side deflectors to desired position
3. Install the wing nut.

Move the deflectors;

• In towards the center of the chute;
• To narrow the windrow.
• Out away from the center of the chute;
• To widen the windrow.
83119064 3

6-210
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Residue handling – Vertical impeller spreader configuration

The residue handling system can be operated in the following configurations.

Configuration Component
Beater Chopper Chaff Pan Windrow door Spreader
Spread chaff and Low speed, counter
Operating Up (2) Closed Down
unchopped straw (4) knives disengaged
Spread chaff and High speed, counter
NA Up (2) Closed Down
chopped straw (4) knives engaged (1)
Windrow unchopped
Low speed, counter
straw and spread Operating Up (2) Open Down
knives disengaged
chaff (4)
Windrow unchopped
Low speed, counter
straw with chaff Operating Up (2) Closed Up (3)
knives disengaged
injected
Windrow unchopped
straw without
Low speed, counter
injecting chaff (chaff Operating Down Closed Up (3)
knives disengaged
is windrowed in front
of straw windrow)
Windrow chopped
High speed, counter
straw and spread NA Up (2) Open Down
knives engaged (1)
chaff (4)
Windrow chopped
High speed, counter
straw with chaff NA Up (2) Closed Up (3)
knives engaged (1)
injected
Windrow chopped
straw without
High speed, counter
injecting chaff (chaff NA Down Closed Up (3)
knives engaged (1)
is windrowed in front
of straw windrow)
Windrow chaff and
Low speed, counter
spread unchopped Operating Down Closed Down
knives disengaged
straw
Windrow chaff and
High speed, counter
spread chopped NA Down Closed Down
knives engaged (1)
straw

• (1) - For corn, the chopper must be in low speed, the counter knives retracted, and divider in the lower position.
• (2) - In wet or green crop, it may be necessary to lower chaff pan to the mid position.
• A knockout is provided to enable the use of the middle position.
• (3) - Spreader is disengaged in the up position.
• (4) - Configuration selectable from inside the cab with deluxe residue option

6-211
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Residue handling – Horizontal disc spreader configuration

The residue handling system can be operated in the following configurations.

Configuration Component
Beater Chopper Chaff Pan Spreader
Spread chaff and Low speed, counter
Operating Up (2) Down
unchopped straw (4) knives disengaged
Spread chaff and chopped High speed, counter
NA Up (2) Down
straw (4) knives engaged (1)
Windrow unchopped straw Low speed, counter
Operating Up (2) Up (3)
with chaff injected knives disengaged
Windrow chopped straw High speed, counter
NA Up (2) Up (3)
with chaff injected knives engaged (1)

(1) - For corn, the chopper must be in low speed and the counter knives retracted

(2) - Ensure side curtains are latched to front curtain with latch pointed upwards.
NOTICE: Do not move chaff pan to mid-position by removing the knockout. The parts may contact during operation
causing excessive wear or damage.

(3) - Spreader is disengaged in the up position.

(4) - Configuration selectable from inside the cab with

deluxe chopper option

6-212
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Straw chopper – Service step

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

An optional chopper service access step is available to access, inspect, or replace the chopper and/or the counter
knives.

1. Fold chaff pan down and raise spreader to storage po-

sition.
2. Pull pin and rotate support arm (2). Fold and stow hitch
(A) if not already done.
Confirm pin engagement

NHIL13AF00902AA 1

NHIL13GH00193AA 2

6-213
 6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

3. Pull ladder pin and rotate step assembly (3) forward

and upward.
Confirm pin engagement.

NHIL13GH00194AA 3

NHIL13AF00904AA 4

4. Always maintain three points of contact when mounting

or dismounting the machine.
5. Reverse sequence to stow service step assembly.

NHIL13AF00903AA 5

6-214
 7 - MAINTENANCE

7 - MAINTENANCE###_7_###
GENERAL INFORMATION

Overview
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

NOTICE: While any company can perform necessary maintenance or repairs on your equipment, CASE IH strongly
recommends that you use only authorized CASE IH dealers and products that meet the given specifications. Improp-
erly or incorrectly performed maintenance and repair voids the equipment warranty and may affect service intervals.

Lubrication Grease fittings and intervals

Adequate lubrication and maintenance on a regular
schedule is vital to maintaining your equipment. To
ensure long service and efficient operation, follow the
lubrication and maintenance schedules outlined in this
manual. The use of proper fuels, oils, grease, and filters,
as well as keeping the systems clean, will also extend
machine and component life.
NOTICE: Always use genuine CASE IH replacement
parts, oils, and filters to ensure proper operation, and
filtration of engine and hydraulic systems.
Before greasing the machine always wipe any dirt from
the grease fittings.
All points, except those with special notations, should be
lubricated until the grease is forced out around the bear-
ings and then the excess grease should be wiped off.
Grease specification
Use CASE IH AKCELA 251H EP MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE
.

7-1
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Torque specifications for hydraulic fittings

INSTALLATION OF ADJUSTABLE FITTINGS
IN STRAIGHT THREAD O-RING BOSSES

1. Lubricate the O-ring by coating it with a light oil or

petroleum. Install the O-ring in the groove adjacent
to the metal backup washer which is assembled at the
extreme end of the groove (4).
2. Install the fitting into the straight thread boss until the
metal backup washer contacts the face of the boss (5).
NOTE: Do not over tighten and distort the metal
backup washer.
3. Position the fitting by turning out (counterclockwise) 23085659 1
up to a maximum of one turn. Holding the pad of the
fitting with a wrench, tighten the locknut and washer
against the face of the boss (6).

STANDARD TORQUE DATA FOR HY-

DRAULIC TUBES AND FITTINGS
TUBE NUTS FOR 37° FLARED FITTINGS
SIZE TUBING OD
4 6.4  mm (1/4  in)
5 7.9  mm (5/16  in)
6 9.5  mm (3/8  in)
8 12.7  mm (1/2  in)
10 15.9  mm (5/8  in)
12 19.1  mm (3/4  in)
14 22.2  mm (7/8  in)
16 25.4  mm (1  in)
20 31.8  mm (1-1/4  in)
24 38.1  mm (1-1/2  in)
32 50.8  mm (2  in)
O-RING BOSS PLUGS
ADJUSTABLE FITTING
LOCKNUTS, SWIVEL
JIC- 37° SEATS
THREAD TORQUE TORQUE
SIZE
7/16-20 12 - 16  N·m (9 - 12  lb ft) 8 - 14  N·m (6 - 10  lb ft)
1/2-20 16 - 20  N·m (12 - 15  lb ft) 14 - 20  N·m (10 - 15  lb ft)
9/16-18 29 - 33  N·m (21 - 24  lb ft) 20 - 27  N·m (15 - 20  lb ft)
3/4-16 47 - 54  N·m (35 - 40  lb ft) 34 - 41  N·m (25 - 30  lb ft)
7/8-14 72 - 79  N·m (53 - 58  lb ft) 47 - 54  N·m (35 - 40  lb ft)
1-1/16-12 104 - 111  N·m (77 - 82  lb ft) 81 - 95  N·m (60 - 70  lb ft)
1-3/16-12 122 - 136  N·m (90 - 100  lb ft) 95 - 109  N·m (70 - 80  lb ft)
1-5/16-12 149 - 163  N·m (110 - 120  lb ft) 108 - 122  N·m (80 - 90  lb ft)
1-5/8-12 190 - 204  N·m (140 - 150  lb ft) 129 - 158  N·m (95 - 115  lb ft)
1-7/8-12 217 - 237  N·m (160 - 175  lb ft) 163 - 190  N·m (120 - 140  lb ft)
2-1/2-12 305 - 325  N·m (225 - 240  lb ft) 339 - 407  N·m (250 - 300  lb ft)

These torques are not recommended for tubes of
12.7  mm (1/2  in) OD and larger with wall thickness of
0.889  mm (0.035  in) or less. The torque is specified
for 0.889  mm (0.035  in) wall tubes on each application
individually.
cleaner and apply hydraulic sealant LOCTITE® 569 to the
37  ° flare and the threads.
Install fitting and torque to specified torque, loosen fitting
and retorque to specifications.

Before installing and torquing 37  ° flared fittings, clean the

face of the flare and threads with a clean solvent or Loctite

7-2
 7 - MAINTENANCE

PIPE THREAD FITTING TORQUE PIPE THREAD FITTING

Thread Size Torque (Maximum)
Before installing and tightening pipe fittings, clean the
threads with a clean solvent or Loctite cleaner and apply 1/8-27 13  N·m (10  lb ft)
sealant LOCTITE® 567 PST PIPE SEALANT for all fittings 1/4-18 16  N·m (12  lb ft)
including stainless steel or LOCTITE® 565 PST for most 3/8-18 22  N·m (16  lb ft)
metal fittings. For high filtration/zero contamination sys- 1/2-14 41  N·m (30  lb ft)
tems use LOCTITE® 545. 3/4-14 54  N·m (40  lb ft)

7-3
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Standard torque data for O-ring Face Seal (ORFS) fittings

Metric port thread
SAE J2244-2/ISO 6149-2 metric straight thread O-ring port connector recommended torque levels for use with
SAE J1453/ISO 8434-3 ORFS connectors.
Thread size Nominal tube OD Wrench size Assembly torque
mm mm Into steel Into Aluminum
Nm Nm
M10 x 1 5 14 20–22 12–14
M12 x 1.5 6 17 35–39 21–23
M14 x 1.5 8 19 45–50 27–30
M16 x 1.5 10 22 55–61 33–36
M18 x 1.5 12 24 70–77 42–46
M22 x 1.5 16 27 100–110 60–66
M27 x 2 20 32 170–187 102–112
M30 x 2 22 36 215–235 129–141
M33 x 2 25 41 310–341 186–205
M42 x 2 32 50 330–363 198–218
M48 x 2 38 55 420–462 252–277
M60 x 2 50 65 500–550 300–330

Inch port thread

SAE J1926-2 inch straight thread O-ring port connector recommended torque levels for use with SAE J1453/
ISO 8434-3 ORFS connectors.
Thread size SAE Dash size Nominal tube Wrench size Assembly torque
OD Non- Adjustable Into steel Into aluminum
adjustable w/locknut
Inch Inch Inch Nm Nm
3/8–24 –3 3/16 1/2 9/16 10–12 5–7
7/16–20 –4 1/4 9/16 5/8 20–22 9–15
1/2–20 –5 5/16 5/8 11/16 25–28 14–18
9/16–18 –6 3/8 11/16 3/4 33–35 23–34
3/4–16 –8 1/2 7/8 15/16 68–78 34–54
7/8–14 – 10 5/8 1 1 1/16 98–110 41–75
1 1/16–12 – 12 3/4 1 1/4 1 5/16 170–183 75–108
1 3/16–12 – 14 7/8 1 3/8 1 1/2 215–245 108–129
1 5/16–12 – 16 1 1 1/2 1 5/8 270–300 115–163
1 5/8–12 – 20 1 1/4 1 7/8 1 7/8 285–380 163–224
1 7/8–12 – 24 1 1/2 2 1/8 2 1/8 370–490 183–258

7-4
 7 - MAINTENANCE

ORFS Connections
SAE J1453/ISO 8434-3 O-ring face seal connectors recommended torque levels for ORFS tube assemblies,
hose assemblies, and connectors.
Metric English
Nominal tube Tube nut Nominal tube Dash Tube nut Thread Assembly torque
O.D. size O.D. size size
mm mm inch inch
6 and 8 17 1/4 –4 11/16 9/16–18 14 - 16  N·m (124 - 142  lb in)
(1)
10 22 3/8 –6 13/16 11/16–16 24 - 27  N·m (18 - 20  lb ft)
(1)
12 24 1/2 –8 15/16 13/16–16 43 - 47  N·m (32 - 35  lb ft)
(1)
16 30 5/8 – 10 1 1/8 1–14 60 - 68  N·m (44 - 50  lb ft)
20 36 3/4 – 12 1 3/8 1 3/16–12 90 - 95  N·m (66 - 70  lb ft)
25 41 1 – 16 1 5/8 1 7/16–12 125 - 135  N·m (92 - 100  lb ft)
30 50 1–1/4 – 20 1 7/8 1 11/16–12 170 - 190  N·m (125 - 140  lb ft)
38 60 1–1/2 – 24 2 1/4 2–12 200 - 225  N·m (148 - 166  lb ft)

(1) Torque level shown is for maximum pressure rating of 42  MPa (6092  psi)

Installation of ORFS fittings

When installing ORFS fittings thoroughly clean both flat
surfaces of the fittings (1) and lubricate the O-ring (2) with
light oil. Make sure both surfaces are aligned properly.
Torque the fitting to specified torque listed throughout the
repair manual.
NOTICE: If the fitting surfaces are not properly cleaned,
the O-ring will not seal properly. If the fitting surfaces are
not properly aligned, the fittings may be damaged and will
not seal properly.
NOTICE: Always use genuine factory replacement oils
and filters to ensure proper lubrication and filtration of en-
gine and hydraulic system oils. 50011183 1

The use of proper oils, grease, and keeping the hydraulic

system clean will extend machine and component life.

7-5
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Torque specifications for hardware - Minimum tightening torques for

normal assembly
METRIC NON-FLANGED HARDWARE
NOM. LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SIZE CL.8 CL.10
CLASS 8.8 BOLT and CLASS 10.9 BOLT and W/CL8.8 W/CL10.9
CLASS 8 NUT CLASS 10 NUT BOLT BOLT
PLATED PLATED
UNPLATED UNPLATED
W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
2.2  N·m (19  lb 2.9  N·m (26  lb 3.2  N·m (28  lb 4.2  N·m (37  lb 2.9  N·m (26  lb
M4 2  N·m (18  lb in)
in) in) in) in) in)
4.5 N·m (40  lb
  5.9 N·m (52  lb
  6.4 N·m (57  lb
  8.5 N·m (75  lb
  5.8  N·m (51  lb
M5 4  N·m (36  lb in)
in) in) in) in) in)
7.5  N·m (66  lb 10  N·m (89  lb 11  N·m (96  lb 15  N·m (128  lb 6.8  N·m (60  lb 10  N·m (89  lb
M6
in) in) in) in) in) in)
18  N·m (163  lb 25  N·m (217  lb 26  N·m (234  lb 35  N·m (311  lb 17  N·m (151  lb 24  N·m (212  lb
M8
in) in) in) in) in) in)
49  N·m (36  lb 70  N·m (51  lb 33  N·m (25  lb 48  N·m (35  lb
M10 37  N·m (27  lb ft) 52  N·m (38  lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
85  N·m (63  lb 121  N·m (90  lb 58  N·m (43  lb 83  N·m (61  lb
M12 64  N·m (47  lb ft) 91  N·m (67  lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
158  N·m (116  lb 210  N·m 225  N·m (166  lb 301  N·m (222  lb 143  N·m (106  lb 205  N·m (151  lb
M16
ft) (155  lb ft) ft) ft) ft) ft)
319  N·m (235  lb 425  N·m 440  N·m (325  lb 587  N·m (433  lb 290  N·m (214  lb 400  N·m (295  lb
M20
ft) (313  lb ft) ft) ft) ft) ft)
551  N·m (410  lb 735  N·m 762  N·m (560  lb 1016  N·m 501  N·m (370  lb 693  N·m (510  lb
M24
ft) (500  lb ft) ft) (750  lb ft) ft) ft)

NOTE: M4 through M8 hardware torque specifications

are shown in pound-inches. M10 through M24 hardware
torque specifications are shown in pound-feet.

7-6
 7 - MAINTENANCE

METRIC FLANGED HARDWARE

NOM. CLASS 8.8 BOLT and CLASS 10.9 BOLT and LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SIZE CLASS 8 NUT CLASS 10 NUT CL.8 CL.10
W/CL8.8 W/CL10.9
BOLT BOLT
PLATED PLATED
UNPLATED UNPLATED
W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
2.4  N·m (21  lb 3.2  N·m (28  lb 3.5  N·m (31  lb 4.6  N·m (41  lb 2.2  N·m (19  lb 3.1  N·m (27  lb
M4
in) in) in) in) in) in)
4.9  N·m (43  lb 6.5  N·m (58  lb 7.0  N·m (62  lb 9.4  N·m (83  lb 4.4  N·m (39  lb 6.4  N·m (57  lb
M5
in) in) in) in) in) in)
8.3  N·m (73  lb 11  N·m (96  lb 12  N·m (105  lb 16  N·m (141  lb 7.5  N·m (66  lb 11  N·m (96  lb
M6
in) in) in) in) in) in)
20  N·m (179  lb 27  N·m (240  lb 29  N·m (257  lb 39  N·m (343  lb 18  N·m (163  lb 27  N·m (240  lb
M8
in) in) in) in) in) in)
54  N·m (40  lb 77  N·m (56  lb
M10 40  N·m (30  lb ft) 57  N·m (42  lb ft) 37  N·m (27  lb ft) 53  N·m (39  lb ft)
ft) ft)
93  N·m (69  lb 100  N·m (74  lb 134  N·m (98  lb
M12 70  N·m (52  lb ft) 63  N·m (47  lb ft) 91  N·m (67  lb ft)
ft) ft) ft)
174  N·m (128  lb 231 N·m (171  lb
  248 N·m (183  lb
  331 N·m (244  lb
  158  N·m (116  lb 226  N·m (167  lb
M16
ft) ft) ft) ft) ft) ft)
350  N·m (259  lb 467  N·m (345  lb 484  N·m (357  lb 645  N·m (476  lb 318  N·m (235  lb 440  N·m (325  lb
M20
ft) ft) ft) ft) ft) ft)
607  N·m (447  lb 809  N·m (597  lb 838  N·m (618  lb 1118  N·m 552  N·m (407  lb
M24
ft) ft) ft) (824  lb ft) ft)

IDENTIFICATION

Metric Hex head and carriage bolts, classes

5.6 and up

20083680 1

1. Manufacturer's Identification Metric Hex nuts and locknuts, classes 05

2. Property Class and up

20083681 2

1. Manufacturer's Identification 2. Property Class

7-7
 7 - MAINTENANCE

3. Clock Marking of Property Class and Manufacturer's Class 10 properties, and marks 120  ° apart indicate
Identification (Optional), i.e. marks 60  ° apart indicate Class 8.

INCH NON-FLANGED HARDWARE

LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
NOMINAL SAE GRADE 5 BOLT SAE GRADE 8 BOLT
GrB W/ Gr5 GrC W/ Gr8
SIZE and NUT and NUT
BOLT BOLT
UN-
UN-
PLATED PLATED PLATED
PLATED
or W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
or PLATED
PLATED GOLD GOLD
SILVER
SILVER
8  N·m (71  lb 11  N·m (97  lb 12  N·m 16  N·m 12.2  N·m (109  lb
1/4 8.5  N·m (75  lb in)
in) in) (106  lb in) (142  lb in) in)
17  N·m 23  N·m 24  N·m 32  N·m 17.5  N·m (155  lb 25  N·m (220  lb
5/16
(150  lb in) (204  lb in) (212  lb in) (283  lb in) in) in)
30  N·m (22  lb 40  N·m 43  N·m (31  lb 57  N·m (42  lb
3/8 31  N·m (23  lb ft) 44  N·m (33  lb ft)
ft) (30  lb ft) ft) ft)
48  N·m (36  lb 65  N·m 68  N·m (50  lb 91  N·m (67  lb
7/16 50  N·m (37  lb ft) 71  N·m (53  lb ft)
ft) (48  lb ft) ft) ft)
 
74 N·m (54 lb    
98 N·m  
104 N·m 139  N·m 108  N·m (80  lb
1/2 76  N·m (56  lb ft)
ft) (73  lb ft) (77  lb ft) (103  lb ft) ft)
107  N·m 142  N·m 150  N·m 201  N·m 156  N·m (115  lb
9/16 111  N·m (82  lb ft)
(79  lb ft) (105  lb ft) (111  lb ft) (148  lb ft) ft)
147  N·m 196  N·m 208  N·m 277  N·m 153  N·m (113  lb 215  N·m (159  lb
5/8
(108  lb ft) (145  lb ft) (153  lb ft) (204  lb ft) ft) ft)
261  N·m 348  N·m 369  N·m 491  N·m 271  N·m (200  lb 383  N·m (282  lb
3/4
(193  lb ft) (257  lb ft) (272  lb ft) (362  lb ft) ft) ft)
420  N·m 561  N·m 594  N·m 791  N·m 437  N·m (323  lb 617  N·m (455  lb
7/8
(310  lb ft) (413  lb ft) (438  lb ft) (584  lb ft) ft) ft)
630  N·m 841  N·m 890  N·m 1187  N·m 654  N·m (483  lb 924  N·m (681  lb
1
(465  lb ft) (620  lb ft) (656  lb ft) (875  lb ft) ft) ft)

NOTE: For Imperial Units, 1/4 in and 5/16 in hardware through 1 in hardware torque specifications are shown in
torque specifications are shown in pound-inches. 3/8 in pound-feet.

7-8
 7 - MAINTENANCE

INCH FLANGED HARDWARE

NOM- LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SAE GRADE 5 BOLT and SAE GRADE 8 BOLT and
INAL GrF W/ Gr5 GrG W/ Gr8
NUT NUT
SIZE BOLT BOLT
UNPLATED PLATED UNPLATED PLATED
or PLATED W/ZnCr or PLATED W/ZnCr
SILVER GOLD SILVER GOLD
12  N·m (106  lb 13  N·m (115  lb 17  N·m (150  lb 12  N·m (106  lb
1/4 9  N·m (80  lb in) 8  N·m (71  lb in)
in) in) in) in)
19  N·m (168  lb 25  N·m (221  lb 26  N·m (230  lb 35  N·m (310  lb 17  N·m (150  lb 24  N·m (212  lb
5/16
in) in) in) in) in) in)
33  N·m (25  lb 44  N·m (33  lb 47  N·m (35  lb 63  N·m (46  lb
3/8 30  N·m (22  lb ft) 43  N·m (32  lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
53  N·m (39  lb 71  N·m (52  lb 75  N·m (55  lb 100  N·m (74  lb
7/16 48  N·m (35  lb ft) 68  N·m (50  lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
81  N·m (60  lb 108  N·m (80  lb 115  N·m (85  lb 153  N·m 104  N·m (77  lb
1/2 74  N·m (55  lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) (113  lb ft) ft)
117  N·m (86  lb 156  N·m 165  N·m 221  N·m 157  N·m (116  lb
9/16 106  N·m (78  lb ft)
ft) (115  lb ft) (122  lb ft) (163  lb ft) ft)
162 N·m (119  lb
  216  N·m 228  N·m 304  N·m 147 N·m (108 lb 207 N·m (153  lb
     
5/8
ft) (159  lb ft) (168  lb ft) (225  lb ft) ft) ft)
287  N·m (212  lb 383  N·m 405  N·m 541  N·m 261  N·m (193  lb 369  N·m (272  lb
3/4
ft) (282  lb ft) (299  lb ft) (399  lb ft) ft) ft)
462  N·m (341  lb 617  N·m 653  N·m 871  N·m 421  N·m (311  lb 594  N·m (438  lb
7/8
ft) (455  lb ft) (482  lb ft) (642  lb ft) ft) ft)
693  N·m (512  lb 925  N·m 979  N·m 1305  N·m 631  N·m (465  lb 890  N·m (656  lb
1
ft) (682  lb ft) (722  lb ft) (963  lb ft) ft) ft)

IDENTIFICATION

Inch Bolts and free-spinning nuts

20083682 3
Grade Marking Examples

SAE Grade Identification

1 Grade 2 - No Marks 4 Grade 2 Nut - No Marks
2 Grade 5 - Three Marks 5 Grade 5 Nut - Marks 120  ° Apart
3 Grade 8 - Five Marks 6 Grade 8 Nut - Marks 60  ° Apart

7-9
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Inch Lock Nuts, All Metal (Three optional Grade Identification

methods) Grad- Corner Marking Flats Marking Clock
e Method (1) Method (2) Marking
Method (3)
Grad- No Notches No Mark No Marks
eA
Grad- One Letter B Three Marks
eB Circumferential
Notch
Grad- Two Letter C Six Marks
eC Circumferential
Notches

20090268 4

7-10
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Chain wear tables - roller chains

The individual joints in a roller chain articulate as they en-
ter and leave the sprockets. This articulation results in
wear on the pins and bushings. Material that is worn away
from these surfaces will cause the chain to gradually elon-
gate. Chains do not stretch. Material is removed from pin
and bushing.

Critical dimensions of the chain are as follows:

• (1) 2X pitch
• (2) Wear plus 2X pitch
• (3) Elongation due to pin and bushing wear

96091478 1

Elongation is normal and may be minimized by proper

lubrication and drive maintenance. The rate of wear is
dependent upon: the relationship between the load and
the amount of bearing area between pin and bushing, the
material and surface condition of the bearing surfaces, the
adequacy of lubrication, and the frequency and degree
of articulation between pins and bushings. The latter is
determined by the quantity of sprockets in the drive, their
speeds, the number of teeth and the length of the chain
in pitches.
An accurate wear measurement (1) can be made by us-
ing the above illustration. Measure as closely as possible
from the center of one pin to the center of another. The
more pitches (pins) contained within the measurement in-
crease the accuracy. If the measured value exceeds the
nominal by more than the allowable percentage the chain
should be replaced. The maximum allowable wear elon-
gation is approximately 3  % for most industrial applica-
tions, based upon sprocket design. The allowable chain
wear in percent can be calculated using the relationship:
200/ (N), where (N) is the number of teeth in the large
sprocket. This relationship is often useful since the nor-
mal maximum allowable chain wear elongation of 3  % is
valid only up to 67 teeth in the large sprocket. In drives
having fixed center distances, chains running in parallel 96091469 2
or where smoother operation is required, wear should be
limited to approximately 1.5  %.
For example, if 12 pitches (12 pins) of a #80 chain were
measured and the result was 313.944  mm (12.360  in)
or greater (using 3  % as the maximum allowable wear),
the chain should be replaced. Anything less than
313.944  mm (12.360  in) would still be acceptable by
most industrial standards.

7-11
 7 - MAINTENANCE

WEAR LIMITS ON ROLLER CHAIN

Strand No. 40 Chain (08A) No. 50 Chain (10A) No. 60 Chain (12A) No. 80 Chain (16A)
Length
in New Replace New Replace New Replace New Replace
Pitches
508  mm 523  mm 635  mm 654  mm 762  mm 787  mm 1016  mm 1047  mm
40P (20.0  in) (20.591  in) (25.0  in) (25.748  in) (30.0  in) (31.0  in) (40.0  in) (41.220  in)
635  mm 654  mm 793  mm 817  mm 952  mm 981  mm 1270  mm 1308  mm
50P (25.0  in) (25.748  in) (31.220  in) (32.165  in) (37.480  in) (38.622  in) (50.0  in) (51.496  in)
762  mm 784  mm 952  mm 981  mm 1143  mm 1177  mm 1524  mm 1568  mm
60P (30.0  in) (30.866  in) (37.480  in) (38.622  in) (45.0  in) (46.339  in) (60.0  in) (61.732  in)
889  mm 914  mm 1111  mm 1144  mm 1333  mm 1371  mm 1778  mm 1828  mm
70P (35.0  in) (36.0  in) (43.740  in) (45.039  in) (52.480  in) (54.0  in) (70.0  in) (72.0  in)
1016  mm 1047  mm 1270  mm 1308  mm 1524  mm 1568  mm 2032  mm 2095  mm
80P (40.0  in) (41.220  in) (50.0  in) (51.496  in) (60.0  in) (61.732  in) (80.0  in) (82.480  in)
1143  mm 1177  mm 1428  mm 1473  mm 1714  mm 1765  mm 2286  mm 2355  mm
90P (45.0  in) (46.339  in) (56.220  in) (58.0  in) (67.480  in) (69.488  in) (90.0  in) (92.717  in)
1270  mm 1308  mm 1578  mm 1635  mm 1905  mm 1962  mm 2540  mm 2616  mm
100P (50.0  in) (51.496  in) (62.126  in) (64.370  in) (75.0  in) (77.244  in) (100.0  in) (103.0  in)

STANDARD ROLLER CHAIN SIZES - NEW CHAINS

Chain No. ISO Chain No. Pitch Width Roller Diameter
40 08A 12.7  mm (0.5  in) 7.9  mm (0.311  in) 7.9  mm (0.311  in)
50 10A 15.8  mm (0.622  in) 9.5  mm (0.374  in) 10.1  mm (0.398  in)
60 12A 19  mm (0.748  in) 12.7  mm (0.500  in) 11.9  mm (0.469  in)
80 16A 25.4  mm (1.000  in) 15.8  mm (0.622  in) 15.8  mm (0.622  in)
100 20A 31.7  mm (1.248  in) 19  mm (0.748  in) 19  mm (0.748  in)
120 24A 38.1  mm (1.500  in) 25.4  mm (1.000  in) 22.2  mm (0.874  in)
140 28A 44.4  mm (1.748  in) 25.4  mm (1.000  in) 25.4  mm (1.000  in)
160 32A 50.8  mm (2.000  in) 31.7  mm (1.248  in) 28.5  mm (1.122  in)
180 36A 57.1  mm (2.248  in) 35.7  mm (1.406  in) 35.7  mm (1.406  in)
200 40A 63.4  mm (2.496  in) 38.1  mm (1.500  in) 39.6  mm (1.559  in)

7-12
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Service screen
The AFS Pro 700 has a feature to alert the operator when
scheduled maintenance is due.

On the Home Page, select the Toolbox icon, (1).

NHIL12AF02909AA 1

Then select the Service tab (1). The grey 'Details' boxes
(2) list scheduled maintenance items. The 'Service' boxes
(3) are used to set the notification options.

NHPH12AF03320AA 2

Details - Clicking on any of the 'Details' boxes will bring

up its corresponding service detail window (1). Use the
scroll bar (2) to view the entire list.

NHPH12AF03321AA 3

Service - Clicking on any of the 'Service' boxes will bring

up its corresponding service interval window.

The operator can turn off the service notification (1) set
notification interval to any interval time equal to or less
than the manufacturer's suggested interval (2) or indicate
service done (3). If the 'Service done' option is selected, a
pop up window will appear to remind you that the counters
will be reset. Press Yes to confirm, or No to cancel the
operation.

NHPH12AF03322AA 4

7-13
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Battery
WARNING
Battery gas can explode!
To prevent an explosion: 1. Always disconnect the negative (-) battery cable first. 2. Always connect
the negative (-) battery cable last. 3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal objects. 4. Do
not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0011A

WARNING
Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote (eyes): flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately. Antidote (internal): Drink large
quantities of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0111A

WARNING
Explosion hazard!
When jump-starting the machine, connect and disconnect the jumper cables exactly as indicated in
this manual. DO NOT connect the jumper cables to the machine battery terminals. Make sure no
persons are near the connecting points before starting the engine. Start the engine from the operator’s
seat.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0342A

Your combine is equipped with two 12 volt low mainte-
nance batteries. Check the electrolyte level in each cell
after every 100 hours or 3 months. Add distilled water
to get the electrolyte level up to the indicator under each
cap. Keep the vent holes open at all times.
When replacing the battery make sure that the ground ca-
ble is connected to the negative (-) terminal on the battery,
and the positive (+) cable is connected to the positive (+)
terminal on the battery.
When disconnecting the battery, disconnect the negative
(-) cable first.
When connecting the battery, connect the negative (-) ca-
ble last.
NOTICE: To prevent damage to the battery do not over
tighten the battery hold down bolts.

Battery cables and terminals

The battery terminals must be kept clean and tight. A
good way to clean the terminals is to use Battery Saver
(Case Part Number M20831) according to instructions on
the container. This cleaner needs no water. If Case Bat-
tery Saver is not available, remove all corrosion with a
wire brush, then wash with a weak solution of baking soda
and water. Put some petroleum jelly or silicon grease on
the terminals to prevent further corrosion.
Inspect the battery cables for damage. Replace any bat-
tery cable that has damage.
To prevent hard starting, keep battery cables tight.
When batteries are not in use
When the combine is not in use, the batteries will need
a charge every six weeks. A stored battery not in use
will slowly discharge. A battery that has discharged can
freeze at low ambient temperatures and cause damage
to the battery and combine.
Battery recycling
Discarding old batteries can cause an environmental li-
ability. Check with your local environmental or recycling
center or your dealer for correct disposal information.

7-14
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Battery disconnect switch (if equipped)

Please remember that the battery disconnect is not
aimed to be used frequently, but only in cases where:
• Highly explosive atmosphere exists.
• When you want to remove or service the battery (avoid
arcing when disconnecting the + terminal).
• When you want to work on the electrical system of the
machine.
• When you want to weld on the machine.
• When you would notice a short circuit on the machine.

Battery charging connections

If the battery is discharged and the lights do not indicate
some battery voltage, check the battery for an open circuit
with a voltmeter. Disconnect the negative (-) battery ca-
ble from the battery. Connect the voltmeter between the
negative (-) and the positive (+) battery terminals. If the
voltmeter shows no voltage, the battery has an internal
open circuit. Replace the battery. Connecting a battery
charger or an auxiliary battery to a battery with an open
circuit can cause a spark inside the battery. The spark
can cause a battery explosion.
When using a battery charger, make sure that the charger
is turned off before connecting to the battery. Charge the
battery in a well ventilated area only. Do not try to charge
a frozen battery.
NOTICE: The combine uses an electrical system with
a negative ground. Making connections to the electri-
cal system in reversed polarity can cause damage to the
electrical system components.

If the voltmeter shows a voltage, a battery charger or an

auxiliary battery can be connected to the discharged bat-
tery.

Jump starting procedure

WARNING
Explosion hazard!
When jump-starting the machine, connect and disconnect the jumper cables exactly as indicated in
this manual. DO NOT connect the jumper cables to the machine battery terminals. Make sure no
persons are near the connecting points before starting the engine. Start the engine from the operator’s
seat.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0342A

1. Turn the battery disconnect switch (1) to the off posi-

tion.
2. Remove the plastic protective cap from the positive
jump start terminal (2) .
3. Connect the positive (+) terminal of the auxiliary bat-
tery to the positive (+) jump start terminal (2) on the
combine.
NOTICE: The cable clamps must not make contact
with any other metal objects.
4. Connect the negative (-) terminal of the auxiliary bat-
tery to the negative jump start terminal (3).
NHIL12AF00090AA 1
5. Turn the battery disconnect switch (1) to the on posi-
tion.
6. Start the combine.

7-15
 7 - MAINTENANCE

After the engine is started, disconnect the

auxiliary battery cables in the exact order as
follows:
1. Disconnect the negative cable clamp from the nega-
tive jump start terminal.
2. Disconnect the negative cable clamp from the nega-
tive terminal of the auxiliary battery.
3. Disconnect the positive cable clamp from the combine
positive jump start terminal.
4. Disconnect the positive terminal on the auxiliary bat-
tery.

7-16
 7 - MAINTENANCE
Diesel fuel
1. Under no circumstances should gasoline, alcohol,
blended fuels or other than biodiesel be added to
diesel fuel. These combinations can create an in-
creased fire or explosive hazard. In a closed con-
tainer, such as a fuel tank, such blends are more ex-
plosive than pure gasoline. Never use these blends.
2. Never remove the fuel tank cap or refuel with the
engine running or hot.
Refuel the fuel tank only when the engine has been
turned off.
To avoid condensation of water during the night we
recommend to fill the fuel tank in the evening rather
than in the morning.
3. Never smoke or use a naked flame when refuelling
or when standing near fuel tanks.
4. Never fill the fuel tank to capacity. Allow room for
some expansion.
5. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.
6. Diesel fuel leaking under pressure can penetrate the
skin, causing serious injury and infection. If diesel
7-17
penetrates the skin, seek medical attention immedi-
ately.
7. Maintain control of the fuel filler pipe nozzle when
filling the tank.
8. Always tighten the fuel tank cap securely.
9. If the original fuel tank cap is lost, replace it with an
approved cap. A non approved, proprietary cap may
not be safe.
10. Keep fuel equipment clean and properly maintained.
11. Never drive equipment near open fires.
12. Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.
13. Fuel quality must meet ASTM D975-10. Refer to 9-1
for fuel requirements.
NOTICE: Do not use common heating fuel in your com-
bine.
 7 - MAINTENANCE
Biodiesel fuel
Biodiesel MUST meet the specification ASTM D7467-09A
or ASTM D975-10 and the fuel supplier must maintain
good fuel quality. It is the responsibility of the fuel sup-
plier and / or the end user to ensure the right type of fuel
and blend are delivered and used. Please refer to 9-1 for
biodiesel fuel standards.
Biodiesel MUST be bought pre-blended from the supplier.
Biodiesel is very hygroscopic (attracts moisture from the
atmosphere). Fuel tanks MUST be kept as full as possible
to limit the amount of air and water vapors. Draining water
from the engine fuel filters and pre-filters must be carried
out on a daily basis.
Any spillages of biodiesel must be cleaned up immedi-
ately before they can cause damage to the paint work of
the machine.
Biodiesel can remove rust and particles from the inside of
on-site fuel storage tanks and vehicle fuel tanks.
Biodiesel does not have a long term stability and should
not be left in engines or stored for more than three
7-18
months. Prior to storing your machine for more than 3
months, the engine should be flushed by running for a
minimum of 20 hours with ASTM D975-10 diesel fuel. To
cover these 20 hours, we recommend to work with con-
ventional diesel fuel during the last days of the season.
Biodiesel fuel has a higher cloud point than conventional
diesel fuels and is not recommended for use in winter
months. Consult your fuel dealer for winter fuel require-
ments for your area.
It is highly recommended to switch from biodiesel to diesel
for machine operation if the ambient temperature is below
-9  °C (16  °F). In such conditions, solid deposits begin to
form in the tank and fuel pipes which, like paraffin deposits
in diesel, will be collected by the fuel filter that may then
become blocked.
Any engine and fuel injection equipment found to have
run with any blend of non approved fuel will no longer be
covered for warranty.
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant

Depending on the date of manufacture, your cooling system may be equipped with conventional ethylene glycol
coolant such as CASE IH AKCELA PREMIUM ANTI-FREEZE or an Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant solution such
as CASE IH AKCELA ACTIFULL OT® EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT. The coolant types should never be mixed. The decal
shown below (CNH part number 47488993) is located near the fill point of the cooling system whenever CASE IH
AKCELA ACTIFULL OT® EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT is filled at the factory.

The following CNH material specifications must be met for either coolant solution used:
• MAT3624 for OAT coolant.
• MAT3620 for conventional coolant.
If you need to change a machine from conventional
coolant to OAT coolant or vice versa, you should follow
the “Changing coolant types” procedure below to attain
the full benefit of the coolant. You should not mix OAT
coolant with conventional coolant. Mixing OAT coolant
with conventional coolant will reduce the effectiveness of
OAT coolant.

Changing coolant types

To change coolant from OAT coolant to conventional
coolant (or vice versa)
1. Empty the engine cooling system by draining the
coolant into a suitable container for disposal.
2. Fill the system with clean water.
3. Start the engine and run for at least 30  min.
NOTE: Ensure the heating system (if equipped) is ac-
tivated to circulate fluid through the heater core.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3, for a total of two washes.
5. Empty the engine cooling system by draining the
coolant into a suitable container for disposal.
6. Fill the system with the desired coolant mixture (con-
ventional or OAT coolant).
7. Operate the engine until it is warm. Inspect the ma-
chine for leaks.
8. If you are changing to OAT coolant, then attach the
label (CNH part number 47488993) to indicate the use
of OAT coolant in the cooling system.
NOTE: Refer to 7-90 for a more detailed procedure and
component locations. 47488993 1

Definitions
Conventional coolant
A coolant that relies on inorganic inhibitors such as silicates, nitrites, and phosphates for corrosion and cavitation
protection.

Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant

A coolant that relies on inhibitors such as organic acid salts for corrosion and cavitation protection.

7-19
 7 - MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE CHART

Lubrication schedule
Adjust Alignment
Drain fluid Change fluid
Check Level make up
Cleaning Replace
Grease Bleed
Maintenance action Page no.
GREASE DECAL REFERENCE
Grease fittings and intervals 7-24
Grease fittings and intervals 7-27
EVERY 10 HOURS OF OPERATION OR DAILY
Rotary air screen 7-33
Engine oil level 7-35
Power Take Off (PTO) 7-36
Hydraulic oil tank 7-37
Rock trap 7-38
Chain maintenance 7-38
Deaeration tank coolant level 7-39
EVERY 50 HOURS
Tire pressure 7-40
Drain water separator 7-41
Cab fresh air filter 7-43
Cab recirculated air filter 7-45
Feeder drum 7-46
Chain tension 7-46
EVERY 100 HOURS
Rotor gearbox oil 7-51
EVERY 200 HOURS
Rubber track 7-52
EVERY 300 HOURS
Bubble up gear box 7-53
Brake fluid 7-54
Parking brake 7-55
Transmission oil level 7-55
Final drive oil level 7-56
Lower unloading gearbox 7-58
Feeder conveyor gearbox 7-59
Header gearbox 7-60
EVERY 600 HOURS
Transmission 7-61
Final drive oil 7-62
Lower unloading gearbox 7-64
Feeder conveyor gearbox 7-66
Header gearbox 7-68
Unloading elbow 7-69
Tailings gearbox 7-71
Bubble up gear box 7-72
Rotor gearbox oil 7-73
Self-levelling cleaning shoe pivot 7-74
Power take off (PTO) 7-75
Engine oil and filter 7-77
Engine oil and filter 7-79
Fuel prefilter/water separator 7-81

7-20
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Adjust Alignment
Drain fluid Change fluid
Check Level make up
Cleaning Replace
Grease Bleed
Maintenance action Page no.
Additional fuel prefilter with water separator 7-82
Engine mounted fuel filter 7-84
Engine crankcase breather filter 7-86
Engine crankcase breather filter 7-87
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® in-line filter 7-89
EVERY 1200 HOURS
Engine coolant replacement 7-90
Hydraulic oil reservoir 7-92
EVERY 1500 HOURS
Track rollers and idler wheels 7-94
EVERY 3600 HOURS OR EVERY 2 YEARS
DEF/AdBlue® supply module filter 7-95

7-21
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine oil – Recommended operating temperature range

CJ-4 Oils – Tier 4a F5C emissions equipped
machines

(H) 0W-40 CJ-4 UNITEK to MAT3521

(H) API CJ–4 0W-40

(H) 10W-40 CJ-4 UNITEK to CNH MAT3521

(H) API CJ–4 10W-40

(H) 15W-40 CJ-4 UNITEK to CNH MAT3521

(H) API CJ–4 15W-40

-40  °C -30  °C -20  °C -10  °C 0  °C 10  °C 20  °C 30  °C 40  °C 50  °C
-40  °F -22  °F -4  °F 14  °F 32  °F 50  °F 68  °F 86  °F 104  °F 122  °F

(H) Engine oil pan or coolant block heater recommended in this range

7-22
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Capacities
Unit Fluid Type (recommended) Capacity
Engine
FPT Cursor 9 Engine oil ( CASE IH AKCELA NO. 1™ ENGINE OIL SAE 15W-40) 27  l (7.7  US gal)
CASE IH AKCELA PREMIUM ANTI-FREEZE 52  l (14  US gal)
FPT Cursor 13 Engine oil ( CASE IH AKCELA NO. 1™ ENGINE OIL SAE 15W-40) 35  l (9.3  US gal)
CASE IH AKCELA PREMIUM ANTI-FREEZE 69  l (18  US gal)
Ground Drive
Traction gearbox Gear lube ( CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90) 19  l (5  US gal)
11:111 Final drive Gear lube ( CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90) 7.85  l (2.1  US gal)
1:13.09 Final drive Gear lube ( CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90) 6.7  l (1.8  US gal)
Tracks
Idler hub SAE 50W engine oil 444  ml (15  US fl
oz)
Roller CASE IH AKCELA NO. 1 ENGINE OIL 30 237  ml (8  US fl oz)
Final drive CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90 6.7  L (1.77  US gal)

Main hydraulic system Hydraulic fluid ( CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION) 57  l (15  US gal)
Standard 0.6  l (0.6  US qt)
Gear lube ( CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90)
Unloading lower gearbox
High capacity 0.75  l (0.79  US qt)
Gear lube ( CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90)
Standard 0.4  l (0.5  US qt)
Gear lube ( CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90)
Unloading elbow gearbox
High capacity 0.6  l (0.6  US qt)
Gear lube ( CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90)
PTO gearbox/hydrostatic Hydraulic fluid ( CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION) 54.5  l (14.4  US gal)
system with out Powered
Rear Axle (PRA)
PTO gearbox/hydrostatic Hydraulic fluid ( CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION) 66  l (17.4  US gal)
system with Powered Rear
Axle (PRA)
Tailings gearbox Hydraulic fluid ( CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION) 0.15  l (0.2  US qt)
Bubble Up Gearbox (front) Hydraulic fluid ( CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION) 0.5  l (0.5  US qt)
Bubble Up Gearbox (rear) Hydraulic fluid ( CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION) 0.5  l (0.5  US qt)
Rotor Gearbox Hydraulic fluid ( CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION) 7  l (1.8  US gal)
Feeder Conveyor Gearbox Hydraulic fluid ( CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION) 2.8  l (3.0  US qt)
Header Gearbox Hydraulic fluid ( CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION) 2.9  l (3.1  US qt)

7-23
 7 - MAINTENANCE

GREASE DECAL REFERENCE

Grease fittings and intervals – Right-hand side

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

87335441_D 1

100 Hour grease fittings

7-24
 7 - MAINTENANCE

1. Powered rear axle upper and lower king pin bushing (if
equipped).

10021843 2

2. Half shaft couplers, wheel side.

93094733 3

Transmission side.

93094735 4

3. Right–hand side beater/chopper shaft bearings (A) (5

pumps).
1. Beater equipped machines
• Single bearing (A)
2. Chopper equipped machines have two bearings
• One on the outside of the mounting flange (A)
• A second bearing, located on the opposite side
of the mounting flange, needs to be greased in-
dependently to the outer bearing. It is accessible
through the top opening (B)
93094737 5

7-25
 7 - MAINTENANCE

300 Hour grease fittings

4. Grain elevator safety clutch.

10034841 6

7-26
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Grease fittings and intervals – Left-hand side

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

87645433_E 1

100 Hour grease fittings

1. Header drive shaft pillow block (1) (2 pumps).

NHIL12AF02540AA 2

7-27
 7 - MAINTENANCE

2. Left–hand side beater/chopper shaft bearing (1) (5

pumps).

93094734 3

3. Left and right powered rear axle upper and lower king
pin bushing, (1) (both sides), (if equipped).

10021843 4

4. Idler arm bushing (1) cleaning shoe drive.

66074483 5

7-28
 7 - MAINTENANCE

5. Half shaft couplers, wheel side (1).

93094733 6

Transmission side (2).

93094735 7

7-29
 7 - MAINTENANCE

300 Hour grease fittings

Unloading drive
Standard unloader drive only. Standard cross auger drive
6. Grease the unloader chain idler support (1).

10034706 8
High capacity fixed cross auger drive, does not require High capacity independent cross auger drive, does not
grease. require grease.

83119150 9 83119149 10

7. Header drive shaft upper spline (1). Remove the two

clips (2) from the shield (3) and slide shield forward to
access grease fitting (1). Replace shield and retaining
clips.

50031283 11

7-30
 7 - MAINTENANCE

8. Sliding shaft splines (1).

50032030 12

Rock trap feeder chain drive sprocket; if equipped

NOTICE: Adding grease can lock the clutch causing
damage to the feeder chains and slats.
The radial pin slip clutch on the feeder chain drive
sprocket (1) should NEVER be greased. It is filled at
the factory with the correct amount of grease and never
needs any additional lubrication.

50032030 13

DO NOT LUBRICATE

83114799 14 83114798 15

DO NOT LUBRICATE DO NOT LUBRICATE

7-31
 7 - MAINTENANCE

600 Hour grease fittings

9. Rotor front bearing (1) (5 pumps).

10034698 16

7-32
 7 - MAINTENANCE

EVERY 10 HOURS OF OPERATION OR DAILY

Rotary air screen

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Your AXIAL-FLOW combine is equipped with a hinged ro-

tary air screen door.
1. Open the right rear side panel (1). Refer to 3-75.
2. Use the engine deck ladder climb up to the engine
deck, refer to 3-71.
NOTICE: The engine must be shut off and all movement
stopped before accessing the rotary air screen, wait at least
thirty seconds after engine shut down to ensure all compo-
nents have come to a complete stop.

NHIL12AF02743AA 1

3. To open the rotary air screen door turn handle (1) then
swing door open.

86085224 2

Cursor 9 Cooling system

CAUTION
Flying debris!
Compressed air can propel dirt, rust, etc. into the air. Wear eye and face protection when using com-
pressed air.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0049A

7-33
 7 - MAINTENANCE

4. Clean the cooling system with compressed air regu-

larly, depending on combining conditions.
• Intercooler, (1)
• Radiator, (2)
• PTO Gearbox oil cooler, (3)
• Hydraulic oil cooler, (4)
• Air-conditioning condenser, (5)

93094739 3

Cursor 13 Cooling system

CAUTION
Flying debris!
Compressed air can propel dirt, rust, etc. into the air. Wear eye and face protection when using com-
pressed air.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0049A

5. Clean the cooling system with compressed air regu-

larly, depending on combining conditions by removing
the pins and swinging the cooler out as shown.
• Intercooler, (1)
• Radiator, (2)
• PTO Gearbox oil cooler, (3)
• Hydraulic oil cooler, (4)
• Air-conditioning condenser, (5)

93094739 4

7-34
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine oil level

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

1. Check the engine oil level daily when;

• the combine is standing on a level surface.
• after the engine has been stopped for a minimum of
five minutes.
2. Remove the dipstick (1) wipe clean and reinsert fully.
3. Pull the dipstick out again and check the oil level.
NOTE: The oil level should be between the minimum and
the maximum marks.
NOTICE: At no time should the oil level be allowed to fall
below the minimum level.

86063112 1

4. If necessary, add oil through filler hole (1) until the oil
level reaches the maximum mark on dipstick.
NOTICE: Do not fill above upper mark on dipstick. Excess
oil will burn off, create smoke and give a false impression
of oil consumption.

86063114 2

7-35
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Power Take Off (PTO) gearbox oil level

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Check the Power Take Off (PTO) gearbox oil level daily.
1. Park the combine on a level surface.
A. If the engine has been running for more than ten
minutes, then stop the engine and wait for a mini-
mum of ten minutes.
B. If the engine is cold:
• Run the engine for a minimum of ten minutes.
• Stop the engine and wait for a minimum of ten
minutes.
2. Remove the dipstick (1), wipe clean, and reinsert fully.
NOTICE: Always clean the dipstick cap and the surround-
ing area before you remove the dipstick to top-up or replace
the oil. 50030161A5 1

3. Pull the dipstick out again. Verify that the oil level is
between the minimum and the maximum marks.
4. If the oil level is low, then add oil until the proper oil level
is reached, refer to 7-75.

7-36
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic oil tank – Oil level

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

1. Ensure that all hydraulic cylinders are retracted before

checking the oil level.
2. Check the oil level daily on sight glasses (1) located on
the rear deck. The oil level should at minimum reach
bottom of sight glass.
NOTICE: Always clean the reservoir filler cap and the sur-
rounding area before removing the filler cap to top-up or
replace the oil.
NOTICE: Oil quality and cleanliness is of utmost impor-
tance for the reliability and life of the hydraulic and hydro-
static system. Deviation from the pre- scribed oil specifica-
tion may lead to severe damage and void warranty.

83117490 1

3. If necessary, add oil through filler opening (1).

83117491 2

Oil Capacity Reservoir capacity: 29.5  l (7.8  US gal)

System capacity: 57  l (15  US gal)
Oil Specification Use CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION

7-37
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Rock trap
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Empty the rock trap daily. Refer to 6-122.

Chain maintenance
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

NOTE: Lubricate all chains DAILY AND IMMEDIATELY AFTER WORK. In this way the oil will penetrate into the chains
and provide an excellent protection and lubrication. Use CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90.
1. High capacity fixed cross auger drive

83119150 1

7-38
 7 - MAINTENANCE

2. High capacity independent cross auger drive

83119149 2

3. Bubble-up drive chain

10034840 3

4. Grain elevator drive chain

10034841 4

Deaeration tank coolant level

Check the engine coolant level daily. Refer to 7-90.

7-39
 7 - MAINTENANCE

EVERY 50 HOURS

Tire pressure – Check

WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Always maintain correct tire pressure as indicated in this manual. DO NOT inflate tires above the
recommended pressure. Excessive pressure could result in tire failure.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0109A

Check the tire inflation pressure every fifty hours or weekly.

6 mph harvest speed
• AF7230, 8230, 9230
• Refer to 9-39
10 mph harvest speed
• AF7230, 8230, 9230
• Refer to 9-45

7-40
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Drain water separator

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Fuel vapors are explosive and flammable.
Do not smoke while handling fuel. Keep fuel away from flames or sparks. Shut off engine and remove
key before servicing. Always work in a well-ventilated area. Clean up spilled fuel immediately.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0904A

If equipped

Drain sediment bowl

1. Close the fuel tank shut off valve (1).

86094049 1

2. Place a suitable container under the drain (1) to catch

any fluids for proper disposal.
3. Remove the dust cover (2).

20082463 2

7-41
 7 - MAINTENANCE

4. Open the bleeder (1) on the lid to relieve the vacuum

and close.

93108153 3

5. Pull the drain knob (1) and turn to the left.

6. When all the water and sediment has drained close the
drain (1) by pulling out and turn to the right.

20082463 4

7. Dispose of drained fluid properly and according to local

regulations.
8. Replace the dust cover (1).
9. Open fuel valve (1) and bleed the fuel system as re-
quired, refer to 7-110.

20082463 5

7-42
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Cab fresh air filter

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

CAUTION
Flying debris!
Compressed air can propel dirt, rust, etc. into the air. Wear eye and face protection when using com-
pressed air.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0049A

Clean the cab air filter regularly and, in extremely dusty

conditions, daily.
1. The cab air filter is located behind the left-hand panel
(1) on the operator’s platform.

NHPH12AF03454AA 1

2. Open the panel by pushing the release (1) to the right-

hand side of the combine.
To remove the cab air filter, proceed as follows:
1. Pull the yellow slider (1).
2. Remove the cover (2) with a smooth twist to the left,
and then pulling it towards you.

NHIL12AF01504AA 2

7-43
 7 - MAINTENANCE

CAUTION
Risk of dust inhalation!
Wear a dust mask to clean the filter element.
Failure to comply could result in minor or
moderate injury.
C0138A

3. Remove the filter element (3).

4. Clean the filter element (3) with compressed air
blown from the inside towards the outside.
NOTE: It is advisable to replace the filter elements every
year.
Installation: ZDA3098A 3
1. Install the filter element (3) in the housing.
2. Install the cover. The dust outlet on the cover should
be pointed down.
3. Close the housing, turn the cover to the right until it
locks.
4. Lock the cover with yellow slider.

Pre-filter
1. Open the left-hand front side shield, refer to 3-75
2. Open the trap door by turning the quarter turn fasteners
(1).
3. Clean any debris from the trap door area.
4. Close the trap door and secure the fasteners.
5. Close the side panel.

NHIL12AF02613AA 4

7-44
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Cab recirculated air filter

The Heating Ventilation and Air-conditioning (HVAC) recir-
culation filter (1) is located in the rear of the cab, above the
rear window.
Clean the filter regularly and, in extremely dusty conditions,
daily, proceed as follows:

NHIL12AF02577AA 1

1. Remove the recirculation filter cover by;

A. pulling the two lower corners (1)
B. Lift the cover off of the center hook (2)

NHIL12AF02577AA 2

2. Remove the filter (1).

3. Use compressed air, blowing from the rear to the front,
to remove loose dirt and dust.
NOTE: If you notice a lack in HVAC performance, and
cleaning the filter does not help it should be replaced.
4. Install the filter.
NOTE: The filter is sealed by the foam seal surrounding
the filter, make sure it is not damaged.

NHIL12AF02578AA 3

7-45
 7 - MAINTENANCE

5. Installing the filter cover:

A. Insert the center loop (1) on to the hook (2).at the
top of the filter.

NHIL13AF00963AA 4

B. Inserting the pins on the back of the cover into the

rubber grommets in the filter opening (3).

NHIL12AF02581AA 5 NHIL12AF02580AA 6

Feeder drum
Refer to 6-127

Chain tension
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

NOTICE: Check all belt and chain tensions every 50 hours to ensure optimum operation.

Belts and chains that have a spring tensioner should be adjusted as follows:

7-46
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Turn nut (1) until the end of spring (2) is aligned with the
end of the gage (3).

10021763 1

The following belts and chains use a spring gauge:

• Shoe drive belt
• Clean grain drive belt
• Beater/chopper drive belts
• Unloading auger drive belt
• Unloading auger drive chain
• Tailings processor drive belt
• Feeder conveyor chain
• Engine cooling fan

Bubble-up drive chain

1. Adjust chain tension by loosening idler (1).
2. Adjust idler to provide 4 - 10  mm (1/8 - 3/8  in) sag at
the center of the bottom chain span.
3. Tighten idler.

10034840 2

7-47
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Clean grain elevator chain

The tension of grain elevator chain (1) is correct when it
is just possible to move a link laterally across the lower
sprocket by hand.

NHPE12AF00031AA 3

1. Adjust chain tension:

A. Loosen jam nut (1)
B. Turn adjuster (2) while holding jam nut (3) until ten-
sion is correct.
C. Tighten jam nut (1)

NHIL12AF03039AA 4

7-48
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Unloading drive

Standard unloading drive

1. Loosen the idler mounting bolt (1).

10034706 5

2. Tighten the nut (1) until the washer (2) is even with the
end of the indicator (3).
3. When adjustment is correct tighten idler mounting bolt.

10021763 6

High capacity independent cross auger drive

Cross auger chain (1):

83119149 7

7-49
 7 - MAINTENANCE

1. Tighten the nut (1) until the washer (2) is even with the
end of the indicator (3).

10021763A 8

Unloading chain (1):

1. Loosen the idler bolt (2).
2. Slide the idler to the right and tighten idler bolt.
NOTE: The chain adjustment is correct when it is just pos-
sible to move the chain side to side on the sprocket.

83119149 9

High capacity fixed cross auger drive

83119150 10

Tighten the nut (1) until the washer (2) is even with the end
of the indicator (3).

10021763A 11

7-50
 7 - MAINTENANCE

EVERY 100 HOURS

Rotor gearbox oil

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Check rotor gearbox oil level when combine is standing on

a level surface and after engine has been stopped for a
minimum of five minutes.
1. Remove dipstick (1)
2. Wipe the dipstick clean
3. Insert the dipstick fully
4. Pull dipstick out again and check oil level.
NOTE: Oil level should be between minimum and maxi-
mum marks.

50030173 1

Oil capacity Gearbox: 7.0  l (1.85  US gal).

Oil specification CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION

7-51
 7 - MAINTENANCE

EVERY 200 HOURS

Rubber track - Alignment – Check

NOTICE: The tracks on the combine are a POSITIVE drive track system. Periodic inspections should be done to
ensure the track drive lugs are centered from side to side through the drive wheel and the front and rear idler wheels
to prevent accelerated scuffing of the drive lugs.

1. Park the combine on a flat surface at least 75  m (250  ft)

in length.
2. Back the combine in a straight line 75  m (250  ft).
3. Drive the combine forward in a straight line 75  m
(250  ft) holding the steering wheel stationary.
• Drive 20 - 25  km/h (12 - 15  mph), if conditions allow.
4. A. Stop the combine.
B. Turn off the engine.
C. Remove the key.

NHIL12AF03090AA 1

5. Inspect clearance between track internal drive lugs and

front idlers, rear idlers and rollers on both sides of the
drive lugs.
6. Drive lugs should be centered between inboard and
outboard idlers and rollers and should not be contact-
ing sides of idlers or rollers. Minimum clearance to be
6  mm (0.25  in).

NHIL12CR00453AA 2

7. Feel the metal inboard surfaces of the idlers and rollers

for heat. If these surfaces are too hot to touch, the track
is contacting idlers or rollers and the alignment must be
adjusted.
• If the idlers or rollers are hot or the clearance is
less than 6  mm (0.25  in) go to Alignment Adjustment
Procedure.
8. If tracks are aligned, drive for 8  km (5  miles) and check
for alignment again.

NHIL12CR00455AA 3

Next operation:
If required, adjust the track alignment, refer to page 7-107.

7-52
 7 - MAINTENANCE

EVERY 300 HOURS

Bubble up gear box – Oil level check

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Bubble-gearboxes should be checked every 300 hours.

1. Check oil in front gearbox (1) by removing plug (2).
NOTE: Oil should be level with bottom of hole.
2. Check oil in rear gearbox (3) by removing plug (4).
NOTE: Oil should be between marks in dipstick.

50030168 1

Oil Capacity 0.5  l (0.14  US gal) per gearbox.

Oil Specification Use CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION oil.

7-53
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Brake fluid – Fluid level

The service brake fluid reservoir (1) is located behind
the left-hand front panel on the operator’s deck.
• A mark on the reservoir indicates the maximum fluid
level.
• If the fluid level is below minimum, the parking brake
icon on the operator display will blink.
• Clean the brakes every 300 hours with compressed
air.

NHIL12AF01242AA 1

Check the brake linings:

• When the brake warning light illuminates
• Every 300 hours in normal conditions
• Every 200 hours in heavy brake conditions e.g. spin turns in corn, steep hills.

To bleed or to replace the brake linings, contact your local

dealer.

Fluid Change
The brake fluid has to be changed every two years. When
refilling the system, a special bleeding procedure will have
to be followed.
Contact your local dealer to perform this service.

NOTICE: Brake fluid has a tendency to absorb moisture and break down over time. Therefore it should be replaced
every two years. As brake fluid contains substances which, when mixed with engine or other oils, create problems
for recycling the oil, do not mix oil, but collect separately.

Capacity
Reservoir: 0.25  l (0.5  US pt).
Entire brake system: 0.825  l (1.7  US pt).

Fluid Specification
Use DOT 3 or DOT 4 Fluid, or a fluid meeting the following
specification:

• DOT 3, SAE
• DOT 4, SAE

DOT 3 fluid is the factory fill fluid. DOT 4 fluid gives higher
temperature stability.
NOTE: SAE DOT 3 (factory installed grade) and SAE DOT
4 (higher temperature stability grade) are mutually compat-
ible if mixed, but the higher stability temperature provided
by the DOT 4 fluid will be lowered.

7-54
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Parking brake
Every 300 operating hours:
• Clean the friction linings with compressed air.
• Linings have to be replaced if the remaining thickness is less than 1  mm (0.039  in). Contact your local dealer to
carry out this job.

Every 600 operating hours or once a year, the parking

brake clearance must be checked and adjusted as neces-
sary. Contact your local dealer to perform this service.

NOTE: The parking brake system uses hydraulic oil from the hydraulic system for operation.
NOTICE: In case of leakage or malfunction of the brake system, immediately contact your local CASE IH dealer.

Transmission oil level – Oil level

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

With the combine standing on a level surface, the oil level

should reach the centre of sight glass (1).

ZEIL09CR0272A0B 1

Oil capacity 19  l (5  US gal)

Use CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90,
Oil specification SAE 80W90, NH520A or an oil meeting the following
specification:
• API GL-5
• MIL-L-2105 D

7-55
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Final drive oil level

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Standard final drives.

With the combine standing on a level surface, the oil should
reach the center of sight glass (1).

ZDA2884B 1

Track machines
With the combine standing on a level surface, the oil should
reach the center of sight glass (1).
NOTE: The sight glass is viewed through the drive wheel
of the track system.

23116651 2

7-56
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Planetary final drives

1. With the combine standing on a level surface, the oil
should reach the center of sight glass (1).

ZDA2888A 3

Oil Capacity
Heavy Duty and Track Drive final drives: 7.85  l (2.1  US gal)
Planetary final drives: 6.7  l (1.8  US gal)
Use CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90 or an oil
meeting the following specification:
Oil Specification
• SAE 80W90 EP API GL5

7-57
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Lower unloading gearbox – Oil level

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

1. Oil level is correct when the oil level is in the middle of

the sight glass (1).
2. If oil level is low add oil as described in 7-64.

23114825 1

Oil capacity 0.6  l (1.3  US pt)

CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90
Oil type or an oil meeting the following specification, SAE 80W90
EP API GL5

7-58
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Feeder conveyor gearbox – Oil Level

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

With the feeder lowered so the decal is level, the oil should
reach the center of the sight glass (1).

83118298 1

Oil Capacity 2.8  l (0.75  US gal).

Oil Specification CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION oil.

7-59
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Header gearbox – Oil level

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

1. Lower the feeder until the feeder gearbox decal (1) is

level.

83118298 1

2. With feeder lowered, oil should reach center of sight

glass (1).

86063491 2

Oil capacity 2.9  l (0.77  US gal).

Oil specification CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION

7-60
 7 - MAINTENANCE

EVERY 600 HOURS

Transmission – Change oil

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

The traction gearbox oil should be changed every 600 op-

erating hours.
1. Drain the oil through plug (1) and catch the oil in a
suitable container.
2. Install plug (1).

ZDA2797A 1

NOTICE: Clean magnetic plug before installation.

3. Clean the area around filler/breather plug (1) and re-
move the filler/breather plug.
4. Fill the traction gearbox with new oil until the oil level
reaches the center of sight glass. Refer to 7-55.
5. Install filler/breather plug (1).

ZDA2885A 2

Oil Capacity 19  l (5  US gal)

Oil specification Use CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90 or an

oil meeting the following specification, SAE 80W90 EP
API GL5

7-61
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Final drive oil

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Oil Level
Refer to 7-56.

Oil Change
To change the heavy duty or track final drive gearbox oil,
proceed as follows:
1. Drain the oil through plug (3) and catch the oil in a
suitable container.
NOTICE: Clean magnetic plug (3) before installation.
2. Reinstall plug (3). Torque to 90 - 110  N·m (65 - 80  lb
ft).
3. Clean the area around the filler plug (2) and remove it.
4. Fill the final drive gearbox with new oil until the oil
reaches the center of sight glass (1).
NOTE: The sight glass for track machines is viewed from
the drive wheel side of the final drive.
5. Reinstall filler/breather plug (2). Torque filler/breather ZDA2884B 1
plug (2) to 90 - 110  N·m (65 - 80  lb ft).

To change the planetary final drive gearbox oil, proceed as follows:

1. Drain the oil through plug (3) and catch the oil in a
suitable container.
NOTICE: Clean magnetic plug (3) before installation.
2. Reinstall plug (3). Torque to 60 - 80  N·m (45 - 60  lb ft).
3. Clean the area around filler plug (2) and remove it.
4. Fill the final drive gearbox with new oil until the oil
reaches the center of sight glass (1).

ZDA2888A 2

5. Reinstall plug (2). Torque to 60 - 80  N·m (45 - 60  lb ft).

Oil Capacity
Heavy Duty and Track Drive final drives: 7.85  l (2.1  US gal)
Planetary final drives: 6.7  l (1.8  US gal)

7-62
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Use CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90 or an oil

meeting the following specification:
Oil Specification
• SAE 80W90 EP API GL5

7-63
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Lower unloading gearbox – Change oil

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

The unloading drive gearbox oil should be changed Every

600 operating hours.
NOTE: Shield removed for clarity.

83119150 1

1. Drain the oil through plug (1) and catch the oil in a
suitable container.
2. Reinstall plug (1).
3. Clean the area around filler plug (2) and remove it.

ZDA7870A 2

4. Clean the sight glass (1).

5. Fill the gearbox with new oil through the fill hole until
the oil level reaches the center of the sight glass.

23114825 3

7-64
 7 - MAINTENANCE

6. Install filler plug (1).

ZDA7870A 4

Oil capacity 0.6  l (1.3  US pt)

CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90
Oil type or an oil meeting the following specification, SAE 80W90
EP API GL5

7-65
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Feeder conveyor gearbox

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Burn hazard!
Do not handle any service fluid (engine coolant, engine oil, hydraulic oil, etc.) at temperatures that
exceed 49 °C (120 °F). Allow fluids to cool before proceeding.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0330B

1. Locate the feeder gearbox magnetic drain plug (1)

• Clean the area (A) around the drain plug (1) to pre-
vent dirt ingress at removal.
• Position a suitable waste oil catch container under
the drain plug area.

20034597 1

2. Remove the drain plug (1). Catch and properly discard

the waste oil.
• Inspect the magnetic drain plug (1) for excessive
metallic filings and/or large metallic flakes or shards.
• Wipe any dirt and oil from the magnetic drain plug
with a clean cloth.
• Inspect the drain plug gasket for any damage, and
replace as needed.

20034599 2

7-66
 7 - MAINTENANCE

3. Install and tighten the magnetic drain plug in the gear-

box.

20034597 3

Filling
4. Ensure the magnetic drain plug (1) is cleaned and in-
stalled in the gearbox (2)
A. Clean the exterior of the filler/breather plug (3) and
the surrounding area to prevent dirt ingress during
removal and filling.
B. Remove the filler/breather plug (3). Inspect the
filler/breather gasket for any damage. Replace the
gasket if damaged.

20034592 4

5. Lower the feeder until the decal is level, refer to 7-59

A. Add the correct amount and type of oil through the
fill hole (1), where the filler/breather plug was re-
moved, refer to 7-59.
B. Install and tighten the filler/breather plug (1)
C. Verify the correct oil level to be visible across the
middle of the sight glass plug (2) when the feeder
house is in the lowered position.
D. Inspect the gearbox for any leakage.

20034592 5

Oil Capacity 2.8  l (0.75  US gal).

Oil Specification CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION oil.

7-67
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Header gearbox
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

1. Remove and clean magnetic drain plug (1).

NOTE: Catch oil in suitable container.
2. Reinstall plug.

86063491 1

3. Clean area around fill plug (1) and remove fill plug.
4. Fill gearbox with new oil until oil reaches middle of sight
glass (2). Refer to Header drive system - Check – Oil
level for further information.
5. Reinstall fill plug.

86063491 2

Oil capacity 2.9  l (0.77  US gal).

Oil specification CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION

7-68
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Unloading elbow
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

1. Place the unloading tube in the transport position.

2. Loosen the two nuts to remove cover (1).

83114832 1

3. Remove the filler plug (1) of the gearbox.

ZDA3083A 2

4. Fluid level is correct when it touches bottom of plug hole

(1).
Add fluid as needed.
5. Replace plug and tighten to 30  N·m (22  lb ft).

NHPH12AF03461AA 3

Oil capacity
Standard unloading system 0.43  l (1  US pt)

7-69
 7 - MAINTENANCE

High capacity unloading system 0.75  l (1.6  US pt)

Oil specification CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90 or an oil

meeting SAE 80W90 EP API GL5.

7-70
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Tailings gearbox
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Tailings gearbox should be checked every 600 operating

hours and never needs oil changed.

13041662 1

1. To check oil level:

1. Remove plug (1).
• Oil should be level with the bottom of the check
plug hole.
2. To add oil:
• Pour oil into the check plug hole or;
• Remove the fill plug (2) to add oil.
3. Add oil until the oil just runs out of the check plug
hole.
4. Install plug/s and tighten.
83114795 2
NOTE: The check plug must be removed to add oil.

Oil Capacity 0.25  l (0.5  US pt).

Oil Specification CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION

7-71
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Bubble up gear box

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Bubble-up gearbox oil should be changed every 600 oper-

ating hours.
To change oil proceed as follows:
1. Drain oil through plugs (1) and catch oil in suitable con-
tainer.
2. Reinstall plugs (1).
3. Clean area around filler plugs (2) and remove filler
plugs.
4. Fill each gearbox with 0.5  l (0.14  US gal) new oil
through plugs (2). Refer to 7-53
5. Reinstall plugs (2).

50030168 1

Oil Capacity 0.5  l (0.14  US gal) per gearbox.

Oil Specification CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION

7-72
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Rotor gearbox oil

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Rotor drive gearbox oil should be changed every 600 op-

erating hours.
1. Drain rotor gearbox oil through stopcock (1) and catch
oil in a suitable container.
2. Clean speed sensor and drain plug magnet on left side
of gearbox.
3. Close stopcock and tighten with pliers to 4  N·m (35  lb
in) (1).

50030174 1

4. Clean area around filler/dipstick (1) and remove dip-

stick on gearbox.
5. Fill gearbox with new oil, refer to 7-51.
6. Reinstall dipstick and lock with 1/4 turn clockwise.

50030173 2

Oil capacity Gearbox: 7.0  l (1.85  US gal).

Oil specification Use CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION oil.

7-73
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Self-levelling cleaning shoe pivot

Annually check the axial space on the pivot axle (1) be-
tween the frame and the self levelling cleaning shoe.

ZDA3051A 1

If there is more space than ”X”= 0.5  mm (0.020  in), contact

your local dealer.

ZDA3050A 2

7-74
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Power take off (PTO) – Gearbox

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

PTO gearbox/hydrostatic system

Oil Reservoir
• The PTO gearbox serves as the oil reservoir (1) for
the hydrostatic system. This system draws oil from
the gearbox, and the oil goes through a separate
filtering system.
• To check the oil level refer to 7-36

10030153A5 1

Oil and filter change

The hydraulic oil and filters should be changed:
• Charge filter every 600 hours
• Lube filter every 1200 operating hours

To change the oil and/or filter proceed as follows:

1. Thoroughly clean the surrounding area of the reservoir
and filter (with compressed air, if possible).
2. Drain the oil by opening stopcock (1) at the bottom of
PTO Gearbox reservoir.
3. Drain the oil from the reservoir through hose (2) and
catch the oil in a suitable container.

83114837 2

7-75
 7 - MAINTENANCE

4. Remove the Hydro Pressure filter (1).

5. Apply a film of oil to the gasket of the new filter.
6. Screw on the new filter by hand. Tighten firmly but do
not use tools.

NHIL12AF00832AA 3

7. Every second oil change, replace the PTO lube filter (1)
.
8. Apply a film of oil to the gasket of the new filter.
9. Screw on the new filter by hand. Tighten firmly but do
not use tools.

NHIL12AF00834AA 4

10. Fill the gearbox through dipstick hole (1).

11. Start the engine. Run it at idle speed for ten minutes
while moving the ground speed control lever slowly
forward and backward with the gearshift in neutral
position and the rear wheel drive (if installed) disen-
gaged.
12. Turn the engine off. Wait for a minimum of ten min-
utes.
13. Remove the dipstick, wipe clean and reinsert fully.
14. Pull the dipstick out again and verify that the oil level
is between the minimum and the maximum marks.
50030161A5 5

Oil specification CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION

Oil capacity without Powered Rear Axle (PRA) 54.5  l (14.4  US gal)
Oil capacity with Powered Rear Axle (PRA) 66  l (17.4  US gal)

NOTICE: Oil quality and cleanliness is of utmost importance for the reliability and life of the hydraulic and hydrostatic
system. Deviation from the pre- scribed oil specification may lead to severe damage and void warranty.

7-76
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine oil and filter – FPT Cursor 9

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Oil and Filter Change Intervals

The engine oil and filter should be changed every 600 operating hours. Any time the engine oil is changed, the
engine oil filter should also be changed.
Engine sump and Filter Capacity (Total)
FPT Cursor 9 engine: 27  l (7.7  US gal)
Oil specification
Non Tier 4a equipped engines Use CASE IH AKCELA NO. 1™ ENGINE OIL SAE
15W-40or an oil meeting specification API CF, CG-4,
CH-4/SL
Tier 4a equipped engines Refer to Engine lubrication system - Maintenance
Chart – Recommended operating temperature range

Oil and Filter Change - FPT Cursor 9 Engine

1. Warm the engine to operating temperature.
2. Stop the engine.
3. Open the oil drain stop cock (1).

86063115 1

4. Drain the oil through hose located at the rear of the

battery compartment into a suitable container.

7-77
 7 - MAINTENANCE

5. Clean area around engine oil filter (1) and remove the
'spin-on' filter using a filter wrench.

83094731 2

6. Fill new engine filter with clean oil and apply a film of
oil to the seal ring.
7. Screw on the filter (1) by hand. Tighten firmly but do
not use tools.

83094732 3

8. Close the oil drain stop cock and reinstall cap on drain
hose.
9. Remove the filler cap and refill the engine with approx-
imately 25  l (6.6  US gal) of clean oil. Reinstall the filler
cap.

7-78
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine oil and filter – FPT Cursor 13

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Oil and Filter Change Intervals

The engine oil and filter should be changed every 600 operating hours. Any time the engine oil is changed, the
engine oil filter should also be changed.
Engine sump and Filter Capacity (Total)
FPT Cursor 13 engine: 35  l (9.24  US gal)
Oil specification
Non Tier 4a equipped engines Use CASE IH AKCELA NO. 1™ ENGINE OIL SAE
15W-40or an oil meeting specification API CF, CG-4,
CH-4/SL
Tier 4a equipped engines Refer to Engine lubrication system - Maintenance
Chart – Recommended operating temperature range

The engine oil and filter(s) should be changed every 600

operating hours. Any time the engine oil is changed, the
engine oil filter(s) should also be changed.
1. Warm the engine to operating temperature.
2. Stop the engine.
3. Open the oil drain stop cock (1).

86063116 1

4. Drain the oil through hose located at the rear of the

battery compartment into a suitable container.

7-79
 7 - MAINTENANCE

5. Clean area around engine oil filters (1) and remove the
'spin-on' filters using a filter wrench.

83094730 2

6. Fill the two new engine oil filters with clean oil and apply
a film of oil to the seal rings.
7. Screw on the filters (1) by hand. Tighten firmly but do
not use tools.

83094730 3

8. Close the oil drain stop cock and reinstall cap on drain
hose.
9. Remove the filler cap and refill the engine with clean
oil. Reinstall the filler cap.

7-80
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuel prefilter/water separator

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Fuel vapors are explosive and flammable.
Do not smoke while handling fuel. Keep fuel away from flames or sparks. Shut off engine and remove
key before servicing. Always work in a well-ventilated area. Clean up spilled fuel immediately.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0904A

NOTE: The fuel prefilter/water separator (1) should be changed every 600 operating hours, or earlier, if a drop in
engine performance is experienced or 'water in fuel' sensor indicates the presence of water.
1. To change the prefilter/water separator (1) proceed as
follows:
2. Wipe the top of the prefilter/water separator head clean.

NHIL12AF03041AA 1

3. Turn fuel valve (1) to the closed position.

4. Unplug water in fuel sensor (2).
5. Unscrew the 'spin-on' prefilter/water separator using a
filter wrench.
6. Fill the new prefilter/water separator with clean fuel and
apply a film of fuel to the gasket.
7. Screw on the new prefilter/water separator by hand.
Tighten firmly, but do not use tools.
8. Plug in water in fuel sensor .
9. Turn fuel valve to the open position.
10. Bleed the fuel system refer to 7-110. 86094049 2

7-81
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Additional fuel prefilter with water separator – If equipped

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Fuel vapors are explosive and flammable.
Do not smoke while handling fuel. Keep fuel away from flames or sparks. Shut off engine and remove
key before servicing. Always work in a well-ventilated area. Clean up spilled fuel immediately.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0904A

93108152 1

(1) dust cover (6) Filter element

(2) Bleeder screw (7) Filter housing
(3) Filter lid (8) Bowl gasket o-ring
(4) Lid gasket (9) Sediment bowl
(5) Spring cassette (10) Drain valve

7-82
 7 - MAINTENANCE

1. Remove the dust cover (1).

2. Drain the sediment bowl as described in 7-41 but do
not open the fuel tank main valve.

93108151 2

3. Remove the filter lid by turning the screw (1) on the filter
lid to the left (counter clockwise) until it reaches the stop
position.
4. Release the lid by applying slight pressure while turning
to the left. Turn until the lugs (2) are cleared.

93108153 3

5. Remove the spring cassette.

93108154 4

6. Remove the fuel filter element using the handle (1) and
dispose of it properly. Insert new filter element.
7. Install the spring cassette.
8. Install the lid by applying downward pressure and tun-
ing to the right until the lugs are fully engaged. Tighten
the screw to 10  N·m (88  lb in).
NOTE: The bleeder should be on the side facing you for
proper lid alignment.
9. Bleed the fuel system as described in 7-110.
10. Replace dust cover.
93108156 5

7-83
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine mounted fuel filter

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Fuel vapors are explosive and flammable.
Do not smoke while handling fuel. Keep fuel away from flames or sparks. Shut off engine and remove
key before servicing. Always work in a well-ventilated area. Clean up spilled fuel immediately.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0904A

The fuel filter should be changed every 600 operating

hours. Proceed as follows:
1. Close the fuel tank shutoff valve (1).
2. Clean the filter housing and engine area around the
filter.
3. Use a suitable container to catch any spilled fuel.

86094049 1

7230
4. Turn the filter counterclockwise to remove.
5. Remove and discard the old filter.
6. Install the new filter.
7. Turn the filter clockwise until the gasket contacts the
filter head. Use your hand to tighten 1/2 of a turn.
8. Turn the key switch ON and allow the electric fuel pump
to operate for approximately 2 minutes prior to starting
the engine.
9. Bleed the air from the system, refer to 7-110.

83082235 2

7-84
 7 - MAINTENANCE

8230/9230
10. Drain the filter before removal:
A. Attach a suitable hose on the barb (1) at the bot-
tom of the filter housing.
B. Place the end of the hose in an appropriate con-
tainer to catch the drained diesel fuel.
C. Loosen the drain screw (2).
D. Open the bleeder port (3) to allow the filter housing
to drain.
E. Close the filter drain and bleeder when fuel stops
flowing from the drain.

83119085 3

4. Use a wrench to turn the filter case (1) counterclock-

wise and remove.
5. Remove the filter from the filter case by turning the fil-
ter counter clockwise and discard the old filter element
only.

83119085 4

6. Install the new filter element:

A. insert the plastic end in to the filter case.
B. Turn the filter clockwise to seat it in the filter case.
7. Turn the filter housing clockwise until the gasket con-
tacts the filter head.
A. Use your hand to tighten an additional 1/2 of a turn.
B. Loosen the filter, then tighten to 65  N·m (47.9  lb ft)
.
NOTICE: DO NOT use tools to tighten the filter housing. If
the filter is too tight damage can occur to the gasket and
filter. NHPE12AF00015AA 5

8. Open the fuel tank valve.

9. Turn the key switch ON and allow the electric fuel pump
to operate for approximately 2 minutes prior to starting
the engine.
10. Bleed the air from the system, refer to 7-110.

7-85
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine crankcase breather filter – Cursor 9

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

1. Remove the cover bolts (1) at the rear of the engine.

93094775 1

2. Remove cover (2).

93094775 2

3. Loosen the three bolts (1) and remove the filter (2).
4. Install the new filter and tighten the bolts.
5. Install cover.

ZEIL07CSX007A0C 3

7-86
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine crankcase breather filter – Cursor 13

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

1. Replace the closed crankcase filter every 600 operat-

ing hours.

ZDA3036C 1

2. Remove nine bolts (1) to remove cover (2) of the

crankcase filter.

ZDA3036C 2

3. Replace crankcase filter (1).

4. Install cover and tighten bolts.

ZDA3037A 3

7-87
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® in-line filter

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Hot surface possible!
Wait for all components to cool before performing any operation.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0251A

NOTICE: The DEF/ADBLUE® in-line filter should be replaced every 600 hours and/or once a year at the beginning of
the season.
It is recommended that the replacement of DEF/ADBLUE®
in-line filter at the bottom of the DEF/ADBLUE® dosing unit
should be performed by your authorized dealer.

83117496 1

To replace the DEF/ADBLUE® in-line filter, proceed as fol-

lows:
1. Press the ring and pull the DEF/ADBLUE® line from its
seat.
NOTE: Have a suitable container readily available to catch
residual DEF/ADBLUE® when removing the filter. Clean up
spilled DEF/ADBLUE® immediately.
2. Replace the DEF/ADBLUE® in-line screen filter.
3. Reinstall the DEF/ADBLUE® line.

ZEIL11CX0866A0B 2

7-88
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® in-line filter – Tank vent filter

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

1. Open the engine cover refer to 3-71.

2. Remove the two hose clamps (1)
3. Remove the filter (2)
NOTE: Take note to the direction arrow on the filter. The
arrow should point towards the DEF/ADBLUE® tank.

NHIL13AF01321AA 1

4. Install a new filter with the arrow pointed towards the

hose from the DEF/ADBLUE® tank
5. Install the two hose clamps

NHPH13AF01386AA 2

7-89
 7 - MAINTENANCE

EVERY 1200 HOURS

Engine coolant replacement

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Burn hazard!
Hot coolant can spray and scald if you remove the radiator or deaeration tank cap while the system
is hot. To remove the cap: allow the system to cool, turn the cap to the first notch, and wait for all
pressure to release. Remove the cap only after all pressure has released.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0367A

WARNING
Chemical hazard!
Coolant can be toxic. Keep away from children and pets. Avoid prolonged contact. If not reused,
dispose of in accordance with local environmental regulations.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0295A

1. Check the coolant level daily in the de-aeration tank

when the engine is cold. The coolant level should reach
level indicator (1).
NOTICE: Under no circumstances should the engine be
started without coolant in the cooling system.
NOTE: Do not add cold water to a hot de-aeration tank.
2. When the coolant level is low add coolant to the cool-
ing system through de-aeration tank filler opening (2).
Never fill when the engine is hot.

86063120 1

Coolant Change
The coolant should be renewed every 2 years.

Coolant System Capacity

7230 FPT Cursor 9 52  l (14  US gal)
8230 FPT Cursor 13 69  l (18  US gal)
9230 FPT Cursor 13

7-90
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Coolant specification
Use CASE IH AKCELA ACTIFULL OT® EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT (ref. MAT3624). refer to 7-19
The coolant should be mixed with water: The quality of the water should not exceed following
limits:
• 50  % water (Deionized or distilled is recommended)
• 50  % coolant • Total hardness: 0.3  %
• Chlorides: 0.1  %
• Sulphates: 0.1  %

When replacing the coolant proceed as follows:

1. Drain the coolant by attaching a drain hose and opening
stopcock (1) at the bottom of the radiator.
2. Flush the cooling system with clean water (steps 3 to
7).
3. Close stopcock and fill the cooling system with clean
water through de-aeration tank filler opening (2).
4. Start the engine and run it at low idle until the water
temperature is at normal operating temperature.
5. Stop the engine.
6. Drain the water by opening stopcock .
7. Close stopcock and fill the cooling system with coolant 86063121 2
mixture as specified.
8. Install the cover.
NOTICE: Always fill the cooling system with an approved
antifreeze/water mixture. Check the freezing point of the
coolant after each refill.
NOTICE: The engine and the de-aeration tank are hot . Ex-
treme care should be taken when filling the cooling system.
9. Start the engine and run it at 1500  RPM until the coolant
temperature is at normal operating temperature.
10. Return to low idle and stop the engine after 1 minute
(Turbo charger precaution).
11. Fill the de-aeration tank to level indicator (3) and install
pressure/filler cap (2). 86063120 3

7-91
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic oil reservoir

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Oil Reservoir
An oil reservoir is fitted for the hydraulic system.
This systems draws oil from it's own reservoir, and the oil goes through a separate filtering system.
The hydraulic oil and filters should be changed every 1200 operating hours.
The hydraulic return filter needs to be replaced every time the oil is changed.

Oil Capacity
Reservoir capacity: 29.5  l (7.8  US gal)
System capacity 57  l (15  US gal)
Oil Specification
Use CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION

NOTICE: Oil quality and cleanliness is of utmost importance for the reliability and life of the hydraulic and hydrostatic
system. Deviation from the pre- scribed oil specification may lead to severe damage and void warranty.
1. To change the oil and/or filter proceed as follows:
2. Thoroughly clean the surrounding area of the reservoir
and filter (with compressed air, if possible).
3. Retract all hydraulic cylinders.
4. Drain the oil by opening stopcock (1) at the bottom of
reservoir. Drain the oil from the reservoir through hose
(2) and catch the oil in a suitable container.
5. Close stopcock (1).
NOTE: This image is looking at the underside of the hy-
draulic oil reservoir.
NHIL12AF00835AA 1

6. Remove the hydraulic return filter (1).

NOTE: Anti-flowback valve allows filter to be removed with
minimal oil loss without draining reservoir.
7. Apply a film of oil to the gasket of the new filter.
8. Screw on the new filter by hand. Tighten firmly but do
not use tools.

NHIL12AF00832AA 2

9. Loosen hose clamp and remove the hydraulic hose at

the oil reservoir.

7-92
 7 - MAINTENANCE

10. Remove suction screen (1) from oil reservoir.

11. Wash or clean the suction screen with compressed air.
12. Install the suction screen and the hydraulic hose.
13. Tighten hose clamp.

NHIL12AF00836AA 3

14. Fill the reservoir through remote filler tube (1) to the
maximum on the oil level gauge (2) as described ear-
lier, 7-37.
15. Start the engine. Run it at idle speed for five minutes.
16. Check the oil level on the sight glasses. The oil level
should be above the bottom sight glass line .

83117491 4

83117490 5

7-93
 7 - MAINTENANCE

EVERY 1500 HOURS

Track rollers and idler wheels

23085227 1
Every 1500 hours (1000 hours in severe service operation) drain the oil from each idler and roller wheel hub.
Refill the hubs with new oil of the specified type only.

Idler Hub (1) Oil Capacity and Type (each) 444  ml (15  US fl oz) SAE 50W engine oil
Roller Hub (2) Oil Capacity and Type (each) 237  ml (8  US fl oz) CASE IH AKCELA NO. 1 ENGINE
OIL 30

1. Clean the area around each hub drain/fill plug (1).

23085228 2

7-94
 7 - MAINTENANCE

2. Remove the plug from each hub that is in the correct

position for draining.
NOTE: The plug must be located at or near the bottom of
hub (1) to drain the oil. Reposition the combine as required
until all hubs are drained.
NOTICE: Protect the track from oil.

23085229 3

3. Fill each hub to the bottom of each plug hole that is

located at the top, or the specific capacity, whichever
comes first.
NOTE: The drain plug hole must be at the top location for
filling. Clean the threads of the plug. Install and tighten the
plug. Reposition the combine as required to fill all remain-
ing hubs.
NOTICE: Do not substitute with oil of any other type or the
seals may be damaged.
4. Install and tighten the drain/fill plugs.

23085230 4

Final Drive
5. Refer to 7-62.

EVERY 3600 HOURS OR EVERY 2 YEARS

DEF/AdBlue® supply module filter

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

NOTICE: Do not use air wrenches while working on the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system, system damage
will occur.
The supply module filter should be changed every 1200 to
3600 hours or two years, whichever comes first.

7-95
 7 - MAINTENANCE

The supply module (1) is located behind the engine cover

steps.

83117496 1

Filter replacement
1. Locate the filter outlet elbow at the bottom of the supply
module.

2. CAUTION
Flying debris!
Compressed air can propel dirt, rust, etc.
into the air. Wear eye and face protection
when using compressed air.
Failure to comply could result in minor or
moderate injury.
C0049A

Thoroughly clean the underside of the supply module

and the DEF supply line fitting using compressed air RCPH10CCH516AAB 2

3. Disconnect the supply line by squeezing the tabs on the

fitting and pulling downward.
• If the fitting doesn’t release easily, reclean the fitting
with compressed air directing it down into the fitting.
• Water may also be squirted into the fitting to lubricate
the O-ring.
2. Turn the filter counterclockwise to remove.

RCPH10CCH517AAB 3

7-96
 7 - MAINTENANCE

3. Remove the filter assembly.

RCPH10CCH518AAB 4

4. Remove the top seal.

RCPH10CCH519AAB 5

5. Remove the filter from the housing.

RCPH10CCH520AAB 6

6. Remove the second seal (1). Inspect the filter housing

(2) and O-ring for damage. Clean cartridge housing
with a damp cloth. and then install new filter and seal
back on filter housing (2).

RCPH10CCH520AAB 7

7-97
 7 - MAINTENANCE

7. Install a seal on the opposite end of the filter.

RCPH10CCH519AAB 8

8. Install the filter assembly in the supply module.

RCPH10CCH518AAB 9

9. Tighten the assembly with a wrench.

NOTICE: Do not damage the filter housing or pump.

RCPH10CCH517AAB 10

10. Install and seat the outlet elbow fitting.

RCPH10CCH516AAB 11

7-98
 7 - MAINTENANCE

AS REQUIRED MAINTENANCE

Machine cleaning
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Periodic maintenance inspections and cleaning are required to ensure against any unforeseen mechanical issues
and reduce the risk of fire during harvest. Please read and refer to 2-9 for additional information concerning
fire risk and additional safety rules for your machine.

This guide will show some of the primary locations of your combine that require you to inspect frequently and clean
as needed. Different harvesting conditions will determine the frequency of inspections and cleaning. Harvesting
conditions such as wind, temperature, moisture, crop conditions, harvesting speed and machine settings will
all affect the frequency of inspection and cleaning.

Some of the pictures used in this manual will show debris buildup on various areas of the combine. This is for
illustrative purposes only. You should not allow accumulation to this extent on your combine.

Some of the areas of your combine that require you to inspect frequently, and clean as needed are, batteries,
feeder area , engine compartment, rotor covers, ground drive transmission, chopper area, tailings housing, frame
ledges and wire harness. Regular inspection and cleaning of these areas will provide the greatest impact to
the prevention of fire hazards.

CAUTION
Flying debris!
Compressed air can propel dirt, rust, etc. into
the air. Wear eye and face protection when us-
ing compressed air.
Failure to comply could result in minor or mod-
erate injury.
C0049A

The use of compressed air or a leaf blower will make cleaning much easier.

Certain crops can produce special issues during harvest. Several crops are prone to excess buildup on your
combine. These crops may be more difficult to clean. Inspections and cleaning should be performed more often.

Regular lubrication will also help to prevent costly downtime and reduce the chance of fire hazards. Please
refer to your maintenance chart.

Regularly inspect all areas around moving, rotating components, or hot surfaces for excess debris or crop
accumulations. Inspect all accessible bearings for signs of heat, wear, or looseness.

Regular inspection cleaning along with normal maintenance procedures will help to prevent costly downtime,
reduce fire hazards, and preserve combine performance.

7-99
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Always observe and follow any safety precautions outlined in this manual when inspecting and cleaning your
combine. Always remember to set the parking brake, turn off the engine, and remove the key before inspecting and
cleaning your combine.

Be familiar with the location, proper use, and maintenance of fire extinguishers.

The following images are an overview of the areas that need to be cleaned on a regular basis; however any area
that material builds up on should be cleaned on a regular basis.

Machine cleaning

NHPH12AF03454AA 1
Front of combine

NHIL12AF01547AA 2 20094750 3
Header driveshaft area Top of front axle

NHIL12AF01544AA 5
Top of front axle, behind curtain (if equipped)
NHIL12AF01545AA 4
Fan cage

7-100
 7 - MAINTENANCE

20094751 6
Transmission, and disc brakes

NHIL12AF02754AA 7
Left-hand side of combine

20094752 8 20094753 9
Cleaning shoe drive area Chopper drive area

NHIL12AF01552AA 10 NHIL12AF01546AA 11
Module access doors Chopper drive behind battery area

7-101
 7 - MAINTENANCE

NHIL12AF01549AA 12
Rotor cage

7-102
 7 - MAINTENANCE

NHIL12AF02758AA 13
Right-hand side of combine

20094761 14 20094757 15
Between elevator and cleaning shoe Inside of trim panels

20094760 16 20094759 17
Between fuel tank and frame Top of rotor cover

20094762 18 20094763 19
Tailings processor and elevator drive area Tailings processor and elevator drive area

7-103
 7 - MAINTENANCE

NHPH12AF03455AA 20
Rear of combine

20094764 21 20094765 22
Rear of spreader Chaff pan and top of rear axle

NHIL12AF01554AA 23 20094767 24
Top of straw hood Rear spreader bracket

NHIL12AF01548AA 25
Horizontal spreaders (if equipped)

7-104
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Top of combine

20094768A 26 20094769A 27
Engine fan Rotary Air Screen and Cooler area

20094770A 28 29
Turbo Charger and manifold area Tier 2 and Tier 3
muffler area

20094772A 30 NHIL12AF01553BA 31
Top of PTO gearbox Tier 4 muffler area

NHIL12AF01555BA 32 20094773A 33
Top of rear deck Engine area

7-105
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Air cleaner - Replace

The filter element should only be cleaned when there is an
alarm on the operator display 'Air filter blocked'.
1. To remove the air cleaner element, remove cover (1)
by loosening clamps (2).
2. Remove the primary filter from housing. Do not let dirt
fall on the safety filter.
NOTICE: Do not remove safety element unless it is to be
replaced.
3. To clean the element, hold the top and tap it against the
palm of the other hand to remove the dust.
NOTICE: NEVER TAP IT ON A HARD SURFACE.
4. When tapping does not remove the dirt, direct com-
pressed air through the element, from the inside to- NHIL12AF00924AA 1
wards the outside.
5. To prevent damage to the element when cleaning with
compressed air, take the following precautions:
• Maximum air pressure can not exceed 5  bar
(72  psi).
• Move the nozzle up and down when rotating the el-
ement.
• Keep the nozzle at least 25  mm (1  in) from the
plated paper.
If the element is soiled with oil or soot, it is possible
to soak it for 15 minutes in a solution of 75  g (2.6  oz)
of non-sudsy detergent and 10  l (2.64  US gal) of luke-
warm water. 50030146 2

• Rinse the element thoroughly in clean water until the

water remains clear and leave the element to dry.
NOTICE: NEVER WASH THE AIR CLEANER ELEMENT
IN GASOLINE OR DIESEL FUEL.
• Every time the element is cleaned, it should be ex-
amined for holes and cracks by holding an electric
light bulb inside the element and looking through it.
If any damage is noted, discard the element and fit
a new one.
• Replace the element after three cleanings or once a
year, whichever comes first.
• When fitting, make sure the element is seated prop-
erly and the sealing is in good condition.
6. A safety element is fitted as an additional security to
prevent dust from entering the engine when replacing
the standard element. The safety element should nor-
mally not be cleaned.
Replace the safety element when the primary element
is changed.

7-106
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Rubber track - Alignment – Adjustment procedure

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Prior operation:
Check the rubber track alignment, refer to 7-52.

1. Loosen the three front and three rear bolts (1) on the
yoke plate (2) until you can move the washers. Do not
remove the bolts.
2. Turn the adjusting bolt (3) according to the following:
• If the track is rubbing on the outboard idlers or rollers,
the track needs to move inwards (towards the com-
bine). To move the track inwards, move the yoke
plate rearward.
• If the track is rubbing on the inboard idlers or rollers,
the track needs to move outwards (away from the
combine). To move the track outwards, move the
yoke plate forward.
3. Turn the adjusting bolt in half turn increments. 23085234 1

4. Tighten the six yoke plate bolts to 678 - 793  N·m (500

- 585  lb ft) and recheck alignment.
5. Repeat the rubber track alignment until the measure-
ment is correct.

NOTE: Adjusting the track on one side of the combine can affect the alignment of the other track.

7-107
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Rotary Air Screen (RAS) – Externally aspirated inlet screen

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

Your combine is fitted with a externally aspirated inlet

screen (1). This helps to remove debris from the Rotary
Air Screen (RAS). It is driven by a belt connected to the
right-hand side chopper/beater shaft.

NHIL12CR01528AA 1

Belt replacement
1. Open the right-hand rear side shield.
2. Remove the tri-sweep tailings processor cover.
3. Remove the tri-sweep tailings processor drive belt.
4. Release the tension on the aspirator belt.
5. Remove the belt.

Belt installation
1. Install the Aspirator belt.
2. Install the tri-sweep tailings processor drive belt.
3. Install the tri-sweep tailings processor cover.
4. Close the right-hand rear side shield.

7-108
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Windshield washer reservoir

1. Check the windshield washer fluid regularly.
2. The washer fluid reservoir is located behind the left-
hand panel (1) on the operator’s platform.

NHPH12AF03454AA 1

3. Open the panel by pushing the release (1) to the right-

hand side of the combine.

NHIL12AF01504AA 2

4. Remove the cap (1) and fill the reservoir with washer
fluid.
5. Install the reservoir cap.
6. Install the panel.

NHIL12AF01241AA 3

7-109
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuel system bleeding

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Fire hazard!
When handling diesel fuel, observe the following precautions:
1. Do not smoke.
2. Never fill the tank when the engine is running.
3. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0099A

WARNING
Pressurized system!
Only use the bleed screw to bleed air from the fuel system. DO NOT loosen the fuel or injector lines
to bleed air. Injury or damage can occur. Fuel or injector lines are under very high pressure.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0285A

Air must be removed from the fuel system. Air can enter
the fuel system under the following conditions:
• The fuel tank has no fuel.
• A fuel system part is removed for service or repairs.
• The combine is in storage for a long period of time.
NOTE: If the combine has no fuel, it is possible to put fuel in the tank and start the engine without performing the
bleeding procedure. However, a small amount of air can be in the filters and injection pump. Air in the system will
cause loss of power and engine stall when a load is applied.
To bleed the fuel system, proceed as follows:
1. Ensure there is fuel in the fuel tank and the valve (1) is
open.

86094049 1

2. Set the key switch in the 'contact' position to engage

the electrical fuel pump.

7-110
 7 - MAINTENANCE

NOTICE: Make sure no one is near the controls of your combine, place a “Do Not Operate” hang tag on the door of
your machine to ensure no one tries to start it.

Secondary water separator with prefilter (if equipped)

3. Remove the dust cover (1).

93108151 2

4. Open the bleed screw (1) to allow the air to escape.

5. Tighten the bleed screw when fuel free of air bubbles
escapes.
6. Replace dust cover.

93108153 3

All combines
7. Loosen bleed screw (1) on the prefilter/water separator
to allow the air to escape.
NOTE: To avoid possible fuel contamination, install a trans-
parent hose onto the bleed screw, to catch the fuel in a suit-
able container and also to check if the fuel escaping from
the bleed screw is free of air bubbles.
8. Tighten the bleed screw when fuel free of air bubbles
escapes.

NHIL12AF03041AA 4

Engine mounted filter

9. Loosen the bleed screw (1) on the fuel filter to allow air
to escape.
NOTE: To avoid possible fuel contamination, install a trans-
parent hose onto the bleed screw, to catch the fuel in a suit-
able container and also to check if the fuel escaping from
the bleed screw is free of air bubbles.

7-111
 7 - MAINTENANCE

7230 8230/9230

83082235 5 83114826 6

10. Tighten the bleed screw when fuel free of air bubbles
escapes.
11. Start the engine.
12. Run the engine at low idle until the engine runs
smoothly.

7-112
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Roof lights
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Electrical shock hazard!
Do not tamper with the ballast on the High Intensity Discharge (HID) lamp. The ballast stores high
voltage.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0317A

NHIL12AF02096AA 1

(1) Road lamps (2) Wide flood lights

7-113
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Optional HID light kits are available

• Two HID kit lighting kit
• Inner wide flood lights replaced with HID lamps (1)
• Six HID lighting kit
• Flood lights (1), (2), and (3) are replaced with HID
lamps
NOTE: Left-hand side shown.

NHIL12AF02098AA 2

End of header lamps (1) located on the mirror arms.

NHIL12AF01485AA 3

Bulb replacement
1. Remove the six screws (A) mounting the center cover
(B). Let trim piece hang in location exposing the one
hidden fastener (C) for the light bezels (D) .

NHIL12AF02267A 4

NHIL12AF02268A 5

7-114
 7 - MAINTENANCE

2. Remove the five screws (A) securing the roof-lamp

bezel (B) from both the right-hand and left-hand side
roof.

NHIL12AF02262A 6

3. Pull bezels away from the cab roof as shown.

NHIL12AF02269A 7

4. Allow bulb to cool before handling them. Always wear

eye protection.

Halogen bulbs
5. Disconnect power plug before removing bulb.
6. Turn the bulb to unlock it .
7. Always grasp the bulb, by the base, avoid touching the
glass, and remove the bulb.
8. Install a new bulb by matching the base of the bulb with
the socket and turn until locked.
NOTICE: Do not touch the glass of the new bulb. The oils
from your fingers will create hot spots on the glass causing
them to fail prematurely. If the glass is touched, it must be
cleaned with isopropyl alcohol before use.
9. Connect the power plug.
10. Properly dispose of old bulb in a closed container.

HID bulbs
11. Disconnect power plug before removing bulb.

7-115
 7 - MAINTENANCE

12. Remove the three Torx screws.

NHPH12AF03438AA 8

13. Remove the bulb and holder from the lens.

14. Press the tab (1) to unlock the bulb.

NHPH12AF03441AA 9

15. Remove old bulb.

16. Install new bulb into the holder.

NOTICE: Do not touch the glass of the new bulb. The oils from your fingers will create hot spots on the glass causing
them to fail prematurely. If the glass is touched, it must be cleaned with isopropyl alcohol before use.
17. Align the notch in the lens (1) with the tab on the bulb.
18. Install and tighten the three torx screws.

NHPH12AF03440AA 10

19. Install the roof-lamp bezel.

20. Install the center cover.

7-116
 7 - MAINTENANCE

Clean fresh air intake screen

CAUTION
Eye injury hazard!
Wear protective goggles when using compressed air.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0035A

Under certain conditions the blower can go out of balance

due to uneven dust loading of the blower blades.
When the blower goes out of balance the operator will no-
tice vibration and noise coming from the air intake box.
If the condition occurs:
1. Open access cover (1).
2. Direct compressed air up behind the screen from
the bottom of the box.

NHIL12AF02613AA 1

7-117
 7 - MAINTENANCE

STORAGE

Post-season
Your combine represents an important investment and its life depends upon how well you take care of it.
Follow the steps outlined below at the end of each seasons use or when the machine will not be used for an extended
period of time. This will ensure the combine is kept in good condition and ready for the next season.

1. Remove the header to facilitate cleaning, Remove.

2. Clean the interior and exterior of the combine thor-
oughly because any chaff and dirt left in the machine
will attract moisture and cause rust.
• Avoid pressure washing at ambient temperatures
below 10  °C (50  °F). Place the machine in a heated
workshop for at least 24 hours.
• Avoid direct water jets onto electric equipment, bear-
ings, seals, gearbox, oil tank or fuel tank filler caps,
into the engine exhaust, engine, cab air filters and
decals.
• When using a high pressure washer spray:
• Keep a minimum distance of 30  cm (12  in)
between the spray gun and the surface to be
cleaned.
• Spray under an angle of minimum 25° (do not
spray in perpendicular direction).
• Maximum water temperature: 60  °C (140  °F).
• Maximum water pressure: 60  bar (870  psi). Do
not use chemicals.
• Legislation in certain countries and good practice
requires special treatment of waste water through
sedimentation and oil separation and controlled
removal of residues.
• Leave covers open at the bottom of the elevators to
allow any moisture to drain out. Leave the unloading
auger cleaning doors open. Leave grain tank clean
out covers open.
3. Remove the sieves, clean them and coat with oil or a
rust preventative.
4. Remove all chains. Clean and coat the chains with oil.
Reinstall them, then adjust to the correct tension.
5. Lubricate the machine thoroughly.
6. Coat all bright parts (except pulleys) with paint, a rust
preventative, oil or grease to protect them from rust.
7. Retract all hydraulic cylinders and coat exposed parts
of the cylinder rods with grease.
8. Clean all belts, then check belt tension. Adjust if nec-
essary.
9. Clean the air filter element.
10. Use compressed air, or water under pressure, to clean
out the engine radiator. Use a low-pressure water jet,
or compressed air, to clean the air-conditioner con-
denser fins.

7-118
 7 - MAINTENANCE

11. Check the antifreeze content in the engine cooling

system.
12. Fill the fuel tank completely.
13. Store the combine in a dry place, protected from the
weather.
14. Close off all engine openings with plugs or grease
proof paper.
15. Support the combine on wooden blocks to relieve the
weight from the tires. Leave tires inflated.
16. Disconnect the battery cables. Clean and charge the
batteries.

NOTICE: Sulfation from electrolyte stratification, excessive temperatures or prolonged periods of non-use account
for approximately 85% of the deep cycle and starting battery failures in batteries that are not used weekly. The best
way to prevent sulfation is to keep a lead-acid battery fully charged so that lead sulfate does not form. The batteries
should be charged every 6 to 8 weeks with 5 - 6 A for a period of 24 hours to a minimum of 12.6 V.

NOTE: Removing or disconnecting the batteries will not harm the storage of information in the monitor.
17. Every 4 weeks, remove the engine opening seals,
start the engine and run at 3/4 throttle for 1 to 2 hours.
18. Switch on the air conditioning while the engine is run-
ning, only if the ambient temperature is above 15  °C
(60  °F). This will ensure lubrication of the compressor
parts. Operate the air-conditioning system for at least
15 minutes.
19. Reinstall the engine opening seals.

NOTICE: Periodic checks will help to keep your combine maintenance and repairs to a minimum and avoid costly
breakdowns during the season. Therefore, it is good practice to have the combine inspected at the end of the season.
Your CASE IH dealer will gladly quote a price for this work.

ORDERING PARTS AND/OR ACCESSORIES

When preparing the combine for storage, check thoroughly for any parts that may have become worn and need
replacing.
Parts and/or Accessories should be ordered at once and fitted before the next harvesting season.
When ordering Parts and/or Accessories, always ensure to give your CASE IH dealer the model number and serial
number of your combine. See the chapter headed Product Identification.
INSIST ON GENUINE CASE IH PARTS AS THEY WILL GIVE THE BEST PERFORMANCE AND ARE COVERED
BY OUR WARRANTY.
FOR BEST PERFORMANCE YOUR COMBINE SHOULD BE SERVICED BY AN AUTHORIZED CASE IH
DEALER.

Preseason service
If the combine is to be first used in a specialty seed or edible seed crop, it is suggested that the combine be operated in
a non-sensitive crop to remove paint and other contaminates from various grain contact areas. This same precaution
should be used when the combine has been in operation, then sits idle long enough for rust to form on the grain
contact areas. Also, if a non-sensitive crop has been used to remove paint and or rust, the combine will have to be
sanitized of rouge seeds before being used in the specialty seed or edible seed harvest.
Follow the steps outlined below at the beginning of each season to ensure the machine is in good condition and ready
for use.

1. Remove the wooden blocks supporting the combine.

2. Check the tire pressures and wheel nut torque.
3. Lubricate the machine.

7-119
 7 - MAINTENANCE

4. Check all belt and chain tensions (including the feeder

and grain elevator chain).
5. Remove the protective oil from the sieves and reinstall
them in the machine.
6. Check the oil level of the gearboxes and reservoirs and
add oil, if needed.
7. Check machine adjustments, belt tension, chain ten-
sion, and clutches.
8. Remove the engine opening seals. Run the engine to
bring it up to operating temperature, then drain the oil.
Replace the oil filter(s) and fill with new engine oil.
9. Run the engine at half speed, engage the threshing
mechanism and the header, and check for problems.
10. Drive the combine to check the operation of the hy-
draulic equipment and the brakes.
11. Stop the combine and replace the covers of the grain
and returns cross auger, the bottom covers and the
cleaning doors of the grain and returns elevator, the
unloading tube, and the grain tank.
12. Lubricate the combine once again, but do not over
grease.
13. It is recommended to have your CASE IH dealer or a
refrigerant specialist check the entire air-conditioning
system for leakage at the beginning of each season.

7-120
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING###_8_###
ALARM(S)

Display alarms
Trigger
Condition
Priority Alarm # AF Display Text Interlock Reappear
Prompt Operator
when:
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Shutdown Alarm A0000
HIGH Max Engine
Power Limited
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Alarm A0000 Yes
HIGH Max Engine
Power Limited
Engine Oil
Shutdown Alarm A0001 Temperature
HIGH
Engine Oil
Alarm A0001 Temperature Yes
HIGH
Engine Oil
Shutdown Alarm A0002
Pressure LOW
Engine Oil
Alarm A0002 Yes
Pressure LOW
Battery Voltage
Alarm A0003 Yes
LOW
Alarm below 20  l
Alarm A0004 Fuel Level LOW No
(5.28  US gal)
Between 60 -
Annunciation A0004 Fuel Level LOW 20  °C (15.85 - No
5.28  °F)
Air Filter
Annunciation A0005 Yes
RESTRICTION
PTO Temperature
Alarm A0006 > 90  °C (194  °F) Yes
HIGH
set if > 90  °C
Hydraulic
(194  °F) for 10
Reservoir
Alarm A0007 second, reset if < Yes
Temperature
85  °C (185  °F) for
HIGH
3 second
Hydraulic Motor
Alarm at 105  °C
Shutdown Alarm A0008 Temperature Yes
(221  °F)
HIGH
Hydraulic
Alarm A0009 Reservoir Filter No
RESTRICTION
PTO Oil Filter
Alarm A0010 No
RESTRICTION
Hydraulic
Alarm A0011 Reservoir Level Yes
LOW
Control Pressure regulated
< 1724  kPa
Shutdown Alarm A0012 LOW, Increase pressure sensor
(250.04  psi)
engine speed pressure

8-1
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Trigger
Condition
Priority Alarm # AF Display Text Interlock Reappear
Prompt Operator
when:
Control Pressure regulated
< 1827  kPa
Alarm A0012 LOW, Increase pressure sensor Yes
(264.98  psi)
engine speed pressure
Feeder reverser Feeder deslug
A0014
enabled mode On
Operator not
in seat when
attempting to
Seat Switch
actuate any
Sit Down to Allow Controlled
Prompt A0015 No
Engagement System
Operator out of
seat for more than
Seat Switch
5 seconds after
Feeder is on
With separator on
and Engine speed
Engine Speed
Annunciation A0016 > 1800  RPM but No
LOW
lower than low
speed setpoint
Operator not
in seat and
Turn ON Parking Propulsion handle
Shutdown Alarm A0020 Brake When Seat Switch in neutral or Gear
Leaving Seat Selector in N and
Parking brake
released
Rear Ladder
is down and
Raise Rear Rear Ladder when attempting
Prompt A0021 No
Ladder Switch to actuate
any Controlled
System
Unloader auger
Annunciation A0022 Unloader ON No
clutch is engaged
Engine Coolant
Alarm A0023 No
Level LOW
Governor
Engine Shut signaling that the
Shutdown Alarm A0024
Down PENDING engine is being
shut down.
Intake Manifold
Temperature Input from Engine
Shutdown Alarm A0025
HIGH Max Engine Control Module
Power Limited
Intake Manifold
Temperature Input from Engine
Alarm A0025 Yes
HIGH Max Engine Control Module
Power Limited
Engine Power
A0026 Boost End
Pending
Input from Engine
Annunciation A0027 Water In Fuel No
Control Module

8-2
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Trigger
Condition
Priority Alarm # AF Display Text Interlock Reappear
Prompt Operator
when:
Road Mode
Grain Tank selected when
Prompt A0028 Close Grain Tank Covers or Grain Tank No
Extensions Covers or
Extensions open
Unloader NOT Unload Tube Unloader tube is
Prompt A0029 No
cradled Cradle Switch not cradled
Upper grain tank
level sensor
Prompt A0030 Grain Tank FULL No
covered and not
unloading
Chopper speed
Chop to swath Corn head
A0032 HIGH mode
system attached
selected
Parking Brake
Switch is on when
Turn OFF Parking attempting to
Prompt A0033 Parking Brake Yes
Brake move propulsion
handle out of
neutral
Windrow door
Chop to swath
A0034 Spreaders up open mode
system
selected
Rotor engaged
Alarm A0037 Rotor Speed Low Rotor Speed and rotor speed is No
less than 80%
Beater Speed
Alarm A0039 No
Low
Grain Elevator Grain elevator
Alarm A0040 No
Speed Low speed < 100  RPM
Fan speed <
Alarm A0041 Fan Speed Low 130  RPM for 1 No
second
Chopper Speed If chopper speed
Shutdown Alarm A0042 No
Low is below 300  RPM
Tailings Processor
Alarm A0044 No
Speed Low
Sieve Shaker
Alarm A0045 < 80% of expected Yes
Speed LOW
Feeder speed <
Feeder Speed
Alarm A0046 80% of expected No
Low
value
Check brake pads Any Brake Sensor
Alarm A0047 and brake fluid Brake Pad Sensor indicates wear or No
level brake fluid level
Road Mode
Switch ON and
Operation Not
Road Mode when attempting
Prompt A0051 Allowed in Road Yes
Switch to actuate
Mode
any Controlled
System
Parking Brake
Pressure High
Parking Brake Parking Brake
Alarm A0053 and Park Brake Yes
NOT Engaging Pressure Sensor
Disengage output
OFF

8-3
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Trigger
Condition
Priority Alarm # AF Display Text Interlock Reappear
Prompt Operator
when:
Activation ratio
is less than once
per 120 seconds,
Moisture bypass
grain losses >
Alarm A0054 auger not Bypass Unit Full Yes
0.1% (delayed
activating
with 60 seconds)
and thresher
engaged
Bypass motor
is activated and
the state of the
Moisture bypass 'bypass unit full
Alarm A0055 Bypass Unit Full Yes
not cycling sensor' is not
changing within
30 seconds, with
thresher engaged.
Battery Voltage
Alarm A0057 Yes
HIGH
Commanded rotor
Shift Rotor speed above
Prompt A0059 Rotor Speed No
Transmission UP current Rotor
Gear
Speed
Shift Rotor Commanded rotor
Prompt A0060 Transmission speed below No
Down current Rotor
Gear
Auto Guidance Only used with
Prompt A0062 switched to edge or row No
manual guidance
Only used with
End of Field
Prompt A0063 edge or row No
Detected
guidance
Auto guidance Guidance signal
A0064
signal degraded quality is low
Feed rate
Feed rate
switched from
A0065 switched to
auto to manual
manual
mode
Fuel Filter Engine mounted
Low A0074 Yes
Blocked fuel filter blocked
Temperature
Fuel temperature
A0075 higher than 80  °C
too high
(176  °F)
(priority 2 if
threshing and
sensors working
Alarm Self Leveling but not level,
A0077 Yes
Annunciation Shoe NOT Level priority 1 if
threshing and
sensors not
working)

8-4
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Trigger
Condition
Priority Alarm # AF Display Text Interlock Reappear
Prompt Operator
when:
Grain Tank
Covers/
Grain Tank
Extensions
Covers or
Closed when
Extensions
attempting to
engage Separator
Prompt A0079 Open Grain Tank No
Grain Tank
Covers/
Grain Tank
Extensions not
Covers or
open when
Extensions
Separator is
engaged
Gearshift NOT Current gear fails
SUCCESSFUL to match gear on
Prompt A0080 Gear Position Yes
=> Return to operator control
previous gear after 10 seconds
All ground
height sensors
Auto Header
Annunciation A0082 previously No
Height DISABLED
detected are no
longer detected
Hydro Speed
Limitation
Hydraulic Oil level 1 alarm at
Annunciation A0083 Due To High No
Temp 105  °C (221  °F)
Hydraulic Motor
Temperature
Straw Hood
Straw Hood
Annunciation A0084 Windrow Mode Position Sensor in No
Position Sensor
Windrow position
Road Mode
Switch on
Road Mode
and Unloader
Switch
Extended (not in -
Prompt A0085 Swing in Unloader cradled switch off) No
Unloader
Transmission extended and
Position Ground speed >
15  km/h (9  mph)
Parking Brake
Pressure LOW
Parking Brake Parking Brake
Alarm A0087 and Park Brake Yes
NOT Disengaging Pressure Sensor
Disengage output
ON
Feeder
Emergency Stop
Prompt A0089 Emergency Stop emergency stop Yes
Switch Pressed
switch
At power up
Rotor not
Prompt A0092 Calibrate Rotor and rotor not Yes
calibrated flag
calibrated
Engaging feeder
Feeder Cutoff Automatic Feeder and Automatic
Annunciation A0093 No
DISABLED Cutout disabled Feeder Cutout
disabled
At power up
Feeder not
Prompt A0094 Calibrate Feeder and feeder not Yes
calibrated flag
calibrated

8-5
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Trigger
Condition
Priority Alarm # AF Display Text Interlock Reappear
Prompt Operator
when:
Feeder disable
Feeder disable mode latched and
Prompt A0095 Turn Off Feeder Yes
mode latch Feeder Switch is
ON
Attempting to
shift transmission
Stop Before
Prompt A0097 Ground Speed when Ground Yes
Shifting Gears
Speed is not
0  km/h (0  mph)
Ground Drive
disable mode
Ground Drive
latched and
disable mode
Propulsion
latch
Handle not in
Neutral
Propulsion
Propulsion Handle Out of
Handle Neutral Neutral and when
Switch attempting to start
engine
Propulsion
Move Propulsion
Prompt A0098 Handle Out of Yes
Handle to Neutral Propulsion
Neutral and
Handle Position
Attempting to shift
transmission
Propulsion handle
is not in neutral
Propulsion
when attempting
Handle Position
to engage Parking
Brake.
Propulsion handle
Ground Drive
position NOT
disable mode
AVAILABLE from
latch
RHM
Attempting to
Engage Separator Rotor Speed and engage forward
Prompt A0099 Before Engaging Separator switch Feeder when the Yes
Feeder off Separator switch
is OFF
Separator disable
Turn Off Separator disable mode latched and
Prompt A0100 Yes
Separator mode latch Separator Switch
ON
Rotor Motor
Rotor Motor speed >
Prompt A0101 Clean out rotor Yes
overspeed 5000  RPM for
0.5 seconds
Prompt A0102 Grain Bin 3/4 full No
Reversing
directions when
deslugging or
Wait for Rotor to
Prompt A0103 Rotor Speed reengaging after Yes
Slow Down
range change
without stopping
rotor

8-6
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Trigger
Condition
Priority Alarm # AF Display Text Interlock Reappear
Prompt Operator
when:
Attempting to
Power Guide Axle engage rear
not available in wheel assist in
Prompt A0104 Gear Position No
this gear. Shift to gear4 or in gear3
Gear 1, 2 or 3 if Dual Range is
on.
Dual Range not Attempting to
available in this engage Dual
A0105 Gear Position
gear. Shift to Range when in
Gear 1, or 2, or 3. gear 4.
A single Header
Height/tilt Sensor
Auto Header Tilt Header Height/Tilt
Annunciation A0107 failed when No
Disabled Sensor
engaging Auto
Header Height
CCM2 has not
seen the operator
Check Seat
Prompt A0108 Seat Switch out of the seat in No
Switch
the last 25 engine
hours
Engaging
Unloader Unload Tube
unloader drive
Annunciation A0109 cradled detection Cradle Switch Yes
when tube cradle
DISABLED disabled
switch is disabled
HHC Autofloat
A0110
High Setpoint
Trying to engage
Unload Tube unloader drive
Cradle Switch when tube is
cradled
Swing out Trying to engage
Prompt A0111 No
Unloader unloader drive
Unloader Tube
when unloader
Swing Latched
tube swing is in
Retract Mode
latched retract
mode
Feeder Switch ON
and Automatic
Feeder shutdown Feeder Cutout
Alarm A0112 Feeder Speed No
due to low speed enabled and
Feeder Speed
< 80  RPM
regulated
pressure exceeds
Control Pressure Regulated
Alarm A0113 24.13  bar Yes
HIGH pressure
(350  psi) for 5
seconds
Engine Oil
Pressure LOW Input from Engine
Shutdown Alarm A0114
Max Engine Control Module
Power Limited
Engine Oil
Pressure LOW Input from Engine
Alarm A0114 Yes
Max Engine Control Module
Power Limited
Engine Speed Input from Engine
Alarm A0115 Yes
HIGH Control Module

8-7
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Trigger
Condition
Priority Alarm # AF Display Text Interlock Reappear
Prompt Operator
when:
Input from Engine
Shutdown Alarm A0116 STOP ENGINE
Control Module
New header to
Header Needs to
Prompt A0117 system has been No
be Defined
detected
Attempting to
change to another
No Other Default
Annunciation A0118 default header No
Headers Defined.
when only one
default is defined.
DESLUG
ENABLED - Turn
Rotor deslug
On Separator -
mode armed and
Prompt A0119 Engage Feeder Separator switch No
Separator switch
in Reverse - Use
not ON
Rotor +/- Switch
to Jog Direction
For Upper Sieve
Upper Sieve not if motor off and
Alarm A0120 in commanded sieve control No
position loop setpoint not
reached
HHC Autofloat
A0121
Low Setpoint
Calibrate Header New header
Ground Height detected or
Header Height not
Prompt A0122 Sensors configured (and) Yes
calibrated flag
(with feeder sensors not
turned off) calibrated
Unloader drive,
Unloader Swing Attempting to
out, Feeder, enable Road
Road Mode Not
Separator, Grain Mode while
Prompt A0123 Allowed when No
Tank Covers harvesting
Harvesting
Extend, Concave, functions are
Powered Rear active
Axle
For Lower Sieve
Lower Sieve not if motor off and
Alarm A0124 in commanded sieve control No
position loop setpoint not
reached
set when
Upper Sieve
Upper Sieve configuration is
Annunciation A0125 Calibration changed, reset No
Required when Upper
Sieve calibration
is successful
set when
Lower Sieve
Lower Sieve configuration is
Annunciation A0126 Calibration changed, reset No
Required when Lower
Sieve calibration
is successful

8-8
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Trigger
Condition
Priority Alarm # AF Display Text Interlock Reappear
Prompt Operator
when:
Spreader speed
Spreader Speed
Alarm A0127 below 80% No
Low
threshold
Pressure <
PTO Lube
Shutdown Alarm A0128 1.72  bar (25  psi)
Pressure low
for 5 seconds
Chopper speed
Shift chopper to > 1500  RPM
Annunciation A0129 Yes
low range and corn head
detected
Spreader speed
Decrease > 450  RPM and
Annunciation A0130 spreader speed throttle at high idle Yes
below 450  RPM and corn head
detected
Tailings volume
Tailings Volume
Annunciation A0131 above an operator Yes
HIGH
adjustable level
Rotor speed (-)
to reverse rotor
Rotor deslug
- rotor speed (+)
Prompt A0132 Separator switch mode armed and No
to forward rotor -
Separator switch
Separator OFF to
exit deslug
Rotor motor Rotor motor RPM
Prompt A0133 exceeded Separator switch > 5000  RPM for at No
5000  RPM least 1/2 second
Calibration routine
changes the
measured feeder
Feeder sensor out
position value to
of range. Feeder
Prompt A0134 a default value No
position displayed
or the application
will be inaccurate.
changes a feeder
setting to a default
value
Disengage
Counter Knives
Prompt A0137 chopper counter No
engaged
knives
Economy fuel
Annunciation A0138
saver mode
DEF/ADBLUE®
High A0140 Tank temperature
high
Feeder reverser
Feeder speed (-)
to jog reverse
A0143 Feeder speed (+)
to jog forward
Feeder OFF to
exit reverse mode
Unload Spout Not
Unload spout not
Unload Spout is reached to the
Med A0145 in commanded
installed operating position
position
in 15 sec time

8-9
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Trigger
Condition
Priority Alarm # AF Display Text Interlock Reappear
Prompt Operator
when:
Move unloader
spout down Unload Spout is On Entering Road
Low A0146
should be down in installed Mode
road mode
When Folding/
Unload tube Unfolding button
Unload Tube
Cannot fold/unfold pressed and
Low A0147 Folding button
if vehicle is Ground speed
pressed
moving is more than
0.5KPH
When trying
Unload tube
to Fold/Unfold
Cannot fold/unfold Unload Folding is
Low A0148 Unload Tube
if tube is not in Installed
while tube is not
cradle
cradled
When trying
Unload tube Unloading engage
to Fold/Unfold
Cannot fold/unfold & Unload Tube
Low A0149 Unload Tube
if unloader is Fold/Unfold
while unload is
engaged Switch
engaged
When folding tube
Unload tube
Unload Tube is not completely
Cannot swing out
Low A0150 Swing Out Button unfolded & unload
if not completely
Pressed tube swing out
unfolded
button is pressed
Hydromotor
overspeed
Hydromotor
detected
Med A0154 overspeed
Please apply
detected
brakes to reduce
ground speed
Reposition Residue Chopper When Thresher
High A0157 counter knife Counter Knife Comes Out of
concave Installed Deslug Mode
Sensor didn’t
Chopper counter
Residue Chopper detect “Chopper
knives not in
High A0158 Counter Knife knife achieved
commanded
Installed Set point” in 5
position
seconds
Operator not
seated
Operator Not
High A0159 Procedure to stop
seated for 2 sec
combine will start
in 5 seconds
Operator not
seated Operator Not
High A0160 Vehicle speed seated for 2 +
shall be reduced 5sec
automatically to 0
Operator not
seated Operator Not
High A0161 Park brake seated for 2 +
engaged 5 + 5 sec
automatically

8-10
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Trigger
Condition
Priority Alarm # AF Display Text Interlock Reappear
Prompt Operator
when:
Spreader Left
Spreader left not Spreader does not reach
Med A0163 in commanded Distribution the commanded
position System Installed position in 15 sec
time
Spreader Right
Spreader right not Spreader does not reach
Med A0164 in commanded Distribution the commanded
position System Installed position in 15 sec
time
Spreader Right
Spreader
Spreader does not reach
distribution not
Med A0165 Distribution the commanded
in commanded
System Installed position in 15 sec
position
time
Ground drive
failure Vehicle does not
Automatic engine de-accelrate to
Med A0166 shutdown, 70  % of initial
suspect ground speed in 3
drive control seconds
failure
Deslug not
allowed Feeder and Rotor
Feeder slow are de-sluged.
Low A0167 Forward and Feeder Speed (+)
Rotor slow and Rotor Speed
reverse are not (-) are pressed
allowed
Ground drive
Console switch
Annunciation A0168 Normal Full power No
operation
mode
Power Guide Axle
Engaged in 4th
gear and will
automatically PRA is engaged
Low A0169
disengage above in 4th gear
8  km/h (5  mph).
A chime will sound
at disengagement
Feeder reverser
Feeder speed (-)
A0170 to jog reverse
Feeder OFF to
exit reverse mode
Chop to Swath Chop to swath not
A0171 startup
System calibrated
Chop to Swath Chopper fails to Actuator failure
A0172
System shift, 3 attempts reported
Chopper shifting
Chop to Swath Engage separator
A0173 OR windrow door
System switch activated
moving
Chop to Swath Windrow door not
A0178 startup
System calibrated
Chop to Swath Chopper shift not
A0179 startup
System calibrated

8-11
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Trigger
Condition
Priority Alarm # AF Display Text Interlock Reappear
Prompt Operator
when:
Chopper shift
Chop to Swath Engage separator
A0180 moved from last
System switch activated
position
Windrow door
Chop to Swath Engage separator
A0181 moved from last
System switch activated
position
Separator
engaged OR Chop to swath
Chop to Swath
A0193 Chopper speed mode button
System
≠ 0 OR Timer ≤ 5 pressed
seconds
Chopper fails to
Chop to Swath Actuator failure
A0194 shift, less than 3
System reported
attempts
Chop to Swath Windrow door Actuator failure
A0195
System fails to move reported
Residue Failed
Distribution Initialization check
A0197
System alarm A0197
Calibration initiated

SYMPTOM(S)

Fuse and relay box - General specification

F-001 F-011
F-002 F-012 K-003 K-006
K-048 K-049
F-003 F-013
F-004 F-014
F-005 F-015 K-002 K-005 F-095 F-096
F-006 F-016
F-007 F-017
F-008 F-018
K-001 K-004 K-050 K-052
F-009 F-019
F-010 F-020

NHPE12AF00999AB 1

F-021 F-031
F-022 F-032 K-009 K-012
F-023 F-033 K-007 K-015
F-024 F-034
F-025 F-035 K-010 K-013
F-026 F-036
F-027 F-037
F-028 F-038 K-008 K-016
K-011 K-014
F-029 F-039
F-030 F-040

NHPE12AF00999AB 2

8-12
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

F-041 F-051
F-042 F-052 K-017 K-020 K-023 K-026 K-029 K-032
F-043 F-053
F-044 F-054
F-045 F-055 K-018 K-021 K-024 K-027 K-030 K-033
F-046 F-056
F-047 F-057
F-048 F-058
K-019 K-022 K-025 K-028 K-031 K-034
F-049 F-059
F-050 F-060

NHPE12AF00999AB 3

F-061 F-071
F-062 F-072 K-035 K-038 K-042 K-045
F-063 F-073 K-041
F-064 F-074
F-065 F-075 K-036 K-039 K–043 K-046
F-066 F-076 F-081 F-086
F-067 F-077 F-082 F-087
F-068 F-078 F-083 F-088
K-037 K-040 K-044 K-047
F-069 F-079 F-084 F-089
F-070 F-080 F-085 F-090

NHPE12AF00999AB 4

NOTICE: When replacing a fuse be sure the new fuse has the same ampere rating as the fuse being replaced. Use
the fuse panel table, as a guide, to install the correct fuse.

8-13
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Main panel fuses

Fuse No. Amperage Function Fuse No. Amperage Function
Rating Rating
F-001 25 A OUTER ROOF LTS FUSE F-049 10 A MEMORY (KEEP ALIVE PWR) FUSE
F-002 25 A MID OUTER ROOF LTS FUSE F-050 25 A EQUALIZER FUSE
F-003 25 A INNER ROOF LTS FUSE F-051 7.5 A HEATED SEAT FUSE
F-004 25 A ROTARY LIGHT SW POWER FUSE F-052 10 A ACCESSORY OUTLET FUSE
F-005 20 A DOME LIGHT FUSE F-053 10 A SIEVE LTS FUSE
F-006 30 A SIDE/EXIT LT FUSE F-054 10 A MOISTURE SENSOR FUSE
F-007 25 A DISTANCE LED FUSE F-055 7.5 A RH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE
F-008 NOT USED F-056 7.5 A LH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE
F-009 15 A B+(RADIO MEMORY) F-057 25 A ACCESSORY FUSE
F-010 15 A AFTERCUT/GRAIN TANK LTS FUSE F-058 10 A CIGAR LIGHTER FUSE
F-011 NOT USED F-059 15 A MARKER LIGHT FUSE
F-012 NOT USED F-060 20 A ECU POWER FUSE
F-013 NOT USED F-061 15 A FUEL PUMP FUSE
F-014 10 A CUCM,COVERS,ROAD,BEACON SW'S F-062 15 A UPPER SIEVE FUSE
F-015 10 A WASHER MOTOR FUSE F-063 15 A LOWER SIEVE FUSE
F-016 15 A WIPER MOTOR FUSE F-064 20 A NOT USED
F-017 30 A ROOF BLOWER MOTOR FUSE F-065 20 A NOT USED
F-018 10 A ACC, SW B+ RADIO FUSE F-066 15 A TURNTABLE FUSE
F-019 10 A HEADLINER AUX OUTLET FUSE F-067 30 A TRANSMISSION SHIFT FUSE
A-POST INSTRUMENTATION SW B+
F-020 5A (MRR ONLY) F-068 30 A SHOE LEVELING FUSE
F-021 15 A UCM-1 12VD FUSE F-069 30 A CONCAVE FUSE
F-022 15 A UCM-1 12VF3 FUSE F-070 30 A SCREEN BRUSH FUSE
F-023 15 A UCM-1 12VH1 FUSE F-071 15 A HIGH BEAM RELAY FUSE
F-024 15 A UCM-1 12VH FUSE F-072 15 A A/C CLUTCH FUSE
F-025 15 A UCM-1 12VF1 FUSE F-073 20 A SEAT PUMP FUSE
F-026 15 A UCM-1 12VM FUSE F-074 15 A REAR WORK LIGHT FUSE
F-027 15 A UCM-1 12VS FUSE F-075 20 A SERVICE LIGHT FUSE
F-028 15 A UCM-1 12VU2 FUSE F-076 10 A BRAKE LIGHT FUSE
F-029 15 A UCM-1 12VU1 FUSE F-077 15 A BEACON LIGHT FUSE
F-030 15 A UCM-1 12VTI FUSE F-078 15 A SERVICE SOCKET FUSE
F-031 15 A RHC DISPLAY FUSE F-079 10 A HORN FUSE
HIGH BEAM ROAD LTS FUSE
F-032 15 A (EUROPE ONLY) F-080 15 A SEPARATOR BLOWER FUSE
F-033 15 A NOT USED F-081 15 A DISTRIBUTION ACTUATOR FUSE
F-034 15 A UCM-2 12VU FUSE F-082 15 A SPREADER PLATE LH ACTUATOR FUSE
F-035 15 A UCM-2 12VS FUSE F-083 15 A SPREADER PLATE RH ACTUATOR FUSE
F-036 15 A UCM-2 12VM FUSE F-084 15 A DRAPER HEADER FUSE
F-037 15 A UCM-2 12VH FUSE F-085 15 A SWITCHED POWER OUTLET FUSE
F-038 15 A UCM-2 12VH1 FUSE F-086 NOT USED
F-039 15 A UCM-2 12VF3 FUSE F-087 5A CAMERA FUSE
F-040 15 A UCM-2 12VD FUSE F-088 NOT USED
F-041 15 A STARTING FUSE F-089 NOT USED
F-042 25 A TOP CHARGE FUSE F-090 NOT USED
F-043 25 A SCR FUSE F-091 NOT USED
F-044 7.5 A DNOX2 FUSE F-092 NOT USED
F-045 15 A KEY SWITCH POWER OUTLET FUSE F-093 NOT USED
F-046 20 A UCM-1 POWER FUSE F-094 NOT USED
F-047 20 A UCM-2 POWER FUSE F-095 15 A WINDROW DOOR FUSE
F-048 15 A KEY SWITCH FUSE F-096 15 A CHOPPER SPEED FUSE

8-14
 8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

System relays
No. Function No. Function
K-001 INNER ROOF LTS RELAY K-027 ACCESSORY RELAY
K-002 MID OUTER ROOF LTS RELAY K-028 UCM-2 POWER RELAY
K-003 SIDE/EXIT LIGHT RELAY K-029 SEPERATOR BLOWER RELAY
K-004 OUTER ROOF LTS RELAY K-030 SWAP RELAY 1
K-005 ROAD LTS RELAY K-031 SWAP RELAY 2
K-006 LIGHT CONTROL RELAY K-032 FUEL PUMP RELAY
K-007 UCM-1 POWER RELAY K-033 DISTRIBUTION DOWN RELAY
K-008 UCM-2 POWER RELAY K-034 DISTRIBUTION UP RELAY
K-009 TURNTABLE LEFT RELAY(EU OPT) K-035 REAR WORK LIGHT RELAY
K-010 UPPER SIEVE CLOSE RELAY K-036 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT RELAY
K-011 UPPER SIEVE OPEN RELAY K-037 BRAKE LIGHT RELAY
K-012 TURNTABLE RIGHT RELAY(EU OPT) K-038 NOT USED
K-013 LOWER SIEVE CLOSE RELAY K-039 A/C CLUTCH RELAY
K-014 LOWER SIEVE OPEN RELAY K-040 BEACON LIGHT RELAY
K-015 STARTING RELAY K-041 ROOF POWER RELAY
K-016 NOT USED K-042 NOX SENSOR RELAY
K-017 SPREADER RH OPEN RELAY K-043 HIGH BEAM RELAY(EUR ONLY)
K-018 SPREADER LH CLOSE RELAY K-044 BRUSH SCREEN DEFLECTOR RELAY
K-019 SPREADER LH OPEN RELAY K-045 NOT USED
K-020 SPREADER RH CLOSE RELAY K-046 NOT USED
K-021 FEEDER DISENGAGE RELAY K-047 HEADER SWAP VALVE RELAY
K-022 DNOX2 RELAY K-048 WINDROW DOOR OPEN RELAY
K-023 NEUTRAL START RELAY K-049 WINDROW DOOR CLOSE RELAY
K-024 NOT USED K-050 CHOPPER LOW SPEED RELAY
K-025 UCM-1 POWER RELAY K-051 NOT USED
K-026 LIGHT CONTROL RELAY K-052 CHOPPER HIGH SPEED RELAY
K-027 ACCESSORY RELAY

8-15
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

8-16
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS
9 - SPECIFICATIONS###_9_###
Biodiesel fuel - Biodiesel fuels
Biodiesel usage in CASE IH products
Introduction to Fatty Acid Methyl Ester
(FAME) biodiesel
FAME biodiesel, called biodiesel fuel in the following sec-
tion, consists of a family of fuels derived from vegetable
oils treated with methyl esters.
There are two main biodiesel fuel types: Rapeseed
Methyl Ester (RME) and Soybean Methyl Ester (SME).
RME is a blend of rapeseed and sunflower methyl ester,
and is the preferred crop in Europe. SME is the preferred
crop in the United States.
Biodiesel fuel is a renewable alternative fuel source. Its
use and development is promoted worldwide, especially
in Europe and in the United States.
NOTICE: Your emissions control system is compatible
with up to 20 % biodiesel fuel (B20). Be aware that the
use of biodiesel fuel that does not comply with the stan-
dards mentioned in this section could lead to severe dam-
age to the engine, fuel system or aftertreatment system of
your machine. The use of non-approved fuels may void
CASE IH Warranty coverage.
Biodiesel fuel can be used to run diesel engines as pure
biodiesel fuel or when blended with standard diesel fuel:
• B5: indicates the blend of 5  % biodiesel and 95  %
diesel fuels.
• B7: indicates the blend of 7  % biodiesel and 93  %
diesel fuels.
• B20: indicates the blend of 20  % biodiesel and 80  %
diesel fuels.
• B100: indicates pure biodiesel, or 100  % biodiesel fuel.
Do not use.
Biodiesel fuel has several positive features in comparison
with diesel fuel:
• Biodiesel fuel adds lubricity to the fuel, which is bene-
ficial in many circumstances, particularly as sulfur and
aromatics are removed from the fuel.
• Biodiesel has a greater cetane number and burns
cleaner.
• Biodiesel produces less particulate matter and reduces
smoke emissions.
• Biodiesel is fully biodegradable and non-toxic.
Diesel and biodiesel fuel specifications
Tier 4a diesel fuel specifications are covered by the
following:
9-1
• ASTM D975-10, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel
Oils. (15 ppm sulfur maximum.)
Biodiesel blends are covered by:
• United States Diesel Fuel Specification ASTM
D6751-09A allows up to 5  % biodiesel since 2009.
United States fuel suppliers are allowed to use up to
5  % biodiesel fuel (B5) to supply the network.
• United States Biodiesel Fuel Specification ASTM
D7467-09A provides specifications for diesel and
biodiesel blends from B5 to B20.
Pure biodiesel (B100) specification is covered by the
following requirements:
• ASTM D6751-09A - Standard specification for biodiesel
fuel blend stock (B100) for middle distillate fuels.
NOTE: ASTM D6751 specification has been updated
to improve the quality of biodiesel in the market place.
Before raw oil can be converted into usable biodiesel
fuel, it must undergo transesterification to remove glyc-
erides. During the transesterification process, the oil
reacts with an alcohol to separate the glycerine from
the fat or vegetable oil. This process leaves behind two
products: methyl ester (the chemical name for biodiesel)
and glycerine (a byproduct usually sold for use in soaps
or other products).
NOTICE: Biodiesel fuels approved for use in the CASE
IH equipment must be transesterified and comply with the
North America Standard ASTM D6751.
NOTICE: Cold Pressed Biodiesel, Cold Pressed Oil,
Straight Vegetable Oil (SVO), or more generally unre-
fined vegetable oils used as motor fuel, are fuels that are
normally made from Rapeseed oil or similar high oil con-
tent crops. These kinds of fuel are not transesterified, so
they do not fulfil the ASTM D6751 requirements. There is
no recognized quality standard available for these types
of fuel. Therefore the use of Cold Pressed Biodiesel,
Cold Pressed Oil, Straight Vegetable Oil (SVO), or more
generally unrefined vegetable oils used as motor fuel are
NOT APPROVED at any blend in any CASE IH product.
NOTICE: Any engine and fuel injection equipment fitted
to a CASE IH vehicle found to have run with any blend of
NON-APPROVED fuel (fuel not fulfilling the specification
described in the requirement ASTM D6751) will no longer
be covered for Warranty by CASE IH.
Biodiesel fuel usage conditions
You must stringently follow the biodiesel fuel usage con-
ditions. Incorrect application of the biodiesel fuel usage
conditions could lead to severe damage to the engine,
fuel injection equipment and aftertreatment system.
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS
The main concerns related to operation with biodiesel
fuels are:
• Filters and injector blockage caused by poor fuel qual-
ity.
• Wear and corrosion of internal components due to wa-
ter content, which affects lubricity.
• Deterioration of some rubber sealing compounds in the
fuel system.
• Biodiesel oxidation, which can lead to the formation of
deposits that can harm the fuel injection system.
NOTICE: Any problem in the engine fuel injection equip-
ment associated with non-compliance to the following
conditions for biodiesel fuel handling and maintenance
will not be covered for Warranty by CASE IH.
Purchase biodiesel fuel from a trusted supplier who
understands the product and maintains acceptable
fuel quality. It is highly recommended that you use
biodiesel from BQ 9000 accredited suppliers to maintain
the quality and consistency of the fuel. The BQ 9000
Quality Management Program is accredited by the Na-
tional Biodiesel Board for producers and marketers of
biodiesel fuel. See the National Biodiesel Board website
at www.biodiesel.org for more information.
The use of biodiesel blends above B5 through B20 will
not void the CASE IH warranty as long as the following
conditions for biodiesel fuel handling and maintenance
are stringently followed:
Biodiesel fuel must be pre-blended by the supplier. Mixing
biodiesel fuels on-site can result in an incorrect mixture
that could damage the engine and/or fuel system.
For machines using Tier 4a engines with an exhaust
aftertreatment system:
1. If the biodiesel blend stock to ASTM D6751-09A is
used, special precautions need to be taken to insure
that it fully complies with the following special require-
ments:
• Group I Metals content (Sodium + Potassium) is ≤
5  mg/kg per EN14538 as specified in the biodiesel
spec.
• Group II Metals content (Calcium + Magnesium) is ≤
5  mg/kg per EN14538 as specified in the biodiesel
spec.
• Phosphorus content lower than specified is a
mandatory requirement. Phosphorus must not
exceed 4  mg/kg per ASTM D4951.
2. The resulting greater than B5 through B20 blend must
not exceed 1  mg/kg for Group I Metals (Sodium +
Potassium) and for Group II Metals (Calcium + Mag-
nesium).
9-2
NOTICE: For machines using Tier 4a engines with
an exhaust aftertreatment system in regions where
the biodiesel blend stock is supplied to the ASTM
D6751-09A standard, it is essential that evidence of
compliance to the special limits for Group I Metals,
Group II Metals and the reduced phosphorus
content specified above be obtained on every
delivery of fuel from the fuel supplier. Failure to
comply with this requirement can result in damage
to the catalyst of the aftertreatment system which
will not be covered under warranty.
NOTICE: CASE IH may void your warranty if the prob-
lem is associated with poor fuel quality due to improper
blending. It is the responsibility of the fuel supplier and/or
yourself to ensure the right type of fuel and blend is deliv-
ered and used.
Maintenance intervals
For machines using the all electronic engines with a high
pressure common rail fuel system, the engine oil and filter
change interval is reduced to 250  h when using biodiesel
blends greater than B5 up to B20. Please refer to the
maintenance intervals specified in the Operator Manual
for all engines.
Check all hoses, connections and gaskets to ensure in-
tegrity and cleanliness every 3 months or 150 hours of
operation, whichever comes first.
Regular oil sampling is highly recommended to monitor
for oil and engine deterioration.
NOTE: Oil sampling kits are available from your autho-
rized CASE IH dealer.
When switching back from biodiesel to regular #2 diesel,
all fuel filter, oil and oil filter should be changed even if this
falls between routine service intervals.
Storage
The machine should not be stored for more than three
months with biodiesel in the fuel system. For longer stor-
age time, it is strongly suggested that only regular #2
diesel fuel is used.
NOTE: If storage for longer than 3 months is necessary,
the engine must be run on regular #2 diesel for a minimum
of 20 h to flush the biodiesel fuel out of the fuel system
prior to storage.
Biodiesel is highly hygroscopic and tends to collect water
more than diesel fuel. This increases the risk of algae
and bacteria growth which can cause severe damage to
the fuel injection system. Keep the machine fuel tanks
and on-site storage tanks as full as possible to limit the
amount of air and water vapors inside the tank. Drain
water from the tanks at least once a week.
NOTICE: Do not use biocide additives on Tier 4a engines
with an exhaust aftertreatment system.
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Tire care
Guidelines for tire care when tires are mounted on
vehicle:
• Store equipment where tires will not contact oils or sol-
vents to prevent leaching of tire protectants.
• Store equipment where tires will not be exposed to flo-
rescent lighting, motors, generators, arc welders, or
ozone level greater than 0.08 ppm, to prevent ozone
cracking.
• Store equipment where tires can be protected from di-
rect sunlight or cover with opaque material, to prevent
ultraviolet degradation and radiant heat damage.
• Store equipment where tires will not contact blacktop
or other oil stabilized surfaces to prevent tire protectant
leaching and heat damage.
• Store equipment where tires will not contact gravel sur-
faces to prevent imbedding of gravel into tire tread.
• Equipment storage surface should be cool, dry, level,
firm, well drained and clean for best tire life expectancy.
• Do not apply tire dressings, tire compounds have opti-
mum formulation.
Additional requirement for long term vehicles storage
(more than 1 year).
• Block up equipment to remove weight on its tires and
reduce inflation pressure by 50%.
• If blocking equipment is not practical:
• Inflate tires to rated pressure (tire rated pressure
is molded into tire sidewall) or 2.1  bar (30  psi),
whichever is higher.
• Move vehicle once per month, to maintain oil disper-
sion within rubber compounds, and to prevent per-
manent flat spotting and ozone cracking at tire side-
wall flex point.

9-3
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Drive tire – Overview

Wheel hardware torque Front wheels Rear wheels
Torque 1355  N·m (1000  lb ft) HDASA PRA
492  N·m (363  lb ft) 610  N·m (450  lb ft)

NOTICE: Check wheel hardware torque after one hour of operation, then after 10 hours of operation for one week
and thereafter on a weekly basis.
Drive Wheel Tire Valves
To improve access to tire valve, for the following tires,
valve can also be located to outside of wheel.

• 800/70R38
• 900/60R32
• 900/65R32
• 900/75R32

Tire valve and valve hole plug have common spud base
(1) so dismounting tire from wheel is not required. If wheel
is mounted on combine, raise combine until tire clears
ground and block up combine as required. Deflate air 50031284 1
from tire. Unscrew core housing (2) from tire valve spud
base, and unscrew plug (3) from base on other side of
wheel. Reinstall core housing on outside of wheel and
plug on inside of wheel. Inflate tire to correct inflation
pressure. Remove blocks and jack.

See this section of this manual for charts concerning tire

inflation and tread widths.

50031285 2

When wheels are removed or repositioned, mounting sur-

faces, washers and all threads must be clean. To assist
in mounting drive wheels, two starter studs are supplied
and stored in the combine toolbox. Install starter studs (1)
into final drive flange prior to installing wheels (2).

50041655 3

9-4
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Drive Wheels
Single drive wheels can be mounted dished in or dished
out. The wider tread width will improve combine stability.
See Tire Selection Chart for recommendations.

Dual Drive Wheels

Dual drive wheels are available to improve flotation, com-
bine stability or for row crop conditions. Axle extensions
are required and provide for row spacing of 762  mm
(30  in). See Tire Selection Chart for recommendations.

9-5
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Dual drive wheel - Mounting

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

DANGER
Unexpected movement!
Make sure parking brake is applied. Secure machine with wheel chocks.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0013A

1. Empty the grain tank and remove the header.

2. Park the combine on a hard, level surface.
3. Engage the parking brake and remove the key.
4. Raise the combine until the tire clears the ground and
block up the combine as required.

5. Install two starter studs (1) 180  ° opposite each other

into the final drive flange. Align the wheel so that small
holes align with the starter studs.
NOTE: When wheels are removed or repositioned,
mounting surfaces, washers, spacer plates, and all
threads must be cleaned.

50041653 1

6. Install the inner wheel (dish in) onto the final drive, with
small holes over the starter studs.
7. Secure the inner wheel using five 22  mm (1) bolts and
washers.
8. Position the five bolts with three holes in between each
bolt.

50041653 2

9-6
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9. Snug the bolts in sequence shown.

10. Tighten and torque the five 22  mm bolts to 180 -
220  N·m (136 - 164  lb ft) in the sequence shown.
11. Tighten and torque the five 22  mm bolts to 706 -
786  N·m (520 - 580  lb ft) in the sequence shown.

20054028 3

12. Install the outer wheel (1) (dish out) with the large
holes over the inner wheel bolts.

NHIL13AF00966AA 4

13. Install two 22  mm x 95  mm bolts (1) and spacer

plates (2) to hold the outer wheel in place.
14. Remove the starter studs.
15. Install the rest of the 22  mm x 95  mm bolts (1) and
spacer plates (2) in the pattern shown.

NHIL13AF01131AA 5

9-7
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

16. Snug the bolts in the sequence shown

17. Tighten the bolts to 190 - 210  N·m (143 - 157  lb ft) In
the sequence shown
18. Mark all the bolt heads, then turn an additional 90  °
in the sequence shown.

Wheel bolt torque check procedure:

1. Drive the combine in ten figure eight’s.
2. Torque all accessible fasteners to 1285 - 1425  N·m
(950 - 1050  lb ft) In the sequence shown
200303281 6

9-8
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Single drive wheel - Mounting

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

DANGER
Unexpected movement!
Make sure parking brake is applied. Secure machine with wheel chocks.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0013A

1. Empty the grain tank and remove the header.

2. Park the combine on a hard, level surface.
3. Engage the parking brake and remove the key.
4. Raise the combine until the tire clears the ground and
block up the combine as required.

5. Install two starter studs (1) 180  ° opposite each other

into the final drive flange. Align the wheel holes with
the starter studs.
NOTE: When wheels are removed or repositioned,
mounting surfaces, washers, spacer plates, and all
threads must be cleaned. NHPH13AF01329AA 1

6. Install the wheel onto the final drive over the starter
studs.
7. Install two 22  mm x 75  mm bolts (1) and spacer plates
to hold wheel in place.
8. Remove the starter studs.
9. Install the rest of the 22  mm x 75  mm bolts (1) and
spacer plates in the pattern shown.

NHIL13AF01130AA 2

9-9
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

10. Snug bolts in the sequence shown.

11. Tighten the bolts to 180 - 220  N·m (136 - 164  lb ft) in
the sequence shown.
12. Mark all bolt heads, then turn all bolts an additional
90  ° in the sequence shown.

Wheel bolt torque check procedure

1. Drive the combine in ten figure eight’s
2. Tighten the bolts to 1285 - 1425  N·m (950 - 1050  lb ft)
in the sequence shown.
200303281 3

9-10
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Temporary transport - Single wheel

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

WARNING
Uncontrolled equipment movement!
Put adequate wheel chocks against the front and rear of both traction and steering wheels to avoid
machine movement.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0981A

WARNING
Heavy parts!
Support designated component(s) with adequate lifting equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1024A

Temporary use, 520/85R42 162A8 R1, R1W or R2 and

620/70R42 166A8 R1W tires with 2.4  bar (35  psi) inflation
only

In some circumstances, the outer wheel on each side of

the dual wheel configuration may need to be temporar-
ily removed to get the combine through narrow openings
(across a narrow bridge, through a narrow gate or into a
storage facility). This has been approved only with the
tires inflated to 2.4  bar (35  psi), an empty grain tank, no
header, and ONLY for short distances; less than 90  m
(100  yd).

If the operating situation requires removal of the outer

wheel, a spacer (1) is provided to compensate for thick- 20040155 1
ness of the removed outer wheel. This allows the mount-
ing hardware to function within the design tolerances and
maintain secure mounting of the inner wheel in the single
configuration.

9-11
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

1. Empty grain tank and remove header. Remove the

fifteen outer wheel bolts (1).
2. With the outer wheel removed from the dual configura-
tion, the inner wheel remains secured to the final drive
hub using five 22  mm bolts (2). Retorque bolts to 710
- 790  N·m (525 - 580  lb ft).
CAUTION
Avoid injury and/or machine damage!
Do not operate the machine with only the inner
wheel bolts in place. All wheel bolts must be
installed and properly torqued to support the
machine weight. The wheel could come off the
NHIL13AF01131AA 2
machine if ALL hardware is not in place.
Failure to comply could result in minor or
moderate injury.
C0148A

3. Place the five spacer plates (1) between the inner

wheel mounting bolts (2).

500401531 3

NHPH13AF01380AA 4

4. Position the spacer ring by aligning the large holes (1)

in the spacer ring over the inner wheel mounting bolts.
Align the holes in the spacer plates with the holes on
the spacer ring and install the ten 22  mm x 95  mm
bolts.
NOTE: The spacer ring has a bracket welded to the front
to eliminate the possibility of the spacer ring being used
between the inner and outer duals.

20040155A5 5

9-12
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

5. Snug bolts in sequence shown.

6. Tighten the bolts to 190 - 210  N·m (143 - 157  lb ft) in
the sequence shown.
7. Mark all the bolt heads, then turn an additional 90  ° in
the sequence shown.
8. Repeat spacer ring mounting procedure on opposite
side wheels.

200303281 6

9-13
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Steering axle – Overview

DANGER
Unexpected movement!
Make sure parking brake is applied. Secure machine with wheel chocks.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0013A

WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A

There are two types of steering axles:

• Heavy Duty Adjustable Steering Axle (HDASA)
• Powered Rear Axle (PRA): available in two-speed ver-
sion

Torque Minimum Maximum

Steering wheel nut torque (HDASA) 410  N·m (302  lb ft) 492  N·m (363  lb ft)
Steering wheel bolt torque (PRA) 550  N·m (406  lb ft) 610  N·m (450  lb ft)

NOTICE: Check wheel hardware torque after one hour of

operation, then after 10 hours of operation for one week
and thereafter on a weekly basis.
Use the following procedures for correct adjustment of
the steering axle:
• Toe-in adjustment
• Steering axle position
• Axial position of the steering axle
• Height position
• Tread width position

9-14
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Toe-in adjustment

ZDA3088A 1

The steering wheels should have the correct amount of toe-in, otherwise premature tire wear may occur. The distance
between the steering wheels must be smaller at the front than at the rear (facing the direction of travel indicated by
the arrows in the above illustration).
To check and adjust the toe-in, proceed as follows:
1. Apply the parking brake and support the steering axle
so that the steering wheels are clear of the ground.
2. Set the steering wheels in the straight-ahead position.
3. Mark spots at Y = 300  mm (11 13/16  in) from the cen-
ter on the front inside of the wheel rims at the cen-
ter-of-wheel height and measure distance (1).
4. Turn the steering wheels 180  ° forward or rearward
until the marks are at the center-of- wheel height and
measure distance (2). Distance (2) must be 8 - 12  mm
(5/16 - 15/32  in) larger than distance (1).
5. To adjust the toe-in, loosen jam nuts (4) remove 66070041 2
bolts (5) from tie-rod, rotate inner and outer tie-rod
to change length on ball joint stud (3) evenly on both
sides. After adjustment, tighten bolts (5) to torque
of 49 - 60  N·m (36 - 44  lb ft), and jam nuts (4) to a
torque of 290 - 320  N·m (214 - 236  lb ft).
6. After adjusting the toe-in, adjust distance X of both HDASA
cylinders. (Distance X = center to center of balljoint Height position X
with the cylinder completely retracted) see table. 1 728  mm (28.66  in)
Torque rod end jam nut to 190 - 210  N·m (140 - 155  lb
2, 3, 4 722  mm (28.43  in)
ft) and cylinder end jam nut to 290 - 320  N·m (214 -
236  lb ft).
PRA
Height position X
1 759  mm (29.88  in)
2, 3, 4 753  mm (29.65  in)

9-15
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Autoguidance System-Equipped
NOTE: If the combine is equipped with an autoguidance system, the left-hand steering cylinder contains a sensor.
Because of this, the stroke of this cylinder is 10 mm shorter than that of the right-hand cylinder. To compensate for
this, the collapsed length of the left-hand cylinder must be adjusted to 10 mm more than that of the right-hand cylinder.
HDASA - With Sensor
For a height position of 1, adjust the collapsed length, A,
of the left-hand steering cylinders to 738  mm (29 1/16  in).
For height positions of 2, 3, or 4, adjust the collapsed
length of the left-hand steering cylinders to 732  mm (28
13/16  in).

PRA - With Sensor

For a height position of 1, adjust the collapsed length, A,
of the left-hand steering cylinders to 769  mm (29 9/32  in).
For height positions of 2, 3, and 4, the collapsed length
must be 763  mm (30 1/32  in). 66070039 3

Setting Steering Stops

The wheel drives are pre-assembled with steering stop
bolts (1) and jam nuts (2). Refer to the Tire Selection
Charts for the recommended steering stop bolt setting.

20060094 4

Powered Rear Axle (PRA)

Set the stop bolt to the recommended setting (X) to avoid
machine interference with the tire. The stop bolt length
is measured at the side of the socket set screw from the
cast surface, closest to the steering cylinder, to the end of
the bolt.

While holding the stop bolt, tighten jam nut to 136 -

176  N·m (100 - 130  lb ft).

20060095 5

9-16
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Heavy Duty Adjustable Steering Axle

(HDASA)
Set the stop bolt to the recommended setting (X) to avoid
machine interference with the tire. The stop bolt length
is measured at the side of the socket set screw from the
cast surface to the end of the bolt.

While holding the stop bolt, tighten jam nut to 136 -

176  N·m (100 - 130  lb ft).

86053145 6

NOTE: See tire charts in the specifications section of this

manual for the correct stop length for your application.
Steering Axle Position
The steering axle should always be installed in the upper
hole (1) in the frame.
NOTE: Hillco equipped units will have the axle in the lower
hole.

ZDA3066A 7

Axial Position of the Steering Axle

All steering axles must be assembled with the axle (1) in
the rear position and bushing (2) toward the front of the
combine, as shown.

ZDA3108B 8

9-17
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Powered rear axle – Hose routing

Tread Settings 1, 2, 3, and 4
The motor hoses have 45  ° end fittings at the wheel ends
to avoid the machine chassis. The hose ends are angled
towards the rear of the machine in the narrowest tread
settings 1, 2, 3 and 4 as shown in left hand and right hand
diagrams.
NOTE: The arrows represent the direction of forward
travel

53031264 1
Left hand side

53031265 2
Right hand side
From position 1 to 4, the hose bundle will loop to the rear
with the hose guide (1) in the second hole from the end of
the center section. The hoses can be bundled flat through
the hose guide and to the valve.

50031266 3

NOTICE: Be sure hoses are routed as shown to avoid contact with axle stop and lower frame when axle oscillates.
Adjust hoses at front of axle to avoid contact with steering cylinders and tie-rod.

9-18
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Tread Settings 5, 6, and 7

From position 5 to 7, the hose bundle will drop toward
the front face of the axle through the hose guide on the
outboard end of the steering anchor and then through the
loop in the inner most hole in the end of the axle extension
(stub). The hoses can be bundled flat through the hose
guide and then curve to the valve.

50031269 4

NOTICE: Adjust hoses at front of axle to avoid contact with steering cylinders and tie-rod.
The large body of the end fitting, 1, creates an interfer-
ence between itself and the drain hose crimp collar, 2,
in the forward routing used in tread setting 5, 6, & 7. It
is necessary, therefore, to route the hose elbow upward,
over the high pressure hose ends swivels as shown in left
hand and right hand diagrams.
NOTE: The arrows represent the direction of forward
travel

50031267 5
Left hand side

50031268 6

9-19
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Spindle height position

The wheel end (HDASA or PRA) can be repositioned on See tire selection charts for recommended settings.
the steering axle in order to lift the machine rear end to a
level combine position. If the height position is changed, the steering cylinder may
require adjustment. See Steering Axle 9-22 in this section
The Figures on this page show the four different positions for recommended settings.
(HDASA and PRA).
The bolts (1) should be tightened to 780 - 860  N·m (575
The height positions are adjusted at the factory or during - 634  lb ft).
dealer set-up for the original tire combination. If tire sizes
are changed, height position must be adjusted as neces-
sary.

HDASA PRA

93094795 1 93094803 2
Position 1 Position 1

93094792 3 93094804 4
Position 2 Position 2

93094793 5 93094805 6
Position 3 Position 3

9-20
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

HDASA PRA

93094794 7 93094806 8
Position 4 Position 4

9-21
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Tread width - Rear axle

The steering axle has seven tread width positions. In the Toe-in, rear axle stops, and steering stop bolts must be
following tables you can find the different combinations. adjusted after tread width changes.

See Tire Selection Charts for recommended settings.

Heavy Duty Adjustable Steering Axle (HDASA)

NOTE: Position 1 is not used.

93094797 1
Position 2

• (1) M20 x 260 bolt • (5) M20 lock nut

• (2) support • (6) bushing
• (3) 47 x 8 flat washer • (7) M20 x 180 bolt
• (4) 40 x 5 flat washer

9-22
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

93094798 2
Position 3

93094799 3
Position 4

9-23
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

93094800 4
Position 5

93094801 5
Position 6

9-24
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

93094802 6
Position 7

9-25
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Powered Rear Axle (PRA)

NOTE: Position 1 is not used.

93094808 7
Position 2

• (1) M20 x 180 bolt • (7) M40 x 5 washer

• (2) M20 x 240 bolt • (8) M20 lock nut
• (3) M20 x 260 bolt • (9) Hose guide
• (4) Hose guide bracket • (10) M45 x 33 step bushing
• (5) support • (11) M45 x 70 bushing
• (6) M47 x 8 washer

9-26
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

93094809 8
Position 3

93094810 9
Position 4

9-27
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

93094811 10
Position 5

93094812 11
Position 6

9-28
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

93094813 12
Position 7

9-29
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Rear axle – Oscillation stop

Depending on the rear axle width position the oscillation stop must be adjusted. Refer to 9-22 for tread width positions.

Rear axle width position 2 51  mm (2  in) Threaded spacer

NOTE: Not typically used in North America.
Rear axle width position 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 51  mm (2  in) Threaded spacer, 10  mm (0.39  in) spacer,
and 15  mm (0.59  in) spacer
Rear axle width position 2
1. Unscrew the 51  mm (2  in) threaded spacer (1).
2. Unscrew the rubber block (2).
3. Remove the 10  mm (0.39  in) spacer, and 15  mm
(0.59  in) spacer if installed.
4. Install the rubber block into the 51  mm (2  in) threaded
spacer. Use thread locker on the rubber block threads.
5. Install the 51  mm (2  in) threaded spacer into the com-
bine frame. Use thread locker on the stud threads.

NHIL13AF01237AA 1

Rear axle width position 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7

1. Remove the 51  mm (2  in) threaded spacer (1).
2. Remove the rubber block (2).
3. Place the 10  mm (0.39  in) spacer (3) over the rub-
ber block stud. Use thread locker on the rubber block
threads.
4. Install the rubber block into the 51  mm (2  in) threaded
spacer.
5. Place the 15  mm (0.59  in) spacer (4) over the
threaded spacer stud.
6. Install the 51  mm (2  in) threaded spacer into the com- NHIL13AF01239AA 2
bine frame. Use thread locker on the stud threads.

9-30
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Tire combinations and tread positions – AF7230/8230/9230

9-31
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-32
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Tire/Track Wheel Wheel Axle Overall

Duals/Rows Treadwidth Center/Center
Drive Tires/Tracks *1 Width Dished In Dished Out Extension Width Allowed Recommended
mm (in) mm (in)
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
800/70R38 181A8 R1W 829 (32.6) 100 (3.9) 3048 (120.0) 3877 (152.6) 1
115(4.5) 3478 (136.9) 4307 (169.6) 2
100 (3.9) 316 (12.4) 3680 (144.9) 4509 (177.5) 3
86 (3.4) 3420 (134.6) 4249 (167.3) 4
IF800/70R38 CFO 181A8 797 (31.4) 100 (3.9) 3048 (120.0) 3845 (151.4) 5
R1W 115(4.5) 3478 (136.9) 4275 (168.3) 6
100 (3.9) 316 (12.4) 3680 (144.9) 4477 (176.3) 7
86 (3.4) 3420 (134.6) 4217 (166.0) 8
900/60R32 176A8 R1W 906 (35.7) 100 (3.9) 3048 (120.0) 3989 (157.0) 9
900/60R32 176A8 R1 906 (35.7) 115(4.5) 3478 (136.9) 4419 (174.0) 10
900/60R32 185A8 R1W 941 (37.0) 100 (3.9) 316 (12.4) 3680 (144.9) 4621 (181.9) 11
900/65R32 178A8 R2 922 (36.3) 100 (3.9) 3048 (120.0) 3970 (156.3) 12
115(4.5) 3478 (136.9) 4400 (173.2) 13
100 (3.9) 316 (12.4) 3680 (144.9) 4602 (181.2) 14
900/75R32 184A8 R1W 968 (38.1) 115(4.5) 3478 (136.9) 4446 (175.0) 15
100 (3.9) 316 (12.4) 3680 (144.9) 4648 (183.0) 16
76x50.00-32 16 PR HF3 1234 (48.6) 100 (3.9) 316 (12.4) 3680 (144.9) 4914 (193.5) 17
20.8-42 14 PR R1 Inner
(Brazil only) 576 (22.7) 365 (14.4) 265 (10.4) 762 (30) 3048 (120.0) 3624 (142.7) 18
Inner
381 (15.0) 265 (10.4) 762 (30) 4572 (180.0) 5148 (202.7) 19
Inner
520/85R42 157A8-165B R1W 571 (22.5) 365 (14.4) 265 (10.4) 762 (30) 3048 (120.0) 3619 (142.5) 20
520/85R42 162A8/165B R1 Inner
560 (22.0) 381 (15.0) 265 (10.4) 762 (30) 4572 (180.0) 5143 (202.5) 21
520/85R42 162A8/165A8 R2 Inner
549 (21.6) 365 (14.4) 265 (10.4) 762 (30) 3048 (120.0) 3597 (141.6) 22
IF520/85R42 CFO 169A8/B Inner
R2 381 (15.0) 265 (10.4) 762 (30) 4572 (180.0) 5121 (201.6) 23
620/70R42 166A8 R1W Inner
676 (26.6) 365 (14.4) 265 (10.4) 762 (30) 3048 (120.0) 3724 (146.6) 24
Outer
381 (15.0) 265 (10.4) 762 (30) 4572 (180.0) 5248 (206.6) 25
Tracks (36" Wide) 914 (36.0) 3899 (153.5) 4813 (189.5) 26
Tread width
Wheel Wheel Stop bolt
Tire Width Axle Width Height Center/ Turn Radius
Axle Type Dished In Dished Out Length
mm (in) Position Position Center m (ft) *3
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) *2
Steering Tires *1 mm (in) 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
600/65R28 154A8 R1W 627 (24.7) HDASA 65 (2.6) 3 3 65 (2.6) 3046 (119.9) 7.9 (25.9)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 3 4 65 (2.6) 3046 (119.9) 7.0 (23.0)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 4 3 42 (1.7) 3196 (125.8) 5.4 (17.7)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 4 4 28 (1.1) 3196 (125.8) 4.6 (15.1)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 5 4 16 (0.6) 3346 (131.7) 4.2 (13.8)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 6 3 16 (0.6) 3496 (137.6) 4.2 (13.8)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 6 4 16 (0.6) 3496 (137.6) 4.2 (13.8)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 7 3 16 (0.6) 3646 (143.5) 4.3 (14.1)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 7 4 16 (0.6) 3646 (143.5) 4.3 (14.1)
PRA 49 (1.9) 3 3 65 (2.6) 3113 (122.6) 8.2 (26.9)
PRA 49 (1.9) 3 4 58 (2.3) 3113 (122.6) 7.2 (23.6)
PRA 49 (1.9) 4 3 40 (1.6) 3263 (128.5) 5.6 (18.4)
PRA 49 (1.9) 4 4 30 (1.2) 3263 (128.5) 5.0 (16.4)
PRA 49 (1.9) 5 3 13 (0.5) 3413 (134.4) 6.7 (22.0)
PRA 49 (1.9) 5 4 13 (0.5) 3413 (134.4) 6.7 (22.0)
PRA 49 (1.9) 7 3 13 (0.5) 3713 (146.2) 4.3 (14.1)

9-33
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

PRA 49 (1.9) 7 4 13 (0.5) 3713 (146.2) 4.3 (14.1)

26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
VF620/70R26 170A8 R1W 620 (24.4) HDASA 65 (2.6) 3 4 64 (2.5) 3046 (119.9) 7.9 (25.9)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 4 3 55 (2.2) 3197 (125.9) 6.1 (20.0)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 4 4 37 (1.5) 3197 (125.9) 5.1 (16.7)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 6 3 16 (0.6) 3497 (137.7) 4.2 (13.8)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 6 4 16 (0.6) 3497 (137.7) 4.2 (13.8)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 7 3 16 (0.6) 3647 (143.6) 4.3 (14.1)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 7 4 16 (0.6) 3647 (143.6) 4.3 (14.1)
PRA 44 (1.7) 3 4 60 (2.4) 3120 (123.0) 7.5 (24.6)
PRA 44 (1.7) 4 3 42 (1.7) 3274 (128.9) 5.8 (19.0)
PRA 44 (1.7) 4 4 32 (1.3) 3274 (128.9) 5.2 (17.1)
PRA 44 (1.7) 5 3 17 (0.7) 3424 (134.8) 4.4 (14.4)
PRA 44 (1.7) 5 4 13 (0.5) 3424 (134.8) 4.2 (13.8)
PRA 44 (1.7) 7 3 13 (0.5) 3724 (146.6) 4.4 (14.4)
PRA 44 (1.7) 7 4 13 (0.5) 3724 (146.6) 4.4 (14.4)
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
600/70R28 161A8 R1W 690 (27.2) HDASA 65 (2.6) 3 3 65 (2.6) 3044 (119.8) 7.6 (24.9)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 3 4 65 (2.6) 3044 (119.8) 6.8 (22.3)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 4 3 39 (1.5) 3194 (125.7) 5.2 (17.1)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 4 4 28 (1.1) 3194 (125.7) 4.6 (15.1)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 5 4 16 (0.6) 3344 (131.7) 4.2 (13.8)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 6 3 16 (0.6) 3494 (137.6) 4.2 (13.8)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 6 4 16 (0.6) 3494 (137.6) 4.2 (13.8)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 7 3 16 (0.6) 3644 (143.5) 4.3 (14.1)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 7 4 16 (0.6) 3644 (143.5) 4.3 (14.1)
PRA 43 (1.7) 3 3 64 (2.5) 3112 (122.5) 7.9 (25.9)
PRA 43 (1.7) 3 4 56 (2.2) 3112 (122.5) 7.0 (23.0)
PRA 43 (1.7) 4 3 38 (1.5) 3262 (128.4) 5.5 (18.0)
PRA 43 (1.7) 4 4 30 (1.2) 3262 (128.4) 5.0 (16.4)
PRA 43 (1.7) 5 3 13 (0.5) 3412 (134.3) 4.2 (13.8)
PRA 43 (1.7) 5 4 13 (0.5) 3412 (134.3) 4.2 (13.8)
PRA 65 (2.6) 4 4 13 (0.5) 3491 (137.4) 4.1 (13.5)
PRA 43 (1.7) 6 4 13 (0.5) 3562 (140.2) 4.2 (13.8)
PRA 43 (1.7) 7 3 13 (0.5) 3712 (146.1) 4.3 (14.1)
PRA 43 (1.7) 7 4 13 (0.5) 3712 (146.1) 4.3 (14.1)
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
VF600/70R28 173A8 R1W 688 (27.1) HDASA 65 (2.6) 3 3 65 (2.6) 3044 (119.8) 7.6 (24.9)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 3 4 65 (2.6) 3044 (119.8) 6.8 (22.3)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 4 3 39 (1.5) 3194 (125.7) 5.2 (17.1)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 4 4 28 (1.1) 3194 (125.7) 4.6 (15.1)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 5 3 16 (0.6) 3344 (131.7) 4.2 (13.8)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 5 4 16 (0.6) 3344 (131.7) 4.2 (13.8)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 6 3 16 (0.6) 3494 (137.6) 4.2 (13.8)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 6 4 16 (0.6) 3494 (137.6) 4.2 (13.8)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 7 3 16 (0.6) 3644 (143.5) 4.3 (14.1)
HDASA 65 (2.6) 7 4 16 (0.6) 3644 (143.5) 4.3 (14.1)
PRA 43 (1.7) 3 3 64 (2.5) 3112 (122.5) 7.9 (25.9)
PRA 43 (1.7) 3 4 56 (2.2) 3112 (122.5) 7.0 (23.0)
PRA 43 (1.7) 4 3 38 (1.5) 3262 (128.4) 5.5 (18.0)
PRA 43 (1.7) 4 4 30 (1.2) 3262 (128.4) 5.0 (16.4)
PRA 43 (1.7) 5 3 13 (0.5) 3412 (134.3) 4.2 (13.8)
PRA 43 (1.7) 5 4 13 (0.5) 3412 (134.3) 4.2 (13.8)
PRA 65 (2.6) 4 4 13 (0.5) 3491 (137.4) 4.1 (13.5)
PRA 43 (1.7) 6 4 13 (0.5) 3562 (140.2) 4.2 (13.8)

9-34
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

PRA 43 (1.7) 7 3 13 (0.5) 3712 (146.1) 4.3 (14.1)

PRA 43 (1.7) 7 4 13 (0.5) 3712 (146.1) 4.3 (14.1)
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
750/65R26 166A8 R1W 792 (31.2) HDASA 125 (4.9) 4 2 65 (2.6) 3309 (130.3) 6.8 (22.3)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 4 3 65 (2.6) 3309 (130.3) 6.8 (22.3)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 5 2 55 (2.2) 3459 (136.2) 6.1 (20.0)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 5 3 49 (1.9) 3459 (136.2) 5.8 (19.0)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 5 4 47 (1.9) 3459 (136.2) 5.6 (18.4)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 6 2 37 (1.5) 3609 (142.1) 5.1 (16.7)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 6 3 35 (1.4) 3609 (142.1) 5.0 (16.4)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 6 4 35 (1.4) 3609 (142.1) 5.0 (16.4)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 7 3 21 (0.8) 3759 (148.0) 4.3 (14.1)
PRA 125 (4.9) 3 3 56 (2.2) 3457 (136.1) 6.9 (22.6)
PRA 125 (4.9) 3 4 54 (2.1) 3457 (136.1) 6.7 (22.0)
PRA 125 (4.9) 4 2 48 (1.9) 3607 (142.0) 6.3 (20.7)
PRA 125 (4.9) 4 3 46 (1.8) 3607 (142.0) 6.1 (20.0)
PRA 125 (4.9) 4 4 44 (1.7) 3607 (142.0) 6.0 (19.7)
PRA 125 (4.9) 6 3 24 (0.9) 3907 (153.8) 4.8 (15.7)
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28L-26 12 PR RI 753 (29.6) HDASA 140 (5.5) 4 2 49 (1.9) 3340 (131.5) 5.8 (19.0)
(Brazil Only) HDASA 140 (5.5) 5 2 28 (1.1) 3490 (137.4) 4.7 (15.4)
HDASA 140 (5.5) 6 2 16 (0.6) 3640 (143.3) 4.3 (14.1)
PRA 140 (5.5) 3 2 46 (1.8) 3488 (137.3) 6.0 (19.7)
PRA 140 (5.5) 4 2 36 (1.4) 3488 (137.3) 5.4 (17.7)
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28L-26 16 PR R2 737 (29.0) HDASA 125 (4.9) 5 1 55 (2.2) 3458 (136.1) 6.2 (20.3)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 5 2 52 (2.0) 3458 (136.1) 6.0 (19.7)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 5 3 49 (1.9) 3458 (136.1) 5.9 (19.4)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 5 4 44 (.7) 3458 (136.1) 5.6 (18.4)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 6 1 39 (1.5) 3608 (142.0) 5.4 (17.7)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 6 2 35 (1.4) 3608 (142.0) 5.1 (16.7)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 6 3 32 (1.3) 3608 (142.0) 5.0 (16.4)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 6 4 28 (1.1) 3608 (142.0) 4.8 (15.7)
HDASA 125 (4.9) 7 2 19 (0.7) 3758 (148.0) 4.4 (14.4)
PRA 125 (4.9) 3 2 58 (2.3) 3457 (136.1) 7.2 (23.6)
PRA 125 (4.9) 3 4 54 (2.1) 3457 (136.1) 6.8 (22.3)
PRA 125 (4.9) 4 1 48 (1.9) 3607 (142.0) 6.3 (20.7)
PRA 125 (4.9) 4 2 46 (1.8) 3607 (142.0) 6.1 (20.0)
PRA 125 (4.9) 4 3 46 (1.8) 3607 (142.0) 6.1 (20.0)
PRA 125 (4.9) 4 4 42 (1.7) 3607 (142.0) 5.8 (19.0)
PRA 125 (4.9) 6 2 24 (0.9) 3907 (153.8) 4.7 (15.4)

*1 - Tire Restrictions, see Tire Inflation and Max Header Size chart.
*2 - Stop bolt length measured at side of socket set screw from cast surface. On PRA axle measure on stop screw side closest to steer cylinder.
*3 - Turn radius is measured to center of front axle.

9-35
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-36
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Approved tires and tracks

Maximum speed in each gear range based on tire size (need a size to base chart on)
First gear Second gear Third gear Forth gear
With Bull gear final 8  km/h (5  mph) 18  km/h (11  mph) 26  km/h (16  mph) 32  km/h (20  mph)
drive
With planetary final 7.9  km/h (4.9  mph) 18  km/h (11  mph) 26  km/h (16  mph) 32  km/h (20  mph)
drive
With track final drive 7.6  km/h (4.7  mph) 18  km/h (11  mph) 26  km/h (16  mph) 32  km/h (20  mph)

NOTE: Speed is based on PGA system turned off. NOTE: Speed in forth gear may be electronically limited
Speed will be reduced when PGA is turned on. based on local regulations..
NOTE: Speed is based on standard ground drive.

Static Dynamic
Tire/Track Part Tire/Track Tire/Track Width Plus OD with Rolling Tread
Tire/Track Size Loaded Loaded Wheel Size
Number Supplier Design Growth Growth Circum. Radius
Radius Radius
Drive tires/tracks
Super
Traction
800/70R38 Radial 38xF-
84318704 Goodyear
181A8 R1W DT820 HD 907 978 829 2093 6147 1016 DW27B
Radial Deep
Firestone Tread 23° 914 982 815 2055 6172 1270
IF800/70R38 Michelin Cerexbib 908 966 797 2091 6072 1870
38xF-
CFO 184A8 47358421
372 DW27B
R1W Alliance 906 971 853 2130 6100 1524
Optitrac
Radial
900/60R32 Goodyear DT830 848 914 906 1967 5740 1685
87282317 32xDW30B
176A8 R1W Michelin Megaxbib 843 893 880 1932 5614 2000
Mitas/
Continental SVT/SFT 851 907 886 1935 5700 1049
900/60R32 Radial All
176A8 R1 87108476 Firestone Traction 23° 853 914 906 1978 5740 1207 32xDW30B
Optitrac
Radial
900/60R32 Goodyear
84211280 DT830 874 914 906 1967 5740 1685 32xDW30B
185A8 R1W
376 Multi
Alliance Star 852 898 904 1931 5640 1400
Special Sure
900/65R32
86996525 Grip TD8 32xDW30B
178A8 R2
Goodyear Radial 884 958 922 2090 6020 1232
Optitrac
Radial
900/75R32 Goodyear
87606570 DT830 927 1023 959 2205 6426 1486 32xDW30B
184A8 R1W
Radial All
Firestone Traction DT 960 1023 968 2226 6426 1118
Floatation
76x50.00-32 16 23° Deep
PR HF3 86996526 Firestone Tread 917 942 1234 2088 5918 Flat 32x44DWM
20.8-42 14 PR Super All
R1 (Brazil Only) 84312983 Firestone Traction 23° 881 906 576 1987 5690 762 42xDD18
Super
Traction
Goodyear Radial 876 922 571 1961 5791 750
520/85R42 Radial Deep
157A8 R1W 87729366 Firestone Tread 23° 876 922 570 1970 5791 762 42xDD18
(Brazil Only) Michelin Megaxbib 870 918 549 1985 5771 1000
AGRD
PHT85
Pirelli Radial 870 932 594 1970 5854 934
Super
Traction
520/85R42 Goodyear Radial 876 922 571 1961 5791 750
84207983 42xDD18
162A8 R1W Michelin Megaxbib 870 918 549 1985 5771 1000
Mitas/
Continental AC85 896 936 549 2005 5878 851
520/85R42 Radial Deep
84510437 42xDD18
165B R1W Firestone Tread 23° 876 922 557 1986 5791 737

9-37
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

520/85R42
84207989 42xDD18
162A8 R1 Goodyear UltraTorque 871 930 536 1969 5842 750
520/85R42 Radial All
84510436 42xDD18
165B R1 Firestone Traction 23° 871 922 560 1970 5791 762
Special Sure
520/85R42
84207996 Grip TD8 42xDD18
162A8 R2
Goodyear Radial 915 946 549 2014 5944 445
Radial
520/85R42
84510438 Champion 42xDD18
165A8 R2
Firestone Spade Grip 902 938 544 2026 5893 762
IF520/85R42 Special Sure
CFO 169A8/B 47358425 Grip TD8 42xDD18
R2 Goodyear Radial 915 946 549 2014 5944 445
Super
Traction
Radial
Goodyear DT820 HD 876 931 650 1975 5850 810
620/70R42 Radial All
87750369 42xDD18
166A8 R1W Firestone Traction DT 874 914 644 1970 5740 1016
Michelin Megaxbib 882 924 652 1969 5808 986
360 Super
Power Drive
Alliance Radial 883 916 676 1975 5754 915
Trackman
87734600
Tracks (36" Goodyear Armorlug ED NA 461 914 NA 2928 Flat
NA
Wide) Dura-Built
84214145
Camoplast 3500 NA 461 914 NA 2928 Flat
Steering tires
Optitrac
Radial
Goodyear DT824 660 707 617 1517 4445 1182
Radial All
Firestone Traction DT 663 703 584 1534 4420 1143
Michelin Machxbib 665 703 627 1519 4414 1024
Mitas/
600/65R28
87282322 Continental SVT/SFT 673 710 617 1524 4460 1199 28xW18L
154A8 R1W
360 Super
Power Drive
Alliance Radial 662 699 621 1523 4390 737
AG49M
Titan Radial 670 707 597 1512 4445 1016
Agro PHT
Pirelli Radial 963 722 660 1515 4539 872
VF620/70R26
84604835 26xDW20B
170A8 R1W Michelin Cerexbib 643 703 620 1533 4416 1100
Optitrac
Radial
Goodyear DT824 699 740 690 1577 4648 1182
Radial All
Firestone Traction DT 678 720 627 1565 4521 762
600/70R28 28xF-
87707520 370 Wide
161A8 R1W DW21B
Deep Tread
Radial
Alliance Seventy 709 743 681 1596 4671 915
Mitas/
Continental SFT 696 742 670 1605 4661 1199
VF600/70R28 28xF-
47483689
173A8 R1W Alliance Agri Flex 724 780 737 1673 4902 660 DW21B
23.1R26 161A8 Torc Trac II
84316369 26xDW20B
R3 Titan Radial 681 707 602 1540 4445 NA
Dyna Torque
28L-26 12 PR Goodyear II 719 768 753 1665 4826 719
86996530 26xDW20B
R1 (Brazil Only) Super All
Firestone Traction 23° 729 760 735 1673 4775 762
Optitrac
Radial
750/65R26 Goodyear DT830 737 771 792 1655 4844 2053
84367743 26xDW25A
166A8 R1W Radial All
Firestone Traction DT 734 776 764 1680 4877 NA
Michelin Megaxbib 725 766 742 1653 4811 1512
Special Sure
28L-26 16 PR Goodyear Grip TD8 724 780 737 1673 4902 660
84379969 26xDW25A
R2 Champion
Firestone Spade Grip 762 776 735 1704 4877 710

9-38
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Tire pressure

6 mph harvest speed – Tire pressure

9-39
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-40
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

AF7230 Inflation Pressure Bar (psi)

3016
2010 Rigid 3020 Flex Auger 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper 3400/4400 Corn 4400 Chopping Corn
Pickup 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper
Auger Head Head with Transport with Transport Head Head
Header Type & size Head
8 12 12 Row 8 12 12 Row
20' 25' 30' 12' 15' 20' 25' 30' 35' 25' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45'
Row Row F Row Row F
Single Drive Tires
2.9 2.8 3.2 3.2 3.2
800/70R38 181A8 R1W 2.8 (40) 2.8 (40) 2.8 (40) 2.9 (42) 2.9 (42) 3.2 (46) 3.2 (46) NA 3.2 (46) NA NA NA
(42) (40) (46) (46) (46)
2.4 2.4 2.4
IF800/70R38 CFO 184A8 R1W 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) NA NA
(35) (35) (35)
900/60R32 176A8 R1 & R1W 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA NA NA NA
3.2 3.1
900/60R32 185A8 R1W 3.1 (45) 3.1 (45) 3.1 (45) 3.2 (47) 3.2 (47) 3.3 (48) NA NA NA NA
(47) (45)
3.0 2.8 3.0 3.0
900/65R32 178A8 R2 2.8 (41) 2.8 (41) 2.8 (41) 3.0 (43) 3.0 (43) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA NA NA NA
(43) (41) (44) (44)
2.5 2.7 2.5 2.5 2.7
900/75R32 184A8 R1W 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.5 (36) 2.5 (36) 2.5 (36) 2.7 (39) 2.8 (40) 2.9 (42)
(36) (39) (36) (36) (39)
1.7 1.6 1.9 2.1 1.9 2.1 1.9 2.1
76x50.00-32 16 PR HF3 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.7 (25) 1.7 (25) 1.9 (28) 1.9 (28) 1.9 (28) 2.1 (31) 2.3 (34) 2.4 (35)
(25) (23) (28) (31) (28) (31) (28) (31)
Dual Drive Tires
2.8
20.8-42 14 PR R1 (Brazil Only) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.8 (41) 2.9 (42) NA 2.9 (42) 2.9 (42) 2.9 (42) NA 2.9 (42) NA
(41)
520/85R42 157A8 R1W (Brazil 2.0
1.9 (27) 1.9 (27) 1.9 (27) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) NA 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) NA 2.0 (29) NA
Only) (29)
520/85R42 162A8 & 165B R1, R1W 2.7 2.6 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.7 (39) 2.7 (39) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA NA NA
& R2 (39) (37) (44) (44) (44) (44)
2.1 2.4 2.1 2.1
IF520/85R42 CFO 169A8/B R2 1.7 (25) 1.7 (24) 1.7 (25) 1.7 (25) 2.1 (31) 2.1 (31) 2.1 (31) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35)
(31) (35) (31) (31)
2.1 1.9 2.6 2.8 2.6 2.8 2.6 2.8
620/70R42 166A8 R1W 1.9 (28) 1.9 (28) 1.9 (28) 2.1 (30) 2.1 (30) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.8 (41) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44)
(30) (28) (37) (41) (37) (41) (37) (41)
Steer Tires
600/65R28 154A8 R1W 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA
VF620/70R26 170A8 R1W 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26)
3.1
600/70R28 161A8 R1W 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 3.1 (45) 2.6 (37) 3.2 (46) 2.6 (37) 3.2 (46)
(45)
VF600/70R28 173A8 R1W 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26)
28L-26 12 PR R1 (Brazil Only) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) NA 1.4 (20) NA
2.0
750/65R26 166A8 R1W 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 2.0 (29) 1.5 (22) 2.3 (33) 1.6 (23) 2.3 (33)
(29)
2.3
28L-26 16 PR R2 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.3 (34) 2.1 (30) NA 2.2 (32) NA
(34)
Note:
1 - NA = tires not approved.
2 - Road transport is allowed with up to 30' grain heads and 12 row corn heads mounted on combine. Larger headers must be removed for road transport

9-41
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-42
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

AF8230/9230 Inflation Pressure Bar (psi)

3016
2010 Rigid 3020 Flex Auger 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper 4400 Chopping Corn
Pickup 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper 3400/4400 Corn Head
Auger Head Head with Transport with Transport Head
Header Type & size Head
8 12 12 Row 16 18 8 12 12 Row
20' 25' 30' 12' 15' 20' 25' 30' 35' 25' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45'
Row Row F Row Row Row Row F
Single Drive Tires
2.9 2.8 3.2 3.2 3.2
800/70R38 181A8 R1W 2.8 (40) 2.8 (40) 2.8 (40) 2.9 (42) 2.9 (42) 3.2 (47) 3.2 (47) NA NA NA NA
(42) (40) (47) (47) (47)
2.4 2.4 2.4
IF800/70R38 CFO 184A8 R1W 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) NA NA
(35) (35) (35)
900/60R32 176A8 R1 & R1W 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA NA NA NA NA
3.2 3.1
900/60R32 185A8 R1W 3.1 (45) 3.1 (45) 3.1 (45) 3.2 (47) 3.2 (47) NA NA NA NA NA
(47) (45)
3.0 2.8 3.0 3.0
900/65R32 178A8 R2 2.8 (41) 2.8 (41) 2.8 (41) 3.0 (43) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA NA NA NA
(43) (41) (44) (44)
2.6 2.7 2.6 2.7 2.6 2.7
900/75R32 184A8 R1W 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.7 (39) 2.8 (41) 2.7 (39) 3.0 (43)
(37) (39) (37) (39) (37) (39)
1.7 1.6 2.0 2.2 2.0 2.2 2.0 2.2
76x50.00-32 16 PR HF3 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.7 (25) 1.7 (25) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.2 (32) 2.4 (35) 2.2 (32) 2.4 (35)
(25) (23) (29) (32) (29) (32) (29) (32)
Dual Drive Tires
2.9
20.8-42 14 PR R1 (Brazil only) 2.7 (39) 2.7 (39) 2.7 (39) 2.9 (42) 2.9 (42) NA 2.9 (42) 2.9 (42) 2.9 (42) NA 2.9 (42) NA
(42)
520/85R42 157A8 R1W (Brazil 2.0 2.0
1.9 (28) 1.9 (28) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) NA 2.0 (29) NA 2.0 (29) NA NA NA
Only) (29) (29)
520/85R42 162A8 & 165B R1, R1W 2.7 2.6 3.0 3.0 3.0
2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.7 (39) 2.7 (39) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA NA
& R2 (39) (37) (44) (44) (44)
2.2 2.4 2.2 2.2 2.4
IF520/85R42 CFO 169A8/B R2 1.7 (25) 1.7 (24) 1.7 (25) 1.7 (25) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) NA
(32) (35) (32) (32) (35)
2.1 1.9 2.6 2.9 2.6 2.9 2.6 2.9
620/70R42 166A8 R1W 1.9 (28) 1.9 (28) 1.9 (28) 2.1 (30) 2.1 (30) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.9 (42) 30 (44) 2.9 (42) 30 (44)
(30) (28) (38) (42) (38) (42) (38) (42)
Steer Tires
600/65R28 154A8 R1W 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA
VF620/70R26 170A8 R1W 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26)
3.1
600/70R28 161A8 R1W 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 3.1 (45) 2.6 (38) 30 (44) 2.6 (38) 30 (44)
(45)
VF600/70R28 173A8 R1W 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26)
28L-26 12 PR R1 (Brazil Only) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.7 (24) NA 1.6 (23) NA NA 1.6 (23) NA 1.8 (26) 1.6 (23) NA
2.1
750/65R26 166A8 R1W 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 2.1 (30) 1.6 (23) 2.0 (29) 1.6 (23) 2.0 (29)
(30)
28L-26 16 PR R2 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) NA 2.2 (32) NA 2.2 (32) 2.3 (34) 2.2 (32) 2.3 (34)
Note:
1 - NA = tires not approved.
2 - Road transport is allowed with up to 30' grain heads and 12 row corn heads mounted on combine. Larger headers must be removed for road transport

9-43
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-44
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

10 mph harvest speed – Tire pressure

9-45
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-46
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

AF7230 Inflation Pressure Bar (psi)

3016
2010 Rigid 3020 Flex Auger 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper 3400/4400 Corn 4400 Chopping Corn
Pickup 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper
Auger Head Head with Transport with Transport Head Head
Header Type & size Head
8 12 12 Row 8 12 12 Row
20' 25' 30' 12' 15' 20' 25' 30' 35' 25' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45'
Row Row F Row Row F
Single Drive Tires
3.2 2.8 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
800/70R38 181A8 R1W 2.8 (40) 2.8 (40) 2.8 (40) 3.2 (47) 3.2 (47) NA NA 3.2 (47) NA NA NA NA
(47) (40) (47) (47) (46) (46)
2.4 2.4 2.4
IF800/70R38 CFO 184A8 R1W 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) NA NA
(35) (35) (35)
900/60R32 176A8 R1 & R1W 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA NA NA NA NA NA
3.2 3.2 3.1
900/60R32 185A8 R1W 3.1 (45) 3.1 (45) 3.1 (45) NA 3.2 (47) NA NA NA NA NA NA
(47) (47) (45)
3.0 2.8 3.0 3.0
900/65R32 178A8 R2 2.8 (41) 2.8 (41) 2.8 (41) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA NA NA NA
(44) (41) (44) (44)
2.5 3.0 2.5 2.5
900/75R32 184A8 R1W 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.5 (36) 2.5 (36) 2.5 (36) 3.0 (43) 3.0 (43) 3.0 (43)
(36) (43) (36) (36)
2.1 1.8 2.3 2.4 2.3 2.3
76x50.00-32 16 PR HF3 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 2.1 (30) 2.1 (30) 2.3 (33) 2.3 (33) 2.3 (33) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35)
(30) (26) (33) (35) (33) (33)
Dual Drive Tires
2.8
20.8-42 14 PR R1 (Brazil only) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.8 (41) 2.8 (41) NA 2.9 (42) 2.9 (42) 2.9 (42) NA 2.9 (42) NA
(41)
520/85R42 157A8 R1W (Brazil 2.0
1.9 (27) 1.9 (27) 1.9 (27) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) NA 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) NA 2.0 (29) NA
Only) (29)
520/85R42 162A8 & 165B R1, R1W 2.7 2.6 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.7 (39) 2.7 (39) 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA NA NA
& R2 (39) (37) (44) (44) (44) (44)
2.1 2.4 2.1 2.1
IF520/85R42 CFO 169A8/B R2 1.7 (25) 1.7 (24) 1.7 (25) 1.7 (25) 2.1 (31) 2.1 (31) 2.1 (31) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35)
(31) (35) (31) (31)
2.1 1.9 2.6 2.8 2.6 2.8 2.6 2.8
620/70R42 166A8 R1W 1.9 (28) 1.9 (28) 1.9 (28) 2.1 (30) 2.1 (30) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.8 (41) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44)
(30) (28) (37) (41) (37) (41) (37) (41)
Steer Tires
600/65R28 154A8 R1W 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA
VF620/70R26 170A8 R1W 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26)
3.1
600/70R28 161A8 R1W 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 3.1 (45) 2.6 (37) 3.2 (46) 2.6 (37) 3.2 (46)
(45)
VF600/70R28 173A8 R1W 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) NA 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26)
28L-26 12 PR R1 (Brazil Only) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) 1.4 (20) NA 1.4 (20) NA
2.0
750/65R26 166A8 R1W 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 2.0 (29) 1.5 (22) 2.3 (33) 1.6 (23) 2.3 (33)
(29)
2.3
28L-26 16 PR R2 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.3 (34) 2.1 (30) NA 2.2 (32) NA
(34)
Note:
1 - NA = tires not approved.
2 - Road transport is allowed with up to 30' grain heads and 12 row corn heads mounted on combine. Larger headers must be removed for road transport

9-47
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-48
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

AF8230/9230 Inflation Pressure Bar (psi)

3016
2010 Rigid 3020 Flex Auger 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper 4400 Chopping Corn
Pickup 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper 3400/4400 Corn Head
Auger Head Head with Transport with Transport Head
Header Type & size Head
8 12 12 Row 16 18 8 12 12 Row
20' 25' 30' 12' 15' 20' 25' 30' 35' 25' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45'
Row Row F Row Row Row Row F
Single Drive Tires
2.9 2.9 2.8 2.9 3.2 3.2 3.2
800/70R38 181A8 R1W 2.8 (40) 2.8 (40) 2.8 (40) NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
(42) (42) (40) (42) (46) (47) (47)
2.4 2.4 2.4
IF800/70R38 CFO 184A8 R1W 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) NA NA
(35) (35) (35)
900/60R32 176A8 R1 & R1W 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA NA NA NA NA NA
3.3 3.3 3.2
900/60R32 185A8 R1W 3.2 (46) 3.2 (46) 3.2 (46) NA 3.3 (48) NA NA NA NA NA NA
(48) (48) (46)
3.0 3.0 2.8 3.0 3.0
900/65R32 178A8 R2 2.8 (41) 2.8 (41) 2.8 (41) NA 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA NA NA NA
(44) (44) (41) (44) (44)
2.6 3.3 2.6 2.6
900/75R32 184A8 R1W 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 3.3 (43) 3.3 (43) 3.3 (43)
(37) (43) (37) (37)
2.1 1.9 2.4
76x50.00-32 16 PR HF3 1.9 (27) 1.9 (27) 1.9 (27) 2.1 (31) 2.1 (31) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35)
(31) (27) (35)
Dual Drive Tires
2.9
20.8-42 14 PR R1 (Brazil only) 2.7 (39) 2.7 (39) 2.7 (39) 2.9 (42) 2.9 (42) NA 2.9 (42) 2.9 (42) 2.9 (42) NA 2.9 (42) NA
(42)
520/85R42 157A8 R1W (Brazil 2.0 2.0
1.9 (28) 1.9 (28) 2.0 (29) 2.0 (29) NA 2.0 (29) NA 2.0 (29) NA NA NA
Only) (29) (29)
520/85R42 162A8 & 165B R1, R1W 2.8 2.6 3.0 3.0 3.0
2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.6 (37) 2.8 (41) 2.8 (41) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA NA NA
& R2 (41) (37) (44) (44) (44)
2.2 2.4 2.2 2.2 2.4
IF520/85R42 CFO 169A8/B R2 1.7 (25) 1.7 (24) 1.7 (25) 1.7 (25) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) NA
(32) (35) (32) (32) (35)
2.2 1.9 2.6 2.9 2.6 2.9 2.6 2.9
620/70R42 166A8 R1W 1.9 (28) 1.9 (28) 1.9 (28) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.9 (42) 30 (44) 2.9 (42) 30 (44)
(32) (28) (38) (42) (38) (42) (38) (42)
Steer Tires
600/65R28 154A8 R1W 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA 3.0 (44) NA
VF620/70R26 170A8 R1W 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26)
3.1
600/70R28 161A8 R1W 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 2.6 (38) 3.1 (45) 2.6 (38) 30 (44) 2.6 (38) 30 (44)
(45)
VF600/70R28 173A8 R1W 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26) 1.8 (26)
28L-26 12 PR R1 (Brazil Only) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.7 (24) NA 1.6 (23) NA NA 1.6 (23) NA 1.8 (26) 1.6 (23) NA
2.1
750/65R26 166A8 R1W 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 1.6 (23) 2.1 (30) 1.6 (23) 2.0 (29) 1.6 (23) 2.0 (29)
(30)
28L-26 16 PR R2 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32) NA 2.2 (32) NA 2.2 (32) 2.3 (34) 2.2 (32) 2.3 (34)
Note:
1 - NA = tires not approved.
2 - Road transport is allowed with up to 30' grain heads and 12 row corn heads mounted on combine. Larger headers must be removed for road transport

9-49
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-50
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Rear ballast

9-51
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-52
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

AF7230 Ballast Weight kg (lb)

3016
2010 Rigid 3020 Flex Auger 3152 Rigid Draper with 3162 Flex Draper with 3400/4400 Corn 4400 Chopping
Pickup 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper
Auger Head Head Transport Transport Head Corn Head
Head
Header Type & Size
12 12
8 12 8 12
20' 25' 30' 12' 15' 20' 25' 30' 35' 25' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' Row Row
Row Row Row Row
F F
Steer Tires
600/65R28 154A8 R1W with HDASA Axle
160 200
Wheel Weight X X X X X X NA X NA X NA X NA
(350) (440)
350 500 800 350 450
Liquid Weight X X X X X X NA X NA X NA X NA
(770) (1100) (1760) (770) (990)
600/65R28 154A8 R1W with PRA Axle
160 120
Wheel Weight X X X X X X NA X NA X NA X NA
(350) (265)
500
Liquid Weight X X X X X X NA X NA X NA X NA
(1100)
VF620/70R26 170A8 R1W with HDASA Axle
160 200 200 200 160
Wheel Weight X X X X X X X X X X
(350) (440) (440) (440) (350)
350 500 800 1400 1550 1650 350 1350 450 700
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(770) (1100) (1760) (3080) (3410) (3630) (770) (2970) (990) (1540)
VF620/70R26 170A8 R1W with PRA Axle
160 120
Wheel Weight X X X X X X X X X
(350) (265)
500 1300 1200 1500 500 1350
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(1100) (2860) (2640) (3300) (1100) (2970)
600/70R28 161A8 R1W with HDASA Axle
160 350 500 800 1600 200 1550 1850 350 1350 450 1700
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(350) (770) (1100) (1760) (3580) (440) (3410) (4020) (770) (2970) (990) (3740)
600/70R28 161A8 R1W with PRA Axle
160 500 1300 1200 1500 500 120 1350
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(350) (1100) (2860) (2640) (3300) (1100) (265) (2970)
VF600/70R28 173A8 R1W with HDASA Axle
80 260 410 710 1510 100 1460 1760 260 1260 360 1610
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(175) (570) (900) (1560) (3320) (220) (3210) (3870) (570) (2770) (790) (3540)
VF600/70R28 173A8 R1W with PRA Axle
80 410 1210 1110 1410 910 1260
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(175) (900) (2660) (2440) (3100) (2000) (2770)
28L-26 12 PR R1 with HDASA Axle (Brazil Only)
200 200 120 80 200
Wheel Weight X X X X X X X X NA X NA
(440) (440) (265) (180) (440)
370 670 260 590 1180
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X NA X NA
(820) (1470) (580) (1290) (2600)
28L-26 12 PR R1 with PRA Axle (Brazil Only)
120
Wheel Weight X X X X X X X NA X NA
(265)
340 260 850
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X NA X NA
(740) (560) (1870)
750/65R26 166A8 R1W with HDASA Axle
110 260 560 1360 1310 1610 110 1110 210 1460
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(240) (570) (1230) (2990) (2880) (3540) (240) (2440) (460) (3210)
750/65R26 166A8 R1W with PRA Axle
260 1060 960 1260 760 1110
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(570) (2330) (2110) (2770) (1670) (2440)
28L-26 16 PR R2 with HDASA Axle

9-53
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

AF7230 Ballast Weight kg (lb)

3016
2010 Rigid 3020 Flex Auger 3152 Rigid Draper with 3162 Flex Draper with 3400/4400 Corn 4400 Chopping
Pickup 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper
Auger Head Head Transport Transport Head Corn Head
Head
Header Type & Size
12 12
8 12 8 12
20' 25' 30' 12' 15' 20' 25' 30' 35' 25' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' Row Row
Row Row Row Row
F F
150 300 600 1400 1350 1650 150 1150 250
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X NA
(330) (660) (1320) (3080) (2970) (3630) (330) (2530) (550)
28L-26 16 PR R2 with PRA Axle
300 1100 1000 1300 800
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X NA
(660) (2420) (2200) (2860) (1760)
Note:
1 - X = ballast not required.
2 - NA = tires not approved.
3 - For liquid ballast, use 1.6  kg (3.5  lb) or 2.3  kg (5  lb) of calcium chloride per 3.8  l (1  US gal) of water and fill to specified weight. Do not exceed 75  % fill. Values shown are total, use half this amount in each tire.
4 - For wheel weights, values shown are total, use half this amount on each steer wheel.
5 - Ballast requirement above, applies for all drive tire sizes including tracks.

9-54
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

AF8230/9230 Ballast Weight kg (lb)

3016
2010 Rigid 3020 Flex Auger 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper with 4400 Chopping Corn
Pickup 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper 3400/4400 Corn Head
Auger Head Head with Transport Transport Head
Header Type & Size Head
8 12 12 Row 16 18 8 12 12 Row
20' 25' 30' 12' 15' 20' 25' 30' 35' 25' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45'
Row Row F Row Row Row Row F
Steer Tires
600/65R28 154A8 R1W with HDASA Axle
120
Wheel Weight X X X X X X X NA X NA X NA X NA
(265)
300 600 250 250
Liquid Weight X X X X X X NA X NA X NA X NA
(660) (1380) (550) (550)
600/65R28 154A8 R1W with PRA Axle
Wheel Weight X X X X X X NA X NA X NA X NA
250
Liquid Weight X X X X X X NA X NA X NA X NA
(550)
VF620/70R26 170A8 R1W with HDASA Axle
120 200
Wheel Weight X X X X X X X X X X X
(265) (440)
300 600 1350 1350 1600 250 1100 1350 1250 250 1300
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(660) (1380) (2970) (2970) (3520) (550) (2420) (2970) (2750) (550) (2860)
VF620/70R26 170A8 R1W with PRA Axle
Wheel Weight X X X X X X X X X
250 1050 1000 1250 750 1050 900 1150
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(550) (2310) (2200) (2750) (1650) (2310) (1980) (2300)
600/70R28 161A8 R1W with HDASA Axle
120 300 600 1350 1350 1600 250 1100 1350 1250 250 1500
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(265) (660) (1380) (2970) (2970) (3520) (550) (2420) (2970) (2750) (550) (3300)
600/70R28 161A8 R1W with PRA Axle
250 1050 1000 1250 750 1050 900 1150
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(550) (2310) (2200) (2750) (1650) (2310) (1980) (2530)
VF600/70R28 173A8 R1W with HDASA Axle
210 510 1260 1260 1510 1010 1260 1160 160 1410
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(460) (1120) (2770) (2770) (3320) (2220) (2770) (2250) (350) (3100)
VF600/70R28 173A8 R1W with PRA Axle
160 960 910 1160 660 960 810 1060
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(350) (2110) (2000) (2250) (1450) (2110) (1780) (2330)
28L-26 12 PR R1 with HDASA Axle (Brazil Only)
200
Wheel Weight X X X X X X X X NA X X NA
(441)
620 620 195 710 380 860 920 1068 1440
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X NA X NA
(1367) (1367) (430) (1560) (840) (1900) (2030) (2355) (3175)
28L-26 12 PR R1 with PRA Axle (Brazil Only)
80 200
Wheel Weight X X X X X X X X X NA X X NA
(175) (441)
270 270 375 530 590 718 1100
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X NA X NA
(595) (595) (825) (1170) (1300) (1583) (2425)
750/65R26 166A8 R1W with HDASA Axle
360 1110 1110 1360 860 1110 1010 1260
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(790) (2440) (2440) (2990) (1890) (2440) (2220) (2770)
750/65R26 166A8 R1W with PRA Axle
810 760 1010 510 810 660 910
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(1780) (1670) (2220) (1120) (1780) (1450) (2000)
28L-26 12 PR R2 with HDASA Axle
400 1150 1150 1400 900 1150 1050 1300
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(880) (2530) (2530) (3080) (1980) (2530) (2310) (2860)
28L-26 12 PR R2 with PRA Axle

9-55
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

AF8230/9230 Ballast Weight kg (lb)

3016
2010 Rigid 3020 Flex Auger 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper with 4400 Chopping Corn
Pickup 3152 Rigid Draper 3162 Flex Draper 3400/4400 Corn Head
Auger Head Head with Transport Transport Head
Header Type & Size Head
8 12 12 Row 16 18 8 12 12 Row
20' 25' 30' 12' 15' 20' 25' 30' 35' 25' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45' 30' 35' 40' 45'
Row Row F Row Row Row Row F
850 800 1000 550 850 700 950
Liquid Weight X X X X X X X X X
(1870) (1760) (2200) (1210) (1870) (1540) (2090)
Note:
1 - X = ballast not required.
2 - NA = tires not approved.
3 - For liquid ballast, use 1.6  kg (3.5  lb) or 2.3  kg (5  lb) of calcium chloride per 3.8  l (1  US gal) of water and fill to specified weight. Do not exceed 75  % fill. Values shown are total, use half this amount in each tire.
4 - For wheel weights, values shown are total, use half this amount on each steer wheel.
5 - Ballast requirement above, applies for all drive tire sizes including tracks.

9-56
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Track system – Overview
23085227
The rubber tracks and undercarriage should be visually inspected daily for damage or fluid leaks.
Occasionally strands of wire may separate from the ca-
bles and protrude through the rubber. This is not cause
for alarm. Any exposed cable wire strand should be re-
paired as soon as possible to prevent further damage to
the cable or belt. Repair cables by clipping or grinding
the wire strand so that the wire is below the surface of the
belt.
Cuts, gouges and minor scuffing and wear on the drive
lugs will not cause operational problems. However, a
track that is missing two or more consecutive drive lugs
may cause the track to come off the drive wheel. This
could damage other components on the combine.
Parts of traction lugs that separate from the belt will not
significantly reduce traction.
9-57
1
Track Rotation
If your combine is operating in special applications such
as side hill, or anytime accelerated drive lug wear is no-
ticed, it may be beneficial to rotate the belts from side to
side as required to distribute the wear pattern evenly and
extend track life.
Rotate the tracks from side to side for side wear on the
drive lugs. Contact your dealer for this service. There is
no remedy for heavy wear that is occurring from traction
conditions.
NOTE: Also refer to Track Alignment in this section. Track
alignment should be checked every 200 hours.
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Track system – Wheel torque

23085227 1

Track Drive Wheel-Idler Bolt Torques

Drive Wheel Disc Bolts (1) 575 - 630  N·m (424 - 465  lb Idler Wheel Bolts (2) 575 - 630  N·m (424 - 465  lb ft).
ft),

Tighten the wheel bolts alternately and evenly until the bolts will hold the specified torque.
NOTICE: Tighten driving wheel and idler wheel bolts after the first 3 hours of operation and every 10 hours until the
correct torque is maintained.

9-58
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Tracks – General specification

Track and Undercarriage
Track Drive Type Independent, 2-Track Positive Drive Self Tensioning Track
System
Track Undercarriage Integral Center Pivot Design, 10 Degrees Up/Down Oscillation
Track Type Self Cleaning, Rubber Belt
Track Width 914  mm (36  in)
Track Length 6400  mm (252  in)
Ground Surface Length 1829  mm (72  in)
Track Gauge (Center to Center) 2235  mm (88  in)
Ground Contact Area with 36 inch track (each) 16722  cm² (2592  in²)
Oil type and capacity
Idler hub 444  ml (15  US fl oz) SAE 50W engine oil
Roller hub 237  ml (8  US fl oz) SAE 50W engine oil
Final drive 6.7  l (1.77  US gal) CASE IH AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90

9-59
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Machine overall dimensions

NHPH12AF03460AA 1

NHPH12AF03459AA 2

9-60
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

NHPE12AF02836AA 3

9-61
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-62
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
800/70R38 IF800/ 900/60R32 900/60R32 900/65R32 900/75R32 76x50.00-32 620/70R42 520/85R42 520/85R42 520/85R42 520/85R42 520/85R42 520/85R42 520/85R42 20.8-42 TRACKS
DRIVE 181A8 R1W 70R38 CFO 176A8 R1 & 185A8 R1W 178A8 R2 184A8 R1W 16 PR HF3 166A8 R1W 162A8 R1W 162A8 R1 162A8 R2 165A8 R2 165B R1 165B R1W 157A8 R1W 14 PR R1 36'' WIDE
TIRES / 184A8 R1W R1W (BRAZIL (BRAZIL
TRACKS ONLY) ONLY)
A 4359 4271 4298 4319 4329 4405 4362 4328 4342 4316 4360 4347 4316 4321 4321 4360 4360
B 914 906 853 874 884 960 917 883 897 871 915 902 871 876 876 881 1082
D 3445 3445 3445 3445 3445 3445 3445 3445 3445 3445 3445 3445 3445 3445 3445 3445 3278
E 3060 3060 3060 3060 3060 3060 3060 3060 3060 3060 3060 3060 3060 3060 3060 3060 2893
F 3830 3830 3830 3830 3830 3830 3830 3830 3830 3830 3830 3830 3830 3830 3830 3830 3663
G 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2843
H 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 348 515
I 3752 3752 3752 3752 3752 3752 3752 3752 3752 3752 3752 3752 3752 3752 3752 3752 3654
J 3772 3772 3772 3772 3772 3772 3772 3772 3772 3772 3772 3772 3772 3772 3772 3772 3674
K 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5202
L 5638 5638 5638 5638 5638 5638 5638 5638 5638 5638 5638 5638 5638 5638 5638 5638 5540
N 3584 3584 3584 3584 3584 3584 3584 3584 3584 3584 3584 3584 3584 3584 3584 3584 3476
O 2204 2204 2204 2204 2204 2204 2204 2204 2204 2204 2204 2204 2204 2204 2204 2204 2302
P1 6574 6574 6574 6574 6574 6574 6574 6574 6574 6574 6574 6574 6574 6574 6574 6574 6476
P2 6660 6660 6660 6660 6660 6660 6660 6660 6660 6660 6660 6660 6660 6660 6660 6660 6562
P3 7140 7140 7140 7140 7140 7140 7140 7140 7140 7140 7140 7140 7140 7140 7140 7140 7042
P4 8004 8004 8004 8004 8004 8004 8004 8004 8004 8004 8004 8004 8004 8004 8004 8004 7906
P5 8200 8200 8200 8200 8200 8200 8200 8200 8200 8200 8200 8200 8200 8200 8200 8200 8102
P6 8838 8838 8838 8838 8838 8838 8838 8838 8838 8838 8838 8838 8838 8838 8838 8838 8740
P7 10542 10542 10542 10542 10542 10542 10542 10542 10542 10542 10542 10542 10542 10542 10542 10542 10444
R1 3627 3627 3627 3627 3627 3627 3627 3627 3627 3627 3627 3627 3627 3627 3627 3627 3460
R2 4186 4186 4186 4186 4186 4186 4186 4186 4186 4186 4186 4186 4186 4186 4186 4186 4019
R3 4764 4764 4764 4764 4764 4764 4764 4764 4764 4764 4764 4764 4764 4764 4764 4764 4597
S1 3515 3515 3515 3515 3515 3515 3515 3515 3515 3515 3515 3515 3515 3515 3515 3515 3348
S2 3907 3907 3907 3907 3907 3907 3907 3907 3907 3907 3907 3907 3907 3907 3907 3907 3740
T1 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262 7262
T2 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842 8842
T3 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428 10428
U1 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700 6700
U2 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977 7977
V 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628 1628
W 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277 3277
X 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590 2590
Y 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247 3247
Z 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365 3365
AA 4770 4711 4709 4730 4740 4816 4773 4739 4753 4727 4771 4758 4727 4732 4732 4737 4771
BB 3856 3856 3856 3856 3856 3856 3856 3856 3856 3856 3856 3856 3856 3856 3856 3856 3689

9-63
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-64
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Machine specifications
7230 8230, 9230

Feeder
Number of Chains 4
Chain type A557 HD
Number of Slats Units without rock trap 42
Units equipped with rock trap 36
Slat type Roll Formed Serrated U-Slat
Driveline, fixed Gearbox and Shaft
Driveline, variable Gearbox and Shaft-CVT
Feeder Clutch Friction
Header Lift cylinders, diameter. 75  mm (3  in)
High capacity 90  mm (3.5  in)
Reverser System Hydraulic
Stone Trap (Opt.) Beater/Sump

Threshing
Threshing Drive
Drive Type Gearbox and Shaft-CVT
Rotor Speed Range 220 - 1180  RPM
Speed Control Electronic

Rotor
Rotor Diameter 762  mm (30  in)
Rotor Length 2623  mm (103.3  in)
Length of auger section 515  mm (20.3  in)
Length of threshing section 886  mm (34.9  in)
Length of separation section 886  mm (34.9  in)
Length of discharge section 305  mm (12  in)

Rotor
Corn
Number of Non Spiked Rasp Bars 56
Number of Spiked Rasp Bars 8
High Alloy No
Number Straight Separator Bars 4
Number Helical Separator Bars 2
Small Grain
Number of Non Spiked Rasp Bars 64
Number of Spiked Rasp Bars 8
High Alloy No
Number Straight Separator Bars 4
Number Helical Separator Bars 2
ST
Number of Non Spiked Rasp Bars 40
Spiked, High Alloy Yes
Number Helical Separator Bars 2

Rotor Modules
Number of separating sections 4
Number of threshing sections 4
Clearance Range 120  mm (4.7  in)
Wrap Angle 180  °
Separation Concept Centrifugal force

9-65
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

7230 8230, 9230

Small Wire Threshing Module
Number of bars 14
Number of wires 36
Wire Diameter 4.76  mm (0.19  in)
Distance between wires 6.1  mm (0.24  in)
Large Wire Threshing Module
Number of bars 14
Number of wires 15
Wire Diameter 6.35  mm (0.25  in)
Distance between wires 18.4  mm (0.7  in)
Slotted Threshing Module
Slot length 50  mm (1.97  in)
Slot width 25  mm (0.98  in)
% Open Area 35
Round Bar Threshing Module
Number of bars 14
Bar diameter 6  mm (0.2  in)
Distance between bars 34  mm (1.3  in)
Smooth Threshing Module Optional

Discharge Beater
Type 3 Blade
Speed 800  RPM
Width 1285  mm (50.6  in)
Diameter 476  mm (18.7  in)
Drive 3HB Belt
Beater Concave
Grate Width 1167  mm (45.9  in)
Wrap Angle 40  °
Grate Type perforated sheet
Number of perforations 176 (22 rows of 8)
Opening size 15  mm (0.59  in) x 40  mm (1.57  in)
Setting Spring loaded

CLEANING SHOE
Frame Width 1580  mm (62.2  in)
Cleaning Shoe Type Self leveling
Drive 1HC belt
Upper Shaker Shoe
Standard Speed 270  RPM
Grain Pan width 1571  mm (61.9  in)
Grain Pan length 1320  mm (52.0  in)
Grain Pan + rake surface 2.36  m² (3658  in²)
Pre-sieve width 1580  mm (62.2  in)
Pre-sieve length 757  mm (29.8  in)
Pre-sieve area (with rake) 1.47  m² (2278  in²)
Upper sieve width 2 x 790  mm (31  in)
Upper sieve length 1446  mm (56.9  in)
Upper sieve area 2.3  m² (3565  in²)
Upper sieve grate surface 1940  cm² (301  in²)

Lower Shaker Shoe

Lower sieve length 1446  mm (56.9  in)
Lower sieve width 2 x 790  mm (31.1  in)

9-66
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

7230 8230, 9230

Lower sieve area 22840  cm² (3540  in²)
Total sieve area under wind control 6.5  m² (10075  in²)

CLEANING FAN
Type Cross-Flow
Drive Hydraulic
Fan speed range 300 - 1150  RPM
Speed Control Closed Loop
Number of blades 40

RETURN SYSTEM
Tailings Return Type Triple Impeller Crop Processor
Cross auger speed 548  RPM
Bottom impeller speed 548  RPM
Middle impeller speed 481  RPM
Top impeller speed 657  RPM

GRAIN TANK, UNLOAD

Central filling, foldable bubbler Std.
Grain tank capacity 11100  l (315  Bu) 12334  l (350  Bu)
In-cab control of grain tank Optional
extension/covers
Unloading concept Over the top unloading
Unloading tube length, from centerline of combine
Standard capacity 6.7  m (22  ft)
Standard capacity with 914  mm 7.6  m ( 24  ft 10  in)
(36  in) extension
Standard capacity with 1321  mm 8  m ( 26  ft 2  in)
(52  in) extension
High capacity 7.2  m ( 23  ft 7  in)
High capacity with extension 8.8  m ( 28  ft 8  in)
Folding unload tube 8.8 m ( 28  ft 9  in), 95  ° fold angle
 
10.4  m (34  ft), 135  ° fold angle
Bubble up auger speed 338  RPM
Bubble up auger speed - Optional 464  RPM
high speed (corn)

STRAW CHOPPER & SPREADER

Straw chopper (Opt) Integral - Fixed
Number of knives-Standard cut 28, 2-row helix
Number of counterknives Standard 21
cut
40, 2-row helix
Number of knives-Fine cut
120, 3-row helix
Number of counterknives-Fine cut 40
Speed 800  RPM low or 3000  RPM high
Chopper Drive 3HB Belt
Spreader type Vertical dual impeller
Spreader speed 250 - 750  RPM
Spreader drive Hydraulic
Optional Dual disc spreader
Spreader type Horizontal dual disc
Spreader speed 100 - 580  RPM
Spreader drive Hydraulic

9-67
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

7230 8230, 9230

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Reservoir capacity 29.5  l (7.8  US gal)
Total system capacity 57  l (15  US gal)
Pump type Closed center load sensing
Pump capacity 160  l/min (42  US gpm)
Maximum pressure 21029  kPa (3050  psi)
Steering Valve Hydrostatic Load Sense
Maximum pressure 16500  kPa (2390  psi)

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
Pump capacity (cc/rev)
Motor capacity (cc/rev)
Fixed displacement
Variable displacement (optional)
Maximum pressure, forward
Maximum pressure, rearward
117 (125 w/planetary final drives) 125
107 (125 w/planetary final drives) 125
140
46484  kPa (6742  psi)
46484  kPa (6742  psi)

CAB
Cab type Deluxe
Operator Seat Air Ride
Instructional Seat Padded
Air conditioning ATC
Heating ATC
Power adjust and heated mirrors Opt.
Wipers Std.
Windshield Washer Std.

TRACTION
Transmission 4 speed hydrostatic
Oil capacity 19  l (5  US gal)
Differential 16/71 (20/61 w/planetary final drive) 20/61
Differential Lock Opt.
Steering axle Adjustable
Powered Rear Axle type Cam lobe swivel motor steerable wheel drives, available in two-speed
version

Brakes
Services brakes type Manual dual caliper disc
Park brake type Spring applied, hydraulically released

Final drives
Type Bull gear/Opt. Planetary Planetary
Ratio 11:111 (1:13.09 w/planetary final 1:13.09
drive)

Weight (approximate) 7230 8230 9230

With single drive tires and 17280  kg (38095  lb) 17735  kg (39100  lb) 17735  kg (39100  lb)
without Powered Rear Axle
(PRA)

9-68
 9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Engine 7230 8230 9230

Type FPT Cursor 9 FPT Cursor 13 FPT Cursor 13
Gross Power (ISO 285  kW (382  Hp) 335  kW (449  Hp) 375  kW (503  Hp)
TR14396)
Tier 4a equipped machines
Peak power 326  kW (443  Hp) 375  kW (510  Hp) 414  kW (563  Hp)
Governor Electronic Electronic Electronic
Rated Speed 2100  RPM 2100  RPM 2100  RPM
Low idle speed 1000  RPM 1000  RPM 1000  RPM
Low idle speed with no 600  RPM 600  RPM 600  RPM
demand
High idle speed 2100  RPM 2100  RPM 2100  RPM
Cylinder displacement 9  l (549  in³) 12.9  l (787  in³) 12.9  l (787  in³)
Crankcase capacity 27  l (7.2  US gal) 35  l (9.2  US gal) 35  l (9.2  US gal)
(w/filters)
Battery 2 x 12  V - 950 CCA 2 x 12  V - 950 CCA 2 x 12  V - 950 CCA
Alternator type 185  A 12  V 185  A 12  V 185  A 12  V
Fuel tank 1000  l (264  US gal) 1000  l (264  US gal) 1000  l (264  US gal)

9-69
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-70
 10 - ACCESSORIES

10 - ACCESSORIES###_10_###
Optional equipment
Feeder
• Perforated Feeder House Floor Section:
• This replaces a solid feeder house floor.
The perforated bottom is used to evacuate dirt and
soil when operating in peas, soybeans, beans, etc.
• Feeder Rock Trap Kit
• This kit is available to add a gear driven rock trap
system to the combine.
• Feeder Non-Rock Trap Kit
• This kit will convert a feeder with a rock trap to a
non-rock trap configuration.
• Smooth Slat Feeder Chain
• When working with crops such as edible beans
smooth slat feeder chain is available to reduce crop
damage.
• Feeder Lateral Tilt Kit
• This kit will convert a non-tilting adapter to hydraulic
lateral tilt to allow the header to follow uneven ground.
• 2200 Corn Header Conversion Kits
• To adapt 8 row and 12 row 3200 Corn Headers to
mount to AXIAL-FLOW Combines.
Threshing and Separating
• Smooth Rasp Bars
• When working with crops such as edible beans,
smooth rasp bars are available to reduce crop dam-
age.
• Rotor Concaves
• Various types of rotor concaves that can be mounted
in either the threshing or separating area of the rotor
are available to fine tune the combine for any crop
condition.
• Large 1/4  in wire
• Slotted hole
• Small 3/16  in wire
• Large skip wire
• Solid
• Round bar
• Rotor Cage Filler Plates
• Filler plates are used to hold the crop over the con-
cave for a longer time to improve threshing in tough
conditions.
Filler plates can also be used to even crop distribution
onto the grain pan.

10-1
 10 - ACCESSORIES

Cleaning system and lower frame

Presieve
• 1 1/8  in Grain slat
• 1 5/8  in Closz slat
• 1 5/8  in Corn slat

Upper sieve
• 1 1/8  in Grain slat
• 1 5/8  in Closz slat
• 1 5/8  in Corn slat
• 1 1/8  in Peterson slat

Lower sieve
• 1 1/8  in Grain slat
• 1 5/8  in Closz slat
• Round hole sieve 2.5  mm
• Round hole sieve 10  mm
• Round hole sieve 16  mm
• Round hole sieve 18  mm
Hard Thresh Tailings Kit
• A rough surface tailings auger cleanout door and tri-
sweep housing door can be obtained for hard threshing
small grains to increase tailings threshing.
Clean Grain Elevator and Grain Tank
• Perforated Covers: Round
• Perforated covers under the clean grain and return
cross auger and the grain elevator can be installed
when threshing beans and peas to obtain a cleaner
grain sample.
• Extended Wear Clean Grain Elevator and Delivery
Auger
• When operating in abrasive crops such as rice, the
combine can be equipped with an extended wear
clean grain elevator and delivery auger.
• Two speed clean grain elevator drive
• Two speed drive comes from factory set on low
speed; only need to move to high speed in high
yielding corn, or when elevator plugging is a concern.
• Clean Grain Elevator and Grain Tank Cross Auger Slow
Speed Kit for standard grain tank and unload system
• When operating in delicate crops, such as edible
beans, a slowdown kit is available for the clean grain
elevator, bubble-up auger and front grain tank trough
auger.

10-2
 10 - ACCESSORIES

Residue handling
Straw Handling
• Straw Chopper
This equipment can be fitted on the machine to cut the
straw residue.
• Standard cut
• Fine cut
• Magnacut
• Remote adjustable shear bar.
• In cab spreader controls.
• Beater or Chopper Concave Cover
• Cover slots in the beater or chopper concave to pre-
vent material from passing through slots, reducing
cleaning system load.
Windrow chute
• Improve windrow formation.

83119064 1

Chopper service access step.

NHIL13AF00904AA 2

• Dual disc spreaders

NHIL12AF00492AA 3

10-3
 10 - ACCESSORIES

Traction and Tires

• 2 Speed Powered Rear Axle (wheel motors)
• Hydrostatic wheel motors can be installed in place
of the wheel hubs if additional traction is required in
muddy conditions.
• Dual Wheels and Axle Extensions
• Dual wheels and flotation tires are available to give
more flotation in soft ground conditions. Various axle
extensions are available for a variety of row spacings.

• Rubber Tracks (front axle)

• Rubber tracks are available to give more flotation in
soft ground or muddy conditions.

23085227 4

Operator’s deck extension

• A deck extension (1) can be added to allow the use of
wider tires.

NHPH12AF03435AA 5

ELECTRICAL
• Service Light
• Hand held portable work light with a magnetic base
mount.
• HID Stadium Lights
• High Intensity lights are available for increased dis-
tance lighting.
• Deluxe Service Lighting
• Additional lights under shields and in engine area.
• Camera kits
• Unload tube
• Reverse 86063141 6

• Grain tank

10-4
 10 - ACCESSORIES

ENGINE
• Block Heater
• A block heater can be installed to aid the engine in
cold weather.
• Additional Fuel Filter
• To provide additional filtration in markets where poor
fuel quality is a concern.
CAB
• Electric Adjust and Heated Mirrors
• Allow mirror adjustment from the operators seat and
defog or defrost capable.
OTHER
• Header Trailer Hitch
• Two types of trailer hitches are available for towing a
header trailer.
• Fixed trailer hitch
• Automatic rotation trailer hitch
• Fire Extinguisher
• A fire extinguisher is available. It is recommended
one be mounted on the engine deck and one on the
front ladder.

10-5
10 - ACCESSORIES

10-6
 11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS###_11_###

11-1
11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

11-2
 11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

Delivery report - Owner Copy

Delivery Date

Owner's Name

Address

Dealer's Name

Address

Unit: Model Product Identification

Number

Engine: Model Product Identification

Number

Attachment: Model Product Identification

Number

Model Product Identification

Number

Model Product Identification

Number

Using the operator's manual as a guide, instruction was given as indicated by the
check marks.
( ) Safety precautions and practice
( ) Lubrication points and schedule
( ) Maintenance areas, adjustments, and schedule
( ) Field adjustments for various crop conditions
( ) Operation
( ) Use of optional equipment
( ) Preseason service
( ) End-of-season service
( ) Proper use of operator's manual
( ) Customer given operator's manual
( ) All safety shielding is installed

Dealer Representative's Signature

"I have been instructed in the operation, maintenance, and safety features of this machine as detailed in the
operator's manual."

Owner's Signature

11-3
11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

11-4
 11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

Delivery report - Dealer Copy

Delivery Date

Owner's Name

Address

Dealer's Name

Address

Unit: Model Product Identification

Number

Engine: Model Product Identification

Number

Attachment: Model Product Identification

Number

Model Product Identification

Number

Model Product Identification

Number

Using the operator's manual as a guide, instruction was given as indicated by the
check marks.
( ) Safety precautions and practice
( ) Lubrication points and schedule
( ) Maintenance areas, adjustments, and schedule
( ) Field adjustments for various crop conditions
( ) Operation
( ) Use of optional equipment
( ) Preseason service
( ) End-of-season service
( ) Proper use of operator's manual
( ) Customer given operator's manual
( ) All safety shielding is installed

Dealer Representative's Signature

"I have been instructed in the operation, maintenance, and safety features of this machine as detailed in the
operator's manual."

Owner's Signature

11-5
 11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

Service record – 1st 50 Hour, Customer Copy

CHECK AND ADJUST, AS REQUIRED

1. Perform 50 hour grease zerk service 10. Check all chain and belt tensions

2. Check wheel nut and torques 11. Lubricate all chains

3. Check steering ball joints 12. Check coolant level (shunt tank)

4. Check/clean air conditioning condensor 13. Check brake fluid level

5. Check tire pressure 14. Clean cab air filter

6. Check electrolyte level in batteries 15. Check fuel level

7. Check engine oil level 16. Drain water from fuel system prefilter/water separator

8. Check PTO gearbox oil level 17. Check DEF/ADBLUE® level

9. Check hydraulic oil level

THE INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE

MACHINE MODEL NO: MACHINE SERIAL NO:

OWNER SIGNATURE: DEALER SIGNATURE:

DATE: DATE:

11-6
 11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

Service record – 1st 50 Hour, Dealer Copy

CHECK AND ADJUST, AS REQUIRED

1. Perform 50 hour grease zerk service 10. Check all chain and belt tensions

2. Check wheel nut and torques 11. Lubricate all chains

3. Check steering ball joints 12. Check coolant level (shunt tank)

4. Check/clean air conditioning condensor 13. Check brake fluid level

5. Check tire pressure 14. Clean cab air filter

6. Check electrolyte level in batteries 15. Check fuel level

7. Check engine oil level 16. Drain water from fuel system prefilter/water separator

8. Check PTO gearbox oil level 17. Check DEF/ADBLUE® level

9. Check hydraulic oil level

THE INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE

MACHINE MODEL NO: MACHINE SERIAL NO:

OWNER SIGNATURE: DEALER SIGNATURE:

DATE: DATE:

11-7
11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

11-8
 Index

###_Index_###

1
10 mph harvest speed – Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -45

6
6 mph harvest speed – Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -39

A
Access to operator's platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Additional fuel prefilter with water separator – If equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
AFS Accuguide™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
AFS PRO 700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
AFS Pro 700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Air cleaner - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-106
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Approved tires and tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -37
Armrest - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Attaching a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Automatic Crop Settings (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64
Automatic Header Height Control (AHHC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

B
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Battery safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Before driving the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Biodiesel fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Biodiesel fuel - Biodiesel fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Brake fluid – Fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
Bubble up gear box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
Bubble up gear box – Oil level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53

C
Cab features – Storage and fuse access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Cab fresh air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Cab layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Cab recirculated air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Calibration error list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96
Calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74
Camera - Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Center divider – Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-207
Center divider – Impeller clearance adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-208
Chaff pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-200
Chain maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Chain tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Chain wear tables - roller chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Chopper speed shift – Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93
Clean fresh air intake screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-117
Clean grain elevator drive – Change speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-175
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Cleaning fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-165
Cleaning – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-155
Cleanout control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
Combine info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
Communication equipment – Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Concave opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81
Connecting a header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18, 6-111
Counter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-92
Crop setup values – Crop condition adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
CVT Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86

D
Daily start up procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Data management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
Deaeration tank coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
DEF/AdBlue® supply module filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
Delivery report - Dealer Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
Delivery report - Owner Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® in-line filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® in-line filter – Tank vent filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Discharge deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-183
Display alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Distance calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95
Do Not Operate hang tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Drain water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Drive engagement switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Drive tire – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Dual drive wheel - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

E
Ecology and the environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Electrical storm safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Electro-Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Emergency exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Engine coolant replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Engine crankcase breather filter – Cursor 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87
Engine crankcase breather filter – Cursor 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
Engine idle speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Engine mounted fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
Engine oil and filter – FPT Cursor 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Engine oil and filter – FPT Cursor 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Engine oil – Recommended operating temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Engine platform access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Engine tampering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

F
Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-120
Feeder chain – Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-127
Feeder chain – Link removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-128
Feeder conveyor gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Feeder conveyor gearbox – Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Feeder cradle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-124
Feeder drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Feeder drum – Adjust lower stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126
Feeder engagement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-87
Feeder reverse system - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-131
Feedrate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27, 6-132
Final drive oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
Final drive oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Fire prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Folding unload tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-90, 6-179
Foot controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Fuel prefilter/water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
Fuel system bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110
Fuse and relay box - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

G
Gear selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
General safety rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Grain storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-169
Grain tank - Access/Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85
Grain tank – Covers/extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82
Grain tank unloading drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Grease fittings and intervals – Left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Grease fittings and intervals – Right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Ground drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

H
Hazardous chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Header calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77
Header controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28, 3-40
Header gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Header gearbox – Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Header height control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-102
Header height control – Auto Header Height Control (AHHC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106
Header height control – Manual mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100
Header height control overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99
Header height control – Pressure float mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-109
Header height control – Return To Cut (RTC) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104
Header Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-113
Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning (HVAC) controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Home screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Horizontal Disc Spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-201
Hydraulic oil reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92
Hydraulic oil tank – Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Hydraulic system safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

I
Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
In cab residue mode control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-195
Initial crop settings - AFX Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Initial crop settings – Small tube rotor 36E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Initial crop settings – Small tube rotor 40E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Instructional seat – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Instructional seat safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Interior lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Introduction to harvesting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

J
Jack – Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87

K
Kill-Stall diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Knife replacement – Chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-192
Knife replacement – Magnacut counter knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-189
Knife replacement – Standard cut counter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-186

L
Lateral tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-110
Lift cylinder lockout – Lift cylinder lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Lighting and mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lower Sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83
Lower unloading gearbox – Change oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Lower unloading gearbox – Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
Lubrication schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

M
Machine cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99, 7-100
Machine orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Machine overall dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -60
Machine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -65
Maintenance Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Module – Position overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-145
Mounting and dismounting precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Moving the machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Multi-Function Handle (MFH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20, 6-80
Multi-Function Handle (MFH) – Neutral switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85

N
Note to the owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

O
Operating the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Operator presence system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Operator seat – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Optional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Overhead controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Overhead controls – Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

P
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38, 7-55
Parking brake - Manual release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Performance indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Personal protective equipment (PPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Pivoting unloading spout – if equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Platform Header Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116
Post-season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-118
Power/Economy – if equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Powered rear axle – Hose routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Power Take Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Power take off (PTO) – Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Power Take Off (PTO) gearbox oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Preseason service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-119
Printer – Accessory mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Proposition 65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

Q
Quick stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

R
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Rear axle – Oscillation stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Rear ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -51
Rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Reel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Reel position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Reel speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129
Residue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Residue distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-88
Residue handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-182
Residue handling – Horizontal disc spreader configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-212
Residue handling – Vertical impeller spreader configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-211
Returns system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-166
Reverse Alarm and Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Right-hand console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Road travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Rock trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-122, 7-38
Roof lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-113
Rotary air screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Rotary Air Screen (RAS) – Externally aspirated inlet screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-108
Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-136
Rotor cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-142
Rotor cage – Position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146
Rotor De-slug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154
Rotor gearbox oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51, 7-73
Rotor module – Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81
Rotor overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-153
Row Header Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-113
Rubber track - Alignment – Adjustment procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107
Rubber track - Alignment – Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Run screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51

S
Safety alert symbol and signal word definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Safety signs – Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Safety signs – Left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Safety signs or informational decals - Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Safety signs – Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Safety signs – Right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Safety signs – Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Screen layout setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Seat belt – Instructional seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Seat belt – Operator’s seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Self-leveling Shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84
Self-levelling cleaning shoe pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Service platforms and shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79
Service record – 1st 50 Hour, Customer Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Service record – 1st 50 Hour, Dealer Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Service screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Shear bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-194
Shift button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Side shields - Open/Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
Sieves – Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-161
Sieves - Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-158
Single drive wheel - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Spindle height position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Standard torque data for O-ring Face Seal (ORFS) fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Start console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Starting the engine – Cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Steering axle – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Stopping the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Straw chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-184
Straw chopper – Magnacut chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-188
Straw chopper – Service step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-213
Straw chopper – Standard chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-185
Suggested start up configurations for major crops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
Sun screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57

T
Tailings gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Temporary transport - Single wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Threshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Threshing and separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-149
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Tire care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Tire combinations and tread positions – AF7230/8230/9230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Tire pressure – Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Tire Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78
Toolbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Torque specifications for hardware - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Torque specifications for hydraulic fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Towing the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Track conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Track rollers and idler wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94
Tracks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Tracks – General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -59
Track system – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -57
Track system – Wheel torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -58
Transmission – Change oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
Transmission - Manual shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Transmission oil level – Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Transmission unlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Transporting on a trailer - Tie downs for shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Transport on public roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Tread width - Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

U
Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-176
Unloading elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
Unload spout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89
Unload tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Upper Sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82
Utility safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

V
Vertical impeller spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-203
Vertical spreader – Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-203

W
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Windrow chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-210
Windrow door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-199
Windrow door – Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91
Windshield washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109
Working at heights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
 Dealer’s stamp

CNH America LLC reserves the right to make improvements in design and changes in specifications
at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation to install them on units previously sold.
Specifications, descriptions, and illustrative material herein are as accurate as known
at time of publication, but are subject to change without notice.

Availability of some models and equipment builds varies according to the country
in which the equipment is being used. For exact information about any particular product,
please consult your Case IH dealer.

Copyright © 2013 CNH America LLC. All Rights Reserved.

Case IH is a registered trademark of CNH America LLC.
Racine Wisconsin 53404 U.S.A.